SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996.
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 1-12259


TIME WARNER INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)


                DELAWARE                                                  13-3527249
     (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                                   (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
     INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                                   IDENTIFICATION NO.)
  75 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA, NEW YORK, N.Y.                                       10019
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                                  (ZIP CODE)


REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (212) 484-8000


SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

                                                                                      NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
                               TITLE OF EACH CLASS                                     ON WHICH REGISTERED
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------    ------------------------

Common Stock, $.01 par value                                                         New York Stock Exchange
Rights to Purchase Series A Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock                 New York Stock Exchange

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:

NONE

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

As of March 7, 1997, there were 508,429,638 shares of registrant's Common Stock and 50,642,172 shares of registrant's Series LMCN-V Common Stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of the registrant's voting securities held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on March 7, 1997) was approximately $28 billion.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

                        DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT                                   PART OF THE FORM 10-K
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------------------

Portions of the Definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with    Part III (Item 10 through Item 13)
  the registrant's 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.



Time Warner Inc.

CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CHART

Included in the Form 10-K for Time Warner Inc. is a chart illustrating Time Warner Inc.'s corporate organization, providing the following information:

Time Warner Inc. owns 100% of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and Time Warner Companies, Inc.

Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. owns 100% of Cable Networks-TBS and Filmed Entertainment-TBS .

Time Warner Companies, Inc. owns 100% of Time Inc. (Magazine and Book Publishing), TWI Cable and the Time Warner General and Limited Partners.(1)

Time Warner General and Limited Partners own 100% of Warner Music Group (Recorded Music and Music Publishing) and 74.49% of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ("TWE"). TWE is also 25.51%-owned by US West Limited Partner.(2)

TWE owns 100% of Time Warner Cable, Cable Networks - HBO and Filmed Entertainment - Warner Bros., and 66-2/3% of the TWE - A/N Partnership (Cable). The TWE - A/N Partnership is also 33-1/3% - owned by Advance/Newhouse.


(1) Time Warner Inc. directly or indirectly owns 100% of the capital stock of each of the Time Warner General and Limited Partners.

(2) Pro rata priority capital and residual equity interests. In addition, the Time Warner General Partners own 100% of the priority capital interest senior and junior to the pro rata priority capital interests. (See Note 3 to the Company's consolidated statements.)


PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Time Warner Inc. (the 'Company'), together with its consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries, is the world's leading media and entertainment company. The Company classifies its business interests in four fundamental areas: Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting, theme parks, recorded music and music publishing; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming and sports franchises; Publishing, consisting principally of interests in magazine publishing, book publishing and direct marketing; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems. The Company is a holding company that derives its operating income and cash flow from its investments in its direct subsidiaries Time Warner Companies, Inc. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.

On October 10, 1996, the Company completed the merger of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') thereby acquiring the remaining approximately 80% interest in TBS that the Company did not already own (the 'TBS Transaction'). As a result of the TBS Transaction, a new parent company with the name 'Time Warner Inc.' replaced the old parent company of the same name and the old parent company, which changed its name to Time Warner Companies, Inc. ('TWCI'), and TBS became separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of the new parent company. The assets of TWCI consist primarily of investments in its consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries, including Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE'). For convenience, the terms the 'Registrant,' 'Company' and 'Time Warner' are used in this report to refer to both the old and new parent company and collectively to the parent company and the subsidiaries through which its various businesses are conducted, unless the context otherwise requires. See below for a description of TWE and its relationship to the Company.

TBS MERGER

On October 10, 1996, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger among the Company, TWCI, TBS and certain of the Company's wholly owned subsidiaries, among other things: (a) each of TWCI and TBS became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company through a merger with a subsidiary of the Company, (b) each outstanding share of common stock of TWCI, other than shares held directly or indirectly by TWCI, was converted into one share of common stock of the Company, (c) each outstanding share of preferred stock of TWCI was converted into one share of a substantially identical series of preferred stock of the Company, (d) each outstanding share of common stock of TBS, other than shares held directly or indirectly by TBS or the Company or in the treasury of TBS, was converted into the right to receive .75 shares of common stock of the Company, and (e) each outstanding share of preferred stock of TBS, other than shares held directly or indirectly by TWCI or the Company, was converted into the right to receive 4.8 shares of common stock of the Company. Additional information on the TBS Transaction is set forth in Note 2, 'Mergers and Acquisitions,' to the Company's consolidated financial statements, at pages F-32 through F-34 herein.

TWE

TWE was formed as a Delaware limited partnership in 1992 to own and operate substantially all of the business of Warner Bros., Home Box Office and the cable television businesses owned and operated by the Company prior to such date. In 1995, the Company acquired the aggregate 11.22% limited partnership interests in TWE previously held by subsidiaries of ITOCHU Corporation and Toshiba Corporation in exchange for 15 million shares of the Company's convertible preferred stock and $10 million. As a result, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, owns general and limited partnership interests in 74.49% of the pro rata priority capital ('Series A Capital') and residual equity capital ('Residual Capital') of TWE and 100% of the senior priority capital ('Senior Capital') and junior priority capital ('Series B Capital') of TWE. The remaining 25.51% limited partnership interests in the Series A Capital and Residual Capital of TWE are held by a subsidiary of US WEST, Inc. ('US West'). The Company does not consolidate TWE and certain related

I-1

companies (the 'Entertainment Group') for financial reporting purposes. The subsidiaries of the Company that own general partnership interests in TWE are collectively referred to herein as the 'Time Warner General Partners.' See also 'Description of Certain Provisions of the TWE Partnership Agreement' for additional information about the organization of TWE.

On April 1, 1995, TWE formed a cable television joint venture with the Advance/Newhouse Partnership ('Advance/Newhouse') known as the TWE-A/N Partnership to which Advance/Newhouse and TWE contributed cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 4.5 million subscribers, as well as certain foreign cable investments and programming investments. TWE owns a two-thirds equity interest in the TWE-A/N Partnership and is the managing partner. TWE consolidates the partnership and the one-third equity interest owned by Advance/Newhouse is reflected in TWE's consolidated financial statements as minority interest.

The Company from time to time has engaged in discussions with US West to restructure TWE in a manner that would achieve the Company's previously announced goal of decreasing its interests in the cable television business of TWE and increasing its interests in the filmed entertainment and cable networks businesses of TWE. Any TWE restructuring depends, among other things, upon successful negotiations with US West and other third parties, a renegotiation of certain credit arrangements and the receipt of consents or approvals from cable television franchise and other regulatory authorities. Other alternatives remain available to the Company to advance its goal of reducing its interests in cable systems, in addition to or in lieu of a TWE restructuring, that would not require US West's consent but would still require other third party, franchise and regulatory approvals. There is no assurance that any of these efforts will succeed.

For financial information about the Company's industry segments and operations in different geographical areas with respect to each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996, see Note 15 'Segment Information,' to the Company's consolidated financial statements, at pages F-56 through F-60 herein.

ENTERTAINMENT

The Company's Entertainment businesses produce and distribute theatrical motion pictures, animation, television series and films and other programming through an expanding variety of media and markets, operate a televison network, produce and distribute recorded music, license rights to the Company's characters and operate theme parks and retail stores featuring consumer products based on the Company's characters and brands.

FILMED ENTERTAINMENT

The Company's filmed entertainment business includes the production, financing and distribution of feature motion pictures for theatrical release, television series and mini-series, made-for-television movies, first-run syndication and cable programming and animated programming for theatrical and television exhibition, the ownership and operation of The WB national television broadcast network and the distribution of recorded video product for the home video market. The Company's filmed entertainment business is principally conducted by the Warner Bros. divisions of TWE. Warner Bros. is also, among other things, engaged in product licensing and merchandising, the ownership and operation of retail stores, movie theaters and worldwide theme parks (including management of TWE's 49% interest in Six Flags theme parks).

The filmed entertainment business also includes New Line Cinema Corporation, Castle Rock Entertainment and Hanna-Barbera Productions Inc., as well as the Turner libraries, which include Hanna-Barbera, MGM, RKO and classic Warner Bros. films and animated shorts, which became part of the Company as a result of the TBS Transaction. These businesses are wholly owned by the Company and are not a part of TWE, although TWE performs certain distribution and other services for these businesses.

I-2

FILMED ENTERTAINMENT -- WARNER BROS.

WARNER BROS. FEATURE FILMS

Warner Bros. produces feature films both wholly on its own and under financing arrangements with independent motion picture producers in which Warner Bros. is generally the principal source of financing for such films. Warner Bros. also acquires for distribution completed films produced by others. Acquired distribution rights may be limited to specified territories, specified media and/or particular periods of time. The terms of Warner Bros.' agreements with independent producers and other entities are separately negotiated and vary depending upon the production, the amount and type of financing by Warner Bros., the media and territories covered, the distribution term and other factors. In some cases, producers, directors, actors, writers and others participate in the proceeds generated by the motion pictures in which they are involved.

Feature films are licensed to exhibitors under contracts that provide for the length of the engagement, rental fees, which may be either a percentage of box office receipts, with or without a guarantee of a fixed minimum, or a flat sum, and other relevant terms. The number of feature films that a particular theater exhibits depends upon its policy of program changes, the competitive conditions in its area and the quality and appeal of the feature films available to it. Warner Bros. competes with all other distributors for playing time in theaters.

Warner Bros. has entered into distribution servicing agreements with Morgan Creek Productions Inc. and its affiliates ('Morgan Creek'), pursuant to which, among other things, Warner Bros. provides domestic distribution services for all Morgan Creek pictures through June 1998, and certain foreign distribution services for selected pictures. In 1996, Warner Bros. released, among others, 'Diabolique,' starring Sharon Stone and Kathy Bates, under this arrangement. Among the releases anticipated for 1997 is 'Incognito,' starring Jason Patrick and Rod Steiger.

An affiliate of Warner Bros. is a party to an agreement with Monarchy Enterprises C.V. and its affiliate, Regency Entertainment U.S.A. (collectively 'Monarchy/Regency'), for the distribution of major motion pictures. Arnon Milchan produces the pictures for Monarchy/Regency with funding provided primarily by Monarchy/Regency. The Warner Bros. affiliate makes a distribution advance (which it has the right to recoup, together with its distribution fee and distribution expenses) equal to a portion of the production costs for the film. Warner Bros. has acquired all distribution rights in the U.S. and Canada, and substantially all international theatrical and home video rights to these motion pictures. The 1996 Monarchy/Regency releases included 'Bogus,' 'Carpool,' 'Sunchaser' and 'Heat,' which opened in December 1995 but had significant revenue during 1996. Among the Monarchy/Regency productions to be distributed by Warner Bros. in 1997 is 'L.A. Confidential' with Kevin Spacey and Kim Basinger. The Monarchy/Regency agreement will expire in 1998 unless extended or renewed.

In addition, an affiliate of Warner Bros. from time to time enters into single picture co-financing agreements with Monarchy/Regency pursuant to which Warner Bros. acquires all distribution rights in the U.S. and Canada and substantially all international theatrical and home video rights. Warner Bros. and Monarchy/Regency are each responsible for approximately 50% of production costs. Warner Bros. advances marketing and distribution costs and receives a distribution fee in connection with the exploitation of the films. Co-financed pictures released in 1996 included 'Tin Cup' and 'A Time to Kill;' co-financed pictures to be released in 1997 include 'Murder at 1600' and 'Free Willy III.'

During 1996, Warner Bros. released 29 motion pictures for theatrical exhibition, of which 16 were produced by others. The following motion pictures released in 1996 produced substantial domestic gross theatrical receipts:
'Twister,' 'A Time to Kill,' 'Eraser' and 'Space Jam.' During 1996, 60% of film rentals from Warner Bros. theatrical distribution were generated in the United States and Canada and 40% in international territories.

During 1997, Warner Bros. expects to release domestically approximately 30 motion pictures, of which 12 are expected to be produced by others, including two Turner Pictures productions. In addition to those previously mentioned, motion pictures to be released in 1997 include: 'Batman and Robin,' starring George Clooney, Arnold Schwarzenegger and Uma Thurman; 'Contact,' starring Jodie Foster, Matthew McConaughey

I-3

and James Woods; 'Conspiracy Theory,' starring Mel Gibson and Julia Roberts; and 'Father's Day,' starring Robin Williams and Billy Crystal.

TELEVISION

Warner Bros., through its various divisions, is the leading supplier of television programming in the world. Warner Bros. both develops and produces new television series, made-for-television movies, mini-series, animation programs and reality-based entertainment shows, and also distributes television programming for exhibition on all national networks, syndicated domestic television, cable syndication and in a growing array of international television distribution outlets. Including the product owned by TBS, the distribution library managed by Warner Bros. has grown to more than 6,000 feature films, 28,500 television titles, 10,000 animated titles plus 1,500 classic animated shorts. The TBS Transaction reunites for distribution the entire Warner Bros. film and animation library, adding classic MGM and RKO titles and animation from Hanna-Barbera, Ruby-Spears and MGM. Warner Bros. acts as distributor of the material owned by subsidiaries of TBS.

Warner Bros.' television programming is produced by Warner Bros. Television, which produces dramatic and comedy programming, and Telepictures Productions, which specializes in reality-based and talk/variety series, and also by Witt-Thomas-Harris Productions, an independent company which has an exclusive, long-term feature film and television production and distribution agreement with Warner Bros.

During the 1996 season, Warner Bros. Television successfully launched several new network primetime series, including 'The Jamie Foxx Show' and 'Suddenly Susan,' starring Brooke Shields. Returning network primetime series include, among others, the top-rated series 'ER' and 'Friends' (both in their third season); 'Murphy Brown' (in its ninth season); 'Family Matters' (in its eighth season); 'Step by Step' (in its sixth season); 'Living Single' and 'Lois & Clark: The New Adventures of Superman' (each in its fourth season); 'The Parent 'Hood' and 'The Wayans Bros.' (each in its third season) and 'The Drew Carey Show' (in its second season).

In addition, Telepictures Productions launched in 1996 the new syndicated daytime television hit, 'The Rosie O'Donnell Show.' Telepictures also produces for syndicated television such popular series as 'Jenny Jones' (in its sixth season) and 'EXTRA' (in its third season).

Warner Bros. Television Animation ('WBTA') is responsible for the creation, development and production of contemporary animation, as well as for the creative use and production of classic animated characters from Warner Bros.' extensive libraries, including 'Looney Tunes.' Following the completion of the TBS Transaction, the Hanna-Barbera, MGM and Ruby-Spears animation libraries became managed by WBTA. Animation programming is important to the Company as a foundation for various product merchandising and marketing revenue streams as well as being a cost-effective source of initial and on-going programming for various distribution outlets, including those owned by the Company's subsidiaries and divisions (including Kids' WB! and Cartoon Network).

WBTA continues to be a leading supplier of original children's animation programming with such programs as 'Steven Spielberg Presents Animaniacs,' 'Pinky & The Brain,' 'Tiny Toon Adventures,' 'Taz-Mania,' 'Batman' and 'Superman.'

The rapid expansion of off-network, pay-per-view, pay and basic cable and satellite broadcasting has increased the distribution opportunities for already-produced feature films and television programming of all varieties from the Warner Bros. and Turner Entertainment libraries. A typical sale of a new program series produced by or for Warner Bros. Television to a major domestic network grants that network an option to carry such program series for four years, after which time Warner Bros. Television can enter into a new license agreement with that or any other network as well as license the already-broadcast episodes into off-network syndication (broadcast and/or cable). New series are also licensed concurrently into the international marketplace and can, after a short period of time, be sold in part or in whole on home video. Warner Bros.' domestic distribution operation handles the launching and supporting of first-run series produced directly for syndication, as well as the sale of movie packages, off-network syndication strips (in which shows originally

I-4

produced for weekly broadcast on a network are aired five days a week), and reruns of classic television series for cable and satellite broadcasting.

Television programs currently in off-network syndication include, among others, 'Murphy Brown,' 'Full House,' 'Martin,' 'The Fresh Prince of Bel Air' and 'Family Matters.' During 1996, the top-rated series 'ER' was sold to Turner Network Television for syndication commencing in 1998; 'Friends' was sold for syndication commencing in 1998 to stations covering over 85% of the country, and 'The Dukes of Hazzard,' which ceased original production in 1985, became a hit all over again on The Nashville Network. This renewed popularity has, in turn, spawned a resurgence of popular interest in 'The Dukes of Hazzard' and generated a two-hour network television movie.

International television distribution opportunities expanded during 1996 as a result of the increased privatization of terrestrial broadcast in European markets and the introduction of new technologies and platforms around the world. Internationally, Warner Bros. licenses more than 35,000 hours of television programming and feature films originally produced for United States distribution. This product is dubbed or subtitled in more than 40 languages and seen in more than 175 countries. In 1996, Warner Bros. completed five-year multi-faceted distribution agreements with Taurus in Germany and Canal Plus in France.

Warner Bros.' backlog, representing the amount of future revenue not yet recorded from cash contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product for pay cable, network, basic cable and syndicated television exhibition, amounted to $1.5 billion at December 31, 1996, compared to $1.056 billion at December 31, 1995, (including amounts relating to the licensing of product to Time Warner's and TWE's cable television networks of $463 million as of December 31, 1996 (which includes the sale to TBS of syndication rights to 'ER' during 1996), and $175 million as of December 31, 1995, respectively). The backlog excludes advertising barter contracts.

HOME VIDEO

Warner Home Video ('WHV') distributes for home video use pre-recorded videocassettes and laser optical videodiscs containing film product of Warner Bros., Home Box Office, WarnerVision Entertainment and TBS, including product from New Line Cinema and Turner Pictures and, commencing in 1997, Castle Rock Entertainment. WHV also distributes (or services the distribution of) other companies' product for which it has acquired home video distribution or servicing rights.

During 1996, WHV released five titles in the North American rental market with sales exceeding 450,000 units each: 'Executive Decision,' 'Eraser,' 'A Time to Kill,' 'Goldeneye' and 'Birdcage.' Internationally, the following titles generated substantial home video revenue in 1996: 'Goldeneye,' 'Under Siege 2:
Dark Territory,' 'Free Willy 2: The Adventure Home,' 'Assassins,' 'Batman Forever' and 'The Bridges of Madison County.' Additionally, the Warner Bros. Family Entertainment label was expanded through affordably-priced North American video releases which generated combined videocassette sales in excess of 8 million units. Also, WHV released for home sale in North America 'Twister,' 'Ace Ventura 2: When Nature Calls' and, under the MGM/UA family entertainment label, 'All Dogs Go to Heaven 2,' which generated combined sales of more than 18 million units.

WHV sells its product in the United States and in major international territories through its own sales force, with warehousing and fulfillment handled by divisions of Warner Music Group and third parties. In some international markets, WHV's product is distributed through licensees. Videocassette and laser optical videodisc product is generally manufactured under contract with independent duplicators and replicators. During 1996, approximately 63% of WHV's revenues were generated in North America and approximately 37% in other territories.

In December 1995, a consortium of nine major consumer electronics manufacturers and TWE announced agreement on a standard for a high density digital optical disc technology, named the 'digital versatile disc' or 'DVD,' that is capable of storing large volumes of digitized information -- enough storage capacity for two full-length feature films on a double-sided disc. The DVD technology offers picture quality significantly superior to existing home video technology as well as premium features such as multiple language soundtracks. WHV,

I-5

along with several other studios will release a limited number of software titles in the DVD format commencing in spring 1997 in the United States. DVD product will be manufactured by Warner Advanced Media Operations, a Warner Music Group company, and third parties.

CONSUMER PRODUCTS AND WARNER BROS. STUDIO STORES

Warner Bros. Consumer Products licenses rights in both domestic and international markets to the names, photographs, logos and other representations of characters and copyrighted material from the films and television series produced or distributed by Warner Bros., including the superhero characters owned by DC Comics. During 1996, Warner Bros. Consumer Products incorporated licensing programs for Hanna-Barbera characters and Turner classic films and launched a major program in conjunction with the theatrical release of the motion picture 'Space Jam.'

In 1996, Warner Bros. Studio Stores continued its expansion with the opening of 16 outlets in the United States and eight in major international cities in Europe and the Asia Pacific region. Of the total of 161 stores as of the end of 1996, 149 are wholly owned and 12 are operated outside the United States by franchisees. Approximately 25 stores are planned to be opened in 1997, of which 18 will be operated by franchisees.

THEATERS

Warner Bros. International Theatres, through joint ventures, operates 57 multiplex cinema complexes with 464 screens in seven foreign countries, including 17 complexes in the United Kingdom, four in Germany, 22 in Australia, eight in Japan, two in Denmark, three in Portugal and one in Spain. Warner Bros. will expand into two new countries through joint ventures during the remainder of 1997, Taiwan and Italy, and plans to open one new multiplex cinema each in Portugal and Spain, two in Germany, three in Italy, six in Japan and six in Australia.

Time Warner owns a 50% interest in Cinamerica Theatres, L.P., an unconsolidated joint venture with Viacom Inc. which is not a part of TWE, and which owns and operates two theater circuits: Mann Theatres and Festival Cinemas. The joint venture operates approximately 400 screens in 67 theaters, principally located in California and Colorado.

FILMED ENTERTAINMENT -- TBS

Theatrical films are also produced by Castle Rock Entertainment and New Line Cinema, which are wholly owned subsidiaries of TBS and are not a part of TWE. The Company is exploring alternatives for Castle Rock and New Line, which range from an equity transaction in these studios to a nonrecourse financing transaction. Following the release of 'Michael,' which was distributed by New Line during the 1996 holiday season, Turner Pictures ceased active operations in 1996 and final production of its projects is being managed by Warner Bros.

Castle Rock Entertainment produced or acquired 10 films which were released during 1996, including 'Lone Star,' 'City Hall,' 'The Spitfire Grill,' 'Some Mother's Son' and 'Hamlet.' In early 1997, Castle Rock's 'Absolute Power,' starring and directed by Clint Eastwood was released along with 'Waiting for Guffman' and 'SubUrbia.' It is expected that Castle Rock theatrical product will become available for distribution by the Company in the domestic home video market in 1997 and the domestic theatrical market in 1998.

New Line Cinema is a leading independent producer and distributor of theatrical motion pictures. Through its two film divisions, New Line Cinema and Fine Line Features, during 1996 it distributed such films as 'Shine,' 'Island of Dr. Moreau' and 'Long Kiss Goodnight.' Upcoming films include 'One Night,' directed by Mike Figgis and starring Wesley Snipes and Nastassja Kinski; 'Lost in Space,' starring William Hurt and Gary Oldman; and 'Love! Valour! Compassion!,' a film adaptation of the Tony Award-winning Broadway play, starring Jason Alexander.

Castle Rock Television has produced the critically acclaimed and highly rated Emmy-winning series 'Seinfeld' for the past eight years. The company also produces the hit show 'The Single Guy' and 'Boston

I-6

Common.' New Line Television creates original television programming, including the animated series 'The Mask.' A new series for ABC based on the film 'The Player' is under development.

TBS's filmed entertainment business also includes the Hanna-Barbera, MGM and RKO libraries, which include classic films such as 'Gone With the Wind' and the 'Flintstones,' 'Yogi Bear,' 'Huckleberry Hound,' 'Tom & Jerry' and 'Popeye' cartoons. Distribution of these libraries is managed by Warner Bros.

THE WB TELEVISION NETWORK

The WB Television Network was launched by Warner Bros. in 1995, the year of the repeal of the Financial Interest and Syndication Rules ('fin-syn') which had prohibited networks from owning a financial interest in or participating in the syndication of shows broadcast by that network. As of January 1997, the end of the network's second year, The WB reaches approximately 84% of total U.S. households through its 98 affiliates and its coverage on Tribune Broadcasting's WGN superstation.

During the 1996/97 broadcast season, The WB's primetime programming schedule was expanded to a third night, broadcasting on Sunday, Monday and Wednesday nights. A fourth night of prime time programming is currently scheduled to be added in the first quarter of 1998, and it is currently planned that an additional night of programming will be added each year thereafter. The network's philosophy is to offer family-oriented programming in family viewing hours (7 p.m.-9 p.m. on Sunday and 8 p.m.-9 p.m. on Monday and Wednesday). Kids' WB! carries eight half-hour animated series on Saturday mornings and two half-hour weekday morning strips. In September 1997 Kids' WB! will expand to a total of 19 hours of programming per week with the addition of a two-hour weekday afternoon programming block.

In 1996 The WB announced plans to distribute a satellite-delivered program service for smaller markets in partnership with local broadcasters (The WeB), creating WB affiliates on local cable systems.

Tribune Broadcasting owns an 11.125% interest in The WB, has recently exercised an option to acquire an additional 8.375% interest and has another option exercisable over the next year that could increase Tribune Broadcasting's ownership to 22.25% of the network. Key employees of The WB hold an 11% interest in the network.

OTHER ENTERTAINMENT ASSETS

WARNER BROS. THEME PARKS

Through joint ventures with local partners, Warner Bros. has developed theme parks in select international locations which feature Warner Bros.' movie, cartoon and superhero characters. In the summer of 1996, Warner Bros. Movie World, a new regional theme park and studio complex, was opened in the Rhine/Ruhr area of Germany. The park complex is modeled after Warner Bros. Movie World in Australia which owns and operates a 400-acre movie-related theme park (including a movie studio) and water park complex near Brisbane, Australia, as well as Sea World of Australia.

SIX FLAGS THEME PARKS

TWE has a 49% indirect ownership interest in Six Flags Theme Parks Inc. ('Six Flags'). Six Flags operates 12 theme parks in eight locations making it the second largest operator of theme parks in the United States and the leading operator of a national system of regional theme parks. Six Flags' theme parks include eight major ride-based theme parks, three separate-gated water parks and one wildlife safari park. Each of the theme parks is located in or near a major metropolitan area. All of the theme parks operated by Six Flags are owned by Six Flags, except for Six Flags Over Texas, which is managed by Six Flags pursuant to a partnership agreement which is scheduled to expire at the end of 1997, Six Flags Over Georgia, which is managed by Six Flags pursuant to a recently renegotiated partnership agreement which extends through 2026, and Six Flags Fiesta Texas which is managed by Six Flags pursuant to a lease arrangement and which Six Flags has the option to purchase.

I-7

DC COMICS AND MAD MAGAZINE

TWE and Warner Communications Inc. ('WCI'), which is wholly owned by Time Warner, each owns a 50% interest in DC Comics. DC Comics publishes more than 60 regularly issued comics magazines, among the most popular of which are 'Superman,' 'Batman,' 'Wonder Woman' and 'The Sandman,' as well as story collections sold as books. DC Comics also derives revenues from motion pictures, television syndication, product licensing, books for juvenile and adult markets and foreign publishing. Trademarks in DC Comics' principal characters have been registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and in certain foreign countries.

Time Warner owns E.C. Publications, Inc., the publisher of MAD, a magazine featuring articles of humorous and satirical interest, which is regularly published nine times a year and also in periodic special editions. E.C. Publications, Inc. is wholly owned and not a part of TWE.

REGULATION AND LEGISLATION

On February 8, 1996, President Clinton signed into law a comprehensive reform of the nation's communications laws, entitled the Telecommunications Competition and Deregulation Act of 1996 (the '1996 Telecommunications Act'), which substantially revises the Communications Act of 1934, as amended. The new law contains certain provisions relating to violent and sexually explicit programming. First, the statute requires manufacturers to build television sets with the capability of blocking certain coded programming (the so-called 'V-chip'). The effective date for any Federal Communications Commission ('FCC') rule regarding the manufacture of such sets may not occur before March 8, 1998 and may occur at a later date if, after consultation with the manufacturing industry, the FCC determines that more time is needed. Second, the 1996 Telecommunications Act gave the cable and broadcasting industries one year to develop voluntary ratings for video programming containing violent, sexually explicit or other indecent content and to agree voluntarily to transmit signals containing such ratings. Principal representatives from both industries have agreed upon a system of parental guidelines, which is now being implemented on a voluntary basis by broadcast stations and networks, program producers, as well as cable systems and networks. The 1996 Telecommunications Act authorizes the FCC to prescribe guidelines of its own, in consultation with an advisory committee, if the industry guidelines are not acceptable to the FCC. The FCC has sought public comment on whether the voluntary industry guidelines comply with the requirements of the 1996 Telecommunications Act.

The 1996 Telecommunications Act eliminated the restrictions on the number of television stations that one entity may own and increased the national audience reach limitation by one entity from 25% to 35% of U.S. television households. As required by the 1996 Telecommunications Act, the FCC has revised its dual network rule to allow a TV station to affiliate with an entity maintaining two or more networks, unless certain limited circumstances pertain. The FCC has also amended its rules to permit common ownership or control of a broadcast network and cable systems.

The FCC rules currently prohibit an entity from having an attributable interest in two local TV stations with overlapping specified signal contours. In an ongoing rulemaking proceeding, the FCC has proposed to relax this rule in certain circumstances and sought comment on a possible waiver mechanism. In another rulemaking, the FCC has sought comment on possible changes to its attribution rules, which define the type of interests in television stations that are recognizable for purposes of its ownership rules. Under one such proposal, certain currently nonattributable debt or passive equity interests would become attributable if held in conjunction with certain other interests in or relationships with the TV licensee, such as the provision of programming. Such a proposal, if adopted, could adversely affect the WB's efforts to add new television stations as affiliates.

Effective on August 30, 1996, the FCC eliminated a regulation limiting the number of hours of network (including off-network) programs which television stations affiliated with the networks and located in the top 50 markets could broadcast during the four-hour primetime period.

Warner Bros. cannot at this time predict the effect on its television businesses of the passage of the 1996 Telecommunications Act and the changes, or proposed changes, to the FCC rules discussed above.

I-8

COMPETITION

The production and distribution of theatrical motion pictures, television and animation product and videocassettes/videodiscs are highly competitive businesses, as each competes with the other, as well as with other forms of entertainment and leisure time activities (including video games and on-line services, including the Internet). Furthermore, there is increased competition in the television industry evidenced by the increasing number and variety of broadcast networks, basic cable and pay television services now available. There is active competition among all production companies in these industries for the services of producers, directors, actors and others and for the acquisition of literary properties. With respect to the distribution of television product, there is significant competition from independent distributors as well as major studios. The increased number of theatrical films released in the U.S. has resulted in increased competition for theater space and audience attention. Revenues for filmed entertainment product depend in part upon general economic conditions, but the competitive position of a producer or distributor is still greatly affected by the quality of, and public response to, the entertainment product it makes available to the marketplace. The television network industry is extremely competitive as networks seek to attract audience share and television stations for affiliation and to obtain advertising revenue and distribution rights to television programming. There is strong competition throughout the home video industry, both from home video subsidiaries of several major motion picture studios and from independent companies, as well as from new film viewing opportunities, such as pay-per-view. Warner Bros. competes in its character merchandising and other licensing and retail activities with other licensors and retailers of character, brand and celebrity names. Warner Bros.' operation of theaters is subject to varying degrees of competition with respect to obtaining new theater sites and attracting patrons, including competition from a number of motion picture exhibition delivery systems, such as pay television and home video systems. Competition within the theme park industry exists on a regional rather than a national basis. Principal competitive factors within the theme park industry generally include the uniqueness and perceived quality of the rides and attractions in a particular park, ease of access to the park from major metropolitan areas, the atmosphere and cleanliness of a park, and the quality of its food and entertainment.

MUSIC

In the United States and around the world, the Company, through its wholly owned Warner Music Group division ('WMG'), is in the business of discovering and signing musical artists and manufacturing, packaging, distributing and marketing their recorded music.

WMG also operates Warner/Chappell, a music publishing business with offices around the world, is a partner in music video channels in Germany and the Far East, and is a joint venture partner of music and video clubs in North America.

RECORDED MUSIC

In the United States, WMG's recorded music business is principally conducted through WMG's Warner Bros. Records, Inc., Atlantic Recording Corporation and Elektra Entertainment Group and their affiliated labels, as well as through the WEA Inc. companies. The WEA Inc. companies include WEA Manufacturing Inc., which manufactures compact discs (CDs), audio and videocassettes, CD-ROMs and, commencing in 1997, digital versatile discs (DVDs), both for WMG's record labels as well as for outside companies; Ivy Hill Corporation, which produces printed material and packaging for WMG's recorded music products as well as for a wide variety of other consumer products; and Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation ('WEA Corp.'), which markets and distributes WMG's recorded music products to retailers and wholesale distributors. WMG also owns a majority interest in Alternative Distribution Alliance ('ADA'), a so-called 'independent' distribution company specializing in alternative rock music with a focus on new artists and smaller retailers.

These activities are conducted in more than 70 countries outside the United States by Warner Music International and its subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees. In 1996, more than 58% of WMG's recorded music revenues came from outside the United States.

I-9

DOMESTIC

WMG's record labels in the United States -- Warner Bros., Atlantic and Elektra -- each with a distinct identity, discover and sign musical artists. The labels scout and sign talent in many different musical genres, including pop, rock, jazz, country, hip hop, reggae, folk, blues, gospel and Christian music. Artists generally receive royalties based upon a percentage of the suggested retail or wholesale price of their recordings and music videos, and most receive non-returnable advance payments against such royalties.

WMG is a vertically-integrated music company. After an artist has entered into a contract with a WMG label, a master recording of the artist's music is produced and provided to WMG's manufacturing operation, WEA Manufacturing, which replicates the music primarily on CDs and audio cassettes. Ivy Hill prints material that is included with CDs and audio cassettes and creates packaging for them. WEA Corp. and ADA, WMG's distribution arms, sell product and deliver it, either directly or through sub-distributors and wholesalers, to thousands of record stores, mass merchants and other retailers throughout the country. At the same time these activities take place, the label's promotion, marketing, advertising and publicity departments place advertisements in print and electronic media, work to get the new album played on the radio, reviewed and mentioned in publications and the artist booked for appearances on radio and television. If a music video featuring an artist has been produced, the video is distributed and promoted to music video television programmers. Label personnel may also help organize a tour that will further promote a new album.

In addition to newly released records, each of WMG's labels markets and sells albums from their extensive catalogues of prior releases, in which the labels generally continue to own the copyright. Rhino Records, in which WMG owns a 50% equity interest, specializes in compilations and re-issues of previously released music.

WMG also has entered into joint venture arrangements pursuant to which WMG companies manufacture, distribute and market (in most cases, domestically and internationally) recordings owned by the joint ventures. Such agreements typically provide a WMG label with an equity interest and a profit participation in the venture, with financing furnished either solely by WMG or by both parties. Included among these arrangements are the labels Maverick, Rhino, Sub Pop and Qwest. WMG labels also enter into agreements with unaffiliated third- party record labels such as Curb and Scotti Brothers to manufacture and distribute recordings that are marketed under the owner's proprietary label. Through a joint venture, WMG and Sony Music Entertainment operate The Columbia House Company, the leading direct marketer of CDs, audio and videocassettes in the United States and Canada.

Among the artists whose albums resulted in significant sales for WMG record companies during 1996 were Tracy Chapman, Hootie & the Blowfish, Madonna, Metallica, Alanis Morissette, LeAnn Rimes, and Keith Sweat, as well as the Space Jam soundtrack.

INTERNATIONAL

Operating in more than 70 countries around the world, Warner Music International ('WMI') engages in the same activities as WMG's domestic labels, discovering and signing artists and manufacturing, packaging, distributing and marketing their recorded music. The artists signed to WMI and its affiliates number more than a thousand. In most cases, WMI also markets and distributes the recordings of those artists for whom WMG's domestic record labels have international rights. In certain countries, WMI licenses to unaffiliated third-party record labels the right to distribute its recordings.

WMI operates a plant in Germany that manufactures CDs, laser discs and vinyl records for its affiliated companies, as well as for outside companies and, as part of a joint venture, operates a plant in Australia that also manufactures CDs. WMI operates a video company that coordinates the international release of music and non-music video titles.

During 1996, WMI strengthened its operations with the establishment of Warner Music Colombia; PT Warner Music Indonesia, a joint venture with PT Hema Giatama Records; the creation of Continental East West in Brazil, and the buyout of a joint venture partner in the London-based label PWL International.

I-10

Among the artists whose albums resulted in significant sales for WMI in 1996 were Phil Collins, Enya, Madonna, Luis Miguel, Alanis Morissette, Simply Red and R.E.M.

MUSIC PUBLISHING

WMG's music publishing companies own or control the rights to more than one million musical compositions, including numerous pop music hits, American standards, folk songs, and motion picture and theatrical compositions. The catalogue includes works from a diverse range of artists and composers, including Phil Collins, Comden & Green, George and Ira Gershwin, Michael Jackson, Leiber & Stoller, Madonna and Cole Porter. Warner/Chappell also administers the music of several television and motion picture companies, including Lucasfilm, Ltd., Samuel Goldwyn Productions, Aaron Spelling Productions and New World.

Warner/Chappell's printed music division markets publications throughout the world containing the works of such artists as Alabama, The Grateful Dead, Led Zeppelin, Madonna, Bob Seger and many others. Warner/Chappell also owns CPP/Belwin, one of the world's largest publishers of printed music.

The principal source of revenues to Warner/Chappell are license fees paid for the use of its musical compositions on radio, television, in motion pictures and in other public performances; royalties for the use of its compositions on CDs, audio cassettes, music videos and in television commercials; and sales of published sheet music and song books.

COMPETITION

The recorded music business is highly competitive. The revenues of a company in the recording industry depend upon public acceptance of the company's recording artists and their music. Although WMG is one of the largest recorded music companies in the world, its competitive position is dependent on its continuing ability to attract and develop talent that can achieve a high degree of public acceptance. Overexpansion of retail outlets for music over the past several years led to the closing of many such stores during 1996, which has further increased competition among recorded music companies for sales of music-related product. Competition also intensified during 1996 as a result of the start-up of a number of new labels and the continuing growth in the number of albums released by independent record labels. The recorded music business continues to be adversely affected by counterfeiting of both audio cassettes and CDs, piracy, parallel imports and the home taping of music and may in the future be affected by consumers' ability to download quality sound reproductions from the Internet. In addition, the recorded music business also meets with competition from other forms of entertainment, such as television, pre-recorded videocassettes, the Internet and computer and video games. Competition in the music publishing business is intense. Although WMG's music publishing business is the largest on a worldwide basis, it competes with every other music publishing company in acquiring musical compositions and in having them recorded and performed.

CABLE NETWORKS

The Company's Cable Networks business consists of domestic and international basic cable networks and premium pay television programming services and the operation of sports franchises. TBS's networks (collectively, the 'Turner Networks') constitute the principal component of the Company's basic cable networks: Cable News Network ('CNN'); CNN International; Headline News; CNN Financial News Network ('CNNfn'); WTBS (commonly known as 'TBS Superstation'); Turner Network Television ('TNT'); Turner Classic Movies, Cartoon Network and the recently launched sports news network, CNN/SI, all operated by TBS, which is wholly owned by the Company. Pay television programming consists of the HBO and Cinemax pay television programming services, operated by the Home Box Office division of TWE ('Home Box Office'). The Company also has a partial interest in certain other domestic and international programming networks.

I-11

GENERAL

The Company, through TBS, is the leading supplier of programming for the basic cable industry in the United States. The Turner Networks provide a wide variety of movies and general entertainment, all-news and all-sports news programming. Through Home Box Office, the Company distributes HBO, the leading pay-TV service, as well as Cinemax. HBO and Cinemax offer uncut, commercial-free motion pictures and high-quality documentaries. In addition, HBO offers exclusive sporting and special entertainment events (such as concerts and comedy shows), and feature motion pictures and television series produced specifically by or for HBO.

All of the cable networks (which does not include TBS Superstation) distribute their programming via cable and other distribution technologies, including satellite distribution. A separate distribution company, Turner Network Sales, handles the sales and marketing of all of TBS's domestic basic cable networks to cable systems in the United States. Both the basic cable networks and the pay television programming services generally enter into separate multi-year agreements, known as affiliation agreements, with operators of cable television systems and direct-to-home satellite ('DTH') distribution companies in the United States that have agreed to carry such networks. In the United States, cable operators elect to carry networks and services on an individual, and not packaged, basis. With the proliferation of new cable networks and services, competition for cable carriage on the limited available channel capacity has intensified.

The programming produced for the Company's cable networks is generally transmitted via C-band or Ku-band communications satellites from an uplinking terminus and received on receivers located at local operations centers for each affiliated cable company, or on home satellite dish receivers. Individual dish owners wishing to receive programming from one of the satellite distribution companies must purchase a consumer decoder from a local source and arrange for its activation.

The basic cable networks generate their revenue principally from the sale of advertising time on the networks and from receipt of monthly per subscriber fees for each of the services carried, paid by cable system operators, DTH distribution companies, hotels and other customers (known as affiliates) who have contracted to receive and distribute such networks. The pay-TV networks, being commercial free, generate their revenue principally from the monthly fees paid by affiliates, which are generally charged on a per subscriber basis. Individual subscribers to HBO and Cinemax are then generally billed monthly by their local cable company or DTH packager for each service purchased and are free to cancel a service at any time.

As a result of acquisitions and mergers in the cable television industry in recent years, the percentage of Turner Networks' and Home Box Office's revenue from affiliates that are large multiple system cable operators has increased. As of December 31, 1996, the largest single multiple system cable operator with which Turner Networks and Home Box Office do business is Tele-Communications, Inc. ('TCI'), which accounted for approximately 28% of TBS's and 20% of HBO's and Cinemax's combined subscribers. (TCI, through subsidiaries, owns 50.6 million shares of LMCN-V Class Common Stock of the Company entitling the holder to 1/100 of a vote per share on certain limited matters, voting together with all other voting shares. These shares, which were issued in connection with the TBS Transaction, represent less than 1% of the voting power of the Company's outstanding common stock.) As of December 31, 1996, Time Warner Cable (see 'Cable') accounted for an additional 18% and 15%, respectively of TBS's and HBO's and Cinemax's combined subscribers. Turner Networks and Home Box Office attempt to assure continuity in their relationships with affiliates and have entered into multi-year contracts with affiliates, whenever possible. Although TBS and Home Box Office believe the prospects of continued carriage and marketing of their programming services by the larger affiliates are good, the loss of one or more of them as distributors of any individual cable network could have a material adverse effect on their respective businesses.

Advertising revenue on the Company's basic cable networks is a function of the number of advertising spots sold, the 'CPM,' which is the average cost per thousand homes charged for such advertising, and market conditions. The CPM applicable to each network program varies depending upon its ratings (which measure the numbers of viewers delivered), the type of program and its time slot, which latter factors influence the demographics of such viewers, which are important to an advertiser. To evaluate the level of its viewing audience, TBS utilizes the metered method of audience measurement as provided by A.C. Nielsen. Cable

I-12

networks which have not achieved widespread cable system distribution are not able to achieve significant viewing levels and, as a result, do not command a high CPM for their advertising time.

TURNER NETWORKS

DOMESTIC

TBS Superstation is a 24-hour per day, independent UHF television station headquartered in Atlanta which is transmitted over-the-air to the Atlanta market and then retransmitted by third parties via satellite to cable systems in all 50 states, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. The network is seen in approximately 70 million homes and its programming includes movies, sports, original productions, and classic television comedies.

TBS Superstation relies principally on advertising revenue and receives no direct compensation for its signal from cable systems, or from Southern Satellite Systems, Inc. ('SSSI'), the common carrier which delivers its signal to cable systems. Unlike other cable networks, TBS does not have contracts with local cable systems which carry TBS Superstation and also does not have a written agreement with SSSI, which is controlled by TCI.

The Company continues to explore the possibility of converting TBS Superstation from a broadcast television station to a copyright-paid cable network. Such a conversion would permit the Company to charge cable systems a fee for providing the network to customers but involves the successful completion of negotiations with certain third parties for programming rights, among other things. If such conversion occurs, the Company has an option, obtained as part of the TBS Transaction, to require SSSI to be subject to a non- competition agreement and to provide satellite uplink and distribution services for the converted cable network.

Other entertainment networks produced and distributed by TBS are TNT, which as of December 31, 1996 had over 70 million subscribers in the United States; Cartoon Network, which in early 1997 increased its subscribers in the United States to 40 million, as reported by A.C. Nielsen, and Turner Classic Movies, a 24-hour commercial free classic film network which presents films from TBS's MGM, RKO and pre-1950 Warner Bros. film libraries and which has over 10 million subscribers. Programming for these entertainment networks is derived from the Company's film, made-for-television and animation libraries as to which TBS or other divisions of the Company own the copyrights, licensed programming, including sports, and original productions.

TBS has acquired programming rights from the National Basketball Association (the 'NBA') to televise a certain number of regular season and playoff games in each of the 1994-1995 through 1997-1998 seasons for which it has agreed to pay fees plus a share of the advertising revenues generated in excess of specified amounts. TBS has also acquired broadcast rights from the National Football League to televise a certain number of preseason and regular season Thursday and Sunday night football games in each of the 1994 through 1997 seasons, for which it has agreed to pay fees.

TBS also televises on TBS Superstation a certain number of baseball games of the Atlanta Braves, a major league baseball club owned by a subsidiary of TBS, for which rights fee payments are paid to the Major League's central fund for distribution to all Major League Baseball clubs.

CNN, launched in 1980, is a 24-hour per day cable television news service and, with CNN International, is distributed to more than 170 million homes in more than 210 countries and territories. In addition to Headline News which provides updated half-hour newscasts throughout each day, CNN has expanded its brand franchise to include CNNfn, launched on December 29, 1995, featuring business and consumer news; and CNN/SI, launched on December 12, 1996, featuring sports news and features. The Company has also expanded into a number of special market networks.

CNN owns and operates 30 permanent news bureaus, of which nine are in the United States and 21 are located around the world. In addition, a network of satellite newsgathering trucks, portable satellite uplinks and a network of approximately 400 domestic and 200 international broadcast television affiliates on five continents permit CNN to report live from virtually anywhere in the world. These affiliate arrangements, from which CNN obtains substantial news coverage, are generally represented by contracts having terms of one or more years.

I-13

CNN also operates CNN Interactive (at http://www.CNN.com), one of the most popular sites on the World Wide Web, receiving more than 16 million page views each week.

INTERNATIONAL

CNN International ('CNNI') is a television news service consisting of programming produced by CNN and Headline News, as well as original programming, which is distributed to cable systems, broadcasters, hotels, direct-to-home satellite viewers and businesses around the world on a network of 16 regional satellites. TBS has announced that in March 1997 it will launch CNN en Espanol, a new Spanish language all-news network in Latin America, which TBS expects will achieve greater penetration into the region.

CNNI derives its revenues primarily from fees charged to cable operators, fees paid by other recipients of the CNNI signal, including hotels and international over-the-air television stations, and the sale of advertising time.

Internationally, TBS also distributes TNT Latin America, Cartoon Network Latin America, TNT & Cartoon Network Europe and TNT & Cartoon Network Asia, each of which features a portion of its schedule in more than one language through dubbing or subtitling. In Europe and Asia, the channels are dual programming services, featuring animated programming during the day and film product at night. These networks are now seen in 33 countries in Europe and North Africa, more than 30 countries in Latin America and the Caribbean, and 20 countries in the Asia Pacific region. In Latin America, revenues from these services are derived primarily from subscription fees based on contracts with cable operators. In Europe and Asia, these services generate advertising revenues in addition to subscriber fees.

n-tv, a German language news network currently reaching 40 million homes in Germany and contiguous countries in Europe, primarily via cable systems and satellite, is 25.52%-owned by TBS and 24.27%-owned by the Home Box Office division of TWE. Like TBS Superstation, n-tv relies principally on advertising revenues and receives no compensation for its signal from cable systems.

HOME BOX OFFICE

HBO, operated by the Home Box Office division of TWE, is the nation's most widely distributed pay television service, which together with its sister service, Cinemax, had approximately 32.4 million subscribers as of December 31, 1996.

PROGRAMMING

A majority of HBO's programming and a large portion of that on Cinemax consists of recently released, uncut and uncensored feature motion pictures. Home Box Office's practice has been to negotiate licensing agreements of varying duration for such programming with major motion picture studios and independent producers and distributors. These agreements typically grant pay television exhibition rights to recently released and certain older films owned by the particular studio, producer or distributor in exchange for a negotiated fee, which may be a function of, among other things, HBO and Cinemax subscriber levels and the films' box office performances.

Home Box Office attempts to ensure access to future movies in a number of ways. In addition to its exhibition of movies distributed by Warner Bros. and its regular licensing agreements with numerous distributors, it has entered into agreements with DreamWorks SKG, Sony Pictures Entertainment, Inc. ('Sony Pictures'), Paramount Pictures Corporation ('Paramount') and Twentieth Century Fox Film Corporation ('Fox') pursuant to which Home Box Office has acquired exclusive and non-exclusive rights to exhibit on its pay television services all or a substantial portion of the films produced, acquired and/or released by these entities during the term of each agreement. Home Box Office has also entered into non-exclusive license agreements with Fox, Paramount, Sony Pictures and Walt Disney Pictures for older, library films. Home Box Office's exclusive distribution agreement with Paramount, the parent company of which also owns the Showtime Network, expires as to new theatrical releases on December 31, 1997 and is not expected to be renewed.

I-14

HBO has also increasingly defined itself by the exhibition of sporting events, such as boxing matches and Wimbledon, contemporary and sometimes controversial, pay television premiere movies, dramatic and comedy specials, television series, and documentaries that are produced by HBO or for initial exhibition on HBO. Examples of such shows include 'The Larry Sanders Show,' now in its fifth season, 'Dennis Miller Live,' in its fourth season and 'Real Sports with Bryant Gumbel,' in its third season.

OTHER INTERESTS

Time Warner Sports, a division of Home Box Office, operates TVKO and TVKO Entertainment, entities that distribute pay-per-view prize fights and other pay-per-view programming.

In 1996, Home Box Office's own production company, HBO Independent Productions, produced the series 'Martin,' now in its fifth season on the Fox network, and 'Everybody Loves Raymond' under a 'first look' production agreement with CBS. Divisions of Home Box Office also produce comedy programming for HBO, Comedy Central, broadcast networks and syndication. Home Box Office owns a 50% interest in Citadel Entertainment, L.P., which produces motion pictures and other programs for broadcast, basic cable and pay television networks, including HBO. Home Box Office is also co-owner of a U.K. television production company and a separate joint venture for the foreign distribution of programming produced by that production company.

When it controls the rights, Home Box Office also distributes theatrical films and made-for-pay television programming to other cable television or pay-per-view services, and distributes original programming into domestic syndication and foreign television.

INTERNATIONAL

HBO Ole, a 37.6%-owned partnership comprised of TWE (acting through its Home Box Office and Warner Bros. divisions), a Venezuelan company and two other motion picture companies, operates two Spanish-language pay television motion picture services, HBO Ole and Cinemax, which are currently distributed in Central and South America, Mexico and the Caribbean. HBO Brasil, another partnership in which TWE has an interest, distributes Portuguese-language pay television movie services in Brazil. TWE also has a 40% interest in HBO Asia, an English-language, movie-based pay television service which, together with Cinemax, is currently distributed to various countries in Southeast Asia.

In addition to the Latin American and Asian ventures, Home Box Office has interests in pay television services in Hungary, the Czech Republic and Poland. TWE also has a 6.6% interest in TV-1000, a pay television service operating in Scandinavia, a 20.5% interest in PulsTV, a general interest regional television broadcaster serving the Berlin and Brandenberg areas of Germany, as well as a 26.5% interest in Hamburg 1, also a regional broadcaster in Germany.

OTHER BASIC CABLE NETWORK INTERESTS

The Company, through TWE, holds a 50% interest in Comedy Central, an advertiser-supported basic cable television service, which provides comedy programming. Comedy Central was available in 42 million homes at year-end 1996.

The Company, through TWE and the TWE-A/N Partnership, as of December 31, 1996 held an interest of approximately 58% in E! Entertainment Television, a Los Angeles-based basic cable channel specializing in promoting the entertainment industry and serving approximately 43 million subscribers as of year-end 1996. In December 1996, the other owners of E! triggered contractual buy-sell provisions, pursuant to which the Company expects to sell its interest in E! in March 1997.

The Company, through TWE, holds a 33 1/3% interest in Court TV. Court TV, launched in 1991, is a 24-hour cable network covering actual courtroom trials from around the United States and abroad with approximately 28 million subscribers at year-end 1996. During prime time, Court TV features live analyses of the day's coverage and other programming exploring aspects of the legal system.

I-15

REGULATION AND LEGISLATION

In April 1993, the FCC released regulations designed to implement provisions of the 1992 Cable Act, which generally prohibits vertically integrated programmers, which currently include the program services owned by TBS and Home Box Office, from offering different prices, terms, or conditions to competing multichannel video programming distributors unless the differential is justified by certain permissible factors set forth in the regulations. The rules also place certain restrictions on the ability of vertically integrated programmers to enter into exclusive distribution arrangements with cable operators. Although the Turner Networks, HBO and Cinemax services are currently provided to subscribers by means of a number of different technologies including cable, MMDS and DTH, the 1992 Cable Act and the FCC's implementing regulations could have a material adverse effect on their businesses. See 'Cable Systems Regulation and Legislation.'

As a result of the TBS Transaction, the Company is subject to a Consent Decree (the 'FTC Consent Decree') entered into with the Federal Trade Commission ('FTC'), certain provisions of which impose limitations on the Company's business conduct with respect to the sale of TBS's cable programming services. Such provisions of the FTC Consent Decree are designed to ensure that the Company does not disadvantage rival multi-channel programming distributors by increasing the proportional relationship which existed prior to the consummation of the TBS Transaction between the carriage terms offered to large distributors and those offered to smaller distributors in geographic areas also served by Time Warner Cable. Compliance with the FTC Consent Decree is not expected to cause an undue financial burden on the Company.

The 1996 Telecommunications Act contains provisions concerning manufacturer insertion of a 'V-chip' into television sets and industry implementation of a ratings system for violent, sexually explicit and indecent programming. (See 'Filmed Entertainment -- Regulation and Legislation.') The Company cannot predict at this time the effect of this legislation on its cable network business.

COMPETITION

The Turner Networks and Home Box Office's businesses face strong competition. Each of the cable networks and programming services compete with other cable television programming services for distribution on the limited number of channels available on cable operating systems. All of the networks compete for viewers' attention with all other forms of programming provided to viewers, including broadcast networks, local over-the-air television stations, other pay and basic cable television services, home video, pay-per-view services and on-line activities. In addition, the cable networks face competition for programming product with those same commercial television networks, independent stations, and pay and basic cable television services, some of which have exclusive contracts with motion picture studios and independent motion picture distributors.

The Turner Networks and Home Box Office's production divisions compete with other producers and distributors of programs for air time on broadcast networks, independent commercial television stations, and pay and basic cable television networks.

OTHER CABLE NETWORK ASSETS

THE ATLANTA BRAVES

Through a wholly owned subsidiary, TBS owns the Atlanta Braves (the 'Braves'), a major league baseball club and 1996 National League champions. As a member of the National League, the Braves are subject to assessments and dues and to compliance with the constitution and by-laws of the National League and rules of the Commissioner of Baseball. Player employment matters are governed primarily by the terms of a five-year collective bargaining agreement which was reached in 1996 between Major League Baseball and the Major League Baseball Players Association.

The Braves derive income from gate receipts, concessions and related sales, suite sales, local sponsorships, and local media. The Braves share pro rata in proceeds from national media contracts, expansion fees, and the national licensing activities of Major League Baseball.

I-16

Commencing with the 1997 Season, the Braves will play their home games at Turner Field in Atlanta. The stadium was originally constructed for the 1996 Summer Olympic Games and is currently being converted for use as a Major League Baseball stadium pursuant to an agreement between the Braves and the Atlanta Committee for the Olympic Games under which the Braves have committed to contribute $23.4 million towards the cost of such conversion.

THE ATLANTA HAWKS

Through wholly owned subsidiaries, TBS owns the Atlanta Hawks basketball team (the 'Hawks'), a member of the NBA. The NBA, through its constitution and by-laws, has established rules governing club operations, including player relations. The Hawks derive income from gate receipts, concessions and related sales, suite sales, local sponsorships, and local media. The Hawks share pro rata in proceeds from national media contracts, expansion fees, and the national licensing activities of the NBA. The Hawks currently play their home games in the Omni Coliseum in Atlanta which is operated by another wholly owned subsidiary of TBS.

TBS has reached a preliminary agreement with the City of Atlanta-Fulton County Recreation Authority to build a new multi-purpose arena adjacent to CNN Center to replace the Omni Coliseum. The cost of the arena will be funded primarily by the proceeds from bonds issued by the Authority. Pursuant to the preliminary agreement, TBS will contribute $20 million towards the cost of certain infrastructure improvements on the site and become a partner in a joint venture that will operate the new arena.

WRESTLING AND HOCKEY

Through World Championship Wrestling, TBS produces wrestling programming for TBS Superstation and TNT, the domestic syndication markets and pay-per-view television.

TBS filed an application for a National Hockey League (the 'NHL') franchise in Atlanta on October 31, 1996. The NHL is expected to make a decision regarding expansion teams for the league by the end of 1997.

PUBLISHING

The Company's Publishing business is conducted primarily by Time Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Time Inc. is one of the world's leading magazine and book publishers and is one of the largest direct-mail marketers in the world.

MAGAZINES

GENERAL

Time Inc. publishes some of the world's best-known magazines, including TIME, LIFE, PEOPLE, SPORTS ILLUSTRATED, FORTUNE, MONEY and ENTERTAINMENT WEEKLY. These magazines are generally aimed at a broad consumer market. They cover a broad range of topics of interest to potential readers, including current events, prominent personalities, sports, entertainment, business and personal finance, and lifestyle. Several of the magazines have developed affiliated publications that provide editorial content directed to particular demographic groups, such as children, that are outside their core readership.

Each magazine published by Time Inc. has an editorial staff under the general supervision of a managing editor and a business staff under the management of a president or publisher. Many of the magazines have numerous regional and demographic editions which contain the same basic editorial material but permit advertisers to direct their advertising to specific markets. Through the use of selective binding and ink-jet technology, magazines can create special custom editions targeted towards specific groups or readers.

Magazine manufacturing and distribution activities are generally managed by centralized staffs of Time Inc. Fulfillment activities for Time Inc.'s magazines are generally administered from a centralized facility in Tampa,

I-17

Florida. Some of the development properties and overseas operations employ independent fulfillment services and undertake their own manufacturing and distribution.

Time Inc. has expanded its core magazine businesses through the development of product extensions. These are generally managed by the individual magazines and involve specialized editions of the respective magazine aimed at particular readership groups, publication of editorial content developed by the magazine staffs through different media, such as hardcover books, television, and new media, particularly the Internet, and use of the brand name and reach of the core publications to expand into related products, such as merchandise.

DESCRIPTION OF MAGAZINES

The Company's magazines and their areas of interest are summarized below:

TIME summarizes the news and brings original interpretation and insight to the week's events, both national and international, and across the spectrum of politics, business, entertainment, sports, societal trends, health, and other areas of general consumer interest. TIME has also developed additional publications aimed at particular reader segments. TIME FOR KIDS is a weekly news magazine aimed at elementary school students from fourth through sixth grade. TIME DIGITAL is a quarterly supplement to TIME, which discusses issues regarding the impact of new electronic technology on society and culture. TIME also has five weekly English-language editions which circulate outside the United States:
TIME Asia, TIME Atlantic, TIME Canada, TIME Latin America, and TIME South Pacific.

SPORTS ILLUSTRATED is a weekly magazine which covers the activities of, and is designed to appeal to, spectators and participants in virtually all forms of recreational and competitive sports. In addition, SPORTS ILLUSTRATED has created special custom editions, including GOLF PLUS and NFL PLUS, to deliver advertisers more highly targeted audiences and has also developed new venues for its editorial content, including television production through SITV, which produces original programming for sale to the television broadcast networks, and CNN/SI, a new sports news cable television network that is operated as a joint venture between SPORTS ILLUSTRATED and CNN.

SPORTS ILLUSTRATED FOR KIDS is a monthly sports-oriented magazine geared to children ages eight through fourteen. SPORTS ILLUSTRATED FOR KIDS also publishes INSIDE STUFF, a magazine produced under license from the National Basketball Association which is aimed at teen-age basketball fans and published during the basketball season.

PEOPLE is a weekly magazine which reports on celebrities and other notable personalities in the fields of politics, sports and entertainment, or who otherwise come to prominent public attention due to acts of heroism, tragedy or other aspects of general human interest. PEOPLE is currently testing PEOPLE en Espanol, a Spanish-language edition aimed primarily at Hispanic readers in the United States. WHO WEEKLY is an Australian version of PEOPLE.

Time Inc. has other magazines directed at readers' interests in entertainment and celebrities. ENTERTAINMENT WEEKLY is a weekly magazine which includes reviews and reports on television, movies, video, music, books, and multimedia and also offers entertainment-related merchandise directly to consumers. IN STYLE is a monthly magazine which focuses on celebrity lifestyles and includes reports and advice on beauty and fashion.

FORTUNE is a biweekly magazine which reports on worldwide economic and business developments. FORTUNE also provides extensive coverage of the activities of major or noteworthy corporations and business personalities, and compiles the annual FORTUNE 500 list of the largest U.S. corporations. MONEY is a monthly magazine which reports on personal finance and provides information on topics such as investing, planning for retirement, financing children's college educations, and other areas of interest to consumers regarding their financial concerns. The magazine will be celebrating its 25th anniversary in 1997. MONEY publishes related products, such as the RETIRE WITH MONEY newsletter, which provides consumer advice on retirement investments.

I-18

LIFE is a monthly magazine which features photographic essays of important news events, prominent personalities and meaningful vignettes of the lives of ordinary people. LIFE also publishes hardcover books that include contemporary and historical photographs of note from its extensive collection.

Time Inc. also publishes several regional magazines including SOUTHERN LIVING, a monthly regional home, garden, food and travel magazine focused on the South, published by Southern Progress Corporation ('Southern Progress'), and SUNSET, The Magazine of Western Living, a monthly focused on lifestyles in the West, published by Sunset Publishing Corp. COOKING LIGHT is published nine times a year and promotes health and fitness through active lifestyles and good nutrition. Southern Progress also publishes SOUTHERN ACCENTS, a bi-monthly magazine that features architecture, fine homes and gardens, and arts and travel, and PROGRESSIVE FARMER, a monthly regional farming magazine. In 1996, Southern Progress acquired the rights to publish WEIGHT WATCHERS magazine, under license from H.J. Heinz.

Time Publishing Ventures ('TPV') manages Time Inc.'s specialty publishing titles. Parents and families are addressed by PARENTING, which is published ten times a year and aimed at parents of children under the age of ten and BABY TALK, which is published ten times a year and is targeted at expectant and new mothers. HEALTH is a women's consumer health magazine and HIPPOCRATES is a trade magazine targeted at primary care physicians. TPV also publishes THIS OLD HOUSE six times a year, pursuant to a licensing arrangement with public television station WGBH in Boston based on the popular home renovation television series. MARTHA STEWART LIVING was sold in February 1997, with the Company retaining a minor equity interest and certain distribution rights.

Time Inc.'s international operations include both regional versions of some of its core magazines, including TIME, PEOPLE and FORTUNE, as well as publications whose editorial content and focus are outside the United States. Such magazines include PRESIDENT, DANCYU, and ASIAWEEK.

Time Inc. also has management responsibility for most of the American Express Publishing Corporation's operations, including its core lifestyle magazines TRAVEL & LEISURE and FOOD & WINE, as well as DEPARTURES magazine, which is a controlled circulation magazine distributed to holders of the American Express Platinum Card. Time Inc. receives a fee for managing these properties.

CIRCULATION

Time Inc.'s magazines are sold primarily by subscription and delivered to subscribers through the mail. Subscriptions are sold by direct-mail solicitation, subscription sales agencies, television and telephone solicitation and insert cards in Time Inc. magazines and other publications. Single copies of magazines are sold through retail news dealers and other consumer magazine retailers, such as supermarkets, drug stores, and discount stores, which are supplied in turn by regional wholesalers.

Circulation efforts form the basis of the advertising rate base, which is the guaranteed minimum paid circulation level on which advertising rates are based. The Time Inc. titles with the 10 highest rate bases on January 1, 1997 were:

TITLE                                                                               RATE BASE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------

TIME.............................................................................   4,000,000
PEOPLE...........................................................................   3,150,000
SPORTS ILLUSTRATED...............................................................   3,150,000
SOUTHERN LIVING..................................................................   2,400,000
MONEY............................................................................   2,000,000
LIFE.............................................................................   1,500,000
SUNSET...........................................................................   1,425,000
COOKING LIGHT....................................................................   1,300,000
ENTERTAINMENT WEEKLY.............................................................   1,275,000
PARENTING........................................................................   1,150,000

I-19

Time Distribution Services ('TDS') is a national distribution company responsible for the retail sales, distribution, marketing and merchandising of single copies of periodicals for Time Inc. and other publishers. TDS distributes periodicals through a magazine wholesaler network which services retail outlets such as newsstands, supermarkets, convenience and drug stores.

Warner Publisher Services ('WPS') is a major distributor of magazines and paperback books sold through wholesalers in the United States and Canada, and internationally. WPS is the sole national distributor for MAD magazine, the publications of DC Comics, and certain publications and paperback books published by other publishers, including TEEN, VOGUE, WOMEN'S DAY, and the Dell Puzzle Books.

ADVERTISING

Advertising carried in Time Inc. magazines is predominantly consumer advertising. In 1996, Time Inc. magazines accounted for 21% of the total advertising revenue in consumer magazines, as measured by the Publishers Information Bureau ('PIB'), which measures consumer advertising placed in magazines. As a result, Time Inc. had the three leading magazines in terms of advertising dollars and seven of the top 25:

TITLE                                                 PIB RANK
- ---------------------------------------------------   --------

PEOPLE.............................................       1
SPORTS ILLUSTRATED.................................       2
TIME...............................................       3
FORTUNE............................................      13
ENTERTAINMENT WEEKLY...............................      19
MONEY..............................................      20
SOUTHERN LIVING....................................      22

The five leading categories of advertising carried in Time Inc. magazines in 1996, according to PIB were, in descending order, domestic automobile manufacturers, computers, toiletries and cosmetics, food, and publishing, media and movies.

PAPER AND PRINTING

Lightweight coated paper constitutes a significant component of physical costs in the production of magazines. Time Inc. has contractual commitments to ensure an adequate supply of paper, but periodic shortages may occur in the event of strikes or other unexpected disruptions in the paper industry. During 1996, Time Inc. purchased paper principally from six independent manufacturers, in each case under contracts that, for the most part, are either fixed-term or open-ended at prices determined on a market price or formula price basis. Paper prices in 1996 declined significantly for all major grades of paper for which Time Inc. has substantial demand. Based upon the current marketplace, however, Time Inc. does not anticipate that this trend will continue.

Printing and binding for Time Inc. magazines are accomplished primarily by major domestic and international independent printing concerns in 20 locations. Magazine printing contracts are either fixed-term or open-ended at fixed prices with, in some cases, adjustments based on certain criteria.

BOOKS

TRADE PUBLISHING

Time Inc.'s trade publishing operations are conducted primarily by Time Warner Trade Publishing, through its two major publishing houses, Warner Books and Little, Brown. In 1996, Time Warner Trade Publishing placed 28 books on The New York Times best-seller lists.

I-20

WARNER BOOKS

Warner Books primarily publishes hardcover, mass market and trade paperback books. Among its best selling hardcover books in 1996 were: The Search for Justice, by Robert L. Shapiro with L. Warren, The Tenth Insight, by James Redfield, Simple Abundance, by Sarah Ban Breathnach, The Notebook, by Nicholas Spark, and My Sergei, by Ekaterina Gordeeva with E.M. Swift. Best selling mass market paperbacks in 1996 included The Rules, by Ellen Fein and Sherrie Schneider, Morning, Noon & Night, by Sidney Sheldon, and Absolute Power, by David Baldacci, which was released as a full-length motion picture in early 1997 produced by the Castle Rock division of the Company.

Time Warner Audiobooks develops and markets audio versions of books and other materials published by both Warner Books and Little, Brown. In addition, through a joint venture with Little, Brown, Warner Books operates Time Warner Electronic Publishing, which is engaged in on-line and multimedia publishing.

LITTLE, BROWN

Little, Brown publishes general and children's trade books. Through its subsidiary, Little, Brown and Company (U.K.) Ltd., it also publishes general hardcover and mass market paperback books in the United Kingdom. Among the trade hardcover best-sellers published by Little, Brown in 1996 were: Jack and Jill, by James Patterson, How Good Do We Have To Be, by Rabbi Harold Kushner, and A Good Walk Spoiled, by John Feinstein, which was a best-selling mass market paperback for Little, Brown as well.

Little, Brown handles book distribution for itself, Warner Books and Sunset Books, as well as other publishers. The marketing of trade books is primarily to retail stores and wholesalers throughout the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom. Through their combined United States and United Kingdom operations, Little, Brown and Warner Books have the ability to acquire English-language publishing rights for the distribution of hard and soft-cover books throughout the world.

In 1996, Little, Brown sold its professional publishing division, which published legal and medical reference books and textbooks and journals sold primarily to university retail stores and to practitioners.

OXMOOR HOUSE AND SUNSET BOOKS

Oxmoor House, a division of Southern Progress, markets how-to books on a wide variety of topics including food and crafts, as well as Leisure Arts, a well-established publisher and distributor of instructional leaflets, continuity books series and magazines for the needlework and crafts markets. Sunset Books, the book publishing division of Sunset Publishing Corp., markets books on topics such as building and decorating, cooking, gardening and landscaping, and travel. Sunset Books' unique marketing formula includes an extensive distribution network of home repair and garden centers.

DIRECT MARKETING

TIME LIFE

Time Life is one of the nation's largest direct marketers of continuity series of books, music and videos. Its products are sold by direct response, including mail order, television and telephone, through retail, institutional and learning channels, and by door-to-door independent distributors in some foreign markets. Time Life products are currently sold in over 25 languages worldwide and approximately 40% of its revenues are generated outside the United States. Two major titles recently published by Time Life are the Williams-Sonoma Kitchen Library Series, and the Medical Advisor: The Complete Guide To Alternative and Conventional Treatments. In 1996, Time Life acquired Heartland Music, a direct marketer of music that offers single-shot packages to consumers in genres not currently addressed by Time Life, such as country and gospel.

Editorial material is created by in-house staffs as well as through outside book publishers. Time Life Books products are manufactured by several independent companies. Manufacturing contracts are entered into on a series rather than a single title basis and are fixed-price with provisions for cost of labor, material and

I-21

specification adjustments. These contracts, subject to certain limitations, may be terminated by Time Life or the manufacturer. Time Life's fulfillment activities, excluding international operations, are conducted from a centralized facility in Richmond, Virginia.

BOOK-OF-THE-MONTH CLUB

Book-of-the-Month Club currently operates eight book clubs and two continuity businesses with a combined membership of more than four million. Two of the clubs, Book-of-the-Month Club and Quality Paperback Book Club, are general interest clubs, and the remaining clubs specialize in history, cooking and crafts, business, children's books, women's lifestyle, spiritual, self-help and health topics, and the books of a particular author. In addition, multimedia, audio and video products are offered through the clubs. Book-of-the- Month Club's international businesses operate in over 50 countries worldwide.

Book-of-the-Month Club acquires the rights from publishers to manufacture and distribute books and then has them printed by independent printing concerns. Book-of-the-Month Club operates its own fulfillment and warehousing operations in Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania.

AMERICAN FAMILY ENTERPRISES

In 1996, Time Inc. restructured its 50%-owned joint venture, American Family Publishers ('AFP'). As a result of its contributions of Time Inc. Home Entertainment and Music Sound Exchange into the restructured partnership, Time Inc. now holds a 50% equity interest in the newly-formed American Family Enterprises ('AFE'), which is a direct mail magazine subscription, book and music marketer.

POSTAL RATES

Postal costs represent a significant operating expense for the Company's publishing activities. During 1996, Time Inc. benefitted from a reduction in its postal rates as a result of changes in the Postal Rate Commission's system of classification of mail.

Publishing operations strive to minimize postal expense through the use of certain cost-saving measures, including the utilization of contract carriers to transport books and magazines to central postal centers. It has been the Company's practice in selling books and other products by mail to include a charge for postage and handling, which is adjusted from time to time to partially offset any increased postage or handling costs.

COMPETITION

Time Inc.'s magazine operations compete for sales with numerous other publishers and retailers, as well as other media. The general circulation magazine industry is highly competitive both within itself and with other advertising media which compete with the Company's magazines for audience and advertising revenue.

Time Inc.'s book publishing operations compete for sales with numerous other publishers and retailers as well as other media. In addition, the acquisition of publication rights to important book titles is highly competitive, and Warner Books and Little, Brown compete with numerous other book publishers. TDS and WPS meet with direct competition from other distributors operating throughout the United States and Canada in the distribution of magazines and paperback books.

CABLE

The Company's Cable business consists principally of interests in cable television systems that are managed by Time Warner Cable, a division of TWE. Of the approximately 12.3 million subscribers, approximately 2.3 million are in systems owned by TWI Cable Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Time Warner which is not a part of TWE, and approximately 10 million are in systems owned by TWE, including approximately 4.5 million subscribers in a joint venture between TWE and Advance/Newhouse known as the

I-22

TWE-A/N Partnership. Time Warner Cable generally manages all such systems and receives a fee from Time Warner for management of the systems owned by TWI Cable.

CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS

GENERAL

Time Warner Cable is the second-largest multiple system cable operator in the United States. As of January 1, 1997, Time Warner Cable's 12.3 million cable subscribers were geographically concentrated in 34 groupings of more than 100,000 subscribers each. This includes the approximately 2.3 million subscribers in the cable television systems formerly owned by Summit Communications Group, Inc., KBLCOM Incorporated and Cablevision Industries Corporation, which were acquired by Time Warner in 1995 and early 1996 (the 'TWI Cable Systems'), and the approximately 4.5 million subscribers in the TWE-A/N Partnership, in which TWE owns a 66 2/3% interest and is paid a fee to manage. More than 55% of Time Warner Cable's aggregate subscribers are located in five states: Florida, New York, North Carolina, Ohio and Texas.

Through a network of coaxial and fiber-optic cable, the Company's cable television system subscribers generally receive more than 50 channels of video programming, including local broadcast television signals, locally produced or originated video programming, distant broadcast television signals (such as WTBS or WGN), advertiser-supported video programming (such as ESPN and CNN) and premium programming services (such as HBO, Cinemax, Showtime and The Movie Channel). In most systems, Time Warner Cable also offers movies and other events on a pay-per-view basis, as well as audio and other entertainment services.

Pursuant to the Admission Agreement under which US West became a limited partner of TWE, TWE has agreed to use its best efforts to complete upgrades to a substantial portion of its cable systems to Full Service Network capability by the end of 1998. Time Warner Cable expects that by the end of 1997, more than half of its systems will be upgraded. Such upgrades include the broad deployment of fiber and electronics. As systems are designated for such upgrade and after any required approvals are obtained, US West and TWE share joint control over the direction of those systems through a 50-50 management committee.

Time Warner Cable has also agreed with the FCC under the Social Contract described below to invest a total of $4 billion in capital costs over a five-year period ending December 31, 2000. The agreement with the FCC covers all Time Warner Cable systems, including those owned by TWI Cable and the TWE-A/N Partnership.

Time Warner Cable intends to use a portion of the band-width in its upgraded systems to support its on-line service for home personal computers, called Road Runner. Road Runner, developed in partnership with Time Inc., delivers Internet access and proprietary local, national and international content through the cable network to customers' home computers. During 1996, the service was launched commercially in Time Warner Cable's Akron/Canton, Ohio and TWE-A/N's Binghamton, NY systems. In early 1997 it was launched in the TWE-A/N San Diego system. A number of other launches are planned for 1997.

The number of cable subscribers managed by Time Warner Cable has grown primarily as a result of the acquisition of the TWI Cable Systems, the formation of the TWE-A/N Partnership, increases in the number of subscribers to its cable television systems and the development of geographically-clustered systems through the exchange or purchase of cable television systems. Any future growth in subscribers is expected to come from the exchange of certain of Time Warner Cable's unclustered cable television systems for geographically strategic systems, increased penetration of existing homes passed (through rebuilds and the introduction of new services), population growth and extensions of existing systems. (See also, 'Business -- TWE.')

Most of the Company's cable television revenue is derived from monthly fees paid by subscribers for cable video programming services. Additional revenue is generated by selling time on cable television systems for commercial advertisements to local, regional and, in some cases, national advertisers. Advertising time is sold as inserts into certain non-broadcast cable programming and local origination programming shown on the Company's cable television systems. In addition, pay-per-view service is offered in most cable television

I-23

systems, which allows subscribers to choose to view specific movies and events, such as concerts and sporting events, and to pay on a per-event basis.

TWE also owns a 31.3% equity interest in Primestar, a satellite distribution company offering packages of programming services to customers owning DTH receiving dishes. Time Warner Satellite Services generally has the non-exclusive right to distribute Primestar to customers in Time Warner Cable's service areas (including TWI Cable and the TWE-A/N Partnership) and also in certain adjacent areas. Time Warner Satellite Services currently has more than 500,000 Primestar customers.

PROGRAMMING

Time Warner Cable provides video programming to its subscribers pursuant to multi-year contracts with program suppliers who generally are paid a monthly fee per subscriber. Many of these contracts contain price escalation provisions; however, in most cases the cable operator has a right to cancel the contract if the supplier raises its price beyond agreed limits. The loss of any one supplier would not have a material adverse effect on Time Warner Cable's operations.

SERVICE AND PROGRAMMING CHARGES

Subscribers to the Company's cable systems generally are charged monthly fees based on the level of service selected. The monthly prices for various levels of cable television services (excluding services offered on a per-channel or per-program basis) range generally from $5 to $25 for residential customers. Other services offered include equipment rentals, usually for an additional monthly fee. Systems offering pay-per-view movies generally charge between $4 and $6 per movie, and systems offering pay-per-view events generally charge between $6 and $50, depending on the event. A one-time installation fee is generally charged for connecting subscribers to the Company's cable television system.

Subscribers may purchase premium programming services and, in certain systems, other per-channel services, for an additional monthly fee for each such service, with discounts generally available for the purchase of more than one service.

Commercial subscribers are charged rates for cable programming services that vary depending on the nature of the contract.

INTERNATIONAL

TWE has a 53.75% interest in a joint venture established to invest in, and further develop, cable television systems and programming in Hungary. TWE also owns a 13% indirect interest in Sky Network Television, an over-the-air subscription service in New Zealand. In France, TWE owns 100% of Cite Reseau and 49.88% of Rhone Vision Cable both established to acquire new franchises, build and operate cable systems in France. In China, TWE owns 75% of the Beijing-Time Warner Cable Television Engineering Company and, in Japan has acquired a 15.44% interest in two cable television companies, Titus Communications and Chofu Cable Television.

REGULATION AND LEGISLATION

The cable television industry is regulated by the FCC, some states and substantially all local governments. In addition, various legislative and regulatory proposals under consideration from time to time by the Congress and various federal agencies may in the future materially affect the cable television industry. The following discussion summarizes certain federal, state and local laws and regulations affecting cable television.

Federal Laws. The Cable Communications Policy Act of 1984 ('1984 Cable Act'), the 1992 Cable Act and the 1996 Telecommunications Act are the principal federal statutes governing the cable industry. These statutes regulate the cable industry, among other things, with respect to: (i) cable system rates for both basic and certain nonbasic services; (ii) programming access and exclusivity arrangements; (iii) access to cable channels by unaffiliated programming services; (iv) leased access terms and conditions; (v) horizontal and vertical ownership

I-24

of cable systems; (vi) consumer protection and customer service requirements;
(vii) franchise renewals; (viii) television broadcast signal carriage and retransmission consent; (ix) technical standards; and (x) privacy of customer information.

Federal Regulations. The FCC, the principal federal regulatory agency with jurisdiction over cable television, has promulgated regulations implementing the federal statutes.

Rate Regulation. Under the 1992 Cable Act, nearly all cable television systems are subject to local rate regulation of basic service pursuant to a formula established by the FCC and enforced by local franchising authorities. Additionally, the legislation required the FCC to review rates for nonbasic service tiers (other than per-channel or per-program services) in response to complaints filed by franchising authorities and/or cable customers; prohibited cable television systems from requiring subscribers to purchase service tiers above basic service in order to purchase premium service if the system is technically capable of doing so; required the FCC to adopt regulations to establish, on the basis of actual costs, the price for installation of cable service and rental of cable equipment; and allowed the FCC to impose restrictions on the retiering and rearrangement of basic and non-basic services under certain limited circumstances.

Under the 1996 Telecommunications Act, regulation of nonbasic tier rates is scheduled to terminate on March 31, 1999. Regulation of both basic and nonbasic tier cable rates also ceases for any cable system subject to 'effective competition.' The 1996 Telecommunications Act expands the definition of 'effective competition' to cover situations where a local telephone company or its affiliate, or any multichannel video provider using telephone company facilities, offers comparable video service by any means except DTH.

The FCC's rate regulations employ a benchmark system for measuring the reasonableness of existing basic and nonbasic service rates. Alternatively, cable operators have the opportunity to make cost-of-service showings which, in some cases, may justify rates above the applicable benchmarks. The regulations also provide that future rate increases may not exceed an inflation-indexed amount, plus increases in certain costs beyond the cable operator's control, such as taxes, franchise fees and costs. Cost-based adjustments to these capped rates can also be made in the event a cable operator adds or deletes channels or significantly upgrades its system. In addition, new product tiers consisting of services new to the cable system can be created free of rate regulation as long as certain conditions are met, e.g., services may not be moved from existing tiers to the new product tier. The rules also require that charges for cable-related equipment (e.g., converter boxes and remote control devices) and installation be unbundled from the provision of cable service and based upon actual costs plus a reasonable profit.

Local franchising authorities and/or the FCC are empowered to order a reduction of existing rates which exceed the maximum permitted level for either basic and/or nonbasic cable services and associated equipment, and refunds can be required.

On November 30, 1995, the FCC adopted a Social Contract with Time Warner Cable which resolved all of the cable television rate complaints pending against Time Warner Cable and requires Time Warner Cable to upgrade its domestic cable television systems. The Social Contract was negotiated in accordance with the FCC's authority to consider and adopt 'social contracts' as alternatives to other regulatory approaches applicable to cable television rates. Specifically, the Social Contract provides for an estimated $4.7 million plus interest in refunds in the form of bill credits to subscribers of certain designated Time Warner Cable systems, a commitment by Time Warner Cable to establish a lifeline basic service priced at 10% below Time Warner Cable's benchmark regulated rates with an adjustment to the nonbasic tier to recoup the reduced basic service tier revenue; and a commitment by Time Warner Cable to upgrade its domestic systems by December 31, 2000. Court appeals filed by the city of Austin, Texas and the Intercommunity Cable Regulatory Commission (which represents 28 Cincinnati suburbs served by Time Warner Cable) seeking review of the FCC decision adopting the Social Contract as well as certain FCC staff decisions implementing the Social Contract are pending. The appeals contend, among other things, that the terms of the Social Contract and the process by which it was negotiated and implemented are contrary to the 1992 Cable Act, and are inconsistent with the FCC's own rules. These parties also filed a petition with the FCC for reconsideration of the Social Contract, which is currently pending.

I-25

A purported nationwide class action has been brought in a federal court in New York alleging that any charges imposed by Time Warner Cable for additional outlet connections violate the 1992 Cable Act and the FCC's rate regulation rules to the extent those charges exceed Time Warner Cable's costs. Time Warner Cable has opposed this claim.

Carriage of Broadcast Television Signals. The 1992 Cable Act allows commercial television broadcast stations which are 'local' to a cable system to elect every three years either to require the cable system to carry the station, subject to certain exceptions, or to negotiate for 'retransmission consent' to carry the station. Broadcast stations typically seek monetary compensation or the carriage of additional programming in return for granting retransmission consent. Local non-commercial television stations are also given mandatory carriage rights, subject to certain exceptions. Unlike commercial stations, noncommercial stations are not given the option to require negotiation of retransmission consent. In addition, cable systems must obtain retransmission consent for the carriage of all 'distant' commercial broadcast stations, except for certain 'superstations,' i.e., commercial satellite-delivered independent stations such as WTBS and WGN. Time Warner Cable has obtained any necessary retransmission consents from all stations carried, which consents have varying expiration dates. The next three-year election between mandatory carriage and retransmission consent for local commercial television stations will occur on October 1, 1999. The mandatory carriage rule is presently under review by the United States Supreme Court.

Deletion of Certain Programming. Cable television systems that serve 1,000 or more customers must delete the simultaneous or nonsimultaneous network programming of a distant station upon the appropriate request of a local television station holding local exclusive rights to such programming. FCC regulations also enable television broadcast stations that have obtained exclusive distribution rights for syndicated programming in their market to require a cable system to delete or 'black out' such programming from other television stations which are carried by the cable system.

Public and Leased Access Channels. The 1984 Cable Act permits local franchising authorities to require operators to set aside certain channels for public, educational and governmental access programming. The 1984 Cable Act further requires cable television systems with thirty-six or more activated channels to designate a portion of their channel capacity for commercial leased access by unaffiliated third parties. The 1992 Cable Act requires leased access rates to be set according to a formula determined by the FCC.

Ownership. The 1996 Telecommunications Act repealed the 1984 Cable Act's restrictions on local exchange telephone companies ('LECs') from providing video programming directly to customers within their local exchange telephone service areas. With certain limited exceptions, a LEC may not acquire more than a 10% equity interest in an existing cable system operating within the LEC's service area. The 1996 Telecommunications Act also authorized LECs and others to operate 'open video systems' without obtaining a local cable franchise, although LECs operating such systems can be required to make payments to local governmental bodies in lieu of cable franchise fees. A number of separate entities have been certified to operate open video systems in New York City and in other areas where the Company operates cable systems.

The 1996 Telecommunications Act eliminated the FCC rule prohibiting common ownership between a cable system and a national broadcast television network, and the statutory ban covering certain common ownership interests, operation or control between a television station and cable system within the station's Grade B signal coverage area. However, the parallel FCC rule against cable/television station cross-ownership remains in place, subject to review by the FCC within two years. Finally, the 1992 Cable Act prohibits common ownership, control or interest in cable television systems and multichannel MDS ('MMDS') facilities or satellite master antenna television ('SMATV') systems having overlapping service areas, except in limited circumstances. The 1996 Telecommunications Act exempts cable systems facing 'effective competition' from the MMDS and SMATV cross-ownership restrictions.

Pursuant to the 1992 Cable Act, the FCC has adopted rules which, with certain exceptions, preclude a cable television system from devoting more than 40% of its first 75 activated channels to national video programming services in which the cable system owner has an attributable interest. The FCC also has set a limit of 30% of total nationwide cable homes that can be served by any multiple cable system operator.

I-26

Other FCC Regulations and FTC Consent Decree. Additional FCC regulations relate to a cable system's carriage of local sports programming; privacy of customer information; equipment compatibility, franchise transfers; franchise fees; equal employment opportunity; pole attachments; restrictions on origination and cablecasting by cable system operators; application of the rules governing political broadcasts; customer service; technical standards, home wiring and limitations on advertising contained in nonbroadcast children's programming. The 1996 Telecommunications Act changes the formula for pole attachment fees which could result in substantial increases in payments by cable operators to utilities for pole attachment rights when services other than cable services are delivered by cable systems.

Under the terms of the FTC Consent Decree entered into in connection with the consummation of the TBS Transaction, Time Warner Cable is required to carry on a significant number of its cable systems a 24-hour per day news and information channel that is not owned, controlled by or affiliated with the Company.

Copyright. Cable television systems are subject to federal copyright licensing covering carriage of broadcast signals. In exchange for making semi-annual payments to a federal copyright royalty pool and meeting certain other obligations, cable operators obtain a statutory license to retransmit broadcast signals. The amount of this royalty payment varies, depending on the amount of system revenues from certain sources, the number of distant signals carried, and the location of the cable system with respect to over-the-air television stations.

State and Local Regulation. Because a cable television system uses local streets and rights-of-way, cable television systems are subject to local regulation, typically imposed through the franchising process, and certain states have also adopted cable television legislation and regulations. Cable franchises are nonexclusive, granted for fixed terms and usually terminable if the cable operator fails to comply with material provisions. No Time Warner Cable franchise has been terminated due to breach. Franchises usually call for the payment of fees (which are limited under the 1984 Cable Act to 5% of the system's gross revenues from cable service) to the granting authority. The terms and conditions of cable franchises vary materially from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and even from city to city within the same state, historically ranging from reasonable to highly restrictive or burdensome.

The 1992 Cable Act prohibits exclusive franchises and allows franchising authorities to operate their own multichannel video distribution system without having to obtain a franchise. Moreover, franchising authorities are immunized from monetary damage awards arising from regulation of cable television systems or decisions made on franchise grants, renewals, transfers and amendments.

The 1996 Telecommunications Act provides that local franchising authorities may not condition the grant or renewal of a cable franchise on the provision of telecommunications service or facilities (other than institutional networks) and clarifies that the calculation of franchise fees is to be based solely on revenues derived from the provision of cable services, not revenues derived from telecommunications services.

Renewal of Franchises. The 1984 Cable Act established renewal procedures and criteria designed to protect incumbent franchisees against arbitrary denials of renewal. While these formal procedures are not mandatory unless timely invoked by either the cable operator or the franchising authority, they can provide substantial protection to incumbent franchisees. The 1992 Cable Act makes several changes to the renewal process which could make it easier in some cases for a franchising authority to deny renewal.

In the renewal process, a franchising authority may seek to impose new and more onerous requirements, such as upgraded facilities, increased channel capacity or enhanced services, although the municipality must take into account the cost of meeting such requirements. Time Warner Cable may be required to make significant additional investments in its cable television systems as part of the franchise renewal process. Of Time Warner Cable's franchises, as of January 1, 1997, 800 franchises serving approximately 3,600,000 subscribers expire during the period ending December 31, 1999. Although Time Warner Cable has been successful in the past in negotiating new franchise agreements, there can be no assurance as to the renewal of franchises in the future.

In October 1996, the New York City Franchise Concession and Review Committee (the 'Committee') met to consider whether the consummation of the TBS Transaction constituted a 'change in control' within the

I-27

meaning of Time Warner Cable's New York City franchise agreements. The Committee took no action on this matter at the meeting and has not considered the matter since then. The TBS Transaction was consummated on October 10, 1996. Effecting a change in control within the meaning of such franchise agreements without the City's consent could give the City various rights, which could include the right to terminate the franchise agreements. The Company does not believe there has been such a change in control. For further information regarding this matter and a related legal proceeding, see Item 3 -- 'Legal Proceedings.'

The foregoing does not describe all present and proposed federal, state and local regulations and legislation relating to the cable television industry. Other existing federal regulations, copyright licensing and, in many jurisdictions, state and local franchise requirements, currently are the subject of a variety of judicial proceedings, legislative hearings and administrative and legislative proposals which could change, in varying degrees, the manner in which cable television systems operate. Neither the outcome of these proceedings nor their impact upon the cable television industry or Time Warner Cable can be predicted at this time.

COMPETITION

Cable television systems face strong competition for viewer attention from a wide variety of established providers and new entrants, including broadcast television, DTH, MMDS, SMATV systems and telephone companies. Cable television systems also compete with these and other media for advertising dollars.

DTH. The FCC has awarded conditional permits to several companies for orbital slots from which high-power Ku-Band DTH service can be provided. DTH services offer pre-packaged programming that can be received by relatively small and inexpensive receiving dishes. As of the end of 1996, satellite-delivered DTH services including Echostar, DirecTV, USSB and Primestar, a medium-powered DTH service partially owned by TWE, were reported to be serving approximately five million subscribers. In addition, News Corp. is scheduled to launch a DTH service later in 1997, and recently announced a plan to merge that service with Echostar's. If consummated, the combined venture would have greater satellite transponder, and hence channel, capacity than other DTH services. News Corp. has also announced that unlike other DTH services, the new venture will deliver some local broadcast stations in some areas. In addition to DTH, most cable programming is available to owners of larger, more expensive C-Band satellite dishes ('TVROs'), either directly from the programmers or through third-party packagers.

MMDS/Wireless Cable. Wireless cable operators use microwave technology to distribute video programming. Wireless cable has grown rapidly, reportedly servicing over one million subscribers nationwide as of September 1996. In recent years, the FCC has adopted rules to facilitate the use of greater numbers of channels by wireless cable operators.

SMATV. Additional competition may come from private cable television systems servicing condominiums, apartment complexes and certain other multiple unit residential developments. The operators of these private systems, known as SMATV systems, often enter into exclusive agreements with apartment building owners or homeowners' associations which preclude franchised cable television operators from serving residents of such private complexes. Under the 1996 Telecommunications Act a SMATV system is not a cable system as long as it uses no public right-of-way. SMATV systems offer both improved reception of local television stations and many of the same satellite-delivered program services as offered by franchised cable television systems.

Overbuilds. Under the 1992 Cable Act, franchising authorities are prohibited from unreasonably refusing to award additional franchises. There are an increasing number of overlapping cable systems operating in Time Warner Cable franchise areas. Municipalities themselves are authorized to operate cable systems without a franchise. No such municipally-owned systems are presently in operation in Time Warner Cable franchise areas, although several municipalities have indicated an interest in doing so.

Telephone Companies. The 1996 Telecommunications Act eliminated the restriction against ownership and operation of cable systems by local telephone companies within their local exchange service areas. Telephone companies are now free to enter the retail video distribution business through any means, such as DTH, MMDS, SMATV or as traditional franchised cable system operators. Alternatively, the 1996 Telecommunications Act authorizes local telephone companies to operate 'open video systems' without obtaining a local cable franchise,

I-28

although telephone companies operating such systems can be required to make payments to local governmental bodies in lieu of cable franchise fees. Where demand exceeds available channel capacity, up to two-thirds of the channels on an 'open video system' must be available to programmers unaffiliated with the local telephone company. The open video system concept replaces the FCC's video dialtone rules.

Other Competition. Cable television systems compete with other communications and entertainment media, including off-air television broadcast signals which a viewer is able to receive directly using the viewer's own television set and antenna. Cable systems also face competition from alternative methods of distributing and receiving television signals and from other sources of entertainment such as live sporting events, movie theaters and home video products, including videocassette recorders. In recent years, the FCC has adopted policies providing for authorization of new technologies and a more favorable operating environment for certain existing technologies that provide, or may provide, substantial additional competition for cable television systems.

TELEPHONY

Time Warner Cable's wireline telephony operations are conducted through the Time Warner Communications division of TWE, which has wholly or partially owned competitive local exchange carrier ('LEC') businesses targeting business customers in 18 cities. Time Warner Communications has an advanced network management center in Denver to monitor and manage operations of its networks. These operations generally provide fiber optic connections between large businesses and their long distance telephone providers, between multiple business locations of a large business, and between long distance telephone company locations. In addition, switched services are being introduced. Revenues to date have been insignificant.

Residential telephone service is being provided over Time Warner Cable's system in the Rochester, NY area. Time Warner Cable has announced that it has suspended any further roll out of the residential telephone business until the various rulemakings required to be made by the FCC under the 1996 Telecommunications Act are final and the Company is able to assess whether the resulting economic framework will allow a profitable entry into this business.

OTHER ASSETS

AMERICAN LAWYER MEDIA

The Company owns a 90% interest in American Lawyer Media, L.P. ('ALM'). The Company has announced its intention to sell substantially all of the assets of ALM. ALM operates a chain of metropolitan and regional legal and business newspapers and also publishes THE AMERICAN LAWYER, a national monthly magazine with a subscription-only readership among lawyers across the United States and owns and operates COUNSEL CONNECT ('CC'), an on-line service connecting lawyers in law firms and corporate legal departments worldwide. ALM also provides certain services to Courtroom Television Network ('Court TV'). See 'Cable Networks -- Other Basic Cable Interests.'

HASBRO

TWI owns approximately 14% of the outstanding common stock of Hasbro, Inc., one of the world's largest toy companies. The Company has issued zero coupon exchangeable notes due 2012 that are exchangeable for the shares of Hasbro common stock owned by the Company (the 'Hasbro Stock') and mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a subsidiary of the Company redeemable in 1997 for cash or Hasbro Stock, which together have effectively monetized the Company's investment in Hasbro. See Note 4 'Other Investments' to the Company's consolidated financial statements at pages F-39 and F-40 herein.

DESCRIPTION OF AGREEMENT WITH LIBERTY MEDIA CORPORATION

The following description summarizes certain provisions of the Company's agreement with Liberty Media Corporation (a subsidiary of TCI) and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, 'LMC') that was entered into in connection with the TBS Transaction and the FTC Consent Decree. Such description does not purport to be

I-29

complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the Second Amended and Restated LMC Agreement dated as of September 22, 1995 among the Company, Time Warner Companies, Inc. and LMC (the 'LMC Agreement').

OWNERSHIP OF TIME WARNER COMMON STOCK

Pursuant to the LMC Agreement, immediately following consummation of the TBS Transaction, LMC exchanged the 50.6 million shares of Time Warner common stock, par value $.01 per share ('Time Warner Common Stock'), received by LMC in the TBS Transaction on a one-for-one basis for 50.6 million shares of LMCN-V Class Common Stock. Shares of LMCN-V Class Common Stock receive the same dividends and otherwise have the same rights as shares of Time Warner Common Stock except that (a) holders of LMCN-V Class Common Stock are entitled to 1/100th of a vote per share on the election of directors and do not have any other voting rights, except as required by law or with respect to limited matters, including amendments to the terms of the LMCN-V Class Common Stock adverse to such holders, and (b) unlike shares of Time Warner Common Stock, shares of LMCN-V Class Common Stock are not subject to redemption by the Company if necessary to prevent the loss by the Company of any governmental license or franchise. The LMCN-V Class Common Stock is not transferable, except in limited circumstances, and is not listed on any securities exchange.

The LMC Agreement requires LMC to exchange its shares of Time Warner Common Stock for LMCN-V Class Common Stock in order to comply with the FTC Consent Decree, which effectively prohibits LMC and its affiliates (including TCI) from owning voting securities of the Company other than securities that have limited voting rights. Shares of LMCN-V Class Common Stock are convertible on a one-for-one basis for shares of Time Warner Common Stock at any time when such conversion would no longer violate the FTC Consent Decree or have a Prohibited Effect (as defined below), including following a transfer to a third party. For a discussion of the agreement under which the Company may issue additional shares of LMCN-V Class Common Stock to LMC, see Note 2, 'Mergers and Acquisitions,' to the Company's consolidated financial statements at pages F-32 through F-34 herein.

OTHER AGREEMENTS

Under the LMC Agreement, if the Company takes certain actions that have the effect of (a) making the continued ownership by LMC of the Company's equity securities illegal under any federal or state law, (b) imposing damages or penalties on LMC under any federal or state law as a result of such continued ownership, (c) requiring LMC to divest any such Company equity securities, or
(d) requiring LMC to discontinue or divest any business or assets or lose or significantly modify any license under any federal communications law (each a 'Prohibited Effect'), then the Company will be required to compensate LMC for income taxes incurred by it in disposing of all the Company's equity securities received by LMC in connection with the TBS Transaction and related agreements (whether or not the disposition of all such equity securities is necessary to avoid such Prohibited Effect). In the event LMC consummates a distribution or 'spin-off' of its subsidiaries that hold substantially all of the LMCN-V Class Common Stock, the foregoing obligations of the Company will continue to apply to such spin-off subsidiaries.

The agreements described in the preceding paragraph may have the effect of requiring the Company to pay amounts to LMC in order to engage in (or requiring the Company to refrain from engaging in) activities that LMC would be prohibited under the Federal communications laws from engaging in. Based on the current businesses of the Company and LMC and based upon the Company's understanding of applicable law, the Company does not expect these requirements to have a material effect on its business.

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE TWE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

The following description summarizes certain provisions of the TWE Partnership Agreement relating to the ongoing operations of TWE. Such description does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the TWE Partnership Agreement.

I-30

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF TWE

Partners. Upon the capitalization of TWE in June 1992, certain subsidiaries of the Company became the general partners (the 'Class B Partners' or the 'Time Warner General Partners') of TWE and subsidiaries of Itochu Corporation ('Itochu') and Toshiba Corporation ('Toshiba') became limited partners of TWE (the 'Class A Partners'). U S West was admitted as a Class A Partner in September 1993. In 1995, Time Warner acquired the limited partnership interests of Itochu and Toshiba. Consequently, the limited partnership interests in TWE are held by the Class A Partners consisting of U S West and wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and the general partnership interests in TWE are held by the Class B Partners consisting of wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company.

Board of Representatives. Subject to certain authority of the Management Committee (as described below) with respect to the Cable division, the business and affairs of TWE are managed under the direction of a board of representatives (the 'Board of Representatives' or the 'Board') that is comprised of representatives appointed by subsidiaries of Time Warner (the 'Time Warner Representatives') and representatives appointed by US West (the 'US West Representatives').

The Time Warner Representatives control all Board decisions except for certain matters including (i) the merger or consolidation of TWE; (ii) the sale or other disposition of assets of TWE generating in excess of 10% of the consolidated revenues of TWE during the previous fiscal year or representing in excess of 10% of the fair market value of the total assets of TWE (in each case, other than in connection with certain joint ventures and 'cable asset swaps' as to which the thresholds are greater); (iii) any acquisition by TWE, other than in the ordinary course of business, if the consideration paid by TWE in connection with such acquisition would exceed the greater of (1) $750 million and (2) 10% of the consolidated revenues of TWE for the most recently ended fiscal year of TWE; (iv) the engagement by TWE in any business other than the businesses then being conducted by TWE, as they may evolve from time to time and any business related to such businesses (provided that TWE may not engage in the manufacturing, sale or servicing of hardware, other than as may be incidental to TWE's businesses); (v) the incurrence by TWE of indebtedness for money borrowed if, after giving effect to such incurrence, the ratio of total indebtedness for money borrowed to cash flow would exceed the greater of (x) 5.00 to 1.00 and (y) .5 over the analogous ratio in the TWE credit agreement as in effect from time to time; (vi) cash distributions other than as provided in the TWE Partnership Agreement; (vii) the dissolution or voluntary bankruptcy of TWE; and (viii) any amendment to the TWE Partnership Agreement, which matters also require the approval of the US West Representatives.

The managing general partners, both of which are wholly owned subsidiaries of Time Warner, may take any action without the approval or consent of the Board if such action may be authorized by the Time Warner Representatives without the approval of the US West Representatives. However, see 'Full Service Network Management Committee,' below.

Full Service Network Management Committee. In connection with the admission of U S West as a limited partner of TWE, the Board established the Full Service Network business, which, subject to obtaining necessary franchise and other approvals, is comprised of the businesses and operations of the cable television systems of TWE and TWE-A/N that have been from time to time designated to become a part thereof. Subject to obtaining such approvals relating to the designated systems, the business and affairs of the Full Service Network business will be governed by a Full Service Network Management Committee (the 'Management Committee'). The Management Committee is comprised of six voting members, three designated by U S West and three designated by TWE. If U S West at any time owns less than 50% of the partnership interest which it owned, directly or indirectly, as of September 15, 1993 or if a 'change in control' of U S West occurs, U S West's right to designate any members of the Management Committee will terminate. The Full Service Network business is managed on a day-to-day basis by the officers of Time Warner Cable. The approval of a majority of the members of the Management Committee is required for certain significant transactions relating to the Full Service Network business, including, among other things, the sale, pledge or encumbrance of assets of the Full Service Network business, the acquisition of cable assets, the making of commitments or expenditures relating to the Full Service Network business, in each case subject to agreed upon thresholds, certain decisions with

I-31

respect to design, architecture and designation of cable systems for upgrade and the adoption of the annual business plan.

Non-Voting Representatives and Committee Members. Each of ITOCHU and Toshiba has the right to designate non-voting members to the Board of Representatives and the Management Committee. In addition, Advance/Newhouse has the right to designate a non-voting member to the Management Committee.

Day-to-Day Operations. TWE is managed on a day-to-day basis by the officers of TWE, and each of TWE's three principal partnership divisions is managed on a day-to-day basis by the officers of such division. Upon the TWE Capitalization, the officers of Time Warner also became officers of TWE and the officers of the Time Warner General Partners became the officers of the corresponding partnership divisions and the subdivisions thereof.

CERTAIN COVENANTS

Covenant Not to Compete. For so long as any partner (or affiliate of any partner) owns in excess of 5% of TWE and in the case of any Time Warner General Partner, for one year thereafter, such partner (including its affiliates) is generally prohibited from competing or owning an interest in the three principal lines of business of TWE -- cable, cable programming and filmed entertainment (including the ownership and operation of theme parks) -- as such businesses may evolve, subject to certain agreed upon exceptions (including TBS), limited passive investments and inadvertent violations. The covenant not to compete does not prohibit (i) U S West from conducting cable and certain regional programming businesses in the 14-state region in which it provides telephone service, (ii) any party from engaging in the cable business in a region in which TWE is not then engaging in the cable business, subject to TWE's right of first refusal with respect to such cable business, or (iii) any party from engaging in the telephone or information services business. ITOCHU and Toshiba continue to be bound by and benefit from the non-compete provisions but only as they relate to Japan.

Transactions with Affiliates. Subject to agreed upon exceptions for existing arrangements, TWE will not enter into any transaction with any partner or any of its affiliates other than on an arm's-length basis.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Beginning on June 30, 2002 (or as early as June 30, 1999 if certain threshold cash distributions are not made to the Class A Partners), the Class A Partners holding, individually or in the aggregate, at least 10% of the residual equity of TWE will have the right to request that TWE reconstitute itself as a corporation and register for sale in a public offering an amount of partnership interests held by such Class A Partners determined by an investment banking firm so as to maximize trading liquidity and minimize the initial public offering discount, if any. Upon any such request, the parties will cause an investment banker to determine the price at which the interests sought to be registered could be sold in a public offering (the 'Appraised Value'). Upon determination of the Appraised Value, TWE may elect either to register such interests or purchase such interests at the Appraised Value, subject to certain adjustments. If TWE elects to register the interests and the proposed public offering price (as determined immediately prior to the time the public offering is to be declared effective) is less than 92.5% of the Appraised Value, TWE will have a second option to purchase such interests immediately prior to the time such public offering would otherwise have been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission at the proposed public offering price less underwriting fees and discounts. If TWE exercises its purchase option, it will be required to pay the fees and expenses of the underwriters. Upon exercise of either purchase option, TWE may also elect to purchase the entire partnership interests of the Class A Partners requesting registration at the relevant price, subject to certain adjustments.

In addition to the foregoing, U S West will have the right to exercise an additional demand registration right (in which the other Class A Partners would be entitled to participate) beginning 18 months following the date on which TWE reconstitutes itself as a corporation and registers the sale of securities pursuant to a previously exercised demand registration right.

At the request of any Time Warner General Partner, TWE will effect a public offering of the partnership interests of the Time Warner General Partners or reconstitute TWE as a corporation and register the shares held

I-32

by the Time Warner General Partners. In any such case, the Class A Partners will have standard 'piggy-back' registration rights.

Upon any reconstitution of TWE into a corporation, each partner will acquire preferred and common equity in the corporation corresponding in both relative value, rate of return and priority to the partnership interests it held prior to such reconstitution, subject to certain adjustments to compensate the partners for the effects of converting their partnership interests into capital stock.

CERTAIN PUT RIGHTS OF THE CLASS A PARTNERS

Change in Control Put. Upon the occurrence of a change in control of Time Warner, at the request of any Class A Partner, TWE will be required to elect either to liquidate TWE within a two-year period or to purchase the interest of such partner at fair market value (without any minority discount) as determined by investment bankers. A 'change in control' of Time Warner shall be deemed to have occurred:

(x) whenever, in any three-year period, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company elected during such three-year period shall have been so elected against the recommendation of the management of the Company or the Board of Directors shall be deemed to have been elected against the recommendation of such Board of Directors of the Company in office immediately prior to such election; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (x) a member of such Board of Directors shall be deemed to have been elected against the recommendation of such Board of Directors if his or her initial election occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than such Board of Directors; or

(y) whenever any person shall acquire (whether by merger, consolidation, sale, assignment, lease, transfer or otherwise, in one transaction or any related series of transactions), or otherwise beneficially owns voting securities of the Company that represent in excess of 50% of the voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company generally entitled to vote for the election of directors, if such person acquires or publicly announces its intention to initially acquire ten percent or more of such voting securities in a transaction that has not been approved by the management of the Company within 30 days after the date of such acquisition or public announcement.

Assignment of Put Rights, etc. TWE, with the consent of such assignee, may assign to the Company, any general partner or any third party, the obligation to pay the applicable put price in connection with the exercise of a change in control put right by a Class A Partner and the right to receive the partnership interests in payment therefor.

With respect to any of the put rights of the Class A Partners, TWE may pay the applicable put price in cash or Marketable Securities (defined as any debt or equity securities that are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on NASDAQ) issued by TWE (or if TWE assigns its obligation to pay the put price to the Company, by the Company). The amount of any Marketable Securities comprising the applicable put price shall be determined based on the market price of such securities during the seven months following the closing of such put transaction.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER BY TIME WARNER GENERAL PARTNERS

Time Warner General Partners. Any Time Warner General Partner is permitted to dispose of any partnership interest (and any Time Warner General Partner and any parent of any Time Warner General Partner may issue or sell equity) at any time so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto, (i) the Company would not own, directly or indirectly, less than (a) 43.75% of the residual equity of TWE, if such disposition occurs prior to the later of December 31, 1997 and the date on which the Class A Partners have received cash distributions of $500 million per $1 billion of investment, and (b) 35% of the residual equity of TWE if such disposition occurs after such date, (ii) no person or entity would own, directly or indirectly, a partnership interest greater than that owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, and (iii) a subsidiary of the Company would be a managing general partner of TWE.

I-33

No other dispositions are permitted, except that the Company may sell its entire partnership interest subject to the Class A Partners' rights of first refusal and 'tag-along' rights pursuant to which the Company must provide for the concurrent sale of the partnership interests of the Class A Partners so requesting.

CURRENCY RATES AND REGULATIONS

The Company's foreign operations are subject to the risk of fluctuation in currency exchange rates and to exchange controls. The Company cannot predict the extent to which such controls and fluctuations in currency exchange rates may affect its operations in the future or its ability to remit dollars from abroad. See Note 1 'Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies -- Foreign Currency' and Note 14 'Financial Instruments -- Foreign Exchange Risk Management' to the consolidated financial statements set forth at pages F-28 and F-55, respectively, herein. For the revenues, operating income from and identifiable assets of foreign operations, see Note 15 'Segment Information' to the consolidated financial statements set forth at pages F-56 through F-60 herein.

EMPLOYEES

At December 31, 1996, the Company employed a total of approximately 73,400 persons. This number includes approximately 30,300 persons employed by TWE.

I-34

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

TBS, PUBLISHING, MUSIC AND CORPORATE

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 1996 with respect to the Company's principal properties (over 250,000 square feet in area) that are used primarily by TBS and the Company's publishing and music divisions or occupied for corporate offices, all of which the Company considers adequate for its present needs, and all of which were substantially used by the Company or were leased to outside tenants:

                                                                  APPROXIMATE
                                                                  SQUARE FEET           TYPE OF OWNERSHIP
          LOCATION                       PRINCIPAL USE            FLOOR SPACE       EXPIRATION DATE OF LEASE
- -----------------------------  ---------------------------------- -----------   ---------------------------------

New York, New York             Executive and administrative           560,000   Leased by the Company. Lease
  75 Rockefeller Plaza         offices (Corporate and Music)                    expires in 2014. Approximately
  Rockefeller Center                                                            109,000 sq. ft. are sublet to
                                                                                outside tenants.
New York, New York             Business and editorial offices       1,520,000   Leased by the Company. Most
  Time & Life Bldg.            (Publishing and Corporate)                       leases expire in 2007.
  Rockefeller Center                                                            Approximately 36,000 sq. ft. are
                                                                                sublet to outside tenants.
Atlanta, Georgia               Executive and administrative         1,570,000   Owned by the Company.
  One CNN Center               offices, studio (TBS)                            Approximately 146,000 sq. ft. are
                               Retail, Hotel and Theatres                       sublet to outside tenants.
Atlanta, Georgia               Offices and studios (TBS)              311,000   Owned and occupied by the
  1050 Techwood Dr.                                                             Company.
Mechanicsburg,                 Office and warehouse space             358,000   Owned and occupied by the
  Pennsylvania                 (Publishing)                                     Company.
  1225 S. Market St.
Olyphant,                      Manufacturing, warehouses,           1,058,000   Owned and occupied by the
  Pennsylvania                 distribution and office space                    Company.
  1400 and 1444 East           (Music)
  Lackawanna Avenue
Indianapolis, Indiana          Warehouse space (Publishing)           252,000   Owned and occupied by the
  4200 N. Industrial                                                            Company.
  Street
Nortorf,                       Manufacturing, distribution and        334,000   Owned and occupied by the
  Germany                      office space (Music)                             Company.
  Niedernstrasse 3-7
Alsdorf,                       Manufacturing, distribution and        269,000   Owned and occupied by the
  Germany                      office space (Music)                             Company.
  Max-Planck Strasse 1-9
Terre Haute,                   Manufacturing and office space         269,000   Leased by the Company. Lease
  Indiana                      (Music)                                          expires in 2001.
  Bldg. 102, Fort Harrison
  Industrial Park

I-35

FILMED ENTERTAINMENT, CABLE NETWORKS -- HBO AND CABLE

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 1996 with respect to principal properties (over 250,000 square feet in area) owned or leased by the Company's Filmed Entertainment, Cable Networks -- HBO and cable television businesses, all of which the Company considers adequate for its present needs, and all of which were substantially used by TWE.

                                                         APPROXIMATE
                                                         SQUARE FEET
                                                         FLOOR                     TYPE OF OWNERSHIP;
        LOCATION          PRINCIPAL USE                  SPACE/ACRES            EXPIRATION DATE OF LEASE
- ------------------------  -----------------------------  ------------------   -----------------------------
New York, New York        Business offices               335,000 sq. ft.      Leased by TWE.
  1100 and 1114           (HBO)                          and 237,000 sq.      Leases expire in 2004 and
  Avenue of the                                          ft.                  2006.
  Americas
Baltimore, Maryland       Warehouse (Filmed              387,000 sq. ft.      Owned by TWE.
  White Marsh             Entertainment)
Burbank, California       Sound stages,                  3,303,000            Owned by TWE.
  The Warner Bros.        administrative, technical and  sq. ft. of
  Studio                  dressing room structures,      improved
                          screening theaters, machinery  space on 158
                          and equipment facilities,      acres(a)
                          back lot and parking lot and
                          other Burbank properties
                          (Filmed Entertainment)
West Hollywood,           Sound stages,                  350,000              Owned by TWE.
  California              administrative,                sq. ft. of
  The Warner              technical and dressing         improved
  Hollywood Studio        room structures, screening     space on 11
                          theaters, machinery and        acres
                          equipment facilities (Filmed
                          Entertainment)
Valencia, California      Location filming (Filmed       232 acres            Owned by TWE.
  Undeveloped Land        Entertainment)
                                                         ------------------


(a) Ten acres consist of various parcels adjoining The Warner Bros. Studio, with mixed commercial, office and residential uses.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company and its subsidiaries are parties, in the ordinary course of business, to litigations involving property, personal injury and contract claims. The amounts that the Company believes may be recoverable in these matters are either covered by insurance or are not material.

In November 1992, TBS and TWE filed federal lawsuits in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia against the FCC and the United States of America seeking to overturn the must carry provisions of the 1992 Cable Act on First Amendment grounds. The TWE complaint also challenges the provisions of the 1992 Cable Act relating to rate regulation, retransmission consent, terms of dealing by vertically integrated programmers, uniform pricing and operation of cable systems by municipal authorities, the number of subscribers that a cable operator could serve nationwide, free previews of certain premium channels and educational channel set-aside requirements for direct broadcast satellite service. In addition, the TWE complaint seeks to overturn several parts of the 1984 Cable Act relating to public, educational and government access requirements and commercial leased channels. The plaintiffs seek injunctions against the enforcement or implementation of these provisions. Several other parties have also filed similar lawsuits and these actions have been at least partially consolidated with the actions filed by TBS and TWE. On April 8, 1993, in a 2-1 decision,

I-36

the District Court upheld the constitutionality of the must carry provisions of the 1992 Cable Act. On May 3, 1993, plaintiffs filed an appeal from this decision directly to the U.S. Supreme Court. The U.S. Supreme Court on June 27, 1994 vacated the judgment of the District Court regarding the must-carry provisions and remanded the case to that court for further factual findings after ruling that cable systems were entitled to significant First Amendment protection. In December 1995, that panel upheld the 'must-carry' requirements by 2-1 vote. The Supreme Court decided to review that decision. Argument was held in the Supreme Court on October 7, 1996. On September 16, 1993, a one-judge District Court upheld the constitutionality on First Amendment grounds of all the other challenged provisions except restrictions on the number of subscribers that a cable operator could serve nationwide, free pay TV previews and direct broadcast channel usage. TWE appealed this decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit on November 12, 1993. Briefing on the appeal and argument took place on November 20, 1995. On August 30, 1996, the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals rejected TWE's challenges to certain provisions of the 1984 and 1992 Cable Acts, held unripe the challenge to the program creation provision of
Section 11(c) of the 1992 Cable Act, and consolidated the remaining challenges to Section 11(c) with Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. v. FCC. On October 29, 1996, TWE and the other plaintiffs filed a Petition for Rehearing and Suggestion for Rehearing En Banc with the Court. On February 7, 1997, the Court denied the petition for rehearing. For a description of the 1984 Cable Act and the 1992 Cable Act, see Item 1 'Business -- Cable Division -- Regulation and Legislation.'

In October, 1993, 15 music performers or representatives of deceased performers, on behalf of an alleged similarly-situated class, filed suit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia against approximately 50 record companies, including four WMG record labels. (Samuel D. Moore, et al. v. American Federation of Television and Radio Artists, et al., No. 93-Civ-2358). Plaintiffs claimed that the recording companies, the American Federation of Television and Radio Artists ('AFTRA') (their union), and the AFTRA Health and Retirement Fund ('Fund') under-reported and under-contributed to the Fund, in violation of ERISA, in breach of contract and fiduciary duty, through fraud and embezzlement, and in violation of RICO. Plaintiffs sought substantial, but unquantified, monetary damages, treble damages, attorneys' fees and costs and the imposition of a constructive trust over their master recordings. Following a series of motions, on August 2, 1994, the court dismissed the claims against the Fund and the Fund's trustees, and dismissed all claims against the defendant recording companies except the RICO claim. The record company defendants then answered the RICO claim, denying its material allegations and alleging defenses. After certain discovery, the defendants, on January 29, 1997, moved for summary judgment, and that motion is pending. Plaintiffs' motion to certify various classes of plaintiffs is pending. A second, similar lawsuit, commenced by the same plaintiffs in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging a class action and derivative claims on behalf of the Fund against essentially the same defendants has, after various motions by defendants, been combined with the first action in the Northern District of Georgia. Defendants' December 18, 1996 motion to dismiss the newly-added counts is pending. If defendants' dispositive motions are not granted, discovery is likely to continue, in a class or individual actions, with a trial following.

On July 14, 1994, the Company received a civil investigative demand from the United States Department of Justice in furtherance of an investigation into certain worldwide activities of WMG and other companies in the recorded music industry principally related to cable, wire and satellite-delivered music and music video programmers. The Company has complied with the civil investigative demand to the extent that it sought information and documents with respect to domestic activities of WMG and has objected to responding with respect to foreign activities on the ground that the Department of Justice lacks jurisdiction to inquire into such activities. On November 3, 1994, the Department of Justice filed a petition in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia seeking to compel the Company and the other companies to provide documents from their files in the United States that deal with overseas activities. On January 22, 1997, the court granted the petition.

On May 30, 1995, a purported class action was filed with the United States District Court for the Central District of California, entitled Digital Distribution Inc. d/b/a Compact Disc Warehouse v. CEMA Distribution, Sony Music Entertainment, Inc., Warner Elektra Atlantic Corporation, UNI Distribution Corporation, Bertelsmann Music Group, Inc. and PolyGram Group Distribution, Inc., No. 95-3536 (JSL). The plaintiff, representing a class of direct purchasers of recorded music compact discs ('CDs'), alleged that Warner Elektra

I-37

Atlantic Corporation ('WEA'), along with five other distributors of CDs, violated the federal antitrust laws by engaging in a conspiracy to fix the prices of CDs, and sought an injunction and treble damages. On January 9, 1996, the defendants' motion to dismiss the amended complaint was granted and the action was dismissed, with prejudice. Plaintiff appealed the dismissal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, No. 96-55264. The appeal has been fully briefed and no date for oral argument has yet been set.

Litigation relating to the 1990 merger of Time Inc. and WCI has either been dismissed, or has been dormant for years. The litigation is described in previous reports on Form 10-K filed by the Company.

On October 30, 1995, two complaints were filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County ('Delaware Chancery Court') against the Company, certain officers and directors of the Company, and other defendants, by stockholders of the Company, purportedly derivatively on behalf of the Company. The two complaints allege, among other things, that in connection with the then proposed TBS Transaction, some or all of the defendants have violated fiduciary duties owed to the Company and its stockholders by, among other things, (i) seeking to entrench themselves in board and management positions and to eliminate the threat of a hostile takeover, (ii) securing economic benefits for themselves or conferring special benefits on Tele-Communications, Inc. ('TCI') and others at the expense of the Company's public stockholders, and (iii) structuring the TBS Transaction so as to place the Company's chief executive officer in a position which allegedly will involve a conflict between the interests of TCI and the Company. Among other relief demanded, both complaints seek an injunction against consummation of the TBS Transaction and an order directing the individual defendants to account to the Company for their alleged profits and plaintiffs' alleged damages. On November 22, 1995, the Company and the other defendants moved to dismiss the complaint in one of these actions on the ground that the plaintiff had failed to comply with Delaware Chancery Court Rule 23.1. There has been no further activity in these actions.

On March 12, 1996, a complaint was filed in the Delaware Chancery Court against the directors and certain officers of the Company by a stockholder of the Company, purportedly derivatively on behalf of the Company. The complaint alleges, among other things, that some or all of the defendants have breached fiduciary duties owed to the Company and its stockholders in furtherance of an entrenchment scheme by, among other things, (i) forcing the resignations of or firing certain directors and officers of the Company, (ii) conferring special benefits upon TCI, R.E. Turner and Michael Milken in connection with the TBS Transaction, and (iii) taking certain actions relating to a dispute with U S West that has since been successfully litigated by the Company. The complaint seeks, among other things, (i) an injunction against consummation of the TBS Transaction and certain related arrangements, (ii) an injunction against any settlement of a litigation between the Company and U S West (in which U S West sought to enjoin the transaction with TBS and other relief), (iii) a declaratory judgment that defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company and its stockholders, and (iv) unspecified damages. On April 8, 1996, the defendants moved to dismiss the complaint in this action. There has been no further activity in this action.

Fifteen actions against TBS, the Company, certain officers and directors of TBS or TWE, and other defendants, purportedly on behalf of a class of TBS shareholders, filed in Superior Court, Fulton County, Georgia in connection with the TBS Transaction have been consolidated. On February 29, 1996, plaintiffs filed their third amended consolidated supplemental and derivative class action complaint (the 'Third Amended Complaint'). The Third Amended Complaint, which included a derivative claim, alleged, among other things, that the terms of the TBS Transaction were unfair to TBS shareholders and that the defendants had breached or aided and abetted the breach of fiduciary common law and statutory duties owned to TBS shareholders by (i) conferring benefits on controlling shareholders at the expense of other shareholders, (ii) committing corporate waste and (iii) taking actions to entrench TBS Board members. The Third Amended Complaint further alleged that the defendants acted fraudulently in negotiating and approving the TBS Transaction, that the approval of the TBS Transaction by the TBS Board had been fraudulently obtained, and that the vote of the TBS Board approving the TBS Transaction did not comply with the TBS Articles of Incorporation and By-laws or with Georgia law. Among other relief demanded, the Third Amended Complaint sought damages, an injunction against the consummation of the TBS Transaction and related transactions, and an auction of TBS. On April 1, 1996, defendants filed motions for judgment on the pleadings on all claims asserted in the Third

I-38

Amended Complaint. On June 17, 1996, the court transformed the defendants' motion for judgment on the pleadings into a motion for summary judgment with respect to two of the plaintiffs' claims and denied the plaintiffs' request for discovery on those claims. On September 13, 1996, plaintiffs filed a motion for a preliminary injunction (and related relief) seeking, among other things, an order enjoining consummation of the TBS Transaction. Their motion was denied on October 3, 1996. On September 19, 1996, plaintiffs sought leave to file a fourth amended complaint. On December 20, 1996, the Court granted defendants' motion for judgment on the pleadings with respect to certain of the claims in the Third Amended Complaint and also granted plaintiffs' motion for leave to file a fourth amended complaint. On January 16, 1997, plaintiffs filed a fourth amended class action complaint containing allegations and requesting relief substantially similar in substance to the Third Amended Complaint.

On July 8, 1996, a purported class action was filed in the Circuit Court of Blount County, Tennessee at Maryville, entitled Robinson and Silvey v. EMI Music Distribution, Inc., Sony Music Entertainment, Inc., Warner Elektra Atlantic Corporation, UNI Distribution Corporation, Bertelsmann Music Group, Inc. and PolyGram Group Distribution, Inc., No. L-10462. The action is brought on behalf of persons who, from June 26, 1992 to the present, purchased CDs indirectly from defendants in Alabama, California, Florida, Kansas, Maine, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, New Mexico, North Dakota, South Dakota, Tennessee, West Virginia, Wisconsin and District of Columbia, and alleges that the defendants are engaged in a conspiracy to fix the prices of CDs, in violation of the antitrust, unfair trade practices and consumer protection statutes of each of those jurisdictions. Also on July 8, the Circuit Court issued an order conditionally granting class certification, subject to defendants' right to move to decertify the class. On February 25, 1997, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 26, 1997, the Circuit Court stayed all proceedings pending consideration of the motion to dismiss.

On July 25, 1996, WEA was served with an antitrust civil investigative demand from the Office of the Attorney General of the State of Florida that calls for the production of documents in connection with an investigation to determine whether there is, has been or may be a conspiracy to fix the prices of CDs or conduct consisting of unfair methods of competition or unfair trade practices in the sale and marketing of CDs. WEA produced documents in compliance with the investigative demand.

On October 8, 1996, the New York State Attorney General began an investigation by serving a subpoena duces tecum on Time Warner. In re New York State Attorney General's Investigation. The subpoena seeks information regarding whether Time Warner and Time Warner Cable may have violated Section 340 of the General Business Law of New York and/or Sections 1 and/or 2 of the Sherman Antitrust Act in making certain decisions regarding the carriage of video programming services on Time Warner's cable systems, including its decision to carry the MSNBC news service and not the Fox News Channel ('FNC'). On November 22, 1996, the subpoena was modified by agreement between Time Warner and the Attorney General and on December 12, 1996, Time Warner produced documents pursuant to the subpoena, as modified. On January 10, 1997, Time Warner responded to the interrogatory requests of the subpoena, as modified.

On October 9, 1996, an action was commenced in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York entitled Fox News Network, L.L.C. v. Time Warner Inc., Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., and R.E. 'Ted ' Turner III. The plaintiff seeks to have Time Warner divest the TBS assets acquired alleging that the TBS Transaction is violative of Section 7 of the Clayton Act. The plaintiff also seeks damages flowing from alleged violations of Section 1 of the Sherman Act, the Donnelly Act, New York State's antitrust statute, as well as alleged breach of contract and fraudulent misrepresentations regarding carriage of the FNC on defendants' cable television systems. In total, the plaintiff seeks $1.75 billion in damages. On October 30, 1996, plaintiff filed an amended complaint. On November 15, 1996 defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On December 11, 1996, the court orally denied defendants' motion. On December 31, 1996, defendants filed their answer to plaintiff's amended complaint and their counterclaims, naming both Fox News and News Corp. as counterclaim-defendants. The answer denies all substantive allegations of the amended complaint and the counterclaims allege that Fox News and News Corp. conspired with various unnamed officials of the City of New York to deprive Time Warner of its First and Fourteenth Amendment rights, as well as its rights under Federal cable legislation, and that counterclaim-defendants tortiously

I-39

interfered with Time Warner's rights under its franchise agreements with the City of New York. Fox News and News Corp. filed a motion to dismiss Time Warner's counterclaims. Argument on the motion to dismiss the counterclaims was held on February 27, 1997, and the parties have submitted additional briefs on the issues presented by the motion. On March 14, 1997, FNC conceded its inability to sustain its breach of contract claim and withdrew it.

On October 10, 1996, the holders of Time Warner's New York City cable franchises filed a complaint against the City of New York in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging that the City's announced plan to carry two commercial cable programs, Bloomberg Information Television ('BIT') and the FNC, over the City's municipal access channels is a violation of the Franchise Agreements, the 1984 Cable Act, the First Amendment, New York Public Service Law and certain other legal rights of such holders. In addition to seeking to enjoin the City's activity, the complaint seeks a declaratory judgment that the TBS Transaction does not effect a change in control for the purposes of the Franchise Agreements. On October 11, 1996, the judge in this action issued a temporary restraining order preventing the City from carrying either BIT or the FNC over its municipal access channels. After a hearing on October 28, 1996, the judge on November 6, 1996 granted the Time Warner plaintiffs a preliminary injunction that will continue to prevent the City from carrying these services on its municipal access channels until a trial on the matter is completed. The City and BIT, which had intervened as a defendant in the action, appealed the judge's decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. Argument on the appeal took place on February 19, 1997. Thus far, all activity in this action has related to Time Warner's request for an injunction, and proceedings with respect to the declaratory judgment that the TBS Transaction does not effect a change in control for the purposes of the Franchise Agreements have not as yet commenced.

The Company and its subsidiaries are also subject to industry investigations by certain government agencies and/or proceedings under the antitrust laws that have been filed by private parties in which, in some cases, other companies in the same or related industries are also defendants. The Company and its subsidiaries have denied or will deny liability in all of these actions. In all but a few similar past actions, the damages, if any, recovered from the Company or the amounts, if any, for which the actions were settled were small or nominal in relation to the damages sought; and it is the opinion of the management of the Company that any settlements or adverse judgments in the similar actions currently pending will not involve the payment of amounts or have other results that would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

For information regarding the special meeting of stockholders of the Company and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. held on October 10, 1996 to approve the merger agreement related to the TBS Transaction, see Item 4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 1996 filed by Time Warner Companies, Inc. (File No. 1-8637).

I-40

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

Pursuant to General Instruction G (3), the information regarding the Company's executive officers required by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K is hereby included in Part I of this report.

The following table sets forth the name of each executive officer of the Company, the office held by such officer and the age, as of March 14, 1997, of such officer:

                    NAME                        AGE                              OFFICE
- ---------------------------------------------   ---   ------------------------------------------------------------

Gerald M. Levin..............................   57    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
R.E. Turner..................................   58    Vice Chairman of the Board
Richard D. Parsons...........................   48    President
Peter R. Haje................................   62    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Timothy A. Boggs.............................   46    Senior Vice President
Richard J. Bressler..........................   39    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Philip R. Lochner, Jr. ......................   54    Senior Vice President

Set forth below are the principal positions held by each of the executive officers named above since March 1, 1992:

Mr. Levin..............................  Chairman  of the  Board of Directors  and Chief  Executive Officer since
                                           January 21, 1993. Prior to that,  he served as President and  Co-Chief
                                           Executive Officer from February 20, 1992.

Mr. Turner.............................  Vice  Chairman since the consummation of  the TBS Transaction on October
                                           10, 1996.  Prior to  that, he  served  as Chairman  of the  Board  and
                                           President of TBS from 1970.

Mr. Parsons............................  President  since February 1, 1995. Prior  to that, he served as Chairman
                                           and Chief Executive Officer of The Dime Savings Bank of New York,  FSB
                                           from January 1991.

Mr. Haje...............................  Executive  Vice President and General Counsel  since October 1, 1990 and
                                           Secretary since May 20, 1993.

Mr. Boggs..............................  Senior Vice President since November 19,  1992. Prior to that he  served
                                           as Vice President of Public Affairs.

Mr. Bressler...........................  Senior  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since March 16, 1995.
                                           Prior to that he served as Senior Vice President, Finance from January
                                           2, 1995; and as a Vice President prior to that.

Mr. Lochner............................  Senior Vice President since July 18, 1991.

I-41

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The principal market for the Company's Common Stock is the New York Stock Exchange. For quarterly price information with respect to the Company's Common Stock for the two years ended December 31, 1996, see 'Quarterly Financial Information' at page F-66 herein, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

The approximate number of holders of record of the Company's Common Stock as of January 31, 1997 was 26,000.

For information on the frequency and amount of dividends paid with respect to the Company's Common Stock during the two years ended December 31, 1996, see 'Quarterly Financial Information' at page F-66 herein, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected financial information of the Company for the five years ended December 31, 1996 is set forth at pages F-64 and F-65 herein and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The information set forth under the caption 'Management's Discussion and Analysis' at pages F-2 through F-22 herein is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The consolidated financial statements and supplementary data of the Company and the report of independent auditors thereon set forth at pages F-23 through F-61, F-67 and F-68, and F-63 herein are incorporated herein by reference.

Quarterly Financial Information set forth at page F-66 herein is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not Applicable.

II-1


PART III

Items 10, 11, 12 and 13.           DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT; EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION;
                                   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT; CERTAIN
                                   RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Information called for by PART III (Items 10, 11, 12 and 13) is incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with its 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders pursuant to Regulation 14A, except that the information regarding the Company's executive officers called for by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K has been included in PART I of this report and the information called for by Items 402(k) and 402(l) of Regulation S-K is not incorporated by reference.

III-1


PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) (1)-(2) Financial Statements and Schedules:

(i) The list of consolidated financial statements and schedules set forth in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Other Financial Information at page F-1 herein is incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements and schedules are filed as part of this report.

(ii) The unaudited financial statements of the Time Warner Service Partnerships for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1995 included in the Current Report on Form 8-K of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. (Reg. No. 33-53742) dated November 28, 1995 ('TWE's 1995 Form 8-K') are incorporated herein by reference and are filed as an exhibit to this report.

(iii) The financial statements of the Time Warner Service Partnerships and the report of independent auditors thereon, set forth at pages F-64 through F-73 in the 1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE's 1994 Form 10-K') are incorporated herein by reference and are filed as an exhibit to this report.

(iv) The unaudited financial statements of Paragon Communications for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1995 included in TWE's 1995 Form 8-K are incorporated herein by reference and are filed as an exhibit to this report.

(v) The financial statements and financial statement schedule of Paragon Communications and the report of independent accountants thereon, set forth at pages F-74 through F-83 in TWE's 1994 Form 10-K, are incorporated herein by reference and are filed as an exhibit to this report.

All other financial statement schedules are omitted because the required information is not applicable, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits:

The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report and such Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference. Exhibits 10.1 through 10.18 listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index identify management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this report, and such listing is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K.

(i) The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 10, 1996 in which it reported (x) in Item 2 that on October 10, 1996 the TBS Transaction was consummated, and (y) in Item 5 certain events relating to the Company's decision not to carry the Financial News Channel on its New York City cable system and certain matters related to the TBS Transaction.

(ii) The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 1996 setting forth in Item 7 certain pro forma financial statements of the Company and the Time Warner Entertainment Group at September 30, 1996, reflecting the TBS Transaction and certain other transactions entered into by the Company and TWE during 1995 and 1996.

IV-1


SIGNATURES

PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REPORT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED.

TIME WARNER INC.

                                            By         /s/ PETER R. HAJE
                                              ..................................
                                                        PETER R. HAJE
                                                  EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT,
                                                GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY

Date: March 25, 1997

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

                SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                              DATE
- ------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------   -------------------
           /S/ GERALD M. LEVIN              Director, Chairman of the Board and Chief         March 25, 1997
 .........................................    Executive Officer (principal executive
            (GERALD M. LEVIN)                 officer)

         /S/ RICHARD J. BRESSLER            Senior Vice President and Chief Financial         March 25, 1997
 .........................................    Officer (principal financial officer)
          (RICHARD J. BRESSLER)

           /S/ JOHN A. LABARCA              Vice President and Controller (principal          March 25, 1997
 .........................................    accounting officer)
            (JOHN A. LABARCA)

             /S/ MERV ADELSON               Director                                          March 25, 1997
 .........................................
              (MERV ADELSON)

           /S/ J. CARTER BACOT              Director                                          March 25, 1997
 .........................................
            (J. CARTER BACOT)

       /S/ LAWRENCE B. BUTTENWIESER         Director                                          March 25, 1997
 .........................................
        (LAWRENCE B. BUTTENWIESER)

       /S/ BEVERLY SILLS GREENOUGH          Director                                          March 25, 1997
 .........................................
        (BEVERLY SILLS GREENOUGH)

            /S/ CARLA A. HILLS              Director                                          March 25, 1997
 .........................................
             (CARLA A. HILLS)

           /S/ DAVID T. KEARNS              Director                                          March 25, 1997
 .........................................
            (DAVID T. KEARNS)

IV-2


                SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                              DATE
- ------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------   -------------------
             /S/ REUBEN MARK                                  Director                        March 25, 1997
 .........................................
              (REUBEN MARK)

           /S/ MICHAEL A. MILES                               Director                        March 25, 1997
 .........................................
            (MICHAEL A. MILES)

           /S/ J. RICHARD MUNRO                               Director                        March 25, 1997
 .........................................
            (J. RICHARD MUNRO)

          /S/ RICHARD D. PARSONS                              Director                        March 25, 1997
 .........................................
           (RICHARD D. PARSONS)

          /S/ DONALD S. PERKINS                               Director                        March 25, 1997
 .........................................
           (DONALD S. PERKINS)

          /S/ RAYMOND S. TROUBH                               Director                        March 25, 1997
 .........................................
           (RAYMOND S. TROUBH)

             /S/ R.E. TURNER                                  Director                        March 25, 1997
 .........................................
              (R. E. TURNER)

       /S/ FRANCIS T. VINCENT, JR.                            Director                        March 25, 1997
 .........................................
        (FRANCIS T. VINCENT, JR.)

IV-3


TIME WARNER INC. AND TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

                                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                                   ---------------
                                                                                                    TIME
                                                                                                   WARNER     TWE
                                                                                                   ------    -----

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition...........     F-2      F-75
Consolidated Financial Statements:
     Balance Sheet..............................................................................    F-23      F-84
     Statement of Operations....................................................................    F-24      F-85
     Statement of Cash Flows....................................................................    F-25      F-86
     Statement of Shareholders' Equity and Partnership Capital..................................    F-26      F-87
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................    F-27      F-88
Report of Management............................................................................    F-62
Report of Independent Auditors..................................................................    F-63     F-108
Selected Financial Information..................................................................    F-64     F-109
Quarterly Financial Information.................................................................    F-66     F-110
Supplementary Information.......................................................................    F-67
Financial Statement Schedules:
     Schedule I -- Condensed Financial Information of Registrant................................    F-69
     Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts...........................................    F-74     F-111

F-1

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

On October 10, 1996, Time Warner Inc. ('Time Warner' or the 'Company'), acquired the remaining 80% interest in Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') that it did not already own. As a result of this transaction, a new parent company with the name 'Time Warner Inc.' replaced the old parent company of the same name ('Old Time Warner', now known as Time Warner Companies, Inc.), and Old Time Warner and TBS became separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of the new parent company ('New Time Warner'). References herein to 'Time Warner' or the 'Company' refer to Old Time Warner prior to October 10, 1996 and New Time Warner thereafter.

Time Warner classifies its business interests into four fundamental areas:
Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in recorded music and music publishing, filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting and theme parks; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming and sports franchises; Publishing, consisting principally of interests in magazine publishing, book publishing and direct marketing; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems. A majority of Time Warner's interests in filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting and theme parks, a portion of its interests in cable television programming and a majority of its cable television systems are held through Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE'). Time Warner owns general and limited partnership interests in TWE consisting of 74.49% of the pro rata priority capital ('Series A Capital') and residual equity capital
('Residual Capital'), and 100% of the senior priority capital ('Senior Capital')
and junior priority capital ('Series B Capital'). The remaining 25.51% limited partnership interests in the Series A Capital and Residual Capital of TWE are held by a subsidiary of U S WEST, Inc. ('U S WEST'). Time Warner does not consolidate TWE and certain related companies (the 'Entertainment Group') for financial reporting purposes because of certain limited partnership approval rights related to TWE's interest in certain cable television systems. Capitalized terms are as defined and described in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, or elsewhere herein.

STRATEGIC INITIATIVES

SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS

During the past two years, Time Warner has pursued significant, strategic initiatives that have resulted in the acquisition of TBS and the expansion of Time Warner's interests in the cable television business. These initiatives were part of an ongoing strategy to strengthen Time Warner's interests in entertainment and cable television programming, and to expand the operation of large geographic clusters of cable television systems in an effort to achieve economies of scale in the development and distribution of new and expanded services. Over the same period, management also engaged in a program to improve the combined financial condition of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group, as well as to increase their overall financial flexibility, through the initiation of a debt reduction program and significant debt refinancings.

Management believes its expansion strategy has largely achieved its objectives and intends to sharpen its focus on improving the combined financial condition of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group and increasing their overall financial flexibility through additional initiatives, such as continued debt reduction and implementation of various cost-savings and revenue-enhancing measures designed to augment fundamental business growth.

Consistent with management's strategic direction, Time Warner completed the following transactions in 1996 that have had and are expected to continue to have a significant effect on its results of operations and financial condition:

F-2

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

The acquisition in October 1996 of the remaining 80% interest in TBS that was not already owned (the 'TBS Transaction'). In connection with this transaction, New Time Warner issued or agreed to issue approximately 178.4 million shares of common stock, approximately 14 million stock options and $67 million of consideration payable, at its election, in either cash or common stock. New Time Warner also assumed approximately $2.8 billion of indebtedness. The addition of TBS's news and entertainment programming networks, film and animation libraries, film production companies and sports franchises is expected to complement virtually all of Time Warner's business interests.

The implementation in April 1996 of a program to repurchase, from time to time, up to 15 million shares of Time Warner common stock. This program is supported, in part, by a five-year, $750 million revolving credit facility which is expected to be repaid principally from the cash proceeds from the future exercise of employee stock options. As of December 31, 1996, Time Warner had acquired approximately 11.4 million shares of its common stock for an aggregate cost of $456 million.

The issuance in April 1996 of 1.6 million shares of a new series of exchangeable preferred stock, which currently pays cumulative, noncash dividends at the rate of 10 1/4% per annum. The approximate $1.55 billion of net proceeds raised from this transaction were used to reduce debt (the 'Preferred Stock Refinancing'). Along with other actions since the initiation of a $2-$3 billion debt reduction program in February 1995, including the expected 1997 sale of TWE's interest in E! Entertainment Television, Inc., Time Warner and the Entertainment Group have exceeded their initial goals under this program.

The redemption in 1996 and early 1997 of approximately $1.5 billion of convertible debt using proceeds from other financings, which lowered interest rates, staggered debt maturities and eliminated the potential dilution from the conversion of such securities into 31.3 million shares of common stock.

The acquisition of Cablevision Industries Corporation and related companies ('CVI') on January 4, 1996 (the 'CVI Acquisition'), which strengthened Time Warner Cable's geographic clusters of cable television systems and substantially increased the number of cable subscribers managed by Time Warner Cable. Time Warner issued 2.9 million shares of common stock and 6.3 million shares of new convertible preferred stock and assumed or incurred approximately $2 billion of indebtedness. As of December 31, 1996, Time Warner Cable, which includes the cable operations of both Time Warner and TWE, served approximately 12.3 million subscribers, passing nearly 20% of the television homes in the U.S.

The nature of these transactions and their impact on the results of operations and financial condition of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group are further discussed below.

TBS TRANSACTION

In the TBS Transaction, each of Old Time Warner and TBS became separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of New Time Warner, which combines, for financial reporting purposes, the consolidated net assets and operating results of Old Time Warner and TBS. Each issued and outstanding share of each class of capital stock of Old Time Warner was converted into one share of a substantially identical class of capital stock of New Time Warner.

In connection with the TBS Transaction, New Time Warner issued (i) approximately 173.4 million shares of common stock (including 50.6 million shares of LMCN-V Class Common Stock to affiliates of Liberty Media Corporation ('LMC'), a subsidiary of Tele-Communications, Inc.), in exchange for shares of TBS capital stock and (ii) approximately 14 million stock options to replace all outstanding TBS stock options. In addition, New Time Warner agreed to issue to LMC and its affiliates at a later date an additional five million shares of

F-3

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

LMCN-V Class Common Stock and $67 million of consideration payable, at the election of New Time Warner, in cash or additional shares of LMCN-V Class Common Stock. This additional consideration will be issued pursuant to a separate option and non-competition agreement that will provide, if New Time Warner exercises its option, for a subsidiary of LMC to provide certain satellite uplink and distribution services for WTBS, a broadcast television station owned by TBS, if it is converted to a copyright-paid, cable television programming service. The cost to acquire TBS was approximately $6.2 billion. New Time Warner has also fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of TBS's and Old Time Warner's outstanding publicly traded indebtedness, which amounted to approximately $1.030 billion and $7.754 billion, respectively, at December 31, 1996.

As part of the integration of TBS's businesses into Time Warner's operating structure, management is pursuing various cost-saving and revenue-enhancing initiatives. Such initiatives, some of which have already been implemented, include the consolidation of certain duplicative administrative and operational functions (such as transferring the management of TBS's television syndication and home video operations to Warner Bros.), the restructuring of TBS's film production companies, the planned conversion of WTBS from a broadcast superstation into a copyright-paid, cable television programming service, the creation of new basic cable television networks (such as CNN/SI, Time Warner's sports news network) and other revenue-enhancing activities, including the cross-promotion of animation assets, film libraries and children's programming.

In restructuring TBS's film production activities, Time Warner has already phased out all production activities of Turner Pictures and is evaluating alternatives for Castle Rock Entertainment ('Castle Rock') and New Line Cinema ('New Line'). These alternatives range from an equity transaction in these studios to a nonrecourse financing transaction.

CABLE STRATEGY

Over the past two years, Time Warner has combined with or acquired cable television systems serving approximately 3.7 million subscribers (the 'Cable Transactions'), which, along with internal growth, has increased the total number of subscribers under the management of Time Warner Cable to 12.3 million from 7.5 million subscribers at the end of 1994. This expansion strategy has also extended Time Warner Cable's reach of cable television systems to neighborhoods passing 19 million homes or close to 20% of television homes in the U.S. In addition, there are now 34 geographic clusters of cable television systems serving over 100,000 subscribers each, including key markets such as New York City, northern New York State, central Florida and North Carolina. Management believes that the improved concentration of its subscriber base will provide for sustained revenue growth from new and expanded services, and provide certain economies of scale relating to the upgrade of the technological capabilities of Time Warner Cable's cable television systems.

Time Warner's current strategy is to restructure its cable television systems, so far as practicable and on a tax-efficient basis, to enable such interests to be self-financed. As part of this strategy, Time Warner is seeking to reduce its economic interest in the cable television business in order to reduce existing debt and its share of future funding requirements related to such cable operations. The primary alternative being pursued is a restructuring of TWE that would decrease Time Warner's cable interests in TWE and increase Time Warner's interests in TWE's entertainment and cable networks. Any TWE restructuring depends, among other things, upon successful negotiations with U S WEST and other third parties, a renegotiation of certain credit arrangements, including the 1995 Credit Agreement, and consents or approvals from cable television franchise and other regulatory authorities. In addition to, or in lieu of, a TWE restructuring, other alternatives remain available to Time Warner to advance these goals, some of which would not require U S WEST consent but would still require other third party, franchise and regulatory approvals. There is no assurance that any of these efforts will succeed.

F-4

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

USE OF EBITDA

The following comparative discussion of the results of operations and financial condition of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group includes, among other factors, an analysis of changes in the operating income of the business segments before depreciation and amortization ('EBITDA') in order to eliminate the effect on the operating performance of the music, filmed entertainment, cable network and cable businesses of significant amounts of amortization of intangible assets recognized in the $14 billion acquisition of WCI in 1989, the $1.3 billion acquisition of the ATC minority interest in 1992, the $2.3 billion of Cable Acquisitions in 1995 and 1996, the $6.2 billion acquisition of TBS in 1996 and other business combinations accounted for by the purchase method. Financial analysts generally consider EBITDA to be an important measure of comparative operating performance for the businesses of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group, and when used in comparison to debt levels or the coverage of interest expense, as a measure of liquidity. However, EBITDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, operating income, net income, cash flow and other measures of financial performance and liquidity reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

TRANSACTIONS AFFECTING COMPARABILITY OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

In connection with management's strategic initiatives, Time Warner and the Entertainment Group have completed a number of transactions over the past two years which have affected the comparability of each entity's results of operations and financial condition. For Time Warner, these transactions include the TBS Transaction, the Cable Acquisitions, the ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction, the Preferred Stock Refinancing and certain other debt refinancings (the 'TW Transactions'). For the Entertainment Group, these transactions include the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership, the refinancing of TWE's bank debt and certain asset sales, including the sale of 51% of TWE's interest in Six Flags (the 'Entertainment Group Transactions' and, when taken together with the TW Transactions, the 'Time Warner Transactions'). Each of these transactions is more fully discussed elsewhere herein.

In order to enhance comparability, the following discussion of results of operations for Time Warner and the Entertainment Group is supplemented, where appropriate, by pro forma financial information that gives effect to the Time Warner Transactions and the Entertainment Group Transactions, respectively, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the respective periods presented. The pro forma results are presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred had the transactions actually occurred at the beginning of those periods, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

As a result of the TBS Transaction, Time Warner now has two new business segments which parallel its previously existing interests in filmed entertainment and cable television programming held through TWE. Time Warner's Cable Networks segment principally consists of TBS's cable television networks and sports operations. These operations include entertainment networks such as TNT, the TBS Superstation, the Cartoon Network and Turner Classic Movies; news networks such as CNN, CNN International and CNN Headline News; and sports franchises consisting of the Atlanta Braves and the Atlanta Hawks. Time Warner's Filmed Entertainment segment principally consists of TBS's film and television production and distribution operations, including New Line, Castle Rock, Hanna-Barbera, Inc. and the former film and television libraries of Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, Inc. and RKO Pictures, Inc. Because the results of operations of these businesses and Time Warner's cable

F-5

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

businesses are not comparable to the prior period, the following discussion of business segment operating results is presented on both a historical and pro forma basis.

1996 VS. 1995

EBITDA and operating income for Time Warner and the Entertainment Group in 1996 and 1995 are as follows:

                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             EBITDA                       OPERATING INCOME
                                                 ------------------------------    ------------------------------
                                                   PRO FORMA       HISTORICAL        PRO FORMA       HISTORICAL
                                                 --------------  --------------    --------------  --------------
                                                  1996    1995    1996    1995      1996    1995    1996    1995
                                                 ------  ------  ------  ------    ------  ------  ------  ------
                                                                            (MILLIONS)

Time Warner:
Publishing...................................... $  535  $  476  $  535  $  476    $  418   $381   $  418   $381
Music(1)........................................    744     690     744     690       361    321      361    321
Cable Networks-TBS..............................    547     502     162      --       297    267       99     --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS........................   (108)     48      32      --      (202)   (62)       8     --
Cable...........................................    476     425     476      90        75     29       75     (5)
Intersegment elimination........................    (10)      6       5      --       (10)     6        5     --
                                                 ------  ------  ------  ------    ------  ------  ------  ------
Total........................................... $2,184  $2,147  $1,954  $1,256    $  939   $942   $  966   $697
                                                 ------  ------  ------  ------    ------  ------  ------  ------
                                                 ------  ------  ------  ------    ------  ------  ------  ------
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros................ $  546  $  490  $  546  $  490    $  254   $253   $  254   $253
Six Flags Theme Parks(2)........................     --      --      --      60        --     --       --     29
Broadcasting-The WB Network.....................    (98)    (66)    (98)    (66)      (98)   (66)     (98)   (66)
Cable Networks-HBO..............................    350     293     350     293       328    274      328    274
Cable...........................................  1,536   1,355   1,536   1,275       606    533      606    502
                                                 ------  ------  ------  ------    ------  ------  ------  ------
Total........................................... $2,334  $2,072  $2,334  $2,052    $1,090   $994   $1,090   $992
                                                 ------  ------  ------  ------    ------  ------  ------  ------
                                                 ------  ------  ------  ------    ------  ------  ------  ------


(1) Includes pretax losses of $85 million recorded in 1995 related to certain businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed.

(2) Deconsolidated as a result of the sale of a 51% interest in Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995.

Time Warner had revenues of $10.064 billion, a loss of $156 million ($.95 per common share) before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt and a net loss of $191 million ($1.04 per common share) in 1996, compared to revenues of $8.067 billion, a loss of $124 million ($.46 per common share) before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt and a net loss of $166 million ($.57 per common share) in 1995. Time Warner's equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group was $290 million in 1996, compared to $256 million in 1995.

As discussed more fully below, the increase in Time Warner's historical net loss in 1996 principally resulted from an increase in interest expense relating to approximately $6.1 billion of debt assumed or incurred in the TBS Transaction and the Cable Acquisitions and a decrease in investment-related income primarily relating to lower gains on certain asset sales, which more than offset an overall increase in the operating income of Time Warner's business segments and increased income from its equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group. The increase in Time Warner's 1996 historical net loss per common share was further affected by a $205 million increase in preferred dividend requirements relating to the preferred stock issued in

F-6

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

connection with the Preferred Stock Refinancing, the Cable Acquisitions and the ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction, offset in part by the dilutive effect from issuing 173.4 million shares of common stock in connection with the TBS Transaction.

Time Warner's historical results of operations include the operating results of each acquired business from the respective closing date of each transaction. On a pro forma basis, giving effect to the Time Warner Transactions as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995, Time Warner would have reported for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, revenues of $12.799 billion and $12.154 billion, EBITDA of $2.184 billion and $2.147 billion, operating income of $939 million and $942 million, equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group of $290 million and $286 million, a loss before extraordinary item of $284 million and $233 million ($1.05 and $.97 per common share) and a net loss of $319 million and $275 million ($1.11 and $1.04 per common share).

The 1996 and 1995 comparison of pro forma results are similarly affected by any underlying historical trends that are unrelated to the transactions given pro forma effect to therein, such as lower gains on certain asset sales discussed above. The increased pro forma over historical net loss for each period is principally the result of higher amortization and interest expense associated with the TBS Transaction and the Cable Acquisitions. The 1996 pro forma results are further affected by the significant pre-merger operating losses incurred by TBS's filmed entertainment companies as a consequence of disappointing results from worldwide theatrical releases.

The Entertainment Group had revenues of $10.861 billion and net income of $220 million in 1996, compared to revenues of $9.629 billion, income of $170 million before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt and net income of $146 million in 1995. On a pro forma basis, giving effect to the Entertainment Group Transactions as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995, the Entertainment Group would have reported for the year ended December 31, 1995, revenues of $9.686 billion, EBITDA of $2.072 billion, operating income of $994 million, income before extraordinary item of $203 million and net income of $179 million. No pro forma financial information has been presented for the Entertainment Group for the year ended December 31, 1996 because all of such transactions are already reflected, in all material respects, in the historical financial statements of the Entertainment Group.

As discussed more fully below, the Entertainment Group's historical net income was higher in 1996 as compared to pro forma results in 1995 due to an overall increase in operating income generated by its business segments, interest savings due to lower floating interest rates and the absence of a $24 million extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt recognized in 1995, offset in part by a decrease in investment-related income and an increase in minority interest expense related to the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership. On a historical basis, such underlying operating trends were enhanced by favorable comparisons as 1996 more fully benefited from the interest savings on lower average debt levels related to management's ongoing debt reduction program.

The relationship between income before income taxes and income tax expense of Time Warner is principally affected by the amortization of goodwill and certain other financial statement expenses that are not deductible for income tax purposes. Income tax expense of Time Warner includes all income taxes related to its allocable share of partnership income and its equity in the income tax expense of corporate subsidiaries of the Entertainment Group.

TIME WARNER

Publishing. Revenues increased to $4.117 billion, compared to $3.722 billion in 1995. EBITDA increased to $535 million from $476 million. Depreciation and amortization amounted to $117 million in 1996 and $95

F-7

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

million in 1995. Operating income increased to $418 million from $381 million. Revenues benefited from across-the-board increases in magazine circulation, advertising and book revenues. All major magazine brands achieved revenue gains, including People, Entertainment Weekly, and Sports Illustrated, the latter of which benefited in part from Olympics-related coverage. The increase in book revenues was led by the direct marketing businesses. EBITDA and operating income increased principally as a result of the revenue gains.

Music. Revenues decreased to $3.949 billion, compared to $4.196 billion in 1995. EBITDA increased to $744 million from $690 million. Depreciation and amortization, including amortization related to the purchase of WCI, amounted to $383 million in 1996 and $369 million in 1995. Operating income increased to $361 million from $321 million. Operating results for 1995 included an $85 million charge relating to certain start-up businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed. With regard to 1996, despite maintaining its leading domestic market share (over 22%), the Music division's domestic recorded music operating results were negatively affected by the industry-wide softness in the overexpanded U.S. retail marketplace, which has resulted in a number of music retail store closings and higher returns of music product. The decline in revenues principally related to (i) the effects from the current U.S. retail environment, including an increase in the Music division's provision for returns, (ii) a decline in international recorded music sales and (iii) the absence of revenues from certain start-up businesses which are no longer being operated by the Music division. The increase in EBITDA and operating income principally resulted from the absence of losses from certain start-up businesses and joint ventures, the absence of the $85 million charge recognized in 1995 and the inclusion of certain one-time gains, including gains on the sale of investments, offset in part by the decline in the worldwide recorded music business, a related increase in the Music division's provision for bad debts and lower results from direct marketing activities. Management expects that the current state of the U.S. retail environment will continue to affect 1997 operating results.

Cable Networks-TBS. Cable Networks results reflect the acquisition of TBS effective in October 1996 and include revenues of $680 million, EBITDA of $162 million, depreciation and amortization of $63 million and operating income of $99 million. Such operating results are not comparable to the prior year and, accordingly, are discussed on a pro forma basis.

On a pro forma basis, revenues increased to $2.477 billion, compared to $2.106 billion in 1995. EBITDA increased to $547 million from $502 million. Depreciation and amortization, including amortization related to the purchase of TBS, amounted to $250 million in 1996 and $235 million in 1995. Operating income increased to $297 million from $267 million. Revenues benefited from increases in advertising and subscriptions. Advertising revenues increased due to a strong overall advertising market for TNT and the TBS Superstation, the continued expansion of CNN International, and increased viewership for the news networks during the 1996 U.S. political conventions and presidential campaign. Subscription revenues increased as a result of higher rates, as well as an increase in both cable and home satellite viewers, primarily at TNT, the Cartoon Network, CNN and CNN International. EBITDA and operating income increased principally as a result of the revenue gains, offset in part by higher sports and entertainment programming costs and start-up costs for three new networks, including CNN/SI.

Filmed Entertainment-TBS. Filmed Entertainment results reflect the acquisition of TBS effective in October 1996, and include revenues of $455 million, EBITDA of $32 million, depreciation and amortization of $24 million and operating income of $8 million. Such operating results are not comparable to the prior year and, accordingly, are discussed on a pro forma basis.

On a pro forma basis, revenues increased to $1.458 billion, compared to $1.352 billion in 1995. EBITDA decreased from $48 million in 1995 to a loss of $108 million in 1996. Depreciation and amortization, including amortization related to the purchase of TBS, amounted to $94 million in 1996 and $110 million in 1995.

F-8

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

Operating losses increased to $202 million from $62 million. Revenues benefited from increases in worldwide theatrical and home video revenues. Worldwide theatrical revenues benefited from an increase in the number of theatrical releases. Home video revenues increased primarily due to an increase in sales of theatrical and existing library product. Despite such revenue increases, EBITDA and operating income decreased principally as a result of disappointing results for theatrical releases, which resulted in approximately $200 million of write-offs at New Line and Castle Rock during the nine-month, pre-merger period.

Cable. The 1996 Cable operating results increased as a result of the CVI Acquisition effective as of January 4, 1996, and the full year effect from the acquisitions of KBLCOM effective as of July 6, 1995 and Summit effective as of May 2, 1995. Revenues increased to $909 million, compared to $172 million in 1995. EBITDA increased to $476 million from $90 million. Depreciation and amortization amounted to $401 million in 1996 and $95 million in 1995. Operating income increased to $75 million from a loss of $5 million.

On a pro forma basis, Time Warner's Cable division had 1995 revenues of $847 million, EBITDA of $425 million, depreciation and amortization of $396 million and operating income of $29 million. In comparison to 1995 pro forma results, 1996 revenues benefited from an increase in basic cable subscribers, increases in regulated cable rates as permitted under Time Warner Cable's 'social contract' with the Federal Communications Commission (the 'FCC') and an increase in pay-per-view and advertising revenues. EBITDA and operating income increased principally as a result of revenue gains, offset in part, with respect to operating income only, by higher depreciation and amortization relating to increased capital spending.

Interest and Other, Net. Interest and other, net, increased to $1.174 billion in 1996, compared to $877 million in 1995. Interest expense increased to $968 million, compared to $877 million. The increase in interest expense was principally due to the assumption or incurrence of approximately $6.1 billion of debt in the Cable Acquisitions and the TBS Transaction, offset in part by the favorable effect from Time Warner's redemption of the 8.75% Convertible Debentures and the reduction in debt associated with the Preferred Stock Refinancing. Other expense, net, increased to $206 million in 1996 from an immaterial amount in 1995, principally because of a decrease in investment-related income resulting from lower gains on certain asset sales, increased losses from reductions in the carrying value of certain investments and an increase in dividend requirements on preferred securities of subsidiaries issued in 1995 in connection with the redemption of the 8.75% Convertible Debentures.

ENTERTAINMENT GROUP

Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. Revenues increased to $5.648 billion, compared to $5.078 billion in 1995. EBITDA increased to $546 million from $490 million. Depreciation and amortization, including amortization related to the purchase of WCI, amounted to $292 million in 1996 and $237 million in 1995. Operating income increased to $254 million from $253 million. Revenues benefited from increases in worldwide home video, television distribution and consumer products operations, offset in part by lower international theatrical revenues. EBITDA and operating income benefited principally from the revenue gains, offset in large part, with respect to operating income only, by higher depreciation and amortization principally related to the 1996 summer opening of an international theme park in Germany.

Six Flags Theme Parks. As a result of TWE's sale of 51% of its interest in Six Flags, the operating results of Six Flags have been deconsolidated effective as of June 23, 1995 and TWE's remaining 49% interest in Six Flags is accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

Broadcasting-The WB Network. The WB Network recorded an operating loss of $98 million on $87 million of revenues in 1996, compared to an operating loss of $66 million on $33 million of revenues in 1995.

F-9

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

The increase in revenues and operating losses primarily resulted from the expansion of the WB Network's primetime programming schedule (now at three nights) and the expansion of Kids' WB!, the network's animated programming lineup on Saturday mornings and weekdays. In addition, operating losses for 1995 were mitigated by a favorable legal settlement. Due to the start-up nature of this national broadcast operation, losses are expected to continue.

Cable Networks-HBO. Revenues increased to $1.763 billion, compared to $1.607 billion in 1995. EBITDA increased to $350 million from $293 million. Depreciation and amortization amounted to $22 million in 1996 and $19 million in 1995. Operating income increased to $328 million from $274 million. Revenues benefited primarily from a significant increase in subscriptions to 32.4 million from 29.7 million at the end of 1995. EBITDA and operating income improved principally as a result of the revenue gains.

Cable. Revenues increased to $3.851 billion, compared to $3.094 billion in 1995. EBITDA increased to $1.536 billion from $1.275 billion. Depreciation and amortization, including amortization related to the purchase of WCI and the acquisition of the ATC minority interest, amounted to $930 million in 1996 and $773 million in 1995. Operating income increased to $606 million from $502 million. The 1996 Cable operating results increased as a result of the full year effect from the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership effective as of April 1, 1995, and the consolidation of Paragon Communications effective as of July 6, 1995.

On a pro forma basis, the Entertainment Group's Cable division had 1995 revenues of $3.378 billion, EBITDA of $1.355 billion, depreciation and amortization of $822 million and operating income of $533 million. In comparison to 1995 pro forma results, 1996 revenues benefited from an aggregate increase in basic cable and Primestar-related, direct broadcast satellite subscribers, increases in regulated cable rates as permitted under Time Warner Cable's 'social contract' with the FCC and increases in pay-per-view and advertising revenues. EBITDA and operating income increased principally as a result of revenue gains, offset in part, with respect to operating income only, by higher depreciation and amortization relating to increased capital spending.

Interest and Other, Net. Interest and other, net, decreased to $524 million in 1996, compared to $539 million in 1995. Interest expense decreased to $478 million, compared to $579 million in 1995, principally as a result of interest savings on lower average debt levels related to management's debt reduction program and lower short-term, floating-rates of interest paid on borrowings under TWE's former and existing bank credit agreements. There was other expense, net, of $46 million in 1996, compared to other income, net, of $40 million in 1995, principally due to an overall decrease in investment-related income. The decrease in investment-related income resulted from a reduction in interest income and lower aggregate gains on the sale of certain unclustered cable systems and other investments. The reduction in interest income related to lower average cash balances and lower average principal amounts due under the note receivable from U S WEST that was fully collected during 1996.

F-10

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

1995 VS. 1994

EBITDA and operating income for Time Warner and the Entertainment Group in 1995 and 1994 are as follows:

                                                                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                                   EBITDA         OPERATING INCOME
                                                                              ----------------    ----------------
                                                                               1995      1994      1995      1994
                                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                                           (MILLIONS)

Time Warner:
Publishing.................................................................   $  476    $  430     $381      $347
Music(1)...................................................................      690       720      321       366
Cable......................................................................       90        --       (5)       --
                                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------
Total......................................................................   $1,256    $1,150     $697      $713
                                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros...........................................   $  490    $  430     $253      $219
Six Flags Theme Parks(2)...................................................       60       135       29        56
Broadcasting-The WB Network................................................      (66)       --      (66)       --
Cable Networks-HBO.........................................................      293       257      274       237
Cable......................................................................    1,275       989      502       340
                                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------
Total......................................................................   $2,052    $1,811     $992      $852
                                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------


(1) Includes pretax losses of $85 million recorded in 1995 related to certain businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed.

(2) Deconsolidated as a result of the sale of a 51% interest in Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995.

Time Warner had revenues of $8.067 billion, a loss of $124 million ($.46 per common share) before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt and a net loss of $166 million ($.57 per common share) in 1995, compared to revenues of $7.396 billion and a net loss of $91 million ($.27 per common share) in 1994. Time Warner's equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group was $256 million in 1995, compared to $176 million in 1994.

The increase in Time Warner's net loss in 1995 was principally related to a $42 million extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt ($.11 per common share) and $85 million in pretax losses ($52 million after taxes and $.13 per common share) related to certain businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed. As discussed more fully below, the increase in Time Warner's net loss in 1995 from such losses was principally mitigated by an overall increase in the fundamental operating income of Time Warner's business segments and increased income from its equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group, offset in part by a decrease in investment-related income and higher interest expense on approximately $1.3 billion of debt assumed in the acquisitions of Summit and KBLCOM. The increase in Time Warner's net loss per common share in 1995 also related to a $39 million increase in preferred dividend requirements as a result of the preferred stock issued in connection with the acquisitions of Summit and KBLCOM and the ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction.

The Entertainment Group had revenues of $9.629 billion, income of $170 million before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt and net income of $146 million in 1995, compared to revenues of $8.509 billion and net income of $136 million in 1994. As discussed more fully below, the Entertainment Group's operating results in 1995 reflect an overall increase in operating income generated by its business segments (including the

F-11

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

contribution by the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership) and an increase in investment-related income resulting from gains on the sale of certain unclustered cable systems and other investments, offset in part by minority interest expense related to the consolidation of the operating results of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership effective as of April 1, 1995.

TIME WARNER

Publishing. Revenues increased to $3.722 billion, compared to $3.433 billion in 1994. EBITDA increased to $476 million from $430 million. Depreciation and amortization amounted to $95 million in 1995 and $83 million in 1994. Operating income increased to $381 million from $347 million. Revenues benefited from increases in magazine circulation, advertising and book revenues. Contributing to the revenue gain were increases achieved by People, Sports Illustrated, Fortune and book publisher Oxmoor House. EBITDA and operating income increased as a result of the revenue gains, offset in part by significantly higher postal and paper costs as a result of price increases.

Music. Revenues increased to $4.196 billion, compared to $3.986 billion in 1994. EBITDA decreased to $690 million from $720 million. Depreciation and amortization, including amortization related to the purchase of WCI, amounted to $369 million in 1995 and $354 million in 1994. Operating income decreased to $321 million from $366 million. Operating results were adversely affected by $85 million in losses recorded in 1995 that related to certain businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed. Revenues for 1995 were negatively affected by certain reclassifications relating to third party, pressing and distribution arrangements and changes in the Music division's ownership interests in certain investments and subsidiaries that resulted in changes from the consolidation to the equity method of accounting. Excluding the effects from such reclassifications and changes, revenues from the fundamental business increased by approximately 6%, principally as a result of increases in both domestic and international recorded music revenues and increased music publishing revenues. Domestic and international recorded music revenues benefited from a number of popular releases and an increase in the percentage of compact disc to total unit sales. Excluding the $85 million in losses, EBITDA increased, and operating income benefited, principally from the revenue gains and interest income on the resolution of a recorded music tax matter, offset in part by expenses incurred in connection with the settlement of certain employment contracts and lower results from direct marketing activities attributable to higher amortization of member acquisition costs.

The losses in 1995 relating to certain businesses and joint ventures that were restructured or closed are primarily related to Warner Music Enterprises, one of the Company's direct marketing efforts, and the write off of its related direct mail order assets that were not recoverable due to the closure of this business. The activities that were not continued were not material to previous historical operating results.

Cable. The 1995 Cable operating results reflect the acquisition of KBLCOM effective as of July 6, 1995 and Summit effective as of May 2, 1995 and include revenues of $172 million, EBITDA of $90 million, depreciation and amortization of $95 million and operating losses of $5 million. Such operating results are not comparable to the prior year.

Interest and Other, Net. Interest and other, net, increased to $877 million in 1995, compared to $724 million in 1994. Interest expense increased to $877 million, compared to $769 million, principally as a result of approximately $1.3 billion of debt assumed in the cable acquisitions and higher short-term, floating-rates of interest paid on $2.6 billion notional amount of interest rate swap contracts. Other income, net, was immaterial in 1995, compared to $45 million in 1994, principally because of a decrease in investment-related income. Investment-related income in both periods consisted of gains on the sale of certain assets, including the sale of

F-12

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

an interest in QVC, Inc. in 1995, which were offset by losses from reductions in the carrying value of certain investments taken in each period.

ENTERTAINMENT GROUP

Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. Revenues increased to $5.078 billion, compared to $4.484 billion in 1994. EBITDA increased to $490 million from $430 million. Depreciation and amortization, including amortization related to the purchase of WCI, amounted to $237 million in 1995 and $211 million in 1994. Operating income increased to $253 million from $219 million. Revenues benefited from increases in worldwide theatrical, home video, consumer products and television distribution operations. Worldwide theatrical and domestic home video revenues in 1995 were led by the success of Batman Forever. EBITDA and operating income benefited from the revenue gains and increased income from licensing operations.

Six Flags Theme Parks. As a result of TWE's sale of 51% of its interest in Six Flags, the operating results of Six Flags have been deconsolidated effective as of June 23, 1995 and TWE's remaining 49% interest in Six Flags is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Accordingly, revenues decreased to $227 million, compared to $557 million in 1994. EBITDA decreased to $60 million from $135 million. Depreciation and amortization amounted to $31 million in 1995 and $79 million in 1994. Operating income decreased to $29 million from $56 million.

Broadcasting-The WB Network. The WB Network was launched in January 1995, and generated $66 million of operating losses on $33 million of revenues. The operating loss was mitigated by a favorable legal settlement, as well as by funding from a limited partner admitted as of August 1995. Due to the start-up nature of this national broadcast operation, losses are expected to continue.

Cable Networks-HBO. Revenues increased to $1.607 billion, compared to $1.513 billion in 1994. EBITDA increased to $293 million from $257 million. Depreciation and amortization amounted to $19 million in 1995 and $20 million in 1994. Operating income increased to $274 million from $237 million. Revenues benefited primarily from an increase in subscriptions to 29.7 million from 27 million at the end of 1994, as well as from higher pay-TV rates. EBITDA and operating income improved principally as a result of the revenue gains.

Cable. The 1995 Cable operating results reflect the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership effective as of April 1, 1995 and the consolidation of Paragon effective as of July 6, 1995. Revenues increased to $3.094 billion, compared to $2.242 billion in 1994. EBITDA increased to $1.275 billion from $989 million. Depreciation and amortization, including amortization related to the purchase of WCI and the acquisition of the ATC minority interest, amounted to $773 million in 1995 and $649 million in 1994. Operating income increased to $502 million from $340 million. Revenues and operating results benefited from the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership and the consolidation of Paragon. Excluding such effects, revenues benefited from an aggregate increase in basic cable and Primestar-related, direct broadcast satellite subscribers and increases in nonregulated revenues, including pay-TV, pay-per-view and advertising. Excluding the positive contributions from the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership and the consolidation of Paragon, EBITDA and operating income increased as a result of the revenue gains, offset in part by the full year impact of the second round of cable rate regulations that went into effect in July 1994, higher start-up costs for telephony operations and, with respect to operating income only, higher depreciation and amortization related to increased capital spending.

Interest and Other, Net. Interest and other, net, decreased to $539 million in 1995, compared to $616 million in 1994. Interest expense increased to $579 million, compared to $567 million in 1994, principally as a

F-13

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

result of higher short-term, floating-rates of interest paid on borrowings under TWE's former and existing bank credit agreements, offset in part by interest savings in the last quarter of 1995 on lower debt levels related to management's asset sales program. There was other income, net, of $40 million in 1995, compared to other expense, net, of $49 million in 1994, principally because of an increase in investment-related income related to gains on the sale of certain unclustered cable systems and other investments.

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
DECEMBER 31, 1996
TIME WARNER
1996 FINANCIAL CONDITION

At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had $12.7 billion of debt, $452 million of available cash and equivalents (net debt of $12.2 billion), $488 million of borrowings against future stock option proceeds, $949 million of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiaries, $1.7 billion of Series M Preferred Stock and $9.5 billion of shareholders' equity, compared to $9.9 billion of debt, $1.2 billion of available cash and equivalents (net debt of $8.7 billion), $949 million of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiaries and $3.7 billion of shareholders' equity at December 31, 1995. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner also had $62 million of noncurrent cash and equivalents held in escrow for purposes of funding certain preferred dividend requirements. The increase in net debt principally reflects the assumption or incurrence of approximately $4.8 billion of debt related to the TBS Transaction and the CVI Acquisition, offset in part by the use of approximately $1.55 billion of net proceeds from the issuance of the Series M Preferred Stock for debt reduction. The increase in shareholders' equity principally reflects the issuance in 1996 of approximately 173.4 million shares of common stock in connection with the TBS Transaction and approximately 2.9 million shares of common stock and 6.3 million shares of preferred stock in connection with the CVI Acquisition. The effect from such issuances was offset in part by an increase in dividend requirements and the repurchase of approximately 11.4 million shares of Time Warner common stock at an aggregate cost of $456 million.

INVESTMENT IN TWE

Time Warner's investment in TWE at December 31, 1996 consisted of interests in 74.49% of the Series A Capital and Residual Capital of TWE, and 100% of the Senior Capital and Series B Capital of TWE. The priority capital interests provide Time Warner (and with respect to the Series A Capital only, U S WEST) with certain priority claims to the net partnership income of TWE and distributions of TWE partnership capital, including certain priority distributions of partnership capital in the event of liquidation or dissolution of TWE. Each level of priority capital interest provides for an annual rate of return equal to or exceeding 8%, including an above-market 13.25% annual rate of return (11.25% to the extent concurrently distributed) related to Time Warner's Series B Capital interest, which, when taken together with Time Warner's contributed capital, represented a cumulative priority Series B Capital interest of $5.2 billion at December 31, 1996. While the TWE partnership agreement contemplates the reinvestment of significant partnership cash flows in the form of capital expenditures and otherwise provides for certain other restrictions that are expected to limit cash distributions on partnership interests for the foreseeable future, Time Warner's $1.5 billion Senior Capital interest and, to the extent not previously distributed, partnership income allocated thereto (based on an 8% annual rate of return) is required to be distributed to Time Warner in three annual installments beginning on July 1, 1997. Time Warner expects that the initial distribution of Senior Capital will be approximately $535 million.

F-14

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

SERIES M EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK

In April 1996, Time Warner raised approximately $1.55 billion of net proceeds for debt reduction in a private placement of 1.6 million shares of exchangeable preferred stock, which pay cumulative dividends at the rate of 10 1/4% per annum. This issuance allowed the Company to realize cash proceeds through a security whose payment terms are principally linked (until a reorganization of TWE occurs, if any) to a portion of Time Warner's currently noncash-generating interest in the Series B Capital of TWE, as more fully described herein. Time Warner used these proceeds to redeem $250 million principal amount of 8.75% Debentures due April 1, 2017 for approximately $265 million (including redemption premiums and accrued interest thereon), and to reduce bank debt of TWI Cable Inc. ('TWI Cable'), its wholly owned subsidiary, by approximately $1.3 billion. As part of the TBS Transaction, these preferred shares were converted into registered shares of Series M exchangeable preferred stock with substantially identical terms ('Series M Preferred Stock').

Generally, the terms of the Series M Preferred Stock only require Time Warner to pay cash dividends or to redeem, prior to its mandatory redemption date, any portion of the security for cash upon the receipt of certain cash distributions from TWE with respect to Time Warner's interests in the Series B Capital and Residual Capital of TWE (excluding stock option related distributions and certain tax related distributions). However, because such cash distributions are subject to restrictions under the TWE partnership agreement, Time Warner does not expect to pay cash dividends or to redeem any portion of the Series M Preferred Stock for cash in the foreseeable future. Instead, Time Warner expects to satisfy its dividend requirements through the issuance of additional shares of Series M Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation preference equal to the amount of such dividends. In addition, upon a reorganization of TWE, Time Warner must elect either to redeem each outstanding share of Series M Preferred Stock for cash, subject to certain conditions, or to exchange the Series M Preferred Stock for new Series L Preferred Stock, which also pays cumulative dividends at the rate of 10 1/4% per annum but is not linked to Time Warner's interest in the Series B Capital of TWE. The terms of the Series L Preferred Stock do not require Time Warner to pay cash dividends until July 2006 and provide Time Warner with an option to exchange the Series L Preferred Stock, subject to certain conditions, into 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Debentures which do not require the payment of cash interest until July 2006. See Note 10 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a summary of the principal terms of the Series M Preferred Stock.

COMMON STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

In April 1996, Time Warner's Board of Directors authorized a program to repurchase, from time to time, up to 15 million shares of Time Warner common stock. In connection therewith, Time Warner entered into a five-year, $750 million revolving credit facility (the 'Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility') in May 1996. Borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility are principally used to fund stock repurchases and approximately $200 million of preferred dividend requirements on Time Warner's Series G, H, I and J Preferred Stock. The common stock repurchased under the program is expected to be used to satisfy future share issuances related to the exercise of existing employee stock options. Actual repurchases in any period will be subject to market conditions. As of December 31, 1996, Time Warner had acquired approximately 11.4 million shares of its common stock for an aggregate cost of $456 million. Such repurchases were principally funded with borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility.

The Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility initially provided for borrowings of up to $750 million, of which up to $100 million is reserved solely for the payment of interest and fees thereunder. At December 31, 1996, $488 million had been borrowed under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility generally bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin equal to 75 basis points

F-15

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

and are principally expected to be repaid from the cash proceeds received from the exercise of designated employee stock options. The receipt of such stock option proceeds permanently reduces the borrowing availability under the facility, which has been reduced to approximately $715 million as of December 31, 1996. At December 31, 1996, based on a closing market price of Time Warner common stock of $37.50, the aggregate value of potential proceeds to Time Warner from the exercise of outstanding vested, 'in the money' stock options covered under the facility was approximately $1.5 billion, representing a 2.1 to 1 coverage ratio over the related borrowing availability.

To the extent that stock option proceeds are not sufficient to satisfy Time Warner's obligations under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility, Time Warner is generally required to repay such borrowings using proceeds from the sale of shares of its common stock held in escrow under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility or, at Time Warner's election, using available cash on hand. In addition, as a result of Time Warner's commitment to use the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility to fund approximately $200 million of preferred dividend requirements on its Series G, H, I and J Preferred Stock, Time Warner has also supplementally agreed to place in escrow an amount of cash equal to the excess of the unpaid preferred dividend requirements on such series of convertible preferred stock over the borrowing availability under the facility at any time. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had placed $62 million of cash and 36 million shares in escrow under these arrangements, which shares are not considered to be issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company. Time Warner may be required, from time to time, to have up to 52.5 million shares held in escrow.

Because borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility are expected to be principally repaid by Time Warner from the cash proceeds related to the exercise of employee stock options, Time Warner's principal credit rating agencies have concluded that such borrowings and related financing costs are credit neutral and are excludable from debt and interest expense, respectively, for their purposes in evaluating Time Warner's leverage and coverage ratios. In addition, because Time Warner has committed to use the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility to fund approximately $200 million of preferred dividend requirements on its Series G, H, I and J Preferred Stock, and has entered into the escrow arrangements described above, such preferred dividend requirements are similarly excluded from preferred dividends for purposes of evaluating Time Warner's coverage ratio.

DEBT REFINANCINGS

In 1996 and early 1997, Time Warner continued to capitalize on favorable market conditions through certain debt refinancings, which lowered interest rates, staggered debt maturities and, with respect to the redemption of the 8.75% Convertible Debentures in February 1996 and the TBS Convertible Notes in February 1997, eliminated the potential dilution from the conversion of such securities into 31.3 million shares of common stock.

In January 1996, in connection with the CVI Acquisition, subsidiaries of Time Warner assumed $500 million of public notes and debentures of CVI and borrowed $1.5 billion under the 1995 Credit Agreement to refinance a like-amount of other indebtedness assumed or incurred in such acquisition.

In February 1996, Time Warner redeemed the remaining $1.2 billion principal amount of 8.75% Convertible Debentures for $1.28 billion, including redemption premiums and accrued interest thereon. The redemption was financed with (1) proceeds raised from a $575 million issuance in December 1995 of Company- obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a subsidiary and (2) $750 million of proceeds raised from the issuance in January 1996 of (i) $400 million principal amount of 6.85% debentures due 2026, which are redeemable at the option of the holders thereof in 2003, (ii) $200 million principal amount of 8.3% discount

F-16

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

debentures due 2036, which do not pay cash interest until 2016, (iii) $166 million principal amount of 7.48% debentures due 2008 and (iv) $150 million principal amount of 8.05% debentures due 2016.

During the first quarter of 1997, Time Warner entered into a number of financing transactions, which resulted in the refinancing of approximately $600 million of debt. Time Warner redeemed $300 million principal amount of 10.75% Senior Notes due January 30, 2002 of TWI Cable and approximately $283 million accreted amount of TBS Convertible Notes at an aggregate redemption price of approximately $600 million, including redemption premiums and accrued interest thereon. Time Warner also issued $600 million principal amount of Floating Rate Reset Notes due December 30, 2031 (the 'Floating Rate Reset Notes'). The Floating Rate Reset Notes bear interest at a floating rate equal to LIBOR less 25 basis points until December 30, 2001, at which time the interest rate will be reset at a fixed rate equal to 6.59% plus a margin based upon Time Warner's credit risk at such time. The Floating Rate Reset Notes are redeemable at the election of the holders, in whole but not in part, on December 30, 2001.

DEBT REDUCTION PROGRAM

As part of a continuing strategy to enhance the financial position and credit statistics of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group, a $2-$3 billion debt reduction program was initiated in 1995. Including the sale of 51% of TWE's interest in Six Flags in June 1995, the sale of an interest in QVC, Inc. in February 1995, the sale of certain unclustered cable systems, the proceeds raised from the monetization of Time Warner's investment in Hasbro in August 1995 (through the issuance of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a subsidiary) and a portion of its interest in TWE in April 1996 (through the issuance of Series M Preferred Stock) and the expected 1997 sale of TWE's interest in E! Entertainment Television, Inc., Time Warner and the Entertainment Group on a combined basis have exceeded their initial goals under this program.

CREDIT STATISTICS

The combination of asset sales and debt refinancings is intended to strengthen the financial position of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group and, when taken together with EBITDA growth, is expected to continue the improvement of Time Warner's overall credit statistics. These credit statistics consist of commonly-used liquidity measures such as leverage and coverage ratios. The leverage ratio represents the ratio of total debt, less available cash and equivalents ('Net debt') to total business segment EBITDA, less corporate expenses ('Adjusted EBITDA'). The coverage ratio represents the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to total interest expense and/or preferred dividends. Those ratios, on a pro forma basis for 1996 and 1995, and on a historical basis for 1994, are as set forth below for each of Time Warner and Time Warner and the Entertainment Group combined. Certain rating agencies and other credit analysts place more emphasis on the combined ratios while others place more emphasis on the Time Warner stand-alone ratios. It should be understood, however, that the assets of the Entertainment Group are not freely available to fund the cash needs of Time Warner.

F-17

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                          PRO FORMA(a)
                                                                                        ----------------    HISTORICAL
                                                                                         1996      1995        1994
                                                                                        ------    ------    ----------
Time Warner and Entertainment Group combined:
Net debt/Adjusted EBITDA.............................................................     4.1x      4.3x       5.3x
Adjusted EBITDA/Interest (b).........................................................     2.9x      2.5x       2.1x
Adjusted EBITDA/Interest and preferred dividends (b)(c)..............................     2.3x      2.0x       2.1x

Time Warner:
Net debt/Adjusted EBITDA.............................................................     5.9x      5.7x       8.3x
Adjusted EBITDA/Interest (b).........................................................     2.0x      1.9x       1.4x
Adjusted EBITDA/Interest and preferred dividends (b)(c)..............................     1.5x      1.4x       1.4x


(a) Pro forma ratios for 1996 and 1995 give effect to the Time Warner Transactions as if each of such transactions occurred at the beginning of 1995. Historical ratios for 1996 and 1995 are not meaningful and have not been presented because they reflect the operating results of acquired or disposed entities for only a portion of the year in comparison to year-end Net debt levels.

(b) Excludes interest of $26 million in 1996, $28 million in 1995 and $12 million in 1994 which was paid to TWE in connection with borrowings under Time Warner's $400 million credit agreement with TWE, and, in 1996 only, excludes interest of $13 million on borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility.

(c) Includes preferred dividends related to Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiaries. Excludes preferred dividends of $17 million in 1996 related to Time Warner's Series G, H, I and J Preferred Stock, which Time Warner has funded with borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility.

CASH FLOWS

During 1996, Time Warner's cash provided by operations amounted to $253 million and reflected $1.954 billion of EBITDA from its Publishing, Music, Cable Networks-TBS, Filmed Entertainment-TBS and Cable businesses, $228 million of distributions from TWE and $147 million from the securitization of receivables, less $839 million of interest payments, $338 million of income taxes, $78 million of corporate expenses and $821 million related to an increase in other working capital requirements, balance sheet accounts and noncash items. Cash provided by operations of $1.051 billion in 1995 reflected $1.256 billion of EBITDA from the Publishing, Music and Cable businesses, $1.063 billion of net distributions from TWE and $35 million from the securitization of receivables, less $659 million of interest payments, $278 million of income taxes, $74 million of corporate expenses and $292 million related to an increase in other working capital requirements, balance sheet accounts and noncash items.

Cash used by investing activities increased to $424 million in 1996, compared to $271 million in 1995, principally as a result of a decrease in investment proceeds realized in connection with management's debt reduction program and higher capital expenditures, offset in part by lower investment spending. Capital expenditures increased to $481 million in 1996, compared to $266 million in 1995, principally as a result of higher cable capital spending associated with Time Warner's cable acquisitions.

Cash used by financing activities was $500 million in 1996, compared to cash provided by financing activities of $123 million in 1995. The use of cash in 1996 principally resulted from higher cash dividend requirements and the use of $557 million of noncurrent cash and equivalents raised in the December 1995 issuance of the Preferred Trust Securities to redeem the remaining portion of the 8.75% Convertible Debentures in February 1996, offset in part by borrowings incurred to finance the cash portion of the consideration paid to acquire CVI. Cash dividends paid increased to $287 million in 1996, compared to $171 million in 1995, principally as a result of dividends paid on the preferred stock issued in connection with the Cable Acquisitions and the ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction. In addition, Time Warner raised approximately $1.55 billion of net proceeds in 1996 from the issuance of 1.6 million shares of Series M Preferred Stock and used the net proceeds therefrom to reduce debt. Time Warner also borrowed $488 million under its Stock Options Proceeds Credit

F-18

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

Facility and used the proceeds therefrom to repurchase approximately 11.4 million shares of its common stock at an aggregate cost of $456 million.

The assets and cash flows of certain consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries of Time Warner are restricted by certain borrowing and partnership agreements. The assets and cash flows of TBS, TWE and TWI Cable are restricted by their respective bank credit agreements, although each entity is permitted to incur additional indebtedness to make loans, advances, distributions and other cash payments to Time Warner, subject to its individual compliance with the cash flow coverage and leverage ratio covenants contained therein. Further, under the TWE partnership agreement, the assets and cash flows of TWE are unavailable to Time Warner except through the payment of certain fees, reimbursements, cash distributions and loans, which are subject to limitations.

Management believes that Time Warner's operating cash flow, cash and marketable securities and additional borrowing capacity are sufficient to fund its capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future without distributions and loans from its restricted subsidiaries, including TWE, above those permitted by existing agreements.

ENTERTAINMENT GROUP

1996 FINANCIAL CONDITION

At December 31, 1996, the Entertainment Group had $5.7 billion of debt, $1.5 billion of Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital and $6.7 billion of partners' capital, compared to $6.2 billion of debt, $1.4 billion of Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital and $6.6 billion of partners' capital (net of the $169 million uncollected portion of the note receivable from U S WEST) at December 31, 1995. Cash and equivalents were $216 million at December 31, 1996, compared to $209 million at December 31, 1995, reducing the debt-net-of-cash amounts for the Entertainment Group to $5.5 billion and $6 billion, respectively.

CREDIT STATISTICS

Entertainment Group leverage and coverage ratios for 1996, 1995 and 1994 were as follows:

                                                                                  HISTORICAL    PRO FORMA    HISTORICAL
                                                                                     1996        1995(a)        1994
                                                                                  ----------    ---------    ----------
Net debt/Adjusted EBITDA.......................................................       2.4x         2.9x          3.5x
Adjusted EBITDA/Interest.......................................................       4.8x         3.8x          3.1x


(a) Pro forma ratios for 1995 give effect to the Entertainment Group Transactions, as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995. Historical ratios for 1995 are not meaningful and have not been presented because they reflect the operating results of acquired or disposed entities for only a portion of the year in comparison to year-end Net debt levels.

CASH FLOWS

In 1996, the Entertainment Group's cash provided by operations amounted to $1.912 billion and reflected $2.334 billion of EBITDA from the Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros., Broadcasting-The WB Network, Cable Networks-HBO and Cable businesses and $234 million related to a reduction in working capital requirements, other balance sheet accounts and noncash items, less $513 million of interest payments, $74 million of income taxes and $69 million of corporate expenses. Cash provided by operations of $1.495 billion in 1995 reflected $2.052 billion of business segment EBITDA and $159 million related to a reduction in working capital requirements, other balance sheet accounts and noncash items, less $577 million of interest payments, $75 million of income taxes and $64 million of corporate expenses.

Cash used by investing activities was $1.253 billion in 1996, compared to $750 million in 1995, principally as a result of a $508 million decrease in investment proceeds realized in 1995 in connection with management's

F-19

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

debt reduction program and higher capital expenditures. Capital expenditures increased to $1.719 billion in 1996, compared to $1.653 billion in 1995, principally as a result of higher capital spending by the Cable division.

Cash used by financing activities was $652 million in 1996, compared to $1.607 billion in 1995, principally as a result of a lower level of debt reduction realized in 1996 in connection with management's debt reduction program and an $835 million decrease in net distributions paid to Time Warner, offset in part by a $433 million decrease in collections on the note receivable from U S WEST.

Management believes that TWE's operating cash flow, cash and equivalents and additional borrowing capacity are sufficient to fund its capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future.

CABLE CAPITAL SPENDING

Since the beginning of 1994, Time Warner Cable has been engaged in a plan to upgrade the technological capability and reliability of its cable television systems and develop new services, which it believes will position the business for sustained, long-term growth. Capital spending by Time Warner Cable, including the cable operations of both Time Warner and TWE, amounted to $1.563 billion in 1996, compared to $1.349 billion in 1995, and was financed in part through collections on the note receivable from U S WEST of $169 million in 1996 and $602 million in 1995. Cable capital spending for 1997 is budgeted to be steady at approximately $1.6 billion and is expected to be funded principally by cable operating cash flow. In exchange for certain flexibility in establishing cable rate pricing structures for regulated services that went into effect on January 1, 1996 and consistent with Time Warner Cable's long-term strategic plan, Time Warner Cable has agreed with the FCC to invest a total of $4 billion in capital costs in connection with the upgrade of its cable infrastructure, which is expected to be substantially completed over a five-year period ending December 31, 2000. The agreement with the FCC covers all of the cable operations of Time Warner Cable, including the owned or managed cable television systems of Time Warner, TWE and the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership. Management expects to continue to finance such level of investment principally through the growth in cable operating cash flow derived from increases in subscribers and cable rates, bank credit agreement borrowings and the development of new revenue streams from expanded programming options, high speed data transmission and other services.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ASSETS

As discussed below, Time Warner believes that the value of certain off-balance sheet assets should be considered, along with other factors discussed elsewhere herein, in evaluating the Company's financial condition and prospects for future results of operations, including its ability to fund its capital and liquidity needs.

Intangible Assets

As a creator and distributor of branded information and entertainment copyrights, Time Warner and the Entertainment Group have a significant amount of internally-generated intangible assets whose value is not fully reflected in their respective consolidated balance sheets. Such intangible assets extend across Time Warner's principal business interests, but are best exemplified by Time Warner's collection of copyrighted music product, its libraries of copyrighted film and television product and the creation or extension of brands. Generally accepted accounting principles do not recognize the value of such assets, except at the time they may be acquired in a business combination accounted for by the purchase method of accounting.

Because Time Warner owns the copyrights to such creative material, it continually generates revenue through the sale of such products across different media and in new and existing markets. The value of film and television-related copyrighted product and trademarks is continually realized by the licensing of films and

F-20

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

television series to secondary markets and the licensing of trademarks, such as the Looney Tunes characters and Batman, to the retail industry and other markets. In addition, technological advances, such as the introduction of the compact disc and home videocassette in the 1980's and potentially the digital video disc in the future, have historically generated significant revenue opportunities through the repackaging and sale of such copyrighted products in the new technological format. Accordingly, such intangible assets have significant off-balance sheet asset value that is not fully reflected in the consolidated balance sheets of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group.

Filmed Entertainment Backlog

Backlog represents the amount of future revenue not yet recorded from cash contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product for pay cable, basic cable, network and syndicated television exhibition. Backlog of Warner Bros. amounted to $1.502 billion and $1.056 billion at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively (including amounts relating to the licensing of film product to Time Warner's and TWE's cable television networks of $463 million and $175 million, respectively). Warner Bros.' backlog increased principally as a result of the licensing of the hit television series Friends and ER for domestic syndication, as well as for exhibition on Time Warner's cable television networks beginning in 1998. Backlog of the recently-acquired film production companies of TBS amounted to approximately $290 million at December 31, 1996 (including amounts relating to the licensing of film product to Time Warner's cable television networks of approximately $90 million).

Because backlog generally relates to contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product which have already been produced, the recognition of revenue for such completed product is principally only dependent upon the commencement of the availability period for telecast under the terms of the related licensing agreement. Cash licensing fees are collected periodically over the term of the related licensing agreements. Accordingly, the portion of backlog for which cash advances have not already been received has significant off-balance sheet asset value as a source of future funding. The backlog excludes advertising barter contracts, which are also expected to result in the future realization of revenues and cash through the sale of advertising spots received under such contracts.

INTEREST RATE AND FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK MANAGEMENT

Interest Rate Swap Contracts

Time Warner uses interest rate swap contracts to adjust the proportion of total debt that is subject to variable and fixed interest rates. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had interest rate swap contracts to pay floating-rates of interest (average six-month LIBOR rate of 5.7%) and receive fixed-rates of interest (average rate of 5.5%) on $2.3 billion notional amount of indebtedness, which resulted in approximately 47% of Time Warner's underlying debt, and 43% of the debt of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group combined, being subject to variable interest rates. At December 31, 1995, Time Warner had interest rate swap contracts on $2.6 billion notional amount of indebtedness.

Foreign Exchange Contracts

Time Warner uses foreign exchange contracts primarily to hedge the risk that unremitted or future royalties and license fees owed to Time Warner or TWE domestic companies for the sale or anticipated sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. As part of its overall strategy to manage the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, Time Warner hedges a portion of its and TWE's combined foreign currency exposures anticipated over the

F-21

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

ensuing twelve month period. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had effectively hedged approximately half of the combined estimated foreign currency exposures that principally relate to anticipated cash flows to be remitted to the U.S. over the ensuing twelve month period, using foreign exchange contracts that generally have maturities of three months or less, which are generally rolled over to provide continuing coverage throughout the year. Time Warner often closes foreign exchange sale contracts by purchasing an offsetting purchase contract. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had contracts for the sale of $447 million and the purchase of $104 million of foreign currencies at fixed rates, compared to contracts for the sale of $504 million and the purchase of $140 million of foreign currencies at December 31, 1995.

See Note 14 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a more comprehensive description of Time Warner's interest rate and foreign currency risk management activities.

F-22

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                                                                                  1996         1995
                                                                                                 -------      -------

ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and equivalents..........................................................................   $   452      $   628
Receivables, less allowances of $976 and $786 million.........................................     2,421        1,755
Inventories...................................................................................       941          443
Prepaid expenses..............................................................................     1,007          894
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total current assets..........................................................................     4,821        3,720

Noncurrent cash and equivalents...............................................................        62          557
Noncurrent inventories........................................................................     1,698           --
Investments in and amounts due to and from Entertainment Group................................     5,814        5,734
Other investments.............................................................................     1,919        2,389
Property, plant and equipment, net............................................................     1,986        1,119
Music catalogues, contracts and copyrights....................................................     1,035        1,140
Cable television and sports franchises........................................................     4,203        1,696
Goodwill......................................................................................    12,421        5,213
Other assets..................................................................................     1,105          564
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total assets..................................................................................   $35,064      $22,132
                                                                                                 -------      -------
                                                                                                 -------      -------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable..............................................................................   $   715      $   672
Participations, royalties and programming costs payable.......................................     1,196          755
Debt due within one year......................................................................        11           34
Other current liabilities.....................................................................     2,090        1,566
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total current liabilities.....................................................................     4,012        3,027

Long-term debt................................................................................    12,713        9,907
Borrowings against future stock option proceeds...............................................       488           --
Deferred income taxes.........................................................................     4,082        3,420
Unearned portion of paid subscriptions........................................................       679          654
Other liabilities.............................................................................       967          508
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiaries
  holding solely subordinated notes and debentures of subsidiaries of the Company (a).........       949          949
Series M exchangeable preferred stock, $.10 par value, 15.2 million shares authorized,
  1.72 million shares outstanding and $1.720 billion liquidation preference...................     1,672           --

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, $.10 and $1 par value, 250 million shares authorized, 35.6 million and 29.7
  million shares outstanding, $3.559 billion and $2.994 billion liquidation preference........         4           30
LMCN-V Class Common Stock, $.01 par value, 60 million shares authorized, 50.6 million shares
  outstanding.................................................................................         1           --
Common stock, $.01 and $1 par value, 2 billion shares authorized, 508.4 million and 387.7
  million shares outstanding..................................................................         5          388
Paid-in capital...............................................................................    12,250        5,422
Accumulated deficit...........................................................................    (2,758)      (2,173)
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total shareholders' equity....................................................................     9,502        3,667
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity....................................................   $35,064      $22,132
                                                                                                 -------      -------
                                                                                                 -------      -------


(a) Includes $374 million of preferred securities that are redeemable for cash or, at Time Warner's option, approximately 18.1 million shares of Hasbro, Inc. common stock owned by Time Warner (Note 9).

See accompanying notes.

F-23

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                                                                         1996         1995        1994
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Revenues (a).........................................................................   $10,064      $8,067      $7,396
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Cost of revenues (a)(b)..............................................................     5,922       4,682       4,307
Selling, general and administrative (a)(b)...........................................     3,176       2,688       2,376
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Operating expenses...................................................................     9,098       7,370       6,683
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Business segment operating income....................................................       966         697         713
Equity in pretax income of Entertainment Group (a)...................................       290         256         176
Interest and other, net (a)..........................................................    (1,174)       (877)       (724)
Corporate expenses (a)...............................................................       (78)        (74)        (76)
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Income before income taxes...........................................................         4           2          89
Income taxes.........................................................................      (160)       (126)       (180)
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------
Loss before extraordinary item.......................................................      (156)       (124)        (91)
Extraordinary loss on retirement of debt, net of $22 million and $26 million
  income tax benefit in 1996 and 1995, respectively..................................       (35)        (42)         --
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------
Net loss.............................................................................      (191)       (166)        (91)
Preferred dividend requirements......................................................      (257)        (52)        (13)
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Net loss applicable to common shares.................................................   $  (448)     $ (218)     $ (104)
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------
Loss per common share:
Loss before extraordinary item.......................................................   $  (.95)     $ (.46)     $ (.27)
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Net loss.............................................................................   $ (1.04)     $ (.57)     $ (.27)
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Average common shares................................................................     431.2       383.8       378.9
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------


(a) Includes the following income (expenses) resulting from transactions with the Entertainment Group and other related companies for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively: revenues-$224 million, $211 million and $203 million; cost of revenues-$(177) million, $(108) million and $(109) million; selling, general and administrative-$34 million, $46 million and $47 million; equity in pretax income of Entertainment Group-$(29) million, $(95) million and $(120) million; interest and other, net-$(33) million, $(27) million and $13 million; and corporate expenses-$69 million, $64 million and $60 million (Note 17).

(b) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of:................................   $  988      $  559      $  437
                                                                                         ------      ------      ------
                                                                                         ------      ------      ------

See accompanying notes.

F-24

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS)

                                                                                          1996         1995        1994
                                                                                         -------      -------      -----

OPERATIONS
Net loss..............................................................................   $  (191)     $  (166)     $ (91)
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
Extraordinary loss on retirement of debt..............................................        35           42         --
Depreciation and amortization.........................................................       988          559        437
Noncash interest expense..............................................................        96          176        219
Excess (deficiency) of distributions over equity in pretax income of Entertainment
  Group...............................................................................       (62)         807        (56)
Equity in income of other investee companies, net of distributions....................       (53)         (16)       (17)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Receivables.......................................................................       (39)         (68)       (47)
    Inventories.......................................................................      (180)         (52)       (38)
    Accounts payable and other liabilities............................................      (408)         160        324
    Other balance sheet changes.......................................................        67         (391)      (258)
                                                                                         -------      -------      -----

Cash provided by operations...........................................................       253        1,051        473
                                                                                         -------      -------      -----

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investments and acquisitions..........................................................      (261)        (381)      (187)
Capital expenditures..................................................................      (481)        (266)      (164)
Investment proceeds...................................................................       318          376        118
                                                                                         -------      -------      -----

Cash used by investing activities.....................................................      (424)        (271)      (233)
                                                                                         -------      -------      -----

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Borrowings............................................................................     3,431        2,023        582
Debt repayments.......................................................................    (5,271)      (2,693)      (626)
Borrowings against future stock option proceeds.......................................       488
Repurchases of Time Warner common stock...............................................      (456)          --         --
Issuance of Series M Preferred Stock..................................................     1,550           --         --
Issuance of Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of
  subsidiaries........................................................................        --          949         --
Dividends paid........................................................................      (287)        (171)      (142)
Stock option and dividend reinvestment plans..........................................       105          106         34
Other, principally financing costs....................................................       (60)         (91)        (6)
                                                                                         -------      -------      -----

Cash provided (used) by financing activities..........................................      (500)         123       (158)
                                                                                         -------      -------      -----

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS...........................................      (671)         903         82

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD (a).......................................     1,185          282        200
                                                                                         -------      -------      -----

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD (a).............................................   $   514      $ 1,185      $ 282
                                                                                         -------      -------      -----
                                                                                         -------      -------      -----


(a) Includes current and noncurrent cash and equivalents at December 31, 1996 and 1995.

See accompanying notes.

F-25

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                                            PREFERRED      COMMON      PAID-IN    ACCUMULATED
                                                              STOCK      STOCK (a)     CAPITAL      DEFICIT      TOTAL
                                                            ---------    ----------    -------    -----------    ------

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993.............................     $   1         $378       $ 2,537      $(1,546)     $1,370

Net loss.................................................                                               (91)        (91)
Dividends on common stock-$.35 per share.................                                              (133)       (133)
Dividends on Series B preferred stock-$9.28 per share....                                    4          (13)         (9)
Shares issued pursuant to stock option, dividend
  reinvestment and benefit plans (1 million shares)......                      1            53                       54
Unrealized losses on certain marketable equity
  investments............................................                                               (75)        (75)
Other....................................................                                   (6)          38          32
                                                                ---        -----       -------    -----------    ------

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994.............................         1          379         2,588       (1,820)      1,148

Net loss.................................................                                              (166)       (166)
Dividends on common stock-$.36 per share.................                                              (138)       (138)
Dividends on Series B preferred stock-$6.40 per share....                                    3           (8)         (5)
Dividends on Series C, D, G, H and I preferred
  stock-$3.75 per share per year effective from the
  respective dates of issuance...........................                                               (44)        (44)
Issuance of common and preferred stock in the KBLCOM and
  Summit acquisitions (14.3 million preferred shares and
  2.6 million common shares).............................        14            3         1,367                    1,384
Issuance of preferred stock in the ITOCHU/Toshiba
  Transaction (15 million shares)........................        15                      1,335                    1,350
Shares issued pursuant to stock option, dividend
  reinvestment and benefit plans (3.9 million shares)....                      4           122                      126
Unrealized losses on certain marketable equity
  investments............................................                                               (14)        (14)
Other (1.9 million shares issued)........................                      2             7           17          26
                                                                ---        -----       -------    -----------    ------

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995.............................        30          388         5,422       (2,173)      3,667

Net loss.................................................                                              (191)       (191)
Dividends on common stock-$.36 per share.................                                              (155)       (155)
Dividends on Series B preferred stock-$3.36 per share....                                                (2)         (2)
Dividends on Series D, E, F, G, H, I and J preferred
  stock-$3.75 per share..................................                                              (133)       (133)
Dividends on Series M exchangeable preferred stock (120
  thousand shares paid in-kind)..........................                                              (122)       (122)
Issuance of common and preferred stock in the CVI
  acquisition (6.3 million preferred shares and 2.9
  million common shares).................................         6            3           671                      680
Reduction in par value of common stock and preferred
  stock in connection with the TBS Transaction...........       (32)        (382)          414                       --
Issuance of common stock in the TBS Transaction (173.4
  million shares)........................................                      2         6,025                    6,027
Repurchases of Time Warner common stock (11.4 million
  shares)................................................                    (11)         (445)                    (456)
Shares issued pursuant to stock option, dividend
  reinvestment and benefit plans (4.6 million shares)....                      4           159           (8)        155
Unrealized gains on certain marketable equity
  investments............................................                                                17          17
Other (1.8 million shares issued)........................                      2             4            9          15
                                                                ---        -----       -------    -----------    ------

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996.............................     $   4         $  6       $12,250      $(2,758)     $9,502
                                                                ---        -----       -------    -----------    ------
                                                                ---        -----       -------    -----------    ------


(a) Includes 50.6 million shares of LMCN-V Class Common Stock issued in 1996 in connection with the TBS Transaction (Note 2).

See accompanying notes.

F-26

TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

On October 10, 1996, Time Warner Inc. ('Time Warner' or the 'Company') acquired the remaining 80% interest in Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') that it did not already own, as more fully described herein (Note 2). As a result of this transaction, a new parent company with the name 'Time Warner Inc.' replaced the old parent company of the same name ('Old Time Warner', now known as Time Warner Companies, Inc.), and Old Time Warner and TBS became separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of the new parent company ('New Time Warner'). References herein to 'Time Warner' or the 'Company' refer to Old Time Warner prior to October 10, 1996 and New Time Warner thereafter.

Time Warner is the world's leading media and entertainment company, whose principal business objective is to create and distribute branded information and entertainment copyrights throughout the world. Time Warner classifies its business interests into four fundamental areas: Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in recorded music and music publishing, filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting and theme parks; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming and sports franchises; Publishing, consisting principally of interests in magazine publishing, book publishing and direct marketing; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems. A majority of Time Warner's interests in filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting and theme parks, a portion of its interests in cable television programming and a majority of its cable television systems are held through Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE'). Time Warner owns general and limited partnership interests in TWE consisting of 74.49% of the pro rata priority capital ('Series A Capital') and residual equity capital
('Residual Capital'), and 100% of the senior priority capital ('Senior Capital')
and junior priority capital ('Series B Capital'). The remaining 25.51% limited partnership interests in the Series A Capital and Residual Capital of TWE are held by a subsidiary of U S WEST, Inc. ('U S WEST'). Time Warner does not consolidate TWE and certain related companies (the 'Entertainment Group') for financial reporting purposes because of certain limited partnership approval rights related to TWE's interest in certain cable television systems.

Each of the business interests within Entertainment, Cable Networks, Publishing and Cable is important to management's objective of increasing shareholder value through the creation, extension and distribution of recognizable brands and copyrights throughout the world. Such brands and copyrights include (1) copyrighted music from many of the world's leading recording artists that is produced and distributed by a family of established record labels such as Warner Bros. Records, the Atlantic and Elektra Entertainment Groups and Warner Music International, (2) the unique and extensive film, television and animation libraries of Warner Bros. and TBS, and trademarks such as the Looney Tunes characters, Batman and The Flintstones, (3) The WB Network, a national broadcasting network launched in 1995 as an extension of the Warner Bros. brand and as an additional distribution outlet for the Company's collection of children's cartoons and television programming, (4) Six Flags, the largest regional theme park operator in the United States, in which TWE owns a 49% interest, (5) leading cable television networks, such as HBO, Cinemax, CNN, TNT and the TBS Superstation, (6) sports franchises consisting of the Atlanta Braves and Atlanta Hawks, (7) magazine franchises such as Time, People and Sports Illustrated and direct marketing brands such as Time Life Inc. and Book-of-the-Month Club and (8) Time Warner Cable, the second largest operator of cable television systems in the U.S.

The operating results of Time Warner's various business interests are presented herein as an indication of financial performance (Note 15). Except for start-up losses incurred in connection with The WB Network, Time Warner's principal business interests generate significant operating income and cash flow from operations. The cash flow from operations generated by such business interests is considerably greater than their operating income due to significant amounts of noncash amortization of intangible assets recognized in various acquisitions accounted for by the purchase method of accounting. Noncash amortization of intangible assets

F-27

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

recorded by Time Warner's business interests, including the unconsolidated business interests of the Entertainment Group, amounted to $1.117 billion in 1996, $822 million in 1995 and $782 million in 1994.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements of Time Warner reflect the acquisitions of Summit Communications Group, Inc. ('Summit') effective as of May 2, 1995, KBLCOM Incorporated ('KBLCOM') effective as of July 6, 1995, Cablevision Industries Corporation and related companies ('CVI') effective as of January 4, 1996 (collectively, the 'Cable Acquisitions') and TBS effective as of October 10, 1996. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years' financial statements to conform to the 1996 presentation.

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION AND
ACCOUNTING FOR INVESTMENTS

The consolidated financial statements include 100% of the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, income, loss and cash flows of Time Warner and all companies in which Time Warner has a controlling voting interest ('subsidiaries'), as if Time Warner and its subsidiaries were a single company. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the consolidated companies have been eliminated. Significant accounts and transactions between Time Warner and the Entertainment Group are disclosed as related party transactions (Note 17).

The Entertainment Group and investments in certain other companies in which Time Warner has significant influence but less than a controlling voting interest, are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, only Time Warner's investment in and amounts due to and from the equity investee are included in the consolidated balance sheet, only Time Warner's share of the investee's earnings is included in the consolidated operating results, and only the dividends, cash distributions, loans or other cash received from the investee, less any additional cash investments, loan repayments or other cash paid to the investee are included in the consolidated cash flows.

Investments in companies in which Time Warner does not have the controlling interest or an ownership and voting interest so large as to exert significant influence are accounted for at market value if the investments are publicly traded and there are no resale restrictions, or at cost, if the sale of a publicly-traded investment is restricted or if the investment is not publicly traded. Unrealized gains and losses on investments accounted for at market value are reported net-of-tax in accumulated deficit until the investment is sold, at which time the realized gain or loss is included in income. Dividends and other distributions of earnings from both market value and cost method investments are included in income when declared.

The effect of any changes in Time Warner's ownership interests resulting from the issuance of equity capital by consolidated subsidiaries or equity investees to unaffiliated parties is included in income.

FOREIGN CURRENCY

The financial position and operating results of substantially all foreign operations are consolidated using the local currency as the functional currency. Local currency assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date, and local currency revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the period. Resulting translation gains or losses, which have not been material, are included in accumulated deficit. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, which have not been material, are included in operating results.

F-28

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and footnotes thereto. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Significant estimates inherent in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements include management's forecast of anticipated revenues from the sale of future and existing music and publishing-related products, as well as from the distribution of theatrical and television product, in order to evaluate the ultimate recoverability of accounts receivables, film inventory and artist and author advances recorded as assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Accounts receivables and sales in the music and publishing industries, as well as sales of home video product in the filmed entertainment industry, are subject to customers' rights to return unsold items. Management periodically reviews such estimates and it is reasonably possible that management's assessment of recoverability of accounts receivables, individual films and television product and individual artist and author advances may change based on actual results and other factors.

REVENUES AND COSTS

The unearned portion of paid subscriptions is deferred until magazines are delivered to subscribers. Upon each delivery, a proportionate share of the gross subscription price is included in revenues.

Inventories of magazines, books, cassettes and compact discs are stated at the lower of cost or estimated realizable value. Cost is determined using first-in, first-out; last-in, first-out; and average cost methods. In accordance with industry practice, certain products (such as magazines, books, home videocassettes, compact discs and cassettes) are sold to customers with the right to return unsold items. Revenues from such sales represent gross sales less a provision for future returns. Returned goods included in inventory are valued at estimated realizable value but not in excess of cost.

Feature films are produced or acquired for initial exhibition in theaters followed by distribution in the home video, pay cable, basic cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets. Generally, distribution to the theatrical, home video and pay cable markets (the primary markets) is principally completed within eighteen months of initial release and thereafter with respect to distribution to the basic cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets (the secondary markets). Theatrical revenues are recognized as the films are exhibited. Home video revenues, less a provision for returns, are recognized when the home videos are sold. Revenues from the distribution of theatrical product to cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets are recognized when the films are available to telecast.

Television films and series are initially produced for the networks or first-run television syndication (the primary markets) and may be subsequently licensed to foreign or domestic cable and syndicated television markets (the secondary markets). Revenues from the distribution of television product are recognized when the films or series are available to telecast, except for barter agreements where the recognition of revenue is deferred until the related advertisements are exhibited.

License agreements for the telecast of theatrical and television product in the cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets are routinely entered into well in advance of their available date for telecast, which is generally determined by the telecast privileges granted under previous license agreements. Accordingly, there are significant contractual rights to receive cash and barter upon which revenues will not be recognized until such product is available for telecast under the contractual terms of the related license agreement. Such contractual rights for which revenue is not yet recognizable is referred to as 'backlog.' Excluding advertising barter contracts, backlog of the recently-acquired film production companies of TBS amounted to approximately $290 million at December 31, 1996 (including amounts relating to the licensing of film product to Time Warner's cable television networks of approximately $90 million).

F-29

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Inventories of theatrical and television product are stated at the lower of amortized cost or net realizable value. Cost includes direct production and acquisition costs, production overhead and capitalized interest. A portion of the cost to acquire TBS in 1996 was allocated to its theatrical and television product, including an allocation to purchased program rights (such as the film and animation libraries of Hanna-Barbera Inc. and Turner Entertainment Co., the latter of which includes the former film and television libraries of Metro- Goldwyn-Mayer, Inc. and RKO Pictures, Inc.) and product that had been exhibited at least once in all markets ('Library'). The Library is amortized on a straight-line basis over twenty years. Individual films and series are amortized, and the related participations and residuals are accrued, based on the proportion that current revenues from the film or series bear to an estimate of total revenues anticipated from all markets. These estimates are revised periodically and losses, if any, are provided in full. Current film inventories include the unamortized cost of completed feature films allocated to the primary markets, television films and series in production pursuant to a contract of sale, film rights acquired for the home video market and advances pursuant to agreements to distribute third-party films in the primary markets. Noncurrent film inventories include the unamortized cost of completed theatrical and television films allocated to the secondary markets, theatrical films in production and the Library.

A significant portion of cable system and cable programming revenues are derived from subscriber fees and advertising. Subscriber fees are recorded as revenue in the period the service is provided and advertising revenues are recognized in the period that the advertisements are exhibited. The cost of rights to exhibit feature films and other programming on the cable networks during one or more availability periods ('programming costs') generally is recorded when the programming is initially available for exhibition, and is allocated to the appropriate availability periods and amortized as the programming is exhibited.

ADVERTISING

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') Statement No. 53, 'Financial Reporting by Producers and Distributors of Motion Picture Films,' advertising costs for theatrical and television product are capitalized and amortized over the related revenue streams in each market for which such costs are intended to benefit, which generally does not exceed three months. Other advertising costs are expensed upon the first exhibition of the advertisement, except for certain direct-response advertising, for which the costs are capitalized and amortized over the expected period of future benefits. Direct-response advertising principally consists of product promotional mailings, broadcast advertising, catalogs and other promotional costs incurred in the Company's direct-marketing businesses. Deferred advertising costs are generally amortized over periods of up to three years subsequent to the promotional event using straight-line or accelerated methods, with a significant portion of such costs amortized in twelve months or less. Deferred advertising costs for Time Warner amounted to $217 million and $195 million at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Advertising expense, excluding theatrical and television product, amounted to $1.050 billion in 1996, $1.045 billion in 1995 and $931 million in 1994.

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

Cash equivalents consist of commercial paper and other investments that are readily convertible into cash, and have original maturities of three months or less. Noncurrent cash and equivalents at December 31, 1996 consist of amounts held in escrow for purposes of funding certain preferred dividend requirements (Note 7). Noncurrent cash and equivalents at December 31, 1995 consist of net proceeds received from the issuance of Preferred Trust Securities in December 1995, which were segregated for the redemption of the 8.75% Convertible Debentures in February 1996 (Notes 6 and 9).

F-30

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Additions to cable property, plant and equipment generally include material, labor, overhead and interest. Depreciation is provided generally on the straight-line method over useful lives ranging up to thirty years for buildings and improvements and up to fifteen years for furniture, fixtures, cable television equipment and other equipment. Property, plant and equipment consists of:

                                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                  ----------------
                                                                                                   1996      1995
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                     (MILLIONS)

Land and buildings.............................................................................   $  914    $  431
Cable television equipment.....................................................................      777       361
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment........................................................    1,337     1,196
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                   3,028     1,988
Less accumulated depreciation..................................................................   (1,042)     (869)
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Total..........................................................................................   $1,986    $1,119
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                  ------    ------

Effective January 1, 1996, Time Warner adopted FASB Statement No. 121, 'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of' ('FAS 121'), which established standards for the recognition and measurement of impairment losses on long-lived assets and certain intangible assets. The adoption of FAS 121 did not have a material effect on Time Warner's financial statements.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

As a creator and distributor of branded information and entertainment copyrights, Time Warner has a significant and growing amount of intangible assets, including goodwill, cable television and sports franchises, music catalogues, contracts and copyrights, and other copyrighted products and trademarks. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, Time Warner does not recognize the fair value of internally-generated intangible assets. Costs incurred to create and produce copyrighted product, such as feature films, television series and compact discs, are generally either expensed as incurred, or capitalized as tangible assets as in the case of cash advances and inventoriable product costs. However, accounting recognition is not given to any increasing asset value that may be associated with the collection of the underlying copyrighted material. Additionally, costs incurred to create or extend brands, such as magazine titles and new cable networks, generally result in losses over an extended development period and are recognized as a reduction of income as incurred, while any corresponding brand value created is not recognized as an intangible asset in the consolidated balance sheet. On the other hand, intangible assets acquired in business combinations accounted for by the purchase method of accounting are capitalized and amortized over their expected useful life as a noncash charge against future results of operations. Accordingly, the intangible assets reported in the consolidated balance sheet do not reflect the fair value of Time Warner's internally-generated intangible assets, but rather are limited to intangible assets resulting from certain acquisitions in which the cost of the acquired companies exceeded the fair value of their tangible assets at the time of acquisition.

Time Warner amortizes goodwill and sports franchises over periods up to forty years using the straight-line method. Cable television franchises, music catalogues, contracts and copyrights, and other intangible assets are amortized over periods up to twenty years using the straight-line method. In 1996, 1995 and 1994, amortization of goodwill amounted to $250 million, $175 million and $158 million, respectively; amortization of music copyrights, artists' contracts and record catalogues amounted to $132 million, $118 million and $115 million, respectively; amortization of cable television and sports franchises amounted to $212 million in 1996 and $42 million in 1995 and amortization of other intangible assets amounted to $87 million, $43 million and $31

F-31

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

million, respectively. Accumulated amortization of intangible assets at December 31, 1996 and 1995 amounted to $2.452 billion and $1.845 billion, respectively.

Time Warner separately reviews the carrying value of acquired intangible assets for each acquired entity on a quarterly basis to determine whether an impairment may exist. Time Warner considers relevant cash flow and profitability information, including estimated future operating results, trends and other available information, in assessing whether the carrying value of intangible assets can be recovered. Upon a determination that the carrying value of intangible assets will not be recovered from the undiscounted future cash flows of the acquired business, the carrying value of such intangible assets would be considered impaired and will be reduced by a charge to operations in the amount of the impairment. An impairment charge is measured as any deficiency in estimated discounted future cash flows of the acquired business to recover the carrying value related to the intangible assets.

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are provided using the liability method prescribed by FASB Statement No. 109, 'Accounting for Income Taxes.' Under the liability method, deferred income taxes reflect tax carryforwards and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes, as determined under enacted tax laws and rates. The financial effect of changes in tax laws or rates is accounted for in the period of enactment.

Realization of the net operating loss and investment tax credit carryforwards, which were acquired in acquisitions, are accounted for as a reduction of goodwill.

The principal operations of the Entertainment Group are conducted by partnerships. Income tax expense includes all income taxes related to Time Warner's allocable share of partnership income and its equity in the income tax expense of corporate subsidiaries of the partnerships.

STOCK OPTIONS

In accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, 'Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees' ('APB 25'), compensation cost for stock options is recognized in income based on the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the stock at the grant date of the award or other measurement date over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. The exercise price for stock options granted to employees equals or exceeds the fair market value of Time Warner common stock at the date of grant, thereby resulting in no recognition of compensation expense by Time Warner.

LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

Loss per common share is based upon the net loss applicable to common shares after preferred dividend requirements and upon the weighted average of common shares outstanding during the period. The conversion of securities convertible into common stock and the exercise of stock options were not assumed in the calculations of loss per common share because the effect would have been antidilutive.

2. MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

TBS TRANSACTION

On October 10, 1996, New Time Warner acquired the remaining 80% interest in TBS that was not already owned by Old Time Warner (the 'TBS Transaction'). As part of the transaction, each of Old Time Warner and TBS became separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of New Time Warner which combines, for financial reporting purposes, the consolidated net assets and operating results of Old Time Warner and TBS. Each issued and

F-32

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

outstanding share of each class of capital stock of Old Time Warner was converted into one share of a substantially identical class of capital stock of New Time Warner.

In connection with the TBS Transaction, New Time Warner issued (i) approximately 173.4 million shares of common stock (including 50.6 million shares of a special class of non-redeemable common stock having 1/100th of a vote per share on certain limited matters ('LMCN-V Class Common Stock') to affiliates of Liberty Media Corporation ('LMC'), a subsidiary of Tele-Communications, Inc.), in exchange for shares of TBS capital stock and (ii) approximately 14 million stock options to replace all outstanding TBS stock options. In addition, New Time Warner agreed to issue to LMC and its affiliates at a later date an additional five million shares of LMCN-V Class Common Stock and $67 million of consideration payable, at the election of New Time Warner, in cash or additional shares of LMCN-V Class Common Stock. This additional consideration will be issued pursuant to a separate option and non-competition agreement that will provide, if New Time Warner exercises its option, for a subsidiary of LMC to provide certain satellite uplink and distribution services for WTBS, a broadcast television station owned by TBS, if it is converted to a copyright-paid, cable television programming service. New Time Warner has also fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of TBS's and Old Time Warner's outstanding publicly traded indebtedness, which amounted to $1.030 billion and $7.754 billion, respectively, at December 31, 1996.

The TBS Transaction was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations; accordingly, the cost to acquire TBS of approximately $6.2 billion was preliminarily allocated to the net assets acquired in proportion to estimates of their respective fair values, as follows:
goodwill-$6.746 billion; other current and noncurrent assets-$3.806 billion; long-term debt-$2.765 billion; deferred income taxes-$189 million; and other current and noncurrent liabilities-$1.416 billion.

CABLE TRANSACTIONS

On January 4, 1996, Time Warner acquired CVI which owned cable television systems serving approximately 1.3 million subscribers, in exchange for the issuance of approximately 2.9 million shares of common stock and approximately 6.3 million shares of new convertible preferred stock ('Series E Preferred Stock' and 'Series F Preferred Stock'), as adjusted, and the assumption or incurrence of approximately $2 billion of indebtedness. The acquisition was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations; accordingly, the cost to acquire CVI of $904 million was allocated to the net assets acquired in proportion to their respective fair values, as follows: cable television franchises-$2.390 billion; goodwill-$688 million; other current and noncurrent assets-$481 million; long-term debt-$1.766 billion; deferred income taxes-$731 million; and other current and noncurrent liabilities-$158 million.

On July 6, 1995, Time Warner acquired KBLCOM, which owned cable television systems serving approximately 700,000 subscribers, and a 50% interest in Paragon Communications ('Paragon'), which owned cable television systems serving an additional 972,000 subscribers. The other 50% interest in Paragon was already owned by TWE. To acquire KBLCOM, Time Warner issued 1 million shares of common stock and 11 million shares of a new convertible preferred stock ('Series D Preferred Stock') and assumed or incurred approximately $1.2 billion of indebtedness. The acquisition was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations; accordingly, the cost to acquire KBLCOM of approximately $1.033 billion was allocated to the net assets acquired in proportion to their respective fair values, as follows: investments-$950 million; cable television franchises-$1.366 billion; goodwill-$586 million; other current and noncurrent assets-$289 million; long-term debt-$1.213 billion; deferred income taxes-$895 million; and other current liabilities-$50 million.

On May 2, 1995, Time Warner acquired Summit, which owned cable television systems serving approximately 162,000 subscribers, in exchange for the issuance of approximately 1.6 million shares of common stock and approximately 3.3 million shares of a new convertible preferred stock ('Series C Preferred Stock')

F-33

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

and the assumption of $140 million of indebtedness. The acquisition was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations; accordingly, the cost to acquire Summit of approximately $351 million was allocated to the assets acquired in proportion to their respective fair values, as follows: cable television franchises-$372 million; goodwill-$146 million; other current and noncurrent assets-$144 million; long-term debt-$140 million; deferred income taxes-$166 million; and other current liabilities-$5 million. In August 1996, all shares of Series C Preferred Stock were exchanged for shares of a new series of convertible preferred stock with substantially identical terms ('Series J Preferred Stock').

On April 1, 1995, TWE formed a cable television joint venture with the Advance/Newhouse Partnership ('Advance/Newhouse') to which Advance/Newhouse and TWE contributed cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 4.5 million subscribers, as well as certain foreign cable investments and programming investments that included Advance/Newhouse's 10% interest in Primestar Partners, L.P. ('Primestar'). TWE owns a two-thirds equity interest in the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership and is the managing partner. TWE consolidates the partnership and the one-third equity interest owned by Advance/Newhouse is reflected in TWE's consolidated financial statements as minority interest. In accordance with the partnership agreement, Advance/Newhouse can require TWE to purchase its equity interest for fair market value at specified intervals following the death of both of its principal shareholders. Beginning on April 1, 1998, either partner can initiate a dissolution in which TWE would receive two-thirds and Advance/Newhouse would receive one-third of the partnership's net assets. The assets contributed by TWE and Advance/Newhouse to the partnership were recorded at their predecessor's historical cost. No gain was recognized by TWE upon the capitalization of the partnership.

PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The accompanying consolidated statement of operations includes the operating results of each acquired business from the respective closing date of each transaction. On a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the TBS Transaction, (ii) the cable transactions as described above, (iii) the ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction (Note 3), (iv) the Preferred Stock Refinancing (Note 10), (v) Time Warner's and TWE's debt refinancings (Note 6) and (vi) certain asset sales, including the sale of 51% of TWE's interest in Six Flags Entertainment Corporation ('Six Flags') (Note 3), as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995, Time Warner would have reported for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, revenues of $12.799 billion and $12.154 billion, depreciation and amortization of $1.245 billion and $1.205 billion, operating income of $939 million and $942 million, equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group of $290 million and $286 million, a loss before extraordinary item of $284 million and $233 million ($1.05 and $.97 per common share) and a net loss of $319 million and $275 million ($1.11 and $1.04 per common share).

F-34

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

3. ENTERTAINMENT GROUP

Time Warner's investment in and amounts due to and from the Entertainment Group at December 31, 1996 and 1995 consists of the following:

                                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                  ----------------
                                                                                                   1996      1995
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                     (MILLIONS)

Investment in TWE..............................................................................   $6,254    $6,179
Stock option related distributions due from TWE................................................       93       122
Credit agreement debt due to TWE...............................................................     (400)     (400)
Other net liabilities due to TWE, principally related to home video distribution...............     (256)     (278)
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Investment in and amounts due to and from TWE..................................................    5,691     5,623
Investment in other Entertainment Group companies..............................................      123       111
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Total..........................................................................................   $5,814    $5,734
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                  ------    ------

TWE is a Delaware limited partnership that was capitalized on June 30, 1992 to own and operate substantially all of the Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros., Cable Networks-HBO and Cable businesses previously owned by subsidiaries of Time Warner. Certain Time Warner subsidiaries are the general partners of TWE ('Time Warner General Partners'). Time Warner acquired the aggregate 11.22% limited partnership interests previously held by subsidiaries of each of ITOCHU Corporation and Toshiba Corporation in 1995 for an aggregate cost of $1.36 billion, consisting of 15 million shares of convertible preferred stock ('Series G Preferred Stock', 'Series H Preferred Stock' and 'Series I Preferred Stock') and $10 million in cash (the 'ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction'). Accordingly, Time Warner, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, collectively owns general and limited partnership interests in TWE consisting of 74.49% of the Series A Capital and Residual Capital and 100% of the Senior Capital and Series B Capital. The remaining 25.51% limited partnership interests in the Series A Capital and Residual Capital of TWE are owned by U S WEST, which acquired such interests in 1993 for $1.532 billion of cash and a $1.021 billion 4.4% note (the 'U S WEST Note Receivable') that was fully collected during 1996. The ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations.

Each partner's interest in TWE consists of the initial priority capital and residual equity amounts that were assigned to that partner or its predecessor based on the estimated fair value of the net assets each contributed to TWE, as adjusted for the fair value of certain assets distributed by TWE to the Time Warner General Partners in 1993 which were not subsequently reacquired by TWE in 1995 ('Contributed Capital'), plus, with respect to the priority capital interests only, any undistributed priority capital return. The priority capital return consists of net partnership income allocated to date in accordance with the provisions of the TWE partnership agreement and the right to be allocated additional partnership income which, together with any previously allocated net partnership income, provides for the various priority capital rates of return specified in the table below. The sum of Contributed Capital and the undistributed priority capital return is referred to herein as 'Cumulative Priority Capital.' Cumulative Priority Capital is not necessarily indicative of the fair value of the underlying priority capital interests principally due to above-market rates of return on certain priority capital interests as compared to securities of comparable credit risk and maturity, such as the 13.25% rate of return on the Series B Capital interest owned by the Time Warner General Partners. Furthermore, the ultimate realization of Cumulative Priority Capital could be affected by the fair value of TWE which is subject to fluctuation.

F-35

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

A summary of the priority of Contributed Capital, Time Warner's ownership of Contributed Capital and Cumulative Priority Capital at December 31, 1996 and priority capital rates of return thereon is as set forth below:

                                                                                         PRIORITY
                                                                         CUMULATIVE      CAPITAL
                                                         CONTRIBUTED      PRIORITY       RATES OF       % OWNED BY
PRIORITY OF CONTRIBUTED CAPITAL                          CAPITAL(a)       CAPITAL       RETURN(b)       TIME WARNER
                                                         -----------     ----------    ------------     -----------
                                                                 (BILLIONS)            (% PER ANNUM
                                                                                        COMPOUNDED
                                                                                        QUARTERLY)

Senior Capital........................................      $ 1.4           $1.5(c)         8.00%          100.00%
Series A Capital......................................        5.6            9.9           13.00%(d)        74.49%
Series B Capital......................................        2.9(g)         5.2           13.25%(e)       100.00%
Residual Capital......................................        3.3(g)         3.3(f)           --(f)         74.49%


(a) Excludes partnership income or loss allocated thereto.

(b) Income allocations related to priority capital rates of return are based on partnership income after any special tax allocations.

(c) Net of $366 million of partnership income distributed in 1995 representing the priority capital return thereon through June 30, 1995.

(d) 11.00% to the extent concurrently distributed.

(e) 11.25% to the extent concurrently distributed.

(f) Residual Capital is not entitled to stated priority rates of return and, as such, its Cumulative Priority Capital is equal to its Contributed Capital. However, in the case of certain events such as the liquidation or dissolution of TWE, Residual Capital is entitled to any excess of the then fair value of the net assets of TWE over the aggregate amount of Cumulative Priority Capital and special tax allocations.

(g) The Contributed Capital relating to the Series B Capital has priority over the priority returns on the Series A Capital. The Contributed Capital relating to the Residual Capital has priority over the priority returns on the Series B Capital and the Series A Capital.

Because Contributed Capital is based on the fair value of the net assets that each partner contributed to the partnership, the aggregate of such amounts is significantly higher than TWE's partners' capital as reflected in the consolidated financial statements, which is based on the historical cost of the contributed net assets. For purposes of allocating partnership income or loss to the partners, partnership income or loss is based on the fair value of the net assets contributed to the partnership and results in significantly less partnership income, or results in partnership losses, in contrast to the net income reported by TWE for financial statement purposes, which is also based on the historical cost of contributed net assets.

Under the TWE partnership agreement, partnership income, to the extent earned, is first allocated to the partners' capital accounts so that the economic burden of the income tax consequences of partnership operations is borne as though the partnership were taxed as a corporation ('special tax allocations'), then to the Senior Capital, Series A Capital and Series B Capital, in order of priority, at rates of return ranging from 8% to 13.25% per annum, and finally to the Residual Capital. Partnership losses generally are allocated first to eliminate prior allocations of partnership income to, and then to reduce the Contributed Capital of, the Residual Capital, Series B Capital and Series A Capital, in that order, then to reduce the Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital, including partnership income allocated thereto, and finally to reduce any special tax allocations. To the extent partnership income is insufficient to satisfy all special allocations in a particular accounting period, the right to receive additional partnership income necessary to provide for the various priority capital rates of return is carried forward until satisfied out of future partnership income, including any partnership income that may result from any liquidation, sale or dissolution of TWE.

The TWE partnership agreement provides, under certain circumstances, for the distribution of partnership income allocated to the Senior Capital owned by the Time Warner General Partners. Pursuant to such provision, $366 million of partnership income was distributed to the Time Warner General Partners in 1995. Beginning on July 1, 1997, the Senior Capital and, to the extent not previously distributed, partnership income allocated thereto is required to be distributed in three annual installments, with the initial distribution expected to be approximately $535 million. The Series B Capital owned by the Time Warner General Partners may be increased if certain operating performance targets are achieved over a five-year period ending on December 31,

F-36

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

1996 and a ten-year period ending on December 31, 2001. Although satisfaction of the ten-year operating performance target is indeterminable at this time, the five-year target was not attained.

TWE reported net income of $210 million, $73 million and $161 million in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, no portion of which was allocated to the limited partners. Time Warner did not recognize a gain when TWE was capitalized. TWE recorded the assets contributed by the Time Warner General Partners at Time Warner's historical cost. The excess of the Time Warner General Partners' interests in the net assets of TWE over the net book value of their investment in TWE is being amortized to income over a twenty-year period.

U S WEST has an option to obtain up to an additional 6.33% of Series A Capital and Residual Capital interests, depending on cable operating performance. The option is exercisable between January 1, 1999 and on or about May 31, 2005 at a maximum exercise price of $1.25 billion to $1.8 billion, depending on the year of exercise. Either U S WEST or TWE may elect that the exercise price be paid with partnership interests rather than cash.

Each Time Warner General Partner has guaranteed a pro rata portion of approximately $5.4 billion of TWE's debt and accrued interest at December 31, 1996, based on the relative fair value of the net assets each Time Warner General Partner contributed to TWE. Such indebtedness is recourse to each Time Warner General Partner only to the extent of its guarantee. In addition to their interests in TWE and the other Entertainment Group companies, the assets of the Time Warner General Partners include a 10.6% interest in TBS, a 10.2% interest in Old Time Warner, 18.1 million common shares of Hasbro, Inc. and substantially all the assets of Time Warner's music business. There are no restrictions on the ability of the Time Warner General Partner guarantors to transfer assets, other than TWE assets, to parties that are not guarantors.

Set forth below is summarized financial information of the Entertainment Group, which reflects the formation by TWE of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership effective as of April 1, 1995 (Note 2), the deconsolidation of Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995 and the consolidation of Paragon effective as of July 6, 1995.

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT GROUP

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       ---------------------------
                                                                                        1996       1995      1994
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)
OPERATING STATEMENT INFORMATION
Revenues............................................................................   $10,861    $9,629    $8,509
Depreciation and amortization.......................................................     1,244     1,060       959
Business segment operating income...................................................     1,090       992       852
Interest and other, net.............................................................       524       539       616
Minority interest...................................................................       207       133        --
Income before income taxes..........................................................       290       256       176
Income before extraordinary item....................................................       220       170       136
Net income..........................................................................       220       146       136

F-37

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     -----------------------------
                                                                                      1996       1995       1994
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
                                                                                              (MILLIONS)

CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash provided by operations.......................................................   $ 1,912    $ 1,495    $ 1,341
Capital expenditures..............................................................    (1,719)    (1,653)    (1,235)
Investments and acquisitions......................................................      (146)      (217)      (186)
Investment proceeds...............................................................       612      1,120         51
Loan to Time Warner...............................................................        --         --       (400)
Borrowings........................................................................       215      2,484      1,001
Debt repayments...................................................................      (716)    (3,596)      (953)
Collections on note receivable from U S WEST......................................       169        602        234
Capital distributions.............................................................      (228)    (1,063)      (120)
Other financing activities, net...................................................       (92)       (34)        --
Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents.......................................         7       (862)      (267)

                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                              -------------------
                                                                                               1996        1995
                                                                                              -------     -------
                                                                                                  (MILLIONS)

BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
Cash and equivalents.......................................................................   $   216     $   209
Total current assets.......................................................................     3,147       2,909
Total assets...............................................................................    20,027      18,960
Total current liabilities..................................................................     4,092       3,230
Long-term debt.............................................................................     5,676       6,137
Minority interests.........................................................................     1,020         726
Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital, consisting of $1.364 billion Contributed
  Capital plus an undistributed priority return............................................     1,543       1,426
Partners' capital..........................................................................     6,681       6,576

The assets and cash flows of TWE are restricted by the TWE partnership and credit agreements and are unavailable for use by the partners except through the payment of certain fees, reimbursements, cash distributions and loans, which are subject to limitations. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Time Warner General Partners had recorded $93 million and $122 million, respectively, of stock option related distributions due from TWE, based on closing prices of Time Warner common stock of $37.50 and $37.875, respectively. Time Warner is paid when the options are exercised. The Time Warner General Partners also receive tax-related distributions from TWE. The payment of such distributions was previously subject to restrictions until July 1995 and is now made to the Time Warner General Partners on a current basis. During 1996, the Time Warner General Partners received distributions from TWE in the amount of $228 million, consisting of $215 million of tax-related distributions and $13 million of stock option related distributions. During 1995, the Time Warner General Partners received net distributions from TWE in the amount of $1.063 billion, consisting of $366 million of TWE partnership income allocated to the Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital interest, $680 million of tax-related distributions and $17 million of stock option related distributions. During 1994, the Time Warner General Partners received net distributions from TWE in the amount of $120 million, consisting of $115 million of tax-related distributions and $5 million of stock option related distributions. In addition to the tax, stock option and Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital distributions, TWE may make other distributions, generally depending on excess cash and credit agreement limitations. The Time Warner General

F-38

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Partners' full share of such distributions may be deferred if the limited partners do not receive certain threshold amounts by certain dates.

On June 23, 1995, TWE sold 51% of its interest in Six Flags to an investment group led by Boston Ventures for $204 million and received $640 million in additional proceeds from Six Flags, representing payment of certain intercompany indebtedness and licensing fees. As a result of the transaction, Six Flags has been deconsolidated and TWE's remaining 49% interest in Six Flags is now accounted for under the equity method of accounting. TWE reduced debt by approximately $850 million in connection with the transaction, and a portion of the income on the transaction has been deferred by TWE principally as a result of its guarantee of certain third-party, zero-coupon indebtedness of Six Flags due in 1999.

4. OTHER INVESTMENTS

Time Warner's other investments consist of:

                                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                  ----------------
                                                                                                   1996      1995
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                     (MILLIONS)

Equity method investments(1)...................................................................   $1,392    $1,898
Market value method investments................................................................      401       375
Cost method investments........................................................................      126       116
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Total..........................................................................................   $1,919    $2,389
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                  ------    ------


(1) Equity method investments at December 31, 1995 included Time Warner's investment in TBS which was carried at $541 million. On October 10, 1996, Time Warner consolidated its investment in TBS as a result of its acquisition of the remaining interest in TBS that it did not already own (Note 2).

Market value method investments include 18.1 million shares of common stock of Hasbro, Inc. ('Hasbro'). Notwithstanding the market value per share, such shares can be used, at Time Warner's option, to fully satisfy either its obligations with respect to the zero coupon exchangeable notes due 2012 (Note 6) or the Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a subsidiary due 1997 (Note 9). Because the issuance of the mandatorily redeemable preferred securities provides Time Warner with protection against the risk of depreciation of the market price of Hasbro common stock and the zero coupon exchangeable notes limit Time Warner's ability to share in the appreciation of the market price of Hasbro common stock, the combination thereof has effectively monetized Time Warner's investment in Hasbro.

In addition to TWE and its equity investees, companies accounted for using the equity method include: Cinamerica Theatres, L.P. (50% owned) and The Columbia House Company partnerships (50% owned), other

F-39

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

music joint ventures (generally 50% owned) and in 1995 and 1994 only, TBS (20% owned). A summary of combined financial information as reported by the equity investees of Time Warner is set forth below:

                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                                      1996       1995       1994
                                                                                     ------     ------     ------
                                                                                              (MILLIONS)

Revenues..........................................................................   $1,773     $5,123     $4,444
Depreciation and amortization.....................................................       29        219        182
Operating income..................................................................      173        547        584
Income before extraordinary items and cumulative effect
  of a change in accounting principle.............................................       61        188        281
Net income........................................................................       61        188        256
Current assets....................................................................    1,002      2,272      2,113
Total assets......................................................................    1,616      5,851      5,194
Current liabilities...............................................................      517      1,318      1,136
Long-term debt....................................................................    1,360      3,826      3,730
Total liabilities.................................................................    1,999      5,886      5,423
Total shareholders' deficit or partners' capital..................................     (383)       (35)      (229)

5. INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of:

                                                                          DECEMBER 31, 1996        DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------
                                                                        CURRENT    NONCURRENT    CURRENT    NONCURRENT
                                                                        -------    ----------    -------    ----------
                                                                                          (MILLIONS)

Film costs:
     Released, less amortization.....................................    $ 209       $  142       $  --       $   --
     Completed and not released......................................       54           --          --           --
     In process and other............................................       24          251          --           --
     Library, less amortization......................................       --        1,116          --           --
Programming costs, less amortization.................................      213          189          --           --
Magazines, books and recorded music..................................      441           --         443           --
                                                                        -------    ----------    -------    ----------
Total................................................................    $ 941       $1,698       $ 443       $   --
                                                                        -------    ----------    -------    ----------
                                                                        -------    ----------    -------    ----------

The increase in film and programming costs resulted from the acquisition of TBS effective as of October 10, 1996. Excluding the Library, the total cost incurred in the production of theatrical and television films since such date amounted to $339 million in 1996, and the total cost amortized amounted to $239 million. Excluding the Library, the unamortized cost of completed films at December 31, 1996 amounted to $405 million, more than 90% of which is expected to be amortized within three years after release.

F-40

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

6. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of:

                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                               ------------------
                                                                                                1996       1995
                                                                                               -------    -------
                                                                                                   (MILLIONS)
Old Time Warner(1):
7.45% Notes due February 1, 1998............................................................   $   500    $   500
7.95% Notes due February 1, 2000............................................................       500        500
Floating rate notes due August 15, 2000 (6.5% and 6.8%).....................................       454        454
7.975% Notes due August 15, 2004............................................................       272        272
7.75% Notes due June 15, 2005...............................................................       497        497
8.11% Debentures due August 15, 2006........................................................       545        545
8.18% Debentures due August 15, 2007........................................................       545        545
7.48% Debentures due January 15, 2008.......................................................       166         --
Zero coupon exchangeable notes due December 17, 2012 (6.25% yield)..........................       618        581
Zero coupon convertible notes due June 22, 2013 (5% yield)..................................     1,070      1,019
9.125% Debentures due January 15, 2013......................................................     1,000      1,000
8.75% Convertible subordinated debentures due January 10, 2015..............................        --      1,226
8.05% Debentures due January 15, 2016.......................................................       150         --
8.75% Debentures due April 1, 2017..........................................................        --        248
9.15% Debentures due January 15, 2023.......................................................     1,000      1,000
6.85% Debentures due January 15, 2026.......................................................       400         --
8.30% Discount Debentures due January 15, 2036..............................................        37         --
Debt due to TWE (6.7% and 6.8%).............................................................       400        400

TBS(1):
TBS Credit Agreements (7.0%)................................................................       677         --
7.4% Senior Notes due February 1, 2004......................................................       250         --
Zero coupon subordinated convertible notes due February 13, 2007 (7.25% yield)..............       283         --
8.375% Senior Notes due July 1, 2013........................................................       297         --
8.4% Senior Debentures due February 1, 2024.................................................       200         --

TWI Cable:
1995 Credit Agreement (6.5% and 6.8%).......................................................     2,530      1,265
10.75% Senior Notes due January 30, 2002....................................................       300         --
10.5% Debentures due April 15, 2005.........................................................       140        140
9.25% Senior Debentures due April 1, 2008...................................................       200         --

Other.......................................................................................        82        115
                                                                                               -------    -------
Subtotal....................................................................................    13,113     10,307
Reclassification of debt due to TWE to amounts due to the Entertainment Group...............      (400)      (400)
                                                                                               -------    -------
Total.......................................................................................   $12,713    $ 9,907
                                                                                               -------    -------
                                                                                               -------    -------


(1) New Time Warner has guaranteed all such indebtedness of Old Time Warner and TBS, except for debt due to TWE and borrowings under the TBS Credit Agreements. New Time Warner has not guaranteed any indebtedness of TWI Cable.

F-41

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

DEBT REFINANCINGS

During the past two years and in early 1997, in response to favorable market conditions and in connection with certain acquisitions, Time Warner entered into a series of financing transactions which has resulted in the refinancing of approximately $6.4 billion of debt and the reduction of an additional $2.5 billion of debt, as more fully described below. The debt refinancings have had the positive effect of lowering interest rates, staggering debt maturities and, with respect to the redemption of its 8.75% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2015 (the '8.75% Convertible Debentures') and TBS's zero coupon subordinated notes due February 13, 2007 (the 'TBS Convertible Notes'), eliminating the potential dilution from the conversion of such securities into 52.2 million shares of common stock. In turn, the reduction in debt, using proceeds raised from the issuance of certain preferred equity securities, has partially offset the assumption or incurrence of $6.1 billion of debt in connection with the Cable Acquisitions and the TBS Transaction.

During the first quarter of 1997, Time Warner entered into a number of financing transactions, which resulted in the refinancing of approximately $600 million of debt. Time Warner redeemed $300 million principal amount of 10.75% Senior Notes due January 30, 2002 of TWI Cable Inc. ('TWI Cable'), its wholly owned subsidiary, and approximately $283 million accreted amount of TBS Convertible Notes at an aggregate redemption price of approximately $600 million, including redemption premiums and accrued interest thereon (collectively, the '1997 Debt Redemptions'). Time Warner also issued $600 million principal amount of Floating Rate Reset Notes due December 30, 2031 (the 'Floating Rate Reset Notes'). The Floating Rate Reset Notes bear interest at a floating rate equal to LIBOR less 25 basis points until December 30, 2001, at which time the interest rate will be reset at a fixed rate equal to 6.59% plus a margin based upon Time Warner's credit risk at such time. The Floating Rate Reset Notes are redeemable at the election of the holders, in whole but not in part, on December 30, 2001.

In October 1996, Time Warner assumed approximately $2.8 billion of indebtedness in connection with the TBS Transaction, of which approximately $1.1 billion was subsequently repaid during 1996 principally using proceeds from additional borrowings under the 1995 Credit Agreement (as defined below).

In April 1996, Time Warner raised approximately $1.55 billion of net proceeds in a private placement of 10 1/4% exchangeable preferred stock (Note 10). The proceeds were used by Time Warner to redeem $250 million principal amount of 8.75% Debentures due April 1, 2017 (the '8.75% Non-Convertible Debentures' and when taken together with the 8.75% Convertible Debentures, the '8.75% Debentures') for approximately $265 million in May 1996 (including redemption premiums and accrued interest thereon), and to reduce bank debt of TWI Cable by approximately $1.3 billion.

In February 1996, Time Warner redeemed its remaining $1.2 billion principal amount of 8.75% Convertible Debentures for $1.28 billion, including redemption premiums and accrued interest thereon. The redemption was financed with (1) proceeds raised from a $575 million issuance in December 1995 of Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a subsidiary and (2) $750 million of proceeds raised from the issuance in January 1996 of (i) $400 million principal amount of 6.85% debentures due 2026, which are redeemable at the option of the holders thereof in 2003, (ii) $200 million principal amount of 8.3% discount debentures due 2036, which do not pay cash interest until 2016,
(iii) $166 million principal amount of 7.48% debentures due 2008 and (iv) $150 million principal amount of 8.05% debentures due 2016. Time Warner had previously redeemed approximately $1 billion principal amount of 8.75% Convertible Debentures for $1.06 billion (including redemption premiums and accrued interest) in September 1995 using proceeds raised from (a) a $500 million issuance in June 1995 of 7.75% ten-year notes, (b) a $374 million issuance in August 1995 of Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a subsidiary and (c) available cash and equivalents. See Note 9 for a description of the mandatorily redeemable preferred securities issued in connection with such redemptions.

F-42

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

In January 1996, in connection with its acquisition of CVI, subsidiaries of Time Warner assumed $500 million of public notes and debentures of CVI and borrowed $1.5 billion under the 1995 Credit Agreement (as defined below) to refinance a like-amount of other indebtedness assumed or incurred in such acquisition.

In August 1995, Time Warner redeemed all of its $1.8 billion principal amount of outstanding Redeemable Reset Notes due August 15, 2002 (the 'Reset Notes') in exchange for new securities, consisting of approximately $454 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Notes due August 15, 2000, approximately $272 million aggregate principal amount of 7.975% Notes due August 15, 2004, approximately $545 million aggregate principal amount of 8.11% Debentures due August 15, 2006, and approximately $545 million aggregate principal amount of 8.18% Debentures due August 15, 2007.

In July 1995, TWI Cable borrowed approximately $1.2 billion under the 1995 Credit Agreement to refinance certain indebtedness assumed or incurred in the acquisition of KBLCOM.

In June 1995, TWI Cable, TWE and the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership executed a five-year revolving credit facility (the '1995 Credit Agreement'). The 1995 Credit Agreement enabled such entities to refinance certain indebtedness assumed in the cable acquisitions, to refinance TWE's indebtedness under a pre-existing bank credit agreement and to finance the ongoing working capital, capital expenditure and other corporate needs of each borrower.

An extraordinary loss of $17 million was recognized by Time Warner in the first quarter of 1997 in connection with the 1997 Debt Redemptions. An extraordinary loss of $35 million was recognized in 1996 in connection with Time Warner's redemption of the 8.75% Debentures. An extraordinary loss of $42 million was recognized in 1995 in connection with Time Warner's partial redemption of the 8.75% Convertible Debentures and the write-off by TWE of deferred financing costs related to its former bank credit agreement that was terminated.

ZERO COUPON NOTES

Time Warner's zero coupon notes do not pay interest until maturity. The zero coupon exchangeable notes due December 17, 2012 are exchangeable at any time by the holders into an aggregate of 18.1 million shares of common stock of Hasbro at the rate of 10.9515 shares for each $1,000 principal amount of notes, subject to Time Warner's right to pay in whole or in part with cash instead of Hasbro common stock. The terms of these notes have been adjusted for a 3-for-2 stock split of Hasbro common stock that occurred in March 1997 (the 'Hasbro Stock Split'). Time Warner can elect to redeem the notes any time after December 17, 1997, and holders can elect to have the notes redeemed prior thereto in the event of a change of control, at the issue price plus accrued interest. Holders also can elect to have the notes redeemed at the issue price plus accrued interest on December 17, 1997, 2002 and 2007, subject to Time Warner's right to pay in whole or in part with Hasbro common stock instead of cash. The equivalent conversion price of Hasbro common stock at the first date of redemption is $36.27 per share, and will be adjusted thereafter in proportion to changes in the accrued original issue discount of each note. The 18.1 million shares of Hasbro common stock owned by Time Warner can be used by the Company, at its election, to satisfy its obligations under such notes or its obligations under certain mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a subsidiary (Note 9). Unamortized original issue discount on the zero coupon exchangeable notes due 2012 was $1.033 billion and $1.070 billion at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

The zero coupon convertible notes due June 22, 2013 are convertible at any time by the holders into an aggregate of 18.7 million shares of Time Warner common stock at the rate of 7.759 shares for each $1,000 principal amount of notes. Time Warner can elect to redeem the notes any time after June 22, 1998, and holders can elect to have the notes redeemed prior thereto in the event of a change in control, at the issue price plus accrued interest. Holders also can elect to have the notes redeemed at the issue price plus accrued interest on June 22, 1998, 2003 and 2008, subject to Time Warner's right to pay in whole or in part with Time Warner

F-43

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

common stock instead of cash. The equivalent conversion price of Time Warner common stock at the first date of redemption is $61.44 per share, and will be adjusted thereafter in proportion to changes in the accrued original issue discount of each note. Unamortized original issue discount on the zero coupon convertible notes due 2013 was $1.345 billion and $1.396 billion at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

BANK CREDIT FACILITIES

The 1995 Credit Agreement permits borrowings in an aggregate amount of up to $8.3 billion, with no scheduled reductions in credit availability prior to maturity in June 2000. Borrowings are limited to $4 billion in the case of TWI Cable, $5 billion in the case of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership and $8.3 billion in the case of TWE, subject in each case to certain limitations and adjustments. Such borrowings bear interest at specific rates for each of the three borrowers, generally equal to LIBOR plus a margin initially ranging from 50 to 87.5 basis points, which margin will vary based on the credit rating or financial leverage of the applicable borrower. Unused credit is available for general business purposes and to support any commercial paper borrowings. Each borrower is required to pay a commitment fee initially ranging from .2% to .35% per annum on the unused portion of its commitment. TWI Cable may also be required to pay an annual facility fee equal to .1875% of the entire amount of its commitment, depending on the level of its financial leverage in any given year. The 1995 Credit Agreement contains certain covenants for each borrower relating to, among other things, additional indebtedness; liens on assets; cash flow coverage and leverage ratios; and loans, advances, distributions and other cash payments or transfers of assets from the borrowers to their respective partners or affiliates.

In connection with the TBS Transaction, Time Warner assumed approximately $1.7 billion of debt under two separate revolving credit facilities of TBS (the 'TBS Credit Agreements'). The TBS Credit Agreements permit borrowings by TBS in an aggregate amount of up to $2 billion. Borrowing availability under the TBS Credit Agreements is scheduled to be reduced by $100 million for each calendar quarter in 1998 and thereafter, by $200 million per quarter until December 31, 2000, at which time the TBS Credit Agreements expire. Borrowings under the TBS Credit Agreements bear interest at rates generally equal to LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 50 to 150 basis points, which margin will vary based on a measure of TBS's financial leverage. Unused credit is available for general business purposes. TBS is required to pay commitment fees of .375% on the unused portion of its commitments. The TBS Credit Agreements contain certain covenants for TBS relating to, among other things, additional indebtedness; liens on assets; guarantees; dispositions and acquisitions; cash flow coverage and leverage ratios; and loans, advances, distributions and other cash payments or transfers of assets from TBS to Time Warner or its affiliates.

Principally as a result of the restrictions under the 1995 Credit Agreement and the TBS Credit Agreements, restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiaries of Time Warner amounted to approximately $8.7 billion at December 31, 1996.

TIME WARNER-TWE CREDIT AGREEMENT

Time Warner and TWE entered into a credit agreement in 1994 that allows Time Warner to borrow up to $400 million from TWE through September 15, 2000. Outstanding borrowings from TWE bear interest at LIBOR plus 1% per annum. Time Warner borrowed $400 million in 1994 under the credit agreement, and used the proceeds therefrom principally to repay certain of its notes at their maturity. In addition, each Time Warner General Partner has guaranteed a pro rata portion of approximately $5.4 billion of TWE's debt and accrued interest at December 31, 1996, as more fully described in Note 3.

F-44

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

INTEREST EXPENSE AND MATURITIES

At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had interest rate swap contracts to pay floating-rates of interest and receive fixed-rates of interest on $2.3 billion notional amount of indebtedness, which resulted in approximately 47% of Time Warner's underlying debt being subject to variable interest rates (Note 14).

Interest expense amounted to $968 million in 1996, $877 million in 1995 and $769 million in 1994, including $26 million in 1996, $28 million in 1995 and $12 million in 1994 which was paid to TWE in connection with borrowings under Time Warner's $400 million credit agreement with TWE. The weighted average interest rate on Time Warner's total debt, including the effect of interest rate swap contracts, was 7.5% and 7.9% at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Annual repayments of long-term debt for the five years subsequent to December 31, 1996 consist of $500 million due in 1998 and $4.161 billion due in 2000. Such repayments exclude the aggregate repurchase or redemption prices of $656 million in 1997 and $1.151 billion in 1998 relating to the zero coupon exchangeable notes and zero coupon convertible notes, respectively, in the years in which the holders of such debt may first exercise their redemption options.

7. BORROWINGS AGAINST FUTURE STOCK OPTION PROCEEDS

In connection with Time Warner's common stock repurchase program (Note 11), Time Warner entered into a five-year, $750 million revolving credit facility (the 'Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility') in May 1996. Borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility are principally used to fund stock repurchases and approximately $200 million of preferred dividend requirements on Time Warner's Series G, H, I and J Preferred Stock. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had borrowed $488 million under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility.

The Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility initially provided for borrowings of up to $750 million, of which up to $100 million is reserved solely for the payment of interest and fees thereunder. Borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility generally bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin equal to 75 basis points and are principally expected to be repaid from the cash proceeds received from the exercise of designated employee stock options. The receipt of such stock option proceeds permanently reduces the borrowing availability under the facility, which has been reduced to approximately $715 million as of December 31, 1996. At December 31, 1996, based on a closing market price of Time Warner common stock of $37.50, the aggregate value of potential proceeds to Time Warner from the exercise of outstanding vested, 'in the money' stock options covered under the facility was approximately $1.5 billion, representing a 2.1 to 1 coverage ratio over the related borrowing availability. To the extent that such stock option proceeds are not sufficient to satisfy Time Warner's obligations under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility, Time Warner is generally required to repay such borrowings using proceeds from the sale of shares of its common stock held in escrow under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility or, at Time Warner's election, using available cash on hand. In addition, as a result of Time Warner's commitment to use the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility to fund approximately $200 million of preferred dividend requirements on its Series G, H, I and J Preferred Stock, Time Warner has also supplementally agreed to place in escrow an amount of cash equal to the excess of the unpaid preferred dividend requirements on such series of convertible preferred stock over the borrowing availability under the facility at any time. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had placed $62 million of cash and 36 million shares in escrow under these arrangements, which shares are not considered to be issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company. Time Warner may be required, from time to time, to have up to 52.5 million shares held in escrow.

F-45

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

8. INCOME TAXES

Domestic and foreign pretax income (loss) are as follows:

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                                         1996      1995      1994
                                                                                         -----     -----     ----
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)

Domestic..............................................................................   $(193)    $(203)    $(78)
Foreign...............................................................................     197       205      167
                                                                                         -----     -----     ----
Total.................................................................................   $   4     $   2     $ 89
                                                                                         -----     -----     ----
                                                                                         -----     -----     ----

Current and deferred income taxes (tax benefits) provided are as follows:

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                                         1996      1995      1994
                                                                                         -----     -----     ----
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
Federal:
     Current(1).......................................................................   $  50     $  42     $ 66
     Deferred.........................................................................    (143)     (167)     (81)
Foreign:
     Current(2).......................................................................     230       215      194
     Deferred.........................................................................     (16)        8      (45)
State and Local:
     Current..........................................................................      89        78       79
     Deferred.........................................................................     (50)      (50)     (33)
                                                                                         -----     -----     ----
Total.................................................................................   $ 160     $ 126     $180
                                                                                         -----     -----     ----
                                                                                         -----     -----     ----


(1) Includes utilization of tax carryforwards of $77 million in 1996, $101 million in 1995 and $48 million in 1994. Excludes current tax benefits of $16 million in 1996, $9 million in 1995 and $11 million in 1994 resulting from the exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock awards, which were credited directly to paid-in-capital, and current tax benefits of $4 million in 1996 and $3 million in 1995 resulting from the retirement of debt, which reduced the extraordinary losses in such years.
(2) Includes foreign withholding taxes of $101 million in 1996, $102 million in 1995 and $74 million in 1994.

The differences between income taxes expected at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and income taxes provided are as set forth below. The relationship between income before income taxes and income tax expense is most affected by the amortization of goodwill and certain other financial statement expenses that are not deductible for income tax purposes.

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ------------------------
                                                                                         1996     1995     1994
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)

Taxes on income at U.S. federal statutory rate........................................   $  2     $  1     $ 31
State and local taxes, net............................................................     26       18       30
Nondeductible goodwill amortization...................................................    131      100       97
Other nondeductible expenses..........................................................     10       10       10
Foreign income taxed at different rates, net of U.S. foreign tax credits..............      4        3        1
Other.................................................................................    (13)      (6)      11
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
Total.................................................................................   $160     $126     $180
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----

F-46

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Significant components of Time Warner's net deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

                                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                  ----------------
                                                                                                   1996      1995
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                     (MILLIONS)

Assets acquired in business combinations.......................................................   $3,788    $2,963
Depreciation and amortization..................................................................      912       829
Unrealized appreciation of certain marketable securities.......................................       91        81
Other..........................................................................................      463       390
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Deferred tax liabilities.......................................................................    5,254     4,263
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Tax carryforwards..............................................................................      458       296
Accrued liabilities............................................................................      322       228
Receivable allowances and return reserves......................................................      222       211
Other..........................................................................................      170       108
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Deferred tax assets............................................................................    1,172       843
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Net deferred tax liabilities...................................................................   $4,082    $3,420
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                  ------    ------

U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes have not been recorded on permanently reinvested earnings of foreign subsidiaries aggregating approximately $860 million at December 31, 1996. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability with respect to such earnings is not practicable. If such earnings are repatriated, additional U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes are substantially expected to be offset by the accompanying foreign tax credits.

U.S. federal tax carryforwards at December 31, 1996 consisted of $752 million of net operating losses, $37 million of foreign tax credits, $106 million of investment tax credits and $52 million of alternative minimum tax credits. The utilization of certain carryforwards is subject to limitations under U.S. federal income tax laws. Except for the alternative minimum tax credits which do not expire, the other U.S. federal tax carryforwards expire in varying amounts as follows for income tax reporting purposes:

                                                                                              CARRYFORWARDS
                                                                                    ----------------------------------
                                                                                       NET       INVESTMENT    FOREIGN
                                                                                    OPERATING       TAX          TAX
                                                                                     LOSSES       CREDITS      CREDITS
                                                                                    ---------    ----------    -------
                                                                                                 (MILLIONS)
1997.............................................................................     $   3         $  9         $ 7
1998.............................................................................         5            7          15
1999.............................................................................         5            6          --
2000.............................................................................         8            3          15
Thereafter up to 2008............................................................       731           81          --
                                                                                    ---------    ----------    -------
                                                                                      $ 752         $106         $37
                                                                                    ---------    ----------    -------
                                                                                    ---------    ----------    -------

9. MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SECURITIES

In August 1995, Time Warner issued approximately 12.1 million Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a wholly owned subsidiary ('PERCS') for aggregate gross proceeds of $374 million. The sole assets of the subsidiary that is the obligor on the PERCS are $385 million principal amount of 4% subordinated notes of Old Time Warner due December 23, 1997. Cumulative cash distributions are payable on the PERCS at an annual rate of 4%. The PERCS are mandatorily redeemable on December 23, 1997, for an

F-47

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

amount per PERCS equal to the lesser of $54.41, and the market value of 1.5 shares of common stock of Hasbro on December 17, 1997 (as adjusted for the Hasbro Stock Split), payable in cash or, at Time Warner's option, Hasbro common stock. Time Warner has the right to redeem the PERCS at any time prior to December 23, 1997, at an amount per PERCS equal to $54.41 (or in certain limited circumstances the lesser of such amount and the market value of 1.5 shares of Hasbro common stock at the time of redemption) plus accrued and unpaid distributions thereon and a declining premium, payable in cash or, at Time Warner's option, Hasbro common stock.

In December 1995, Time Warner issued approximately 23 million Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a wholly owned subsidiary ('Preferred Trust Securities') for aggregate gross proceeds of $575 million. The sole assets of the subsidiary that is the obligor on the Preferred Trust Securities are $592 million principal amount of 8 7/8% subordinated debentures of Old Time Warner due December 31, 2025. Cumulative cash distributions are payable on the Preferred Trust Securities at an annual rate of 8 7/8%. The Preferred Trust Securities are mandatorily redeemable for cash on December 31, 2025, and Time Warner has the right to redeem the Preferred Trust Securities, in whole or in part, on or after December 31, 2000, or in other certain circumstances, in each case at an amount per Preferred Trust Security equal to $25 plus accrued and unpaid distributions thereon.

Time Warner has certain obligations relating to the PERCS and the Preferred Trust Securities which amount to a full and unconditional guaranty (on a subordinated basis) of each subsidiary's obligations with respect thereto.

10. SERIES M EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK

In April 1996, Time Warner raised approximately $1.55 billion of net proceeds in a private placement of 1.6 million shares of 10 1/4% exchangeable preferred stock. This issuance allowed the Company to realize cash proceeds through a security whose payment terms are principally linked (until a reorganization of TWE occurs, if any) to a portion of Time Warner's currently noncash-generating interest in the Series B Capital of TWE. The proceeds raised from this transaction were used by Time Warner to reduce debt. As part of the TBS Transaction, these preferred shares were converted into registered shares of Series M exchangeable preferred stock with substantially identical terms ('Series M Preferred Stock').

Each share of Series M Preferred Stock is entitled to a liquidation preference of $1,000 and entitles the holder thereof to receive cumulative dividends at the rate of 10 1/4% per annum, payable quarterly (1) in cash, to the extent of an amount equal to the Pro Rata Percentage (as defined below) multiplied by the amount of cash distributions received by Time Warner from TWE with respect to its interests in the Series B Capital and Residual Capital of TWE, excluding stock option related distributions and certain tax related distributions (collectively, 'Eligible TWE Cash Distributions'), or (2) to the extent of any balance, at Time Warner's option, (i) in cash or (ii) in-kind, through the issuance of additional shares of Series M Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation preference equal to the amount of such dividends. The 'Pro Rata Percentage' is equal to the ratio of (1) the aggregate liquidation preference of the outstanding shares of Series M Preferred Stock, including any accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, to (2) Time Warner's total interest in the Series B Capital of TWE, including any undistributed priority capital return thereon. Because cash distributions to Time Warner with respect to its interests in the Series B Capital and Residual Capital of TWE are generally restricted until June 30, 1998 and are subject to additional limitations thereafter under the TWE partnership agreement, Time Warner does not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Series M Preferred Stock may be redeemed at the option of Time Warner, in whole or in part, on or after July 1, 2006, subject to certain conditions, at an amount per share equal to its liquidation preference plus accumulated and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, and a declining premium through July 1, 2010 (the 'Optional Redemption Price'). Time Warner is required to redeem shares of Series M Preferred Stock

F-48

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

representing up to 20%, 25%, 33 1/3% and 50% of the then outstanding liquidation preference of the Series M Preferred Stock on July 1 of 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, at an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation preference of the number of shares to be redeemed plus accumulated and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (the 'Mandatory Redemption Price'). Total payments in respect of such mandatory redemption obligations on any redemption date are limited to an amount equal to the Pro Rata Percentage of any cash distributions received by Time Warner from TWE in the preceding year in connection with the redemption of Time Warner's interest in the Series B Capital of TWE and in connection with certain cash distributions related to Time Warner's interest in the Residual Capital of TWE. The redemption of the Series B Capital of TWE is scheduled to occur ratably over a five-year period commencing on June 30, 2011. Time Warner is required to redeem any remaining outstanding shares of Series M Preferred Stock on July 1, 2016 at the Mandatory Redemption Price; however, in the event that Time Warner's interest in the Series B Capital of TWE has not been redeemed in full prior to such final mandatory redemption date, payments in respect of the final mandatory redemption obligation of the Series M Preferred Stock in 2016 will be limited to an amount equal to the lesser of the Mandatory Redemption Price and an amount equal to the Pro Rata Percentage of the fair market value of TWE (net of taxes) attributable to Time Warner's interests in the Series B Capital and Residual Capital of TWE.

Upon a reorganization of TWE, as defined in the related certificate of designation, Time Warner must elect either to (1) exchange each outstanding share of Series M Preferred Stock for shares of a new series of 10 1/4% exchangeable preferred stock ('Series L Preferred Stock') or (2) subject to certain conditions, redeem the outstanding shares of Series M Preferred Stock at an amount per share equal to 110% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus accumulated and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon or, after July 1, 2006, at the Optional Redemption Price. The Series L Preferred Stock has terms similar to those of the Series M Preferred Stock, except that (i) Time Warner may only pay dividends in-kind until June 30, 2006, (ii) Time Warner is required to redeem the outstanding shares of Series L Preferred Stock on July 1, 2011 at an amount per share equal to the liquidation preference thereof, plus accumulated and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon and (iii) Time Warner has the option to exchange, in whole but not in part, subject to certain conditions, the outstanding shares of Series L Preferred Stock for Time Warner 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Debentures due July 1, 2011 (the 'Senior Subordinated Debentures') having a principal amount equal to the liquidation preference of the Series L Preferred Stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. Interest on the Senior Subordinated Debentures is payable in cash or, at Time Warner's option through June 30, 2006, in-kind through the issuance of additional Senior Subordinated Debentures with a principal amount equal to such interest. The Senior Subordinated Debentures may be redeemed at the option of Time Warner, in whole or in part, on or after July 1, 2006, subject to certain conditions, at an amount per debenture equal to its principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, and a declining premium through July 1, 2010.

11. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Shareholders' equity of Time Warner at December 31, 1996 included 35.6 million shares of convertible preferred stock, 50.6 million shares of LMCN-V Class Common Stock and 508.4 million shares of common stock (net of 50 million shares of common stock in treasury). At February 28, 1997, there were approximately 26,000 holders of record of Time Warner common stock. This total does not include the large number of investors who hold such shares through banks, brokers or other fiduciaries.

In April 1996, Time Warner's Board of Directors authorized a program to repurchase, from time to time, up to 15 million shares of Time Warner common stock. The common stock repurchased under the program is expected to be used to satisfy future share issuances related to the exercise of existing employee stock options. Actual repurchases in any period will be subject to market conditions. As of December 31, 1996, Time Warner had acquired approximately 11.4 million shares of its common stock for an aggregate cost of $456 million. Such repurchases were principally funded with borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility (Note 7).

F-49

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

During 1996 and 1995, Time Warner issued approximately 35.6 million shares of convertible preferred stock in connection with the ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction and its acquisitions of KBLCOM, Summit and CVI. Set forth below is a summary of the principal terms of Time Warner's outstanding issues of preferred stock:

                                                                NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                                OF COMMON STOCK     EFFECTIVE   EARLIEST     EARLIEST
                                                   SHARES        ISSUABLE UPON      ISSUANCE    EXCHANGE    REDEMPTION
DESCRIPTION                                      OUTSTANDING      CONVERSION         DATE        DATE         DATE
- ----------------------------------------------   -----------    ----------------    --------    --------    ----------
                                                 (MILLIONS)         (MILLIONS)

Series D Preferred Stock......................       11.0             22.9           7/6/95      7/6/99        7/6/00
Series E Preferred Stock......................        3.3              6.8           1/4/96      1/4/01        1/4/01
Series F Preferred Stock......................        3.0              6.4           1/4/96      1/4/00        1/4/01
Series G Preferred Stock......................        6.2             12.9           9/5/95      9/5/99        9/5/99
Series H Preferred Stock......................        1.8              3.7           9/5/95      9/5/00        9/5/99
Series I Preferred Stock......................        7.0             14.6          10/2/95     10/2/99       10/2/99
Series J Preferred Stock......................        3.3              6.8           5/2/95      5/2/98        5/2/00
                                                    -----            -----
Total shares outstanding at December 31,
  1996........................................       35.6             74.1
                                                    -----            -----
                                                    -----            -----

The principal terms of each series of convertible preferred stock issued in 1996 and 1995 (the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock, the Series G Preferred Stock, the Series H Preferred Stock, the Series I Preferred Stock and the Series J Preferred Stock, and collectively, the 'Convertible Preferred Stock') are similar in nature, unless otherwise noted below. Each share of Convertible Preferred Stock: (1) is entitled to a liquidation preference of $100 per share, (2) is immediately convertible into 2.08264 shares of Time Warner common stock at a conversion price of $48 per share (based on its liquidation value), except that shares of the Series H Preferred Stock are generally not convertible until September 2000,
(3) entitles the holder thereof (i) to receive for a four-year period from the date of issuance (or a five-year period with respect to the Series E and Series J Preferred Stock) an annual dividend per share equal to the greater of $3.75 and an amount equal to the dividends paid on the Time Warner common stock into which each share may be converted and (ii) to the extent that any of such shares of preferred stock remain outstanding at the end of the period in which the minimum $3.75 per share dividend is to be paid, the holders thereafter will receive dividends equal to the dividends paid on shares of Time Warner common stock multiplied by the number of shares into which their shares of preferred stock are convertible and (4) except for the Series H Preferred Stock which is generally not entitled to vote, entitles the holder thereof to vote with the common stockholders on all matters on which the common stockholders are entitled to vote, and each share of such Convertible Preferred Stock is entitled to two votes on any such matter.

Time Warner has the right to exchange each series of Convertible Preferred Stock for Time Warner common stock at the stated conversion price at any time on or after the respective exchange date. The Series J Preferred Stock is exchangeable by the holder beginning after the third year from its date of issuance and by Time Warner after the fourth year at the stated conversion price plus a declining premium in years four and five and no premium thereafter. In addition, Time Warner has the right to redeem each series of Convertible Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, for cash at the liquidation value plus accrued dividends, at any time on or after the respective redemption date.

In June 1996, Time Warner exchanged all outstanding shares of its Series B preferred stock having an aggregate liquidation value of $69 million for approximately 1.7 million shares of Time Warner common stock.

Pursuant to Time Warner's shareholder rights plan, as amended, each share of Time Warner common stock has attached to it one right, which becomes exercisable in certain events involving the acquisition of 15% or more of the then outstanding common stock of Time Warner on a fully-diluted basis. Upon the occurrence of such an event, each right entitles its holder to purchase for $150 the economic equivalent of common stock of

F-50

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Time Warner, or in certain circumstances, of the acquiror, worth twice as much. In connection with the plan, 8 million shares of preferred stock were reserved. The rights expire on January 20, 2004.

At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had reserved approximately 200 million shares of common stock for the conversion of its Convertible Preferred Stock, zero coupon convertible notes and other convertible securities, and for the exercise of outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock.

12. STOCK OPTION PLANS

Time Warner has various stock option plans under which Time Warner may grant options to purchase Time Warner common stock to employees of Time Warner and TWE. Such options have been granted to employees of Time Warner and TWE at, or in excess of, fair market value at the date of grant. Accordingly, in accordance with APB 25 and related interpretations, no compensation cost has been recognized for its stock option plans. Generally, the options become exercisable over a three-year vesting period and expire ten years from the date of grant. Had compensation cost for Time Warner's stock option plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for all awards during 1995 and 1996 under those plans consistent with the method set forth under FASB Statement No. 123, 'Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation' ('FAS 123'), Time Warner's net loss and net loss per common share would have been increased to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                                                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                           1996            1995
                                                                                          ------           -----
                                                                                           (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT
                                                                                            PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
Net loss:
     As reported.......................................................................   $ (191)          $(166)
                                                                                          ------           -----
                                                                                          ------           -----
     Pro forma.........................................................................   $ (216)          $(178)
                                                                                          ------           -----
                                                                                          ------           -----
Net loss per common share:
     As reported.......................................................................   $(1.04)          $(.57)
                                                                                          ------           -----
                                                                                          ------           -----
     Pro forma.........................................................................   $(1.10)          $(.60)
                                                                                          ------           -----
                                                                                          ------           -----

FAS 123 is applicable only to stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 1994. Accordingly, since Time Warner's compensation expense associated with such grants would generally be recognized over a three-year vesting period, the initial impact of applying FAS 123 on pro forma net income is not representative of the potential impact on pro forma net income in future years, when the pro forma effect would be fully reflected.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 1996 and 1995, respectively: dividend yields of 1% in both periods; expected volatility of 21.7% and 22.3%, risk-free interest rates of 6.1% and 7.1%; and expected lives of 5 years in both periods. The weighted average fair value of an option granted during the year was $11.55 ($6.81, net of taxes) and $11.95 ($7.05, net of taxes) for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The weighted average exercise price and fair value of an option granted during the year at prices exceeding the market price of the stock on the date of grant are $52.88 and $8.87 ($5.23, net of taxes), respectively.

F-51

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

A summary of stock option activity under all plans is as follows:

                                                                                                          WEIGHTED-
                                                                                                           AVERAGE
                                                                                             THOUSANDS    EXERCISE
                                                                                             OF SHARES      PRICE
                                                                                             ---------    ---------

Balance at January 1, 1994................................................................     72,954      $ 30.04
Granted...................................................................................      6,071        37.85
Exercised.................................................................................     (1,262)       23.55
Cancelled.................................................................................       (152)       35.24
                                                                                             ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994..............................................................     77,611      $ 30.75

Granted...................................................................................      5,096        38.00
Exercised.................................................................................     (3,721)       27.16
Cancelled.................................................................................       (367)       35.80
                                                                                             ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995..............................................................     78,619      $ 31.36

Granted...................................................................................      9,460        43.30
Exercised.................................................................................     (3,686)       26.91
Assumed in connection with the TBS Transaction............................................     13,713        26.40
Cancelled.................................................................................       (239)       40.83
                                                                                             ---------
Balance at December 31, 1996..............................................................     97,867      $ 31.97
                                                                                             ---------
                                                                                             ---------

                                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                         1996      1995      1994
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                               (THOUSANDS)

Exercisable..........................................................................   82,697    66,242    63,106
Available for future grants..........................................................    8,032     7,884     8,849

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 1996:

                                  OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                   OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                       -----------------------------------------     -------------------------
                                        WEIGHTED-
                                         AVERAGE       WEIGHTED-                     WEIGHTED-
     RANGE OF            NUMBER         REMAINING       AVERAGE        NUMBER         AVERAGE
     EXERCISE          OUTSTANDING     CONTRACTUAL     EXERCISE      EXERCISABLE     EXERCISE
      PRICES           AT 12/31/96        LIFE           PRICE       AT 12/31/96       PRICE
- -------------------    -----------     -----------     ---------     -----------     ---------
                       (THOUSANDS)                                   (THOUSANDS)

     Under $17             2,688         3 years        $ 12.65          2,688        $ 12.65
 $17.00 to $25.00         20,313         4 years        $ 21.26         20,313        $ 21.26
 $25.01 to $35.00         25,873         5 years        $ 29.58         25,568        $ 29.53
 $35.01 to $40.00         35,356         5 years        $ 36.79         29,054        $ 36.59
 $40.01 to $45.00         11,412         8 years        $ 42.08          4,824        $ 42.05
 $45.01 to $63.95          2,225         9 years        $ 52.36            250        $ 48.29
                       -----------                                   -----------
       Total              97,867         5 years        $ 31.97         82,697        $ 30.22
                       -----------                                   -----------
                       -----------                                   -----------

For options exercised by employees of TWE, Time Warner is reimbursed for the amount by which the market value of Time Warner common stock on the exercise date exceeds the exercise price, or the greater of the exercise price or $27.75 for options granted prior to the TWE capitalization on June 30, 1992. There were 30.3 million options held by employees of TWE at December 31, 1996, 22.8 million of which were exercisable.

F-52

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

13. BENEFIT PLANS

Time Warner and its subsidiaries have defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all domestic employees. Pension benefits are based on formulas that reflect the employees' years of service and compensation levels during their employment period. Qualifying plans are funded in accordance with government pension and income tax regulations. Plan assets are invested in equity and fixed income securities. Time Warner's common stock represents approximately 5% and 6% of plan assets at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Pension expense included the following:

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        -------------------------
                                                                                        1996      1995       1994
                                                                                        ----      -----      ----
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)

Service cost.........................................................................   $ 49      $  29      $ 34
Interest cost........................................................................     64         53        50
Actual return on plan assets.........................................................    (90)      (137)       (2)
Net amortization and deferral........................................................     37         89       (45)
                                                                                        ----      -----      ----
Total................................................................................   $ 60      $  34      $ 37
                                                                                        ----      -----      ----
                                                                                        ----      -----      ----

The status of funded pension plans is as follows:

                                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                     1996    1995
                                                                                                     ----    ----
                                                                                                      (MILLIONS)

Accumulated benefit obligation (90% vested).......................................................   $550    $544
Effect of future salary increase..................................................................    210     192
                                                                                                     ----    ----
Projected benefit obligation......................................................................    760     736
Plan assets at fair value.........................................................................    704     643
                                                                                                     ----    ----
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets.............................................    (56)    (93)
Unamortized actuarial losses......................................................................      2      94
Unamortized plan changes..........................................................................      3       2
Other.............................................................................................     (2)    (10)
                                                                                                     ----    ----
Accrued pension expense...........................................................................   $(53)   $ (7)
                                                                                                     ----    ----
                                                                                                     ----    ----

The following assumptions were used in accounting for pension plans:

                                                                                          1996         1995         1994
                                                                                       -----------  -----------  -----------

Weighted average discount rate.......................................................        7.75%        7.25%         8.5%
Return on plan assets................................................................           9%           9%           9%
Rate of increase in compensation.....................................................           6%           6%           6%

Employees of Time Warner's operations in foreign countries participate to varying degrees in local pension plans, which in the aggregate are not significant.

Time Warner also has certain defined contribution plans, including savings and profit sharing plans, as to which the expense amounted to $67 million in 1996, $51 million in 1995 and $51 million in 1994. Contributions to the savings plans are based upon a percentage of the employees' elected contributions. Contributions to the profit sharing plans are generally determined by management and approved by the board of directors of the participating companies.

F-53

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

14. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying value of Time Warner's financial instruments approximates fair value, except for differences with respect to long-term, fixed-rate debt and related interest rate swap contracts and certain differences related to cost method investments and other financial instruments which are not significant. The fair value of financial instruments, such as long-term debt and investments, is generally determined by reference to market values resulting from trading on a national securities exchange or in an over-the-counter market. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, such as for derivative financial instruments, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.

INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT

Interest rate swap contracts are used to adjust the proportion of total debt that is subject to variable and fixed interest rates. Under interest rate swap contracts, the Company either agrees to pay an amount equal to a specified floating-rate of interest times a notional principal amount, and to receive in return an amount equal to a specified fixed-rate of interest times the same notional principal amount or, vice versa, to receive a floating-rate amount and to pay a fixed-rate amount. The notional amounts of the contracts are not exchanged. No other cash payments are made unless the contract is terminated prior to maturity, in which case the amount paid or received in settlement is established by agreement at the time of termination, and usually represents the net present value, at current rates of interest, of the remaining obligations to exchange payments under the terms of the contract. Interest rate swap contracts are entered into with a number of major financial institutions in order to minimize credit risk.

The net amounts paid or payable, or received or receivable, through the end of the accounting period are included in interest expense. Because interest rate swap contracts are used to modify the interest characteristics of Time Warner's outstanding debt from a fixed to a floating-rate basis or, vice versa, unrealized gains or losses on interest rate swap contracts are not recognized in income unless the contracts are terminated prior to their maturity. Gains or losses on any contracts terminated early are deferred and amortized to income over the remaining average life of the terminated contracts.

At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had interest rate swap contracts to pay floating-rates of interest (average six-month LIBOR rate of 5.7%) and receive fixed-rates of interest (average rate of 5.5%) on $2.3 billion notional amount of indebtedness, which resulted in approximately 47% of Time Warner's underlying debt, and 43% of the debt of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group combined, being subject to variable interest rates. The notional amount of outstanding contracts by year of maturity at December 31, 1996 is as follows: 1998-$700 million; 1999-$1.2 billion; and 2000-$400 million. At December 31, 1995, Time Warner had interest rate swap contracts on $2.6 billion notional amount of indebtedness.

Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at December 31, 1996, the fair value of Time Warner's fixed-rate debt exceeded its carrying value by $231 million and it would have cost $43 million to terminate the related interest rate swap contracts, which combined is the equivalent of an unrealized loss of $274 million. Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at December 31, 1995, the fair value of Time Warner's fixed-rate debt exceeded its carrying value by $407 million and it would have cost $9 million to terminate its interest rate swap contracts, which combined was the equivalent of an unrealized loss of $416 million. Unrealized gains or losses on debt or interest rate swap contracts are not recognized for financial reporting purposes unless the debt is retired or the contracts are terminated prior to their maturity.

Changes in the unrealized gains or losses on interest rate swap contracts and debt do not result in the realization or expenditure of cash unless the contracts are terminated or the debt is retired. However, based on Time Warner's variable-rate debt and related interest rate swap contracts outstanding at December 31, 1996, each 25 basis point increase or decrease in the level of interest rates would, respectively, increase or decrease Time Warner's annual interest expense and related cash payments by approximately $16 million, including $6

F-54

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

million related to interest rate swap contracts. Such potential increases or decreases are based on certain simplifying assumptions, including a constant level of variable-rate debt and related interest rate swap contracts during the period and, for all maturities, an immediate, across-the-board increase or decrease in the level of interest rates with no other subsequent changes for the remainder of the period.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK MANAGEMENT

Foreign exchange contracts are used primarily by Time Warner to hedge the risk that unremitted or future royalties and license fees owed to Time Warner or TWE domestic companies for the sale or anticipated sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. As part of its overall strategy to manage the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, Time Warner hedges a portion of its and TWE's combined foreign currency exposures anticipated over the ensuing twelve month period. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner has effectively hedged approximately half of the combined estimated foreign currency exposures that principally relate to anticipated cash flows to be remitted to the U.S. over the ensuing twelve month period, using foreign exchange contracts that generally have maturities of three months or less, which are generally rolled over to provide continuing coverage throughout the year. Time Warner often closes foreign exchange contracts by purchasing an offsetting purchase contract. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had contracts for the sale of $447 million and the purchase of $104 million of foreign currencies at fixed rates, primarily English pounds (21% of net contract value), German marks (19%), Canadian dollars (18%), French francs (15%) and Japanese yen (19%), compared to contracts for the sale of $504 million and the purchase of $140 million of foreign currencies at December 31, 1995.

Unrealized gains or losses related to foreign exchange contracts are recorded in income as the market value of such contracts change; accordingly, the carrying value of foreign exchange contracts approximates market value. The carrying value of foreign exchange contracts was not material at December 31, 1996 and 1995 and is included in other current liabilities. No cash is required to be received or paid with respect to such gains and losses until the related foreign exchange contracts are settled, generally at their respective maturity dates. For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, Time Warner recognized $15 million in gains, $20 million in losses and $33 million in losses, respectively, and TWE recognized $6 million in gains, $11 million in losses and $20 million in losses, respectively, on foreign exchange contracts, which were or are expected to be offset by corresponding decreases and increases, respectively, in the dollar value of foreign currency royalties and license fee payments that have been or are anticipated to be received in cash from the sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad. Time Warner reimburses or is reimbursed by TWE for contract gains and losses related to TWE's foreign currency exposure. Foreign currency contracts are placed with a number of major financial institutions in order to minimize credit risk.

Based on the foreign exchange contracts outstanding at December 31, 1996, each 5% devaluation of the U.S. dollar as compared to the level of foreign exchange rates for currencies under contract at December 31, 1996 would result in approximately $22 million of unrealized losses and $5 million of unrealized gains on foreign exchange contracts involving foreign currency sales and purchases, respectively. Conversely, a 5% appreciation of the U.S. dollar would result in $22 million of unrealized gains and $5 million of unrealized losses, respectively. At December 31, 1996, none of Time Warner's foreign exchange purchase contracts relates to TWE's foreign currency exposure. However, with regard to the $22 million of unrealized losses or gains on foreign exchange sale contracts, Time Warner would be reimbursed by TWE, or would reimburse TWE, respectively, for approximately $5 million related to TWE's foreign currency exposure. Consistent with the nature of the economic hedge provided by such foreign exchange contracts, such unrealized gains or losses would be offset by corresponding decreases or increases, respectively, in the dollar value of future foreign currency royalty and license fee payments that would be received in cash within the ensuing twelve month period from the sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad.

F-55

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

15. SEGMENT INFORMATION

Time Warner classifies its businesses into four fundamental areas:
Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in recorded music and music publishing, filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting and theme parks; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming and sports franchises; Publishing, consisting principally of interests in magazine publishing, book publishing and direct marketing; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems. A majority of Time Warner's interests in filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting and theme parks, a portion of its interests in cable television programming and a majority of its cable television systems are held by the Entertainment Group. The Entertainment Group is not consolidated for financial reporting purposes.

Information as to the operations of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group in different business segments is set forth below. The operating results of Time Warner reflect the acquisitions of Summit effective as of May 2, 1995, KBLCOM effective as of July 6, 1995, CVI effective as of January 4, 1996 and TBS effective as of October 10, 1996. The operating results of the Entertainment Group reflect the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership effective as of April 1, 1995, the deconsolidation of Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995 and consolidation of Paragon effective as of July 6, 1995. The operating results of Six Flags prior to June 23, 1995 are reported separately to facilitate comparability.

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     -------------------------------
                                                                                      1996         1995        1994
                                                                                     -------    ----------    ------
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)

REVENUES
Time Warner:
Publishing........................................................................   $ 4,117      $3,722      $3,433
Music.............................................................................     3,949       4,196       3,986
Cable Networks-TBS................................................................       680          --          --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS..........................................................       455          --          --
Cable.............................................................................       909         172          --
Intersegment elimination..........................................................       (46)        (23)        (23)
                                                                                     -------    ----------    ------
Total.............................................................................   $10,064      $8,067      $7,396
                                                                                     -------    ----------    ------
                                                                                     -------    ----------    ------
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros..................................................   $ 5,648      $5,078      $4,484
Six Flags Theme Parks.............................................................        --         227         557
Broadcasting-The WB Network.......................................................        87          33          --
Cable Networks-HBO................................................................     1,763       1,607       1,513
Cable.............................................................................     3,851       3,094       2,242
Intersegment elimination..........................................................      (488)       (410)       (287)
                                                                                     -------    ----------    ------
Total.............................................................................   $10,861      $9,629      $8,509
                                                                                     -------    ----------    ------
                                                                                     -------    ----------    ------

F-56

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ---------------------------------------
                                                                                      1996             1995          1994
                                                                                     ------          ------         ------
                                                                                              (MILLIONS)
OPERATING INCOME
Time Warner:
Publishing........................................................................   $  418           $  381        $  347
Music(1)..........................................................................      361              321           366
Cable Networks-TBS................................................................       99               --            --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS..........................................................        8               --            --
Cable.............................................................................       75               (5)           --
Intersegment elimination..........................................................        5               --            --
                                                                                     ------          -------       -------
Total.............................................................................   $  966           $  697        $  713
                                                                                     ------          -------       -------
                                                                                     ------          -------       -------
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros..................................................   $  254           $  253        $  219
Six Flags Theme Parks.............................................................       --               29            56
Broadcasting-The WB Network.......................................................      (98)             (66)           --
Cable Networks-HBO................................................................      328              274           237
Cable.............................................................................      606              502           340
                                                                                     ------          -------       -------
Total.............................................................................   $1,090           $  992        $  852
                                                                                     ------          -------       -------
                                                                                     ------          -------       -------


(1) Includes pretax losses of $85 million recorded in 1995 related to certain businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed. The losses were primarily related to Warner Music Enterprises, one of the Company's former direct marketing efforts, and the write off of its related direct mail order assets that were not recoverable due to the closure of this business.

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                                         1996     1995     1994
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)

DEPRECIATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Time Warner:
Publishing............................................................................   $ 71     $ 59     $ 47
Music.................................................................................     91       95       86
Cable Networks-TBS....................................................................     20       --       --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS..............................................................      2       --       --
Cable.................................................................................    123       27       --
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
Total.................................................................................   $307     $181     $133
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros......................................................   $167     $113     $ 76
Six Flags Theme Parks.................................................................     --       20       51
Broadcasting-The WB Network...........................................................     --       --       --
Cable Networks-HBO....................................................................     22       18       14
Cable.................................................................................    619      465      340
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
Total.................................................................................   $808     $616     $481
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----

F-57

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    -----------------------------
                                                                                     1996       1995       1994
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                             (MILLIONS)
AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS(1)
Time Warner:
Publishing.......................................................................   $    46    $    36    $    36
Music............................................................................       292        274        268
Cable Networks-TBS...............................................................        43         --         --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS.........................................................        22         --         --
Cable............................................................................       278         68         --
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
Total............................................................................   $   681    $   378    $   304
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros.................................................   $   125    $   124    $   135
Six Flags Theme Parks............................................................        --         11         28
Broadcasting-The WB Network......................................................        --         --         --
Cable Networks-HBO...............................................................        --          1          6
Cable............................................................................       311        308        309
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
Total............................................................................   $   436    $   444    $   478
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------


(1) Amortization includes all amortization relating to the acquisition of Warner Communications Inc. ('WCI') in 1989, the acquisition of the minority interest in American Television and Communications Corporation ('ATC') in 1992, the acquisitions of KBLCOM and Summit in 1995, the acquisitions of TBS and CVI in 1996 and other business combinations accounted for by the purchase method.

Information as to the assets and capital expenditures of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group is as follows:

                                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    -----------------------------
                                                                                     1996       1995       1994
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                             (MILLIONS)
ASSETS
Time Warner:
Publishing.......................................................................   $ 2,418    $ 2,175    $ 2,013
Music............................................................................     7,478      7,828      7,672
Cable Networks-TBS...............................................................     7,860         --         --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS.........................................................     3,232         --         --
Cable............................................................................     7,257      3,875         --
Entertainment Group(1)...........................................................     5,814      5,734      5,350
Corporate(2).....................................................................     1,005      2,520      1,681
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
Total............................................................................   $35,064    $22,132    $16,716
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros.................................................   $ 8,111    $ 7,389    $ 7,184
Six Flags Theme Parks............................................................        --         --        814
Broadcasting-The WB Network......................................................        67         63         --
Cable Networks-HBO...............................................................       997        935        911
Cable............................................................................    10,202      9,842      8,303
Corporate(2).....................................................................       650        731      1,780
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
Total............................................................................   $20,027    $18,960    $18,992
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------


(1) Entertainment Group assets represent Time Warner's investment in and amounts due to and from the Entertainment Group.
(2) Consists principally of cash, cash equivalents and other investments.

F-58

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       ---------------------------
                                                                                        1996       1995      1994
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Time Warner:
Publishing..........................................................................   $    76    $   70    $   50
Music...............................................................................       142       121       108
Cable Networks-TBS..................................................................        34        --        --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS............................................................         2        --        --
Cable...............................................................................       215        56        --
Corporate...........................................................................        12        19         6
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------
Total...............................................................................   $   481    $  266    $  164
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros....................................................   $   340    $  294    $  395
Six Flags Theme Parks...............................................................        --        43        46
Broadcasting-The WB Network.........................................................         2        --        --
Cable Networks-HBO..................................................................        29        20        14
Cable(1)............................................................................     1,348     1,293       778
Corporate...........................................................................        --         3         2
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------
Total...............................................................................   $ 1,719    $1,653    $1,235
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------


(1) Cable capital expenditures were funded in part through collections on the U S WEST Note Receivable in the amount of $169 million in 1996, $602 million in 1995 and $234 million in 1994 (Note 3). The U S WEST Note Receivable was fully collected during 1996.

Information as to Time Warner's operations in different geographical areas is as follows:

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       ---------------------------
                                                                                        1996       1995      1994
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)

REVENUES
United States(1)....................................................................   $ 7,562    $5,447    $4,944
Europe..............................................................................     1,494     1,552     1,445
Pacific Rim.........................................................................       697       775       724
Rest of World.......................................................................       311       293       283
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------
Total...............................................................................   $10,064    $8,067    $7,396
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------
OPERATING INCOME
United States.......................................................................   $   732    $  457    $  494
Europe..............................................................................       184       158       108
Pacific Rim.........................................................................        12        57        74
Rest of World.......................................................................        38        25        37
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------
Total...............................................................................   $   966    $  697    $  713
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------
                                                                                       -------    ------    ------


(1) Time Warner's revenues do not include the revenues of the Entertainment Group, which had export revenues of $2.134 billion in 1996, $1.982 billion in 1995 and $1.693 billion in 1994, principally from the sale of Filmed Entertainment products abroad.

F-59

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    -----------------------------
                                                                                     1996       1995       1994
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                             (MILLIONS)

ASSETS
United States....................................................................   $31,999    $19,301    $13,961
Europe...........................................................................     1,886      1,797      1,717
Pacific Rim......................................................................       692        628        636
Rest of World....................................................................       487        406        402
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
Total............................................................................   $35,064    $22,132    $16,716
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------

16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Total rent expense amounted to $192 million in 1996, $174 million in 1995 and $157 million in 1994. The minimum rental commitments under noncancellable long-term operating leases are: 1997-$235 million; 1998-$230 million; 1999-$205 million; 2000-$185 million; 2001-$160 million and after 2001-$1.151 billion.

Minimum commitments and guarantees under certain programming, licensing, artists, athletes, franchise and other agreements aggregated approximately $3.8 billion at December 31, 1996, which are payable principally over a five-year period. Such amounts do not include the Time Warner General Partner guarantees of approximately $5.4 billion of TWE debt.

Pending legal proceedings are substantially limited to litigation incidental to the businesses of Time Warner, alleged damages in connection with class action lawsuits and the pending litigation with the City of New York and Fox News Channel ('FNC') relating to the TBS Transaction and the carriage of FNC on Time Warner Cable's New York City cable television system. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on the financial statements of Time Warner.

17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In the normal course of conducting their businesses, Time Warner and its subsidiaries and affiliates have had various transactions with TWE and other Entertainment Group companies, generally on terms resulting from a negotiation between the affected units that in management's view results in reasonable allocations. Employees of TWE participate in various Time Warner medical, stock option and other benefit plans for which Time Warner charges TWE its allocable share of plan expenses, including administrative costs. In addition, Time Warner provides TWE with certain corporate support services for which it received a fee in the amount of $69 million, $64 million and $60 million in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The corporate support services agreement expires on June 30, 1997, subject to the obligation of both parties to negotiate, in good faith, any extension thereto.

Time Warner's Cable division has management services agreements with TWE, pursuant to which TWE manages, or provides services to, the cable television systems owned by Time Warner. Such cable television systems also pay TWE for the right to carry cable television programming provided by TWE's cable networks.

Time Warner's Filmed Entertainment-TBS division has various service agreements with TWE's Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. division, pursuant to which TWE's Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. division provides certain management and distribution services for Time Warner's theatrical, television and animated product, as well as certain services for administrative and technical support.

Time Warner's Cable Networks-TBS division has license agreements with TWE, pursuant to which the cable networks have acquired broadcast rights to certain film and television product. In addition, Time Warner's Music division provides home videocassette distribution services to certain TWE operations, and certain TWE units place advertising in magazines published by Time Warner's Publishing division.

F-60

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Time Warner and TWE entered into a credit agreement in 1994 that allows Time Warner to borrow up to $400 million from TWE through September 15, 2000. Outstanding borrowings from TWE bear interest at LIBOR plus 1% per annum. Time Warner borrowed $400 million in 1994 under the credit agreement.

In addition to transactions with TWE and other Entertainment Group companies, Time Warner has had transactions with the Columbia House Company partnerships, Cinamerica Theatres, L.P., Comedy Partners, L.P., Six Flags and other equity investees of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group, generally with respect to sales of product in the ordinary course of business.

18. ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Additional financial information with respect to cash flows is as follows:

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                         1996      1995      1994
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)

Cash payments made for interest......................................................     $839      $659      $539
Cash payments made for income taxes..................................................      382       302       389
Tax-related distributions received from TWE..........................................      215       680       115
Income tax refunds received..........................................................       44        24        50
Noncash dividends....................................................................      122        --        --

During the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, Time Warner realized $147 million, $35 million and $179 million, respectively, from the securitization of receivables. Noncash investing activities in 1996 included the $6.2 billion acquisition of TBS and the $904 million acquisition of CVI in exchange for capital stock (Note 2). Noncash investing and financing activities in 1995 included the $1.4 billion acquisitions of KBLCOM and Summit in exchange for capital stock (Note 2), the $1.36 billion acquisition of ITOCHU's and Toshiba's interests in TWE in exchange for capital stock and $10 million in cash (Note 3) and the $1.8 billion redemption of Time Warner's Reset Notes in exchange for other debt securities (Note 6).

Other current liabilities consist of:

                                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                  ----------------
                                                                                                   1996      1995
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                     (MILLIONS)

Accrued expenses...............................................................................   $1,410    $  972
Accrued compensation...........................................................................      351       337
Accrued income taxes...........................................................................       81       173
Deferred revenues..............................................................................      248        84
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Total..........................................................................................   $2,090    $1,566
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                  ------    ------

F-61

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, and necessarily include some amounts that are based on management's best estimates and judgments.

Time Warner maintains a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide management with reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, and that transactions are executed in accordance with management's authorization and recorded properly. The concept of reasonable assurance is based on the recognition that the cost of a system of internal control should not exceed the benefits derived and that the evaluation of those factors requires estimates and judgments by management. Further, because of inherent limitations in any system of internal accounting control, errors or irregularities may occur and not be detected. Nevertheless, management believes that a high level of internal control is maintained by Time Warner through the selection and training of qualified personnel, the establishment and communication of accounting and business policies, and its internal audit program.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, composed solely of directors who are not employees of Time Warner, meets periodically with management and with Time Warner's internal auditors and independent auditors to review matters relating to the quality of financial reporting and internal accounting control, and the nature, extent and results of their audits. Time Warner's internal auditors and independent auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.

Gerald M. Levin                   Richard D. Parsons                Richard J. Bressler
Chairman and                      President                         Senior Vice President and
Chief Executive Officer                                             Chief Financial Officer

F-62

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS
TIME WARNER INC.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Time Warner Inc. ('Time Warner') as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders' equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules and supplementary information listed in the Index at Item 14(a). These financial statements, schedules and supplementary information are the responsibility of Time Warner's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements, schedules and supplementary information based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Time Warner at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules and supplementary information, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
February 11, 1997

F-63

TIME WARNER INC.
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The selected financial information for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 1996 set forth below has been derived from and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and other financial information presented elsewhere herein. Capitalized terms are as defined and described in such consolidated financial statements, or elsewhere herein. The selected historical financial information for all periods after 1992 reflects the deconsolidation of the Entertainment Group, principally TWE, effective January 1, 1993.

The selected historical financial information for 1996 reflects (a) the issuance of approximately 173.4 million shares of common stock and the assumption of approximately $2.8 billion of indebtedness in connection with the TBS Transaction, (b) the issuance of 1.6 million shares of Series M exchangeable preferred stock having an aggregate liquidation preference of $1.6 billion and the use of approximately $1.55 billion of net proceeds therefrom to reduce debt and (c)(i) the issuance of 6.3 million shares of convertible preferred stock having an aggregate liquidation preference of $633 million and 2.9 million shares of common stock and (ii) the assumption or incurrence of approximately $2 billion of indebtedness, in connection with the acquisition of CVI. The selected historical financial information for 1995 reflects (a) the issuance of 29.3 million shares of convertible preferred stock having an aggregate liquidation preference of $2.926 billion and 2.6 million shares of common stock and (b) the assumption or incurrence of approximately $1.3 billion of indebtedness in connection with (x) the acquisitions of KBLCOM and Summit and (y) the exchange by Toshiba and ITOCHU of their direct and indirect interests in TWE. The selected historical financial information for 1993 reflects the issuance of $6.1 billion of long-term debt and the use of $500 million of cash and equivalents for the exchange or redemption of preferred stock having an aggregate liquidation preference of $6.4 billion. The selected historical financial information for 1992 reflects the capitalization of TWE on June 30, 1992 and associated refinancings, and the acquisition of the 18.7% minority interest in ATC as of June 30, 1992, using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations.

Per common share amounts and average common shares have been restated to give effect to the four-for-one common stock split that occurred on September 10, 1992.

                                                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------
SELECTED OPERATING STATEMENT INFORMATION                       1996       1995       1994       1993       1992
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                     (MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
Revenues...................................................   $10,064    $ 8,067    $ 7,396    $ 6,581    $13,070
Depreciation and amortization..............................       988        559        437        424      1,172
Business segment operating income (a)......................       966        697        713        591      1,343
Equity in pretax income of Entertainment Group.............       290        256        176        281         --
Interest and other, net....................................     1,174        877        724        718        882
Income (loss) before extraordinary item....................      (156)      (124)       (91)      (164)        86
Net income (loss) (b)......................................      (191)      (166)       (91)      (221)        86
Net loss applicable to common shares (after preferred
  dividends)...............................................      (448)      (218)      (104)      (339)      (542)
Per share of common stock:
  Net loss (b).............................................   $ (1.04)   $ (0.57)   $ (0.27)   $ (0.90)   $ (1.46)
  Dividends................................................   $  0.36    $  0.36    $  0.35    $  0.31    $ 0.265
Average common shares......................................     431.2      383.8      378.9      374.7      371.0


(a) Business segment operating income for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes $85 million in losses relating to certain businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed.

(b) The net loss for the year ended December 31, 1996 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $35 million ($.09 per common share). The net loss for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $42 million ($.11 per common share). The net loss for the year ended December 31, 1993 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $57 million ($.15 per common share) and an unusual charge of $70 million ($.19 per common share) from the effect of the new income tax law on Time Warner's deferred income tax liability.

F-64

                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------
SELECTED BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION                             1996       1995       1994       1993       1992
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                  (MILLIONS)

Investments in and amounts due to and from Entertainment
  Group....................................................   $ 5,814    $ 5,734    $ 5,350    $ 5,627    $    --
Total assets...............................................    35,064     22,132     16,716     16,892     27,366
Debt due within one year...................................        11         34        355        120        171
Long-term debt.............................................    12,713      9,907      8,839      9,291     10,068
Borrowings against future stock option proceeds............       488         --         --         --         --
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred
  securities of subsidiaries holding solely subordinated
  notes and debentures of subsidiaries of the Company(c)...       949        949         --         --         --
Series M exchangeable preferred stock......................     1,672         --         --         --         --
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stock liquidation preference...................     3,559      2,994        140        140      6,532
  Equity applicable to common stock........................     5,943        673      1,008      1,230      1,635
  Total shareholders' equity...............................     9,502      3,667      1,148      1,370      8,167
Total capitalization.......................................    25,335     14,557     10,342     10,781     18,406


(c) Includes $374 million of preferred securities that are redeemable for cash or, at Time Warner's option, approximately 18.1 million shares of Hasbro, Inc. common stock owned by Time Warner.

F-65

TIME WARNER INC.
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

                                          EQUITY IN                       NET          NET INCOME
                          OPERATING        PRETAX                    INCOME (LOSS)     (LOSS) PER     DIVIDENDS
                          INCOME OF       INCOME OF        NET        APPLICABLE         COMMON          PER
                          BUSINESS      ENTERTAINMENT     INCOME       TO COMMON         SHARE         COMMON
QUARTER      REVENUES     SEGMENTS          GROUP         (LOSS)       SHARES(d)         (d)(e)         SHARE
- --------     --------     ---------     -------------     ------     -------------     ----------     ---------
                                     (MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

1996 (a)
1st (b)       $2,068        $ 110           $ 116         $(119)         $(153)          $(0.39)        $0.09
2nd (b)        2,139          215              93           (40)          (110)           (0.28)         0.09
3rd            2,157          139              61           (91)          (167)           (0.43)         0.09
4th            3,700          502              20            59            (18)           (0.03)         0.09
Year (b)      10,064          966             290          (191)          (448)           (1.04)         0.36

1995
1st           $1,817        $ 138           $  22         $ (47)         $ (50)          $(0.13)        $0.09
2nd            1,907          184              84            (8)           (13)           (0.03)         0.09
3rd (c)        1,981           21             129          (144)          (160)           (0.41)         0.09
4th            2,362          354              21            33              5             0.01          0.09
Year (c)       8,067          697             256          (166)          (218)           (0.57)         0.36


                         COMMON
           AVERAGE       STOCK
           COMMON    ------------
QUARTER    SHARES    HIGH     LOW
- --------   ------    ----     ---

1996 (a)
1st (b)    391.7     $45 1/4  $37 1/4
2nd (b)    389.5      42 7/8   38 1/8
3rd        385.0      39 7/8   29 3/4
4th        558.7      42 1/4   36 1/2
Year (b)   431.2      45 1/4   29 3/4

1995
1st        379.5     $39 1/4  $33 5/8
2nd        381.4      43 1/2   34 1/4
3rd (c)    386.5      45 5/8   38 7/8
4th        387.5      41 1/4   35 3/4
Year (c)   383.8      45 5/8   33 5/8


(a) Quarterly financial information for 1996 reflects the acquisition by Time Warner of the remaining interest in TBS that it did not already own, effective as of October 10, 1996.

(b) The net loss for the first quarter of 1996 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $26 million ($.07 per common share). The net loss for the second quarter of 1996 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $9 million ($.02 per common share).

(c) Business segment operating income for the third quarter of 1995 includes $85 million in losses relating to certain businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed. The net loss for the third quarter of 1995 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $42 million ($.11 per common share).

(d) After preferred dividend requirements.

(e) Per common share amounts for the quarters and full years have been calculated separately. Accordingly, quarterly amounts may not add to the annual amount because of differences in the average common shares outstanding during each period.

F-66

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF
TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC. AND TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.

On October 10, 1996, Time Warner Inc. acquired the remaining 80% interest in Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') that it did not already own, as more fully described in Note 2 to the Time Warner Inc. consolidated financial statements. As a result of this transaction, a new parent company with the name 'Time Warner Inc.' replaced the old parent company of the same name ('Old Time Warner', now known as Time Warner Companies, Inc.) and Old Time Warner and TBS became separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of the new parent company ('New Time Warner'). New Time Warner has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the outstanding publicly traded indebtedness of each of Old Time Warner and TBS.

Set forth below is summarized financial information of each of Old Time Warner and TBS presented for the information of their respective debtholders. Summarized financial information of Old Time Warner presented below includes Old Time Warner's 20% interest in TBS under the equity method of accounting. Summarized financial information of TBS for all post-merger periods presented below has been adjusted to reflect New Time Warner's basis of accounting and includes $6.254 billion of contributed capital. Summarized financial information of TBS presented below for all pre-merger periods is reflected at TBS's historical cost basis of accounting. Certain reclassifications have been made to TBS's summarized financial information for all pre-merger periods to conform to the post-merger presentation.

OLD TIME WARNER

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
OPERATING STATEMENT INFORMATION                                                          1996      1995      1994
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
Revenues.............................................................................   $8,951    $8,067    $7,396
Depreciation and amortization........................................................      902       559       437
Business segment operating income (a)................................................      853       697       713
Equity in pretax income of Entertainment Group.......................................      290       256       176
Interest and other, net..............................................................    1,096       877       724
Loss before extraordinary item.......................................................     (145)     (124)      (91)
Net loss (b).........................................................................     (180)     (166)      (91)

                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                               ------------------
BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION                                                                       1996       1995
                                                                                               -------    -------
                                                                                                   (MILLIONS)
Total current assets........................................................................   $ 3,529    $ 3,720
Investments in and amounts due to and from Entertainment Group..............................     5,814      5,734
Total assets................................................................................    25,595     22,132
Total current liabilities...................................................................     2,831      3,027
Long-term debt..............................................................................    11,002      9,907
Total liabilities...........................................................................    18,532     17,516
Old Time Warner-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiaries
  holding solely subordinated notes and debentures of subsidiaries (c)......................       949        949
Series M exchangeable preferred stock.......................................................     1,672         --
Shareholders' equity........................................................................     4,442      3,667


(a) Business segment operating income for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes $85 million in losses relating to certain businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed.

(b) The net loss for the year ended December 31, 1996 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $35 million. The net loss for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $42 million.

(c) Includes $374 million of preferred securities that are redeemable for cash or, at Old Time Warner's option, approximately 18.1 million shares of Hasbro, Inc. common stock owned by Old Time Warner.

F-67

TBS

                                                           THREE            NINE
                                                        MONTHS ENDED    MONTHS ENDED       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,  ---------------------------
                                                            1996            1996           1995            1994
                                                        ------------    ------------    -----------    ------------
                                                                                (MILLIONS)

OPERATING STATEMENT INFORMATION
Revenues.............................................      $1,124          $2,735         $ 3,412         $2,790
Depreciation and amortization........................          86             141             188            153
Business segment operating income....................         113             123             415            319
Interest and other, net..............................          62             143             215            216
Income before extraordinary item.....................           3             (20)            103             46
Net income (loss) (a)................................           3             (20)            103             21

                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                -----------------
                                                                                                 1996       1995
                                                                                                -------    ------
                                                                                                   (MILLIONS)

BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
Total current assets.........................................................................   $ 1,286    $1,393
Total assets.................................................................................    11,092     4,395
Total current liabilities....................................................................       934       840
Long-term debt...............................................................................     1,711     2,480
Total liabilities............................................................................     3,989     3,958
Shareholder's equity.........................................................................     7,103       438


(a) Net income for the year ended December 31, 1994 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $25 million.

F-68

TIME WARNER INC.
SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
UNCONSOLIDATED (PARENT-ONLY) CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS)

                                                                                                1996       1995
                                                                                               -------    -------
ASSETS

Cash and equivalents (a)....................................................................   $    62    $   922
Investments in and amounts due to and from unconsolidated subsidiaries and
  equity method investees...................................................................    16,110     16,040
Other assets................................................................................       216        436
                                                                                               -------    -------
Total assets................................................................................   $16,388    $17,398
                                                                                               -------    -------
                                                                                               -------    -------

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Long-term debt..............................................................................   $    --    $ 8,467
Borrowings against future stock option proceeds.............................................       488         --
Deferred income taxes.......................................................................     4,082      3,420
Other liabilities...........................................................................       644        867
Subordinated notes and debentures in support of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities
  of subsidiaries...........................................................................        --        977
Series M exchangeable preferred stock.......................................................     1,672         --

Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock.............................................................................         4         30
LMCN-V Class Common Stock...................................................................         1         --
Common stock................................................................................         5        388
Paid-in capital.............................................................................    12,250      5,422
Accumulated deficit.........................................................................    (2,758)    (2,173)
                                                                                               -------    -------
Total shareholders' equity..................................................................     9,502      3,667
                                                                                               -------    -------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity..................................................   $16,388    $17,398
                                                                                               -------    -------
                                                                                               -------    -------


(a) Cash and equivalents at December 31, 1996 consists of $62 million held in escrow for purposes of funding certain preferred dividend requirements and $557 million at December 31, 1995 segregated for the redemption of long-term debt.

See accompanying notes.

F-69

TIME WARNER INC.
SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
UNCONSOLIDATED (PARENT-ONLY) CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(MILLIONS)

                                                                   THREE MONTHS     NINE MONTHS         YEARS ENDED
                                                                      ENDED            ENDED             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,   ------------------------
                                                                       1996            1996           1995         1994
                                                                   ------------    -------------   -----------  -----------

Equity in the income of unconsolidated subsidiaries and equity
  method investees before federal and state income and foreign
  withholding taxes.............................................      $  156           $ 395        $     815    $     731
Interest and other, net.........................................         (16)           (574)            (860)        (641)
Corporate expenses..............................................         (17)            (52)             (74)         (76)
                                                                      ------          ------       -----------  -----------
Income (loss) before federal and state income and foreign
  withholding taxes.............................................         123            (231)            (119)          14
Benefit (provision) for federal and state income and foreign
  withholding taxes.............................................         (64)             16               (5)        (105)
                                                                      ------          ------       -----------  -----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item.........................          59            (215)            (124)         (91)
Extraordinary loss on debt, net of $22 million and
  $26 million income tax benefit in the nine months ended
  September 30, 1996 and the year ended December 31, 1995,
  respectively..................................................          --             (35)             (42)          --
                                                                      ------          ------       -----------  -----------
Net income (loss)...............................................      $   59           $(250)       $    (166)   $     (91)
                                                                      ------          ------       -----------  -----------
                                                                      ------          ------       -----------  -----------

See accompanying notes.

F-70

TIME WARNER INC.
SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
UNCONSOLIDATED (PARENT-ONLY) CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(MILLIONS)

                                                                  THREE MONTHS     NINE MONTHS         YEARS ENDED
                                                                     ENDED            ENDED            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,   ------------------------
                                                                      1996            1996           1995         1994
                                                                  ------------    -------------   -----------  -----------
OPERATIONS
Net income (loss)..............................................     $     59         $  (250)      $    (166)   $     (91)
Extraordinary loss on retirement of debt.......................           --              35              42           --
Noncash interest expense.......................................           --              68             176          219
Excess (deficiency) of distributions over equity in pretax
  income of unconsolidated subsidiaries and equity method
  investees(a).................................................          213            (288)            (89)        (396)
Other, principally changes in operating assets and
  liabilities..................................................           35              89             (72)         149
                                                                  ------------    -------------   -----------  -----------
Cash provided (used) by operations(b)(d).......................          307            (346)           (109)        (119)
                                                                  ------------    -------------   -----------  -----------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investments and acquisitions, principally loans and advances to
  unconsolidated subsidiaries..................................       (1,300)         (1,506)           (353)        (815)
Investment proceeds, principally repayments of loans and
  advances by unconsolidated subsidiaries......................        1,058             304           1,154        1,087
                                                                  ------------    -------------   -----------  -----------
Cash provided (used) by investing activities(c)(d).............         (242)         (1,202)            801          272
                                                                  ------------    -------------   -----------  -----------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Borrowings.....................................................           --             845             748          550
Debt repayments................................................           --          (1,526)         (1,455)        (617)
Borrowings against future stock option proceeds................           63             425              --           --
Repurchases of Time Warner common stock........................           (4)           (452)             --           --
Issuance of Series M Preferred Stock...........................           --           1,550              --           --
Issuance of subordinated notes and debentures in support of
  mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of
  subsidiaries.................................................           --              --             977           --
Dividends paid.................................................          (84)           (203)           (171)        (142)
Stock option and dividend reinvestment plans...................           22              83             106           34
Other, principally financing costs.............................           --             (60)            (43)          (6)
                                                                  ------------    -------------   -----------  -----------
Cash provided (used) by investing activities(c)(d).............           (3)            662             162         (181)
                                                                  ------------    -------------   -----------  -----------

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS....................           62            (886)            854          (28)

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD....................           --             922              68           96
                                                                  ------------    -------------   -----------  -----------

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD..........................     $     62         $    36       $     922    $      68
                                                                  ------------    -------------   -----------  -----------
                                                                  ------------    -------------   -----------  -----------


(a) Distributions from unconsolidated subsidiaries and equity method investees were $369 million, $107 million, $726 million and $335 million in the three months ended December 31, 1996, the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

(b) Cash payments made for interest amounted to $6 million, $598 million, $628 million and $539 million in the three months ended December 31, 1996, the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. U.S. federal and state income and foreign withholding tax payments were $67 million, $231 million, $195 million and $299 million in the three months ended December 31, 1996, the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, and related tax refunds were $6 million, $31 million, $19 million and $44 million, respectively.

(c) For information with respect to certain noncash investing and financing activities of Time Warner, see Note 18 to the Time Warner consolidated financial statements. In addition, noncash investing activities of Time Warner with its unconsolidated subsidiaries included noncash capital distributions (contributions), net, of $2.450 billion and ($176) million in the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

(d) The noncash effects of the capitalization of New Time Warner were to increase investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries-$9.783 billion, other assets-$215 million, borrowings against future stock option proceeds-$425 million, deferred income taxes-$3.935 billion, other liabilities-$429 million, Series M exchangeable preferred stock-$1.629 billion and equity-$3.580 billion.

See accompanying notes.

F-71

TIME WARNER INC.
SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
NOTES TO UNCONSOLIDATED (PARENT-ONLY) CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

On October 10, 1996, Time Warner Inc. ('Time Warner'), acquired the remaining 80% interest in Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') that it did not already own (the 'TBS Transaction'), as more fully described in Note 2 to the Time Warner consolidated financial statements. As a result of this transaction, a new parent company with the name 'Time Warner Inc.' replaced the old parent company of the same name ('Old Time Warner', now known as Time Warner Companies, Inc.), and Old Time Warner and TBS became separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of the new parent company ('New Time Warner'). The accompanying condensed financial information presented herein reflects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Old Time Warner prior to the TBS Transaction and New Time Warner thereafter. Similarly, references herein to 'Time Warner' refer to Old Time Warner prior to the TBS Transaction and New Time Warner thereafter.

Time Warner's investments in and amounts due to and from unconsolidated subsidiaries and equity method investees are stated at cost plus equity in the undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries and equity method investees, before U.S. federal and state income and foreign withholding taxes, since dates of acquisition. Time Warner's share of the income (loss) of unconsolidated subsidiaries and equity method investees, before federal and state income and foreign withholding taxes, is included in the statement of operations using the equity method. The unconsolidated (parent-only) financial statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Time Warner. Capitalized terms are as defined herein or elsewhere in the Time Warner consolidated financial statements.

2. LONG-TERM DEBT

The principal terms and amounts of the long-term debt of Old Time Warner (parent-only) at December 31, 1995 are set forth in Note 6 to the Time Warner consolidated financial statements. Such indebtedness was not assumed by New Time Warner in connection with the TBS Transaction. Old Time Warner (parent-only) long-term debt at December 31, 1995 excludes unconsolidated subsidiary debt of $1.440 billion.

New Time Warner has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of Old Time Warner's and TBS's outstanding publicly traded indebtedness, which amounted to approximately $7.754 billion and $1.030 billion, respectively, at December 31, 1996.

3. BORROWINGS AGAINST FUTURE STOCK OPTION PROCEEDS

In connection with Time Warner's common stock repurchase program, Old Time Warner entered into a five-year, $750 million revolving credit facility (the 'Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility') in May 1996. Borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility are principally used to fund stock repurchases and approximately $200 million of preferred dividend requirements on Time Warner's Series G, H, I and J Preferred Stock. In connection with the TBS Transaction, New Time Warner assumed all of Old Time Warner's rights and obligations under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility. At December 31, 1996, $488 million of borrowings were outstanding under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility. The principal terms of the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility are set forth in Note 7 to the Time Warner consolidated financial statements.

4. SUBORDINATED NOTES AND DEBENTURES

In August 1995, Old Time Warner issued $385 million principal amount of 4% subordinated notes due December 23, 1997 (the '4% Notes') to a wholly owned subsidiary in support of such subsidiary's issuance of the PERCS. In addition, in December 1995, Old Time Warner issued $592 million principal amount of 8 7/8% subordinated debentures due December 31, 2025 (the '8 7/8% Debentures') to a wholly owned subsidiary in support of such subsidiary's issuance of the Preferred Trust Securities. The 4% Notes and the 8 7/8% Debentures

F-72

TIME WARNER INC.
SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
NOTES TO UNCONSOLIDATED (PARENT-ONLY)
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION -- (CONTINUED)

were not assumed by New Time Warner in connection with the TBS Transaction. However, New Time Warner has guaranteed Old Time Warner's obligations thereunder.

5. SERIES M EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK

In April 1996, Old Time Warner raised approximately $1.55 billion of net proceeds in a private placement of 1.6 million shares of 10 1/4% exchangeable preferred stock. As a part of the TBS Transaction, these shares were converted into registered shares of Series M exchangeable preferred stock of New Time Warner with substantially identical terms ('Series M Preferred Stock'). The principal terms of the Series M Preferred Stock are set forth in Note 10 to the Time Warner consolidated financial statements.

F-73

TIME WARNER INC.
SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
(MILLIONS)

                                                                             ADDITIONS
                                                               BALANCE AT    CHARGED TO                       BALANCE
                                                               BEGINNING     COSTS AND                        AT END
                        DESCRIPTION                            OF PERIOD      EXPENSES     DEDUCTIONS        OF PERIOD
- ------------------------------------------------------------   ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------

1996:
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts........................     $  188       $    312(a)   $   (264)(c)       $ 236
     Reserves for sales returns and allowances..............        598          2,628(b)     (2,486)(d)(e)      740
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
          Total.............................................     $  786       $  2,940      $ (2,750)          $ 976
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
Reserves deducted from amounts due to publishers
     (accounts payable)
     Allowance for magazine and book returns................     $ (163)      $ (1,023)     $  1,007(e)        $(179)
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
1995:
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts........................     $  157       $    230      $   (199)(c)       $ 188
     Reserves for sales returns and allowances..............        611          2,217        (2,230)(d)(e)      598
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
          Total.............................................     $  768       $  2,447      $ (2,429)          $ 786
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
Reserves deducted from amounts due to publishers
     (accounts payable)
     Allowance for magazine and book returns................     $ (159)      $ (1,015)     $  1,011(e)        $(163)
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
1994:
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts........................     $  131       $    197      $   (171)(c)       $ 157
     Reserves for sales returns and allowances..............        545          1,822        (1,756)(d)(e)      611
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
          Total.............................................     $  676       $  2,019      $ (1,927)          $ 768
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
Reserves deducted from amounts due to publishers
     (accounts payable)
     Allowance for magazine and book returns................     $ (154)      $   (905)     $    900(e)        $(159)
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------
                                                               ----------    ----------    ----------        ---------


(a) Includes $40 million charged to other accounts in connection with the allocation of Time Warner's cost to acquire the remaining 80% interest in TBS that it did not already own.

(b) Includes $21 million charged to other accounts in connection with the allocation of Time Warner's cost to acquire the remaining 80% interest in TBS that it did not already own.

(c) Represents uncollectible receivables charged against reserve.

(d) Represents returns or allowances applied against reserve.

(e) The distribution of magazines not owned by Time Warner results in a receivable recorded at the sales price and a corresponding liability to the publisher recorded at the sales price less the distribution commission recognized by Time Warner as revenue. Therefore, it would be misleading to compare magazine revenues to the provision charged to the reserve for magazine returns that is deducted from accounts receivable without also considering the related offsetting activity in the reserve for magazine returns that is deducted from the liability due to the publishers.

F-74

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

TWE classifies its business interests into three fundamental areas:
Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting and theme parks; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems. TWE also manages the cable properties owned by Time Warner and the combined cable television operations are conducted under the name of Time Warner Cable. Capitalized terms are as defined and described in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, or elsewhere herein.

STRATEGIC INITIATIVES

SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS

During the past two years, TWE and Time Warner have pursued significant, strategic initiatives that have resulted in the expansion of their interests in the cable television business. These initiatives were part of a strategy to expand the operation of large geographic clusters of cable television systems in an effort to achieve economies of scale in the development and distribution of new and expanded services. Over the same period, management also engaged in a program to improve the financial condition of TWE, as well as to increase its overall financial flexibility, through the initiation of a debt reduction program and the refinancing of its bank debt. In connection with these strategic objectives, TWE and Time Warner completed a number of transactions in 1996 that have had an effect on TWE's results of operations and financial condition. Such transactions include:

The acquisition by Time Warner of Cablevision Industries Corporation and related companies ('CVI') on January 4, 1996 (the 'CVI Acquisition'), which strengthened Time Warner Cable's geographic clusters of cable television systems and substantially increased the number of cable subscribers managed by Time Warner Cable. As of December 31, 1996, Time Warner Cable served approximately 12.3 million subscribers, passing nearly 20% of the television homes in the U.S.

The 1996 closing of certain previously-announced sales by TWE of unclustered cable television systems which raised approximately $150 million of net proceeds for debt reduction. Including the 1995 sale of 51% of its interest in Six Flags Entertainment Corporation ('Six Flags') and the expected 1997 sale of its interest in E! Entertainment Television, Inc., TWE has raised over $1 billion for debt reduction.

The nature of these transactions and their impact on the results of operations and financial condition of TWE are further discussed below.

CABLE STRATEGY

Over the past two years, TWE and Time Warner have combined with or acquired cable television systems serving approximately 3.7 million subscribers, which, along with internal growth, has increased the total number of subscribers under the management of Time Warner Cable to 12.3 million from 7.5 million subscribers at the end of 1994. This expansion strategy has also extended Time Warner Cable's reach of cable television systems to neighborhoods passing 19 million homes or close to 20% of television homes in the U.S. In addition, there are now 34 geographic clusters of cable television systems serving over 100,000 subscribers each, including key markets such as New York City, northern New York State, central Florida and North Carolina. Excluding Time Warner's systems, TWE owns or manages cable television systems serving 10 million subscribers, with 31 geographic clusters serving over 100,000 subscribers each. Management believes that the improved concentration of its subscriber base will provide for sustained revenue growth from new and expanded services, and provide certain economies of scale relating to the upgrade of the technological capabilities of Time Warner Cable's cable television systems.

TWE and Time Warner's current strategy is to restructure their cable television systems, so far as practicable and on a tax-efficient basis, to enable such interests to be self-financed. As part of this strategy, TWE and Time Warner are seeking to reduce their economic interests in the cable television business in order to

F-75

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

reduce existing debt and their share of future funding requirements related to the cable operations. The primary alternative being pursued is a restructuring of TWE that would decrease Time Warner's cable interests in TWE and increase Time Warner's interests in TWE's entertainment and cable networks. Any TWE restructuring depends, among other things, upon successful negotiations with U S WEST and other third parties, a renegotiation of certain credit arrangements, including the 1995 Credit Agreement, and consents or approvals from cable television franchise and other regulatory authorities. In addition to, or in lieu of, a TWE restructuring, other alternatives remain available to Time Warner to advance these goals, some of which would not require U S WEST consent but would still require other third party, franchise and regulatory approvals. There is no assurance that any of these efforts will succeed.

USE OF EBITDA

The following comparative discussion of the results of operations and financial condition of TWE includes, among other factors, an analysis of changes in the operating income of the business segments before depreciation and amortization ('EBITDA') in order to eliminate the effect on the operating performance of the filmed entertainment and cable businesses of significant amounts of amortization of intangible assets recognized in Time Warner's $14 billion acquisition of WCI in 1989, the $1.3 billion acquisition of the ATC minority interest in 1992 and other business combinations accounted for by the purchase method. Financial analysts generally consider EBITDA to be an important measure of comparative operating performance for the businesses of TWE, and when used in comparison to debt levels or the coverage of interest expense, as a measure of liquidity. However, EBITDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, operating income, net income, cash flow and other measures of financial performance and liquidity reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

TRANSACTIONS AFFECTING COMPARABILITY OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

In connection with management's strategic initiatives, TWE completed a number of transactions in 1995 which have affected the comparability of its results of operations and financial condition. These transactions include the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership, the consolidation of Paragon, the refinancing of its bank debt, the reacquisition of the Time Warner Service Partnership Assets and certain asset sales, including the sale of 51% of TWE's interest in Six Flags, all of which are more fully discussed herein. Such transactions are collectively referred to herein as the 'TWE Transactions'.

In order to enhance comparability, the following discussion of results of operations for TWE is supplemented by pro forma financial information that gives effect to the TWE Transactions as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995. The pro forma results are presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred had the transactions actually occurred at the beginning of 1995, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.

F-76

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

1996 VS. 1995

EBITDA and operating income for TWE in 1996 and 1995 are as follows:

                                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -------------------------------------
                                                                                                    OPERATING
                                                                                EBITDA               INCOME
                                                                           -----------------     ---------------
                                                                            1996       1995       1996      1995
                                                                           ------     ------     ------     ----
                                                                                        (MILLIONS)

Filmed Entertainment....................................................   $  525     $  459     $  242     $228
Six Flags Theme Parks(1)................................................       --         60         --       29
Broadcasting-The WB Network.............................................      (98)       (66)       (98)     (66)
Cable Networks-HBO......................................................      350        291        328      274
Cable...................................................................    1,536      1,255        606      495
                                                                           ------     ------     ------     ----
Total...................................................................   $2,313     $1,999     $1,078     $960
                                                                           ------     ------     ------     ----
                                                                           ------     ------     ------     ----


(1) Deconsolidated as a result of the sale of a 51% interest in Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995.

TWE had revenues of $10.852 billion and net income of $210 million for the year ended December 31, 1996, compared to revenues of $9.517 billion, income of $97 million before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt and net income of $73 million for the year ended December 31, 1995.

On a pro forma basis, giving effect to the TWE Transactions as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995, TWE would have reported for the year ended December 31, 1995, revenues of $9.682 billion, EBITDA of $2.031 billion, operating income of $962 million, income before extraordinary item of $172 million and net income of $148 million. No pro forma financial information has been presented for TWE for the year ended December 31, 1996 because all of such transactions are already reflected, in all material respects, in the historical financial statements of TWE.

As discussed more fully below, TWE's historical net income was higher in 1996 as compared to pro forma results in 1995 due to an overall increase in operating income generated by its business segments, interest savings due to lower floating interest rates and the absence of a $24 million extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt recognized in 1995, offset in part by a decrease in investment-related income and an increase in minority interest expense related to the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership. On a historical basis, such underlying operating trends were enhanced by favorable comparisons as 1996 more fully benefited from the interest savings on lower average debt levels related to management's ongoing debt reduction program.

As a U.S. partnership, TWE is not subject to U.S. federal and state income taxation. Income and withholding taxes of $70 million in the year ended December 31, 1996, and $86 million in the year ended December 31, 1995, have been provided for the operations of TWE's domestic and foreign subsidiary corporations.

Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. Revenues increased to $5.639 billion, compared to $5.069 billion in 1995. EBITDA increased to $525 million from $459 million. Depreciation and amortization, including amortization related to the purchase of WCI, amounted to $283 million in 1996 and $231 million in 1995. Operating income increased to $242 million from $228 million. Revenues benefited from increases in worldwide home video, television distribution and consumer products operations, offset in part by lower international theatrical revenues. EBITDA and operating income benefited principally from the revenue gains, offset in part, with respect to operating income only, by higher depreciation and amortization principally related to the 1996 summer opening of an international theme park in Germany.

F-77

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

Six Flags Theme Parks. As a result of TWE's sale of 51% of its interest in Six Flags, the operating results of Six Flags have been deconsolidated effective as of June 23, 1995 and TWE's remaining 49% interest in Six Flags is accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

Broadcasting -- The WB Network. The WB Network recorded an operating loss of $98 million on $87 million of revenues in 1996, compared to an operating loss of $66 million on $33 million of revenues in 1995. The increase in revenues and operating losses primarily resulted from the expansion of the WB Network's primetime programming schedule (now at three nights) and the expansion of Kids' WB!, the network's animated programming lineup on Saturday mornings and weekdays. In addition, operating losses for 1995 were mitigated by a favorable legal settlement. Due to the start-up nature of this national broadcast operation, losses are expected to continue.

Cable Networks-HBO. Revenues increased to $1.763 billion in 1996, compared to $1.593 billion in 1995. EBITDA increased to $350 million from $291 million. Depreciation and amortization amounted to $22 million in 1996 and $17 million in 1995. Operating income increased to $328 million from $274 million. Revenues benefited primarily from a significant increase in subscriptions to 32.4 million from 29.7 million at the end of 1995. EBITDA and operating income improved principally as a result of the revenue gains.

Cable. Revenues increased to $3.851 billion in 1996, compared to $3.005 billion in 1995. EBITDA increased to $1.536 billion from $1.255 billion. Depreciation and amortization, including amortization related to the purchase of WCI and the acquisition of the ATC minority interest, amounted to $930 million in 1996 and $760 million in 1995. Operating income increased to $606 million from $495 million. The 1996 Cable operating results increased as a result of the full year effect from the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership effective as of April 1, 1995 and the consolidation of Paragon Communications effective as of July 6, 1995.

On a pro forma basis, TWE's Cable division had 1995 revenues of $3.368 billion, EBITDA of $1.346 billion, depreciation and amortization of $818 million and operating income of $528 million. In comparison to 1995 pro forma results, 1996 revenues benefited from an aggregate increase in basic cable and Primestar-related, direct broadcast satellite subscribers, increases in regulated cable rates as permitted under Time Warner Cable's 'social contract' with the FCC and increases in pay-per-view and advertising revenues. EBITDA and operating income increased principally as a result of revenue gains, offset in part, with respect to operating income only, by higher depreciation and amortization relating to increased capital spending.

Interest and Other, Net. Interest and other, net, decreased to $522 million in 1996, compared to $580 million in 1995. Interest expense decreased to $475 million, compared to $571 million in 1995, principally as a result of interest savings on lower average debt levels related to management's debt reduction program and lower short-term, floating-rates of interest paid on borrowings under TWE's former and existing bank credit agreements. There was other expense, net, of $47 million in 1996 compared to other expense, net, of $9 million in 1995, principally due to an overall decrease in investment-related income. The decrease in investment-related income resulted from a reduction in interest income, and lower aggregate gains on the sale of certain unclustered cable systems and other investments. The reduction in interest income related to lower average cash balances and lower average principal amounts due under the note receivable from U S WEST that was fully collected as of June 1996.

F-78

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

1995 VS. 1994

EBITDA and operating income for TWE in 1995 and 1994 are as follows:

                                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             -----------------------------------
                                                                                                     OPERATING
                                                                                  EBITDA              INCOME
                                                                             -----------------     -------------
                                                                              1995       1994      1995     1994
                                                                             ------     ------     ----     ----
                                                                                         (MILLIONS)

Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros..........................................   $  459     $  407     $228     $201
Six Flags Theme Parks(1)..................................................       60        135       29       56
Broadcasting-the WB Network...............................................      (66)        --      (66)      --
Cable Network-HBO.........................................................      291        255      274      236
Cable.....................................................................    1,255        994      495      355
                                                                             ------     ------     ----     ----
Total.....................................................................   $1,999     $1,791     $960     $848
                                                                             ------     ------     ----     ----
                                                                             ------     ------     ----     ----


(1) Deconsolidated as a result of the sale of a 51% interest in Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995.

TWE had revenues of $9.517 billion, income of $97 million before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt and net income of $73 million for the year ended December 31, 1995, compared to revenues of $8.460 billion and net income of $161 million for the year ended December 31, 1994. The decrease in net income in 1995 was principally related to a $24 million extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt and higher depreciation and amortization relating to increased capital spending.

As discussed more fully below, TWE's operating results in 1995 reflect an overall increase in operating income generated by its business segments (including the contribution by the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership) and an increase in investment-related income resulting from gains on the sale of certain unclustered cable systems and other investments, offset in part by minority interest expense related to the consolidation of the operating results of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership effective as of April 1, 1995.

As a U.S. partnership, TWE is not subject to U.S. federal and state income taxation. Income and withholding taxes of $86 million in the year ended December 31, 1995, and $40 million in the year ended December 31, 1994, have been provided for the operations of TWE's domestic and foreign subsidiary corporations.

Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. Revenues increased to $5.069 billion, compared to $4.476 billion in 1994. EBITDA increased to $459 million from $407 million. Depreciation and amortization, including amortization related to the purchase of WCI, amounted to $231 million in 1995 and $206 million in 1994. Operating income increased to $228 million from $201 million. Revenues benefited from increases in worldwide theatrical, home video, consumer products and television distribution operations. Worldwide theatrical and domestic home video revenues in 1995 were led by the success of Batman Forever. EBITDA and operating income benefited from the revenue gains and increased income from licensing operations.

Six Flags Theme Parks. As a result of TWE's sale of 51% of its interest in Six Flags, the operating results of Six Flags have been deconsolidated effective as of June 23, 1995 and TWE's remaining 49% interest in Six Flags is now accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Accordingly, revenues decreased to $227 million, compared to $557 million in 1994. EBITDA decreased to $60 million from $135 million. Depreciation and amortization amounted to $31 million in 1995 and $79 million in 1994. Operating income decreased to $29 million from $56 million.

Broadcasting-The WB Network. The WB Network was launched in January 1995, and generated $66 million of operating losses on $33 million of revenues. The operating loss was mitigated by a favorable legal

F-79

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

settlement, as well as by funding from a limited partner admitted as of August 1995. Due to the start-up nature of this national broadcast operation, losses are expected to continue.

Cable Networks-HBO. Revenues increased to $1.593 billion, compared to $1.494 billion in 1994. EBITDA increased to $291 million from $255 million. Depreciation and amortization amounted to $17 million in 1995 and $19 million in 1994. Operating income increased to $274 million from $236 million. Revenues benefited primarily from an increase in subscriptions to 29.7 million from 27 million at the end of 1994, as well as from higher pay-TV rates. EBITDA and operating income improved principally as a result of the revenue gains.

Cable. The 1995 Cable operating results reflect the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership effective as of April 1, 1995 and the consolidation of Paragon effective as of July 6, 1995. Revenues increased to $3.005 billion, compared to $2.220 billion in 1994. EBITDA increased to $1.255 billion from $994 million. Depreciation and amortization, including amortization related to the purchase of WCI and the acquisition of the ATC minority interest, amounted to $760 million in 1995 and $639 million in 1994. Operating income increased to $495 million from $355 million. Revenues and operating results benefited from the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership and the consolidation of Paragon. Excluding such effects, revenues benefited from an increase in basic cable subscribers and increases in nonregulated revenues, including pay-TV, pay-per-view and advertising. Excluding the positive contributions from the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership and the consolidation of Paragon, EBITDA and operating income increased as a result of the revenue gains, offset in part by the full year impact of the second round of cable rate regulations that went into effect in July 1994, higher start-up costs for telephony operations and, with respect to operating income only, higher depreciation and amortization relating to increased capital spending.

Interest and Other, Net. Interest and other, net, decreased to $580 million in 1995, compared to $587 million in 1994. Interest expense increased to $571 million, compared to $563 million in 1994, principally as a result of higher short-term, floating-rates of interest paid on borrowings under TWE's former and existing bank credit agreements, offset in part by interest savings in the last quarter of 1995 on lower debt levels related to management's asset sales program. Other expense, net, decreased to $9 million in 1995 from $24 million in 1994, principally because of an increase in investment-related income related to gains on the sale of certain unclustered cable systems and other investments.

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
DECEMBER 31, 1996

1996 FINANCIAL CONDITION

At December 31, 1996, TWE had $5.7 billion of debt, $1.5 billion of Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital and $6.6 billion of partners' capital compared to $6.2 billion of debt, $1.4 billion of Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital and $6.5 billion of partners' capital (net of the $169 million uncollected portion of the note receivable from U S WEST) at December 31, 1995. Cash and equivalents increased to $216 million at December 31, 1996, compared to $209 million at December 31, 1995, reducing the debt-net-of-cash amounts for TWE to $5.5 billion and $6 billion, respectively.

DEBT REDUCTION PROGRAM

In conjunction with Time Warner and as part of a continuing strategy to enhance the financial position and credit statistics of TWE, an asset sales program was initiated by Time Warner and TWE in 1995. Including the sale of 51% of TWE's interest in Six Flags in June 1995, the sale of certain unclustered cable systems and the

F-80

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

expected 1997 sale of TWE's interest in E! Entertainment Television, Inc., TWE has raised over $1 billion for debt reduction.

CREDIT STATISTICS

The combination of asset sales and the debt refinancing is intended to strengthen the financial position of TWE and, when taken together with EBITDA growth, is expected to continue the improvement of TWE's overall credit statistics. These credit statistics consist of commonly-used liquidity measures such as leverage and coverage ratios. The leverage ratio represents the ratio of total debt, less cash ('Net debt') to total business segment EBITDA, less corporate expenses ('Adjusted EBITDA'). The coverage ratio represents the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to total interest expense. Those ratios, on a historical basis for 1996 and 1994 and on a pro forma basis for 1995 are as set forth below:

                                                                                HISTORICAL    PRO FORMA     HISTORICAL
                                                                                   1996        1995(a)         1994
                                                                                ----------    ---------     ----------

Net debt/Adjusted EBITDA.....................................................      2.4x          3.0x          3.5x
Adjusted EBITDA/Interest.....................................................      4.7x          3.7x          3.1x


(a) Pro forma ratios for 1995 give effect to the TWE Transactions as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995. Historical ratios for 1995 are not meaningful and have not been presented because they reflect the operating results of acquired or disposed entities for only a portion of the year in comparison to year-end Net debt levels.

CASH FLOWS

In 1996, TWE's cash provided by operations amounted to $1.912 billion and reflected $2.313 billion of EBITDA from the Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros., Broadcasting-The WB Network, Cable Networks-HBO and Cable businesses and $255 million related to a reduction in working capital requirements, other balance sheet accounts and noncash items, less $513 million of interest payments, $74 million of income taxes and $69 million of corporate expenses. Cash provided by operations of $1.519 billion in 1995 reflected $1.999 billion of business segment EBITDA and $230 million related to a reduction in working capital requirements, other balance sheet accounts and noncash items, less $571 million of interest payments, $75 million of income taxes and $64 million of corporate expenses.

Cash used by investing activities increased to $1.253 billion in 1996, compared to $688 million in 1995, principally as a result of a $438 million decrease in investment proceeds realized in 1995 relating to management's debt reduction program and higher capital expenditures. Capital expenditures increased to $1.719 billion in 1996, compared to $1.535 billion in 1995, principally as a result of higher capital spending by the Cable Division.

Cash used by financing activities was $652 million in 1996, compared to $1.693 billion in 1995, principally as a result of a lower level of debt reduction realized in 1996 in connection with management's debt reduction program and a $860 million decrease in distributions paid to Time Warner, offset in part by a $433 million decrease in collections on the note receivable from U S WEST.

Management believes that TWE's operating cash flow, cash and equivalents and additional borrowing capacity are sufficient to fund its capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future.

CABLE CAPITAL SPENDING

Since the beginning of 1994, Time Warner Cable has been engaged in a plan to upgrade the technological capability and reliability of its cable television systems and develop new services, which it believes will position

F-81

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

the business for sustained, long-term growth. Capital spending by TWE's Cable division amounted to $1.348 billion in 1996, compared to $1.178 billion in 1995, and was financed in part through collections on the note receivable from U S WEST of $169 million in 1996 and $602 million in 1995. Capital spending by TWE's Cable division for 1997 is budgeted to be steady at approximately $1.4 billion and is expected to be funded principally by cable operating cash flow. In exchange for certain flexibility in establishing cable rate pricing structures for regulated services that went into effect on January 1, 1996 and consistent with Time Warner Cable's long-term strategic plan, Time Warner Cable has agreed with the FCC to invest a total of $4 billion in capital costs in connection with the upgrade of its cable infrastructure, which is expected to be substantially completed over a five-year period ending December 31, 2000. The agreement with the FCC covers all of the cable operations of Time Warner Cable, including the owned or managed cable television systems of TWE, the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership and Time Warner. Management expects to continue to finance such level of investment principally through the growth in cable operating cash flow derived from increases in subscribers and cable rates, bank credit agreement borrowings and the development of new revenue streams from expanded programming options, high speed data transmission and other services.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ASSETS

As discussed below, TWE believes that the value of certain off-balance sheet assets should be considered, along with other factors discussed elsewhere herein, in evaluating TWE's financial condition and prospects for future results of operations, including its ability to meet its capital and liquidity needs.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

As a creator and distributor of branded information and entertainment copyrights, TWE has a significant amount of internally-generated intangible assets whose value is not fully reflected in the consolidated balance sheet. Such intangible assets extend across TWE's principal business interests, but are best exemplified by its interest in Warner Bros.' and HBO's copyrighted film and television product libraries, and the creation or extension of brands. Generally accepted accounting principles do not recognize the value of such assets, except at the time they may be acquired in a business combination accounted for by the purchase method of accounting.

Because TWE owns the copyrights to such creative material, it continually generates revenue through the sale of such products across different media and in new and existing markets. The value of film and television-related copyrighted product and trademarks is continually realized by the licensing of films and television series to secondary markets and the licensing of trademarks, such as the Looney Tunes characters and Batman, to the retail industry and other markets. In addition, technological advances, such as the introduction of the home videocassette in the 1980's and potentially the digital video disc in the future, have historically generated significant revenue opportunities through the repackaging and sale of such copyrighted products in the new technological format. Accordingly, such intangible assets have significant off-balance sheet asset value that is not fully reflected in TWE's consolidated balance sheet.

WARNER BROS. BACKLOG

Warner Bros.' backlog, representing the amount of future revenue not yet recorded from cash contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product for pay cable, network, basic cable and syndicated television exhibition, amounted to $1.502 billion at December 31, 1996, compared to $1.056 million at December 31, 1995 (including amounts relating to TWE's cable television networks of $189 million and $175 million, respectively, and to Time Warner's cable television networks of $274 million at December 31, 1996). Warner Bros.' backlog increased principally as a result of the licensing of the hit television series Friends and ER for

F-82

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

domestic syndication, as well as for exhibition on Time Warner's cable television networks beginning in 1998. Because backlog generally relates to contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product which have already been produced, the recognition of revenue for such completed product is principally only dependent upon the commencement of the availability period for telecast under the terms of the related licensing agreement. Cash licensing fees are collected periodically over the term of the related licensing agreements. Accordingly, the portion of backlog for which cash advances have not already been received has significant off-balance sheet asset value as a source of future funding. The backlog excludes advertising barter contracts, which are also expected to result in the future realization of revenues and cash through the sale of advertising spots received under such contracts.

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK MANAGEMENT

Time Warner uses foreign exchange contracts primarily to hedge the risk that unremitted or future license fees owed to TWE domestic companies for the sale or anticipated sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. As part of its overall strategy to manage the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, Time Warner hedges a portion of its foreign currency exposures anticipated over the ensuing twelve month period, including those related to TWE. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had effectively hedged approximately half of TWE's estimated foreign currency exposures that principally relate to anticipated cash flows to be remitted to the U.S. over the ensuing twelve month period, using foreign exchange contracts that generally have maturities of three months or less, which generally are rolled over to provide continuing coverage throughout the year. TWE is reimbursed by or reimburses Time Warner for Time Warner contract gains and losses related to TWE's foreign currency exposure. Time Warner often closes foreign exchange contracts by purchasing an offsetting purchase contract. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had contracts for the sale of $447 million and the purchase of $104 million of foreign currencies at fixed rates. Of Time Warner's $343 million net sale contract position, none of the foreign exchange purchase contracts and $102 million of the foreign exchange sale contracts related to TWE's foreign currency exposure, compared to contracts for the sale of $113 million of foreign currencies at December 31, 1995.

See Note 10 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a more comprehensive description of TWE's foreign currency risk management activities.

F-83

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS)

                                                                                                  1996         1995
                                                                                                 -------      -------

ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and equivalents..........................................................................   $   216      $   209
Receivables, including $383 and $354 million due from Time Warner,
  less allowances of $373 and $365 million....................................................     1,637        1,635
Inventories...................................................................................     1,134          904
Prepaid expenses..............................................................................       159          161
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total current assets..........................................................................     3,146        2,909

Noncurrent inventories........................................................................     2,263        1,909
Loan receivable from Time Warner..............................................................       400          400
Investments...................................................................................       351          383
Property, plant and equipment, net............................................................     5,999        5,205
Cable television franchises...................................................................     3,054        3,360
Goodwill......................................................................................     3,996        4,119
Other assets..................................................................................       764          620
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total assets..................................................................................   $19,973      $18,905
                                                                                                 -------      -------
                                                                                                 -------      -------
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable..............................................................................   $   935      $   697
Participations and programming costs payable..................................................     1,393        1,090
Debt due within one year......................................................................         7           47
Other current liabilities, including $82 million in 1996 due to Time Warner...................     1,740        1,380
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total current liabilities.....................................................................     4,075        3,214

Long-term debt................................................................................     5,676        6,137
Other long-term liabilities, including $138 and $198 million due to Time Warner...............     1,085          924
Minority interests............................................................................     1,020          726
Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital..................................................     1,543        1,426

PARTNERS' CAPITAL
Contributed capital...........................................................................     7,537        7,522
Undistributed partnership earnings (deficit)..................................................      (963)        (875)
Note receivable from U S WEST.................................................................        --         (169)
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total partners' capital.......................................................................     6,574        6,478
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total liabilities and partners' capital.......................................................   $19,973      $18,905
                                                                                                 -------      -------
                                                                                                 -------      -------

See accompanying notes.

F-84

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS)

                                                                                         1996         1995        1994
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Revenues (a).........................................................................   $10,852      $9,517      $8,460
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Cost of revenues (a)(b)..............................................................     7,441       6,597       5,976
Selling, general and administrative (a)(b)...........................................     2,333       1,960       1,636
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Operating expenses...................................................................     9,774       8,557       7,612
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Business segment operating income....................................................     1,078         960         848
Interest and other, net (a)..........................................................      (522)       (580)       (587)
Minority interest....................................................................      (207)       (133)         --
Corporate services (a)...............................................................       (69)        (64)        (60)
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Income before income taxes...........................................................       280         183         201
Income taxes.........................................................................       (70)        (86)        (40)
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Income before extraordinary item.....................................................       210          97         161
Extraordinary loss on retirement of debt.............................................        --         (24)         --
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

Net income...........................................................................   $   210      $   73      $  161
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------


(a) Includes the following income (expenses) resulting from transactions with the partners of TWE and other related companies for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively: revenues-$198 million, $56 million and $112 million; cost of revenues-$(95) million, $(54) million and $(70) million; selling, general and administrative-$(38) million, $(61) million and $(72) million; interest and other, net-$30 million, $24 million and $21 million; and corporate expenses-$(69) million, $(64) million and $(60) million (Note 13).

(b) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of:...............................   $1,235       $1,039      $  943
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------
                                                                                        -------      ------      ------

See accompanying notes.

F-85

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS)

                                                                                        1996         1995         1994
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

OPERATIONS
Net income..........................................................................   $   210      $    73      $   161
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
Extraordinary loss on retirement of debt............................................        --           24           --
Depreciation and amortization.......................................................     1,235        1,039          943
Equity in (income) losses of investee companies, net of distributions...............        38           84           58
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Receivables.....................................................................       (50)        (159)        (192)
    Inventories.....................................................................      (637)        (118)         (76)
    Accounts payable and other liabilities..........................................       970          679          400
    Other balance sheet changes.....................................................       146         (103)           2
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

Cash provided by operations.........................................................     1,912        1,519        1,296
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investments and acquisitions........................................................      (146)        (203)        (156)
Capital expenditures................................................................    (1,719)      (1,535)      (1,153)
Investment proceeds.................................................................       612        1,050           50
Loan to Time Warner.................................................................        --           --         (400)
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

Cash used by investing activities...................................................    (1,253)        (688)      (1,659)
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Borrowings..........................................................................       215        2,484          977
Debt repayments.....................................................................      (716)      (3,596)        (945)
Collections on note receivable from U S WEST........................................       169          602          234
Capital distributions...............................................................      (228)      (1,088)        (170)
Other...............................................................................       (92)         (95)          --
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

Cash provided (used) by financing activities........................................      (652)      (1,693)          96
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS.........................................         7         (862)        (267)

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD.........................................       209        1,071        1,338
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD...............................................   $   216      $   209      $ 1,071
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

See accompanying notes.

F-86

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PARTNERSHIP CAPITAL
(MILLIONS)

                                                                                    PARTNERS' CAPITAL
                                                  TIME WARNER    -------------------------------------------------------
                                                    GENERAL                     UNDISTRIBUTED       U S
                                                   PARTNERS'                     PARTNERSHIP        WEST         TOTAL
                                                    SENIOR       CONTRIBUTED      EARNINGS          NOTE       PARTNERS'
                                                    CAPITAL        CAPITAL        (DEFICIT)      RECEIVABLE     CAPITAL
                                                  -----------    -----------    -------------    ----------    ---------

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993...................     $ 1,536        $ 7,398          $(393)        $ (1,005)     $ 6,000
Net income.....................................                                       161                           161
Distributions (a)..............................                                       (46)                          (46)
Allocation of income...........................         127                          (127)                         (127)
Collections....................................                                                        234          234
Other..........................................                                        11                            11
                                                  -----------    -----------        -----        ----------    ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994...................       1,663          7,398           (394)            (771)       6,233
Net income.....................................                                        73                            73
Distributions (a)..............................        (366)                         (421)                         (421)
Reacquisition of Time Warner Service
  Partnership Assets (b).......................                        124                                          124
Allocation of income...........................         129                          (129)                         (129)
Collections....................................                                                        602          602
Other..........................................                                        (4)                           (4)
                                                  -----------    -----------        -----        ----------    ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995...................       1,426          7,522           (875)            (169)       6,478
Net income.....................................                                       210                           210
Distributions (a)..............................                                      (199)                         (199)
Capital contributions..........................                         15                                           15
Allocation of income...........................         117                          (117)                         (117)
Collections....................................                                                        169          169
Other..........................................                                        18                            18
                                                  -----------    -----------        -----        ----------    ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996...................     $ 1,543        $ 7,537          $(963)        $     --      $ 6,574
                                                  -----------    -----------        -----        ----------    ---------
                                                  -----------    -----------        -----        ----------    ---------


(a) Distributions in 1996, 1995 and 1994 included $215 million, $346 million and $173 million, respectively, of accrued tax-related distributions. Previously-accrued stock option distributions of $16 million and $177 million were reversed in 1996 and 1994 because the market price of Time Warner common stock declined during the period and stock option distributions of $50 million were accrued in 1995 because of an increase in the market price of Time Warner common stock. Distributions in 1995 and 1994 included $25 million and $50 million of cash distributions to the Time Warner Service Partnerships, respectively. In addition, Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital was reduced in 1995 by a $366 million distribution of partnership income previously allocated to such interest.

(b) Time Warner General Partners' Series B Capital was increased in 1995 by the $124 million historical cost of the Time Warner Service Partnership Assets reacquired by TWE.

See accompanying notes.

F-87

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ('TWE'), classifies its business interests into three fundamental areas:
Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting and theme parks; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems.

Each of the business interests within Entertainment, Cable Networks and Cable is important to TWE's objective of increasing partner value through the creation, extension and distribution of recognizable brands and copyrights throughout the world. Such brands and copyrights include (1) the unique and extensive film, television and animation libraries of Warner Bros. and trademarks such as the Looney Tunes characters and Batman, (2) The WB Network, a national broadcasting network launched in 1995 as an extension of the Warner Bros. brand and as an additional distribution outlet for Warner Bros.' collection of children's cartoons and television programming, (3) Six Flags, the largest regional theme park operator in the United States, in which TWE owns a 49% interest, (4) HBO and Cinemax, the leading pay television services and (5) Time Warner Cable, the second largest operator of cable television systems in the U.S.

The operating results of TWE's various business interests are presented herein as an indication of financial performance (Note 11). Except for start-up losses incurred in connection with The WB Network, TWE's principal business interests generate significant operating income and cash flow from operations. The cash flow from operations generated by such business interests is significantly greater than their operating income due to significant amounts of noncash amortization of intangible assets recognized principally in Time Warner Companies, Inc.'s ('Time Warner')* $14 billion acquisition of Warner Communications Inc. ('WCI') in 1989 and $1.3 billion acquisition of the minority interest in American Television and Communications Corporation ('ATC') in 1992, a portion of which cost was allocated to TWE upon the capitalization of the partnership. Noncash amortization of intangible assets recorded by TWE's businesses amounted to $436 million in 1996, $444 million in 1995 and $478 million in 1994.

Subsidiaries of Time Warner are the general partners of TWE ('Time Warner General Partners'). During 1995, Time Warner acquired the aggregate 11.22% limited partnership interests previously held by subsidiaries of each of ITOCHU Corporation and Toshiba Corporation. As a result, Time Warner and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries collectively own general and limited partnership interests in TWE consisting of 74.49% of the pro rata priority capital ('Series A Capital') and residual equity capital ('Residual Capital'), and 100% of the senior priority capital ('Senior Capital') and junior priority capital ('Series B Capital'). The remaining 25.51% limited partnership interests in the Series A Capital and Residual Capital of TWE are held by a subsidiary of U S WEST, Inc. ('U S WEST'), which acquired such interests in 1993 for $1.532 billion of cash and a $1.021 billion 4.4% note (the 'U S WEST Note Receivable') that was fully collected during 1996.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements of TWE reflect (i) the formation by TWE of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership effective as of April 1, 1995, (ii) the deconsolidation of Six Flags Entertainment Corporation ('Six Flags') effective as of June 23, 1995 and (iii) the consolidation of Paragon


* On October 10, 1996, Time Warner Inc. acquired the remaining 80% interest in Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') that it did not already own. As a result of this transaction, a new parent company with the name 'Time Warner Inc.' replaced the old parent company of the same name ('Old Time Warner', now known as Time Warner Companies, Inc.), and Old Time Warner and TBS became separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of the new parent company. Unless the context indicates otherwise, references herein to 'Time Warner' refer to Old Time Warner.

F-88

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Communications ('Paragon') effective as of July 6, 1995. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years' financial statements to conform to the 1996 presentation.

In lieu of contributing certain assets to the partnership at its capitalization in 1992 (the 'Beneficial Assets'), the Time Warner General Partners assigned to TWE the net cash flow generated by such assets or agreed to pay an amount equal to the net cash flow generated by such assets. TWE has the right to receive from the Time Warner General Partners, at the limited partners' option, an amount equal to the fair value of the Beneficial Assets, net of associated liabilities, that have not been contributed to TWE, rather than continuing to receive the net cash flow, or an amount equal to the net cash flow, generated by such Beneficial Assets. The consolidated financial statements include the assets and liabilities of the businesses contributed by the Time Warner General Partners, including the Beneficial Assets and associated liabilities, all at Time Warner's historical cost basis of accounting.

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION AND
ACCOUNTING FOR INVESTMENTS

The consolidated financial statements include 100% of the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, income, loss and cash flows of TWE and all companies in which TWE has a direct and indirect controlling voting interest ('subsidiaries'), as if TWE and its subsidiaries were a single company. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the consolidated companies have been eliminated. Significant accounts and transactions between TWE and its partners and affiliates are disclosed as related party transactions (Note 13).

Investments in companies in which TWE has significant influence but less than a controlling voting interest are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, only TWE's investment in and amounts due to and from the equity investee are included in the consolidated balance sheet, only TWE's share of the investee's earnings is included in the consolidated operating results, and only the dividends, cash distributions, loans or other cash received from the investee, less any additional cash investments, loan repayments or other cash paid to the investee are included in the consolidated cash flows.

FOREIGN CURRENCY

The financial position and operating results of substantially all of the foreign operations of TWE are consolidated using the local currency as the functional currency. Local currency assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date, and local currency revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the period. Resulting translation gains or losses, which have not been material, are included in partners' capital. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, which have not been material, are included in operating results.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and footnotes thereto. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Significant estimates inherent in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements include management's forecast of anticipated revenues from the distribution of theatrical and television product in order to evaluate the ultimate recoverability of accounts receivables and film inventory recorded as assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Accounts receivables and sales related to the distribution of home video product in the filmed entertainment industry are subject to customers' rights to return unsold items. Management periodically reviews such estimates and it is reasonably possible that management's assessment of recoverability

F-89

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

of accounts receivables and individual films and television product may change based on actual results and other factors.

REVENUES AND COSTS

Feature films are produced or acquired for initial exhibition in theaters followed by distribution in the home video, pay cable, basic cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets. Generally, distribution to the theatrical, home video and pay cable markets (the primary markets) is principally completed within eighteen months of initial release and thereafter with respect to distribution to the basic cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets (the secondary markets). Theatrical revenues are recognized as the films are exhibited. Home video revenues, less a provision for returns, are recognized when the home videos are sold. Revenues from the distribution of theatrical product to cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets are recognized when the films are available to telecast.

Television films and series are initially produced for the networks or first-run television syndication (the primary markets) and may be subsequently licensed to foreign or domestic cable and syndicated television markets (the secondary markets). Revenues from the distribution of television product are recognized when the films or series are available to telecast, except for barter agreements where the recognition of revenue is deferred until the related advertisements are exhibited.

License agreements for the telecast of theatrical and television product in the cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets are routinely entered into well in advance of their available date for telecast, which is generally determined by the telecast privileges granted under previous license agreements. Accordingly, there are significant contractual rights to receive cash and barter upon which revenues will not be recognized until such product is available for telecast under the contractual terms of the related license agreement. Such contractual rights for which revenue is not yet recognizable is referred to as 'backlog.' Excluding advertising barter contracts, Warner Bros.' backlog amounted to $1.502 billion and $1.056 billion at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively (including amounts relating to the licensing of film product to TWE's cable television networks of $189 million and $175 million, respectively, and to Time Warner's cable television networks of $274 million at December 31, 1996).

Inventories of theatrical and television product are stated at the lower of amortized cost or net realizable value. Cost includes direct production and acquisition costs, production overhead and capitalized interest. A portion of the cost to acquire WCI in 1989 was allocated to its theatrical and television product, including an allocation to product that had been exhibited at least once in all markets ('Library'). The Library is amortized on a straight-line basis over twenty years. Individual films and series are amortized, and the related participations and residuals are accrued, based on the proportion that current revenues from the film or series bear to an estimate of total revenues anticipated from all markets. These estimates are revised periodically and losses, if any, are provided in full. Current film inventories include the unamortized cost of completed feature films allocated to the primary markets, television films and series in production pursuant to a contract of sale, film rights acquired for the home video market and advances pursuant to agreements to distribute third-party films in the primary markets. Noncurrent film inventories include the unamortized cost of completed theatrical and television films allocated to the secondary markets, theatrical films in production and the Library.

A significant portion of cable system and cable programming revenues are derived from subscriber fees. Subscriber fees are recorded as revenue in the period the service is provided. The cost of rights to exhibit feature films and other programming on pay cable services during one or more availability periods ('programming costs') generally is recorded when the programming is initially available for exhibition, and is allocated to the appropriate availability periods and amortized as the programming is exhibited.

F-90

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

ADVERTISING

In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') Statement No. 53, 'Financial Reporting by Producers and Distributors of Motion Picture Films,' advertising costs for theatrical and television product are capitalized and amortized over the related revenue streams in each market for which such costs are intended to benefit, which generally does not exceed three months. Other advertising costs are expensed upon the first exhibition of the advertisement. Advertising expense, excluding theatrical and television product, amounted to $332 million in 1996, $241 million in 1995 and $190 million in 1994.

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

Cash equivalents consist of commercial paper and other investments that are readily convertible into cash, and have original maturities of three months or less.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Additions to cable property, plant and equipment generally include material, labor, overhead and interest. Depreciation is provided generally on the straight-line method over useful lives ranging up to thirty years for buildings and improvements and up to fifteen years for furniture, fixtures, cable television equipment and other equipment. Property, plant and equipment consists of:

                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                               -------------------
                                                                                                1996        1995
                                                                                               -------     -------
                                                                                                   (MILLIONS)

Land and buildings..........................................................................   $   780     $   732
Cable television equipment..................................................................     6,602       5,859
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment.....................................................     2,129       1,752
                                                                                               -------     -------
                                                                                                 9,511       8,343
Less accumulated depreciation...............................................................    (3,512)     (3,138)
                                                                                               -------     -------
Total.......................................................................................   $ 5,999     $ 5,205
                                                                                               -------     -------
                                                                                               -------     -------

Effective January 1, 1996, TWE adopted FASB Statement No. 121, 'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of,' ('FAS 121') which established standards for the recognition and measurement of impairment losses on long-lived assets and certain intangible assets. The adoption of FAS 121 did not have a material effect on TWE's financial statements.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

As a creator and distributor of branded information and entertainment copyrights, TWE has a significant and growing amount of intangible assets, including goodwill, cable television franchises and other copyrighted products and trademarks. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, TWE does not recognize the fair value of internally-generated intangible assets. Costs incurred to create and produce copyrighted product, such as feature films and television series, are generally either expensed as incurred, or capitalized as tangible assets, as in the case of cash advances and inventoriable product costs. However, accounting recognition is not given to any increasing asset value that may be associated with the collection of the underlying copyrighted material. Additionally, costs incurred to create or extend brands, such as the start-up of The WB Network, generally result in losses over an extended development period and are recognized as a reduction of income as incurred, while any corresponding brand value created is not recognized as an intangible asset in the consolidated balance sheet. On the other hand, intangible assets acquired in business combinations accounted for by the purchase method of accounting are capitalized and amortized over their expected useful life as a noncash

F-91

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

charge against future results of operations. Accordingly, the intangible assets reported in the consolidated balance sheet do not reflect the fair value of TWE's internally-generated intangible assets, but rather are limited to intangible assets resulting from certain acquisitions in which the cost of the acquired companies exceeded the fair value of their tangible assets at the time of acquisition.

TWE amortizes goodwill over periods up to forty years using the straight-line method. Cable television franchises and other intangible assets are amortized over periods up to twenty years using the straight-line method. In 1996, 1995 and 1994, amortization of goodwill amounted to $123 million, $127 million and $129 million, respectively; amortization of cable television franchises amounted to $225 million, $223 million and $208 million, respectively; and amortization of other intangible assets amounted to $88 million, $94 million and $141 million, respectively. Accumulated amortization of intangible assets at December 31, 1996 and 1995 amounted to $2.623 billion and $2.337 billion, respectively.

TWE separately reviews the carrying value of acquired intangible assets for each acquired entity on a quarterly basis to determine whether an impairment may exist. TWE considers relevant cash flow and profitability information, including estimated future operating results, trends and other available information, in assessing whether the carrying value of intangible assets can be recovered. Upon a determination that the carrying value of intangible assets will not be recovered from the undiscounted future cash flows of the acquired business, the carrying value of such intangible assets would be considered impaired and will be reduced by a charge to operations in the amount of the impairment. An impairment charge is measured as any deficiency in estimated discounted future cash flows of the acquired business to recover the carrying value related to the intangible assets.

INCOME TAXES

As a Delaware limited partnership, TWE is not subject to U.S. federal and state income taxation. However, certain of TWE's operations are conducted by subsidiary corporations that are subject to domestic or foreign taxation. Income taxes are provided on the income of such corporations using the liability method of accounting for income taxes prescribed by FASB Statement No. 109, 'Accounting for Income Taxes.'

2. ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS

TWE-ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP

On April 1, 1995, TWE formed a cable television joint venture with the Advance/Newhouse Partnership ('Advance/Newhouse') to which Advance/Newhouse and TWE contributed cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 4.5 million subscribers, as well as certain foreign cable investments and programming investments that included Advance/Newhouse's 10% interest in Primestar Partners, L.P. ('Primestar'). TWE owns a two-thirds equity interest in the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership and is the managing partner. TWE consolidates the partnership and the one-third equity interest owned by Advance/Newhouse is reflected in TWE's consolidated financial statements as minority interest. In accordance with the partnership agreement, Advance/Newhouse can require TWE to purchase its equity interest for fair market value at specified intervals following the death of both of its principal shareholders. Beginning on April 1, 1998, either partner can initiate a dissolution in which TWE would receive two-thirds and Advance/Newhouse would receive one-third of the partnership's net assets. The assets contributed by TWE and Advance/Newhouse to the partnership were recorded at their predecessor's historical cost, which, with respect to Advance/Newhouse, consisted of assets contributed to the partnership of approximately $338 million and liabilities assumed by the partnership of approximately $9 million. No gain was recognized by TWE upon the capitalization of the partnership.

F-92

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

SIX FLAGS

On June 23, 1995, TWE sold 51% of its interest in Six Flags to an investment group led by Boston Ventures for $204 million and received $640 million in additional proceeds from Six Flags, representing payment of certain intercompany indebtedness and licensing fees. As a result of the transaction, Six Flags has been deconsolidated and TWE's remaining 49% interest in Six Flags is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. TWE reduced debt by approximately $850 million in 1995 in connection with the transaction, and a portion of the income on the transaction has been deferred by TWE principally as a result of its guarantee of certain third-party, zero-coupon indebtedness of Six Flags due in 1999.

PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The accompanying consolidated statement of operations includes the operating results of the Advance/Newhouse businesses from the date of contribution to the partnership. On a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership, (ii) the refinancing of approximately $2.6 billion of bank debt (Note 5), (iii) the consolidation of Paragon, (iv) the reacquisition of the Time Warner Service Partnership Assets (Note 7), (v) the sale of 51% of TWE's interest in Six Flags and (vi) the sale or transfer of certain unclustered cable television systems owned by TWE, as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995, TWE would have reported for the year ended December 31, 1995, revenues of $9.682 billion, depreciation and amortization of $1.069 billion, operating income of $962 million, income before extraordinary item of $172 million and net income of $148 million. No pro forma information has been presented for 1996 because all of such transactions are already reflected, in all material respects, in the historical financial statements of TWE.

3. INVENTORIES

TWE's inventories consist of:

                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   -------------------------------------------------
                                                                            1996                       1995
                                                                   ----------------------     ----------------------
                                                                   CURRENT     NONCURRENT     CURRENT     NONCURRENT
                                                                   -------     ----------     -------     ----------
                                                                                      (MILLIONS)
Film costs:
     Released, less amortization................................   $  544        $  535       $  529        $  437
     Completed and not released.................................      168            42           74            22
     In process and other.......................................       21           704           11           396
     Library, less amortization.................................       --           664           --           717
Programming costs, less amortization............................      319           318          219           337
Merchandise.....................................................       82            --           71            --
                                                                   -------     ----------     -------     ----------
Total...........................................................   $1,134        $2,263       $  904        $1,909
                                                                   -------     ----------     -------     ----------
                                                                   -------     ----------     -------     ----------

Excluding the Library, the total cost incurred in the production of theatrical and television films amounted to $2.543 billion in 1996, $2.011 billion in 1995 and $1.667 billion in 1994; and the total cost amortized amounted to $1.998 billion, $2 billion and $1.640 billion, respectively. Excluding the Library, the unamortized cost of completed films at December 31, 1996 amounted to $1.289 billion, more than 90% of which is expected to be amortized within three years after release.

F-93

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. INVESTMENTS

TWE's investments consist of:

                                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                -------------------
                                                                                                 1996        1995
                                                                                                -------     -------
                                                                                                    (MILLIONS)
Equity method investments....................................................................    $ 298       $ 335
Cost method investments......................................................................       53          48
                                                                                                -------     -------
Total........................................................................................    $ 351       $ 383
                                                                                                -------     -------
                                                                                                -------     -------

Companies accounted for using the equity method include Comedy Partners, L.P. (50% owned), certain cable system joint ventures (generally 50% owned), Primestar (31% owned), Six Flags (49% owned), certain international cable and programming joint ventures (generally 25% owned) and Courtroom Television Network (33% owned in 1996 and 1995). A summary of combined financial information as reported by the equity investees of TWE is set forth below:

                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                                      1996       1995       1994
                                                                                     ------     ------     ------
                                                                                              (MILLIONS)

Revenues..........................................................................   $1,823     $1,450     $  722
Depreciation and amortization.....................................................      197        195        125
Operating income (loss)...........................................................       62         (9)        11
Net loss..........................................................................     (138)      (168)       (53)
Current assets....................................................................      624        455        192
Total assets......................................................................    3,193      2,416      1,281
Current liabilities...............................................................      431        405        305
Long-term debt....................................................................    2,853      1,778        554
Total liabilities.................................................................    2,829      2,323        926
Total shareholders' equity or partners' capital...................................      340         93        355

5. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of:

                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                -----------------
                                                                                                 1996       1995
                                                                                                ------     ------
                                                                                                   (MILLIONS)

Credit agreement, weighted average interest rates of 6.1% and 6.4%...........................   $1,555     $2,185
Commercial paper, weighted average interest rates of 5.8% and 6.2%...........................      310        157
9 5/8% notes due May 1, 2002.................................................................      600        600
7 1/4% debentures due September 1, 2008......................................................      599        599
10.15% notes due May 1, 2012.................................................................      250        250
8 7/8% notes due October 1, 2012.............................................................      347        347
8 3/8% debentures due March 15, 2023.........................................................      991        991
8 3/8% debentures due July 15, 2033..........................................................      994        994
Other........................................................................................       30         14
                                                                                                ------     ------
Total........................................................................................   $5,676     $6,137
                                                                                                ------     ------
                                                                                                ------     ------

In June 1995, TWE, the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Time Warner ('TWI Cable') executed a five-year revolving credit facility (the '1995 Credit Agreement'). The 1995

F-94

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Credit Agreement enabled such entities to refinance certain indebtedness assumed in certain cable acquisitions, to refinance TWE's indebtedness under a pre-existing bank credit agreement and to finance the ongoing working capital, capital expenditure and other corporate needs of each borrower.

The 1995 Credit Agreement permits borrowings in an aggregate amount of up to $8.3 billion, with no scheduled reductions in credit availability prior to maturity in June 2000. Borrowings are limited to $4 billion in the case of TWI Cable, $5 billion in the case of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership and $8.3 billion in the case of TWE, subject in each case to certain limitations and adjustments. Such borrowings bear interest at specific rates for each of the three borrowers, generally equal to LIBOR plus a margin initially ranging from 50 to 87.5 basis points, which margin will vary based on the credit rating or financial leverage of the applicable borrower. Unused credit is available for general business purposes and to support any commercial paper borrowings. Each borrower is required to pay a commitment fee initially ranging from .2% to .35% per annum on the unused portion of its commitment. The 1995 Credit Agreement contains certain covenants for each borrower relating to, among other things, additional indebtedness; liens on assets; cash flow coverage and leverage ratios; and loans, advances, distributions and other cash payments or transfers of assets from the borrowers to their respective partners or affiliates.

In July 1995, TWE borrowed approximately $2.6 billion under the 1995 Credit Agreement to repay and terminate its pre-existing bank credit agreement. In connection therewith, TWE recognized an extraordinary loss of $24 million to write-off deferred financing costs related to the former credit agreement.

As a result of the Six Flags transaction, long-term debt was reduced by approximately $850 million in 1995, including the deconsolidation of Six Flags' 9.25% zero coupon notes due in 1999. Such zero coupon notes have been guaranteed by TWE.

Each Time Warner General Partner has guaranteed a pro rata portion of approximately $5.4 billion of TWE's debt and accrued interest thereon based on the relative fair value of the net assets each Time Warner General Partner contributed to TWE (the 'Time Warner General Partner Guarantees'). Such indebtedness is recourse to each Time Warner General Partner only to the extent of its guarantee. The indenture pursuant to which TWE's notes and debentures have been issued (the 'Indenture') requires the unanimous consent of the holders of the notes and debentures to terminate the Time Warner General Partner Guarantees prior to June 30, 1997, and the consent of a majority of such holders to effect a termination thereafter. There are generally no restrictions on the ability of the Time Warner General Partner guarantors to transfer material assets, other than TWE assets, to parties that are not guarantors.

Interest expense was $475 million in 1996, $571 million in 1995 and $563 million in 1994. The weighted average interest rate on TWE's total debt was 7.8% and 7.7% at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

TWE has the intent and the ability under the 1995 Credit Agreement to continue to refinance its commercial paper borrowings on a long-term basis. TWE is not obligated to repay any portion of its long-term debt until the year 2000, when the 1995 Credit Agreement expires and all borrowings thereunder, including commercial paper supported by the 1995 Credit Agreement, are required to be repaid.

6. INCOME TAXES

Domestic and foreign pretax income (loss) are as follows:

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     --------------------------------
                                                                                       1996       1995        1994
                                                                                     --------    -------    ---------
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)

Domestic..........................................................................     $263       $ 191       $ 242
Foreign...........................................................................       17          (8)        (41)
                                                                                     --------    -------    ---------
Total.............................................................................     $280       $ 183       $ 201
                                                                                     --------    -------    ---------
                                                                                     --------    -------    ---------

F-95

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

As a partnership, TWE is not subject to U.S. federal, state or local income taxation. However, certain of TWE's operations are conducted by subsidiary corporations that are subject to domestic or foreign taxation. Income taxes (benefits) of TWE and subsidiary corporations are as set forth below:

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   ----------------------------------
                                                                                     1996        1995         1994
                                                                                   --------    ---------    ---------
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)
Federal:
     Current(1).................................................................     $  4        $   7        $   6
     Deferred...................................................................       (3)          (5)          (2)
Foreign:
     Current(2).................................................................       86           74           53
     Deferred...................................................................      (21)           6          (16)
State and local:
     Current....................................................................        5            7           14
     Deferred...................................................................       (1)          (3)         (15)
                                                                                   --------    ---------    ---------
Total income taxes..............................................................     $ 70        $  86        $  40
                                                                                   --------    ---------    ---------
                                                                                   --------    ---------    ---------


(1) Includes utilization of Six Flags' tax carryforwards in the amount of $16 million in 1995 and $35 million in 1994.
(2) Includes foreign withholding taxes of $54 million in 1996, $60 million in 1995 and $44 million in 1994.

The financial statement basis of TWE's assets exceeds the corresponding tax basis by $8.1 billion at December 31, 1996, principally as a result of differences in accounting for depreciable and amortizable assets for financial statement and income tax purposes.

7. TWE PARTNERS' CAPITAL

Each partner's interest in TWE consists of the initial priority capital and residual equity amounts that were assigned to that partner or its predecessor based on the estimated fair value of the net assets each contributed to the partnership, as adjusted for the fair value of certain assets distributed by TWE to the Time Warner General Partners in 1993 which were not subsequently reacquired by TWE in 1995 ('Contributed Capital'), plus, with respect to the priority capital interests only, any undistributed priority capital return. The priority capital return consists of net partnership income allocated to date in accordance with the provisions of the TWE partnership agreement and the right to be allocated additional partnership income which, together with any previously allocated net partnership income, provides for the various priority capital rates of return specified in the table below. The sum of Contributed Capital and the undistributed priority capital return is referred to herein as 'Cumulative Priority Capital.' Cumulative Priority Capital is not necessarily indicative of the fair value of the underlying priority capital interests principally due to above-market rates of return on certain priority capital interests as compared to securities of comparable credit risk and maturity, such as the 13.25% rate of return on the Series B Capital interest owned by the Time Warner General Partners. Furthermore, the ultimate realization of Cumulative Priority Capital could be affected by the fair value of TWE, which is subject to fluctuation.

F-96

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

A summary of the priority of Contributed Capital, ownership of Contributed Capital and Cumulative Priority Capital at December 31, 1996 and priority capital rates of return thereon is set forth below:

                                                                  PRIORITY       TIME
                                                   CUMULATIVE     CAPITAL       WARNER
                                     CONTRIBUTED    PRIORITY      RATES OF     GENERAL
PRIORITY OF CONTRIBUTED CAPITAL      CAPITAL(a)     CAPITAL      RETURN(b)     PARTNERS
- -----------------------------------  -----------   ----------   ------------   --------
                                            (BILLIONS)         (% PER ANNUM  (OWNERSHIP %)
                                                                 COMPOUNDED
                                                                 QUARTERLY)
Senior Capital.....................     $ 1.4         $1.5(c)        8.00%      100.00%
Series A Capital...................       5.6          9.9          13.00%(d)    63.27%
Series B Capital...................       2.9(g)       5.2          13.25%(e)   100.00%
Residual Capital...................       3.3(g)       3.3(f)          --(f)     63.27%

                                    LIMITED PARTNERS
                                   -------------------
                                                  U S
PRIORITY OF CONTRIBUTED CAPITAL    TIME WARNER   WEST
- -----------------------------------------------  -----
                                       (OWNERSHIP %)
Senior Capital.....................       --       --
Series A Capital...................    11.22%    25.51%
Series B Capital...................       --       --
Residual Capital...................    11.22%    25.51%


(a) Excludes partnership income or loss allocated thereto.
(b) Income allocations related to priority capital rates of return are based on partnership income after any special tax allocations.
(c) Net of $366 million of partnership income distributed in 1995 representing the priority capital return thereon through June 30, 1995.
(d) 11.00% to the extent concurrently distributed.
(e) 11.25% to the extent concurrently distributed.
(f) Residual Capital is not entitled to stated priority rates of return and, as such, its Cumulative Priority Capital is equal to its Contributed Capital. However, in the case of certain events such as the liquidation or dissolution of TWE, Residual Capital is entitled to any excess of the then fair value of the net assets of TWE over the aggregate amount of Cumulative Priority Capital and special tax allocations.
(g) The Contributed Capital relating to the Series B Capital has priority over the priority returns on the Series A Capital. The Contributed Capital relating to the Residual Capital has priority over the priority returns on the Series B Capital and the Series A Capital.

Because Contributed Capital is based on the fair value of the net assets that each partner contributed to the partnership, the aggregate of such amounts is significantly higher than TWE's partners' capital as reflected in the consolidated financial statements, which is based on the historical cost of the contributed net assets. For purposes of allocating partnership income or loss to the partners, partnership income or loss is based on the fair value of the net assets contributed to the partnership and results in significantly less partnership income, or results in partnership losses, in contrast to the net income reported by TWE for financial statement purposes, which is also based on the historical cost of contributed net assets.

Under the TWE partnership agreement, partnership income, to the extent earned, is first allocated to the partners' capital accounts so that the economic burden of the income tax consequences of partnership operations is borne as though the partnership were taxed as a corporation ('special tax allocations'), then to the Senior Capital, Series A Capital and Series B Capital, in order of priority, at rates of return ranging from 8% to 13.25% per annum, and finally to the Residual Capital. Partnership losses generally are allocated first to eliminate prior allocations of partnership income to, and then to reduce the Contributed Capital of, the Residual Capital, Series B Capital and Series A Capital, in that order, then to reduce the Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital, including partnership income allocated thereto, and finally to reduce any special tax allocations. To the extent partnership income is insufficient to satisfy all special allocations in a particular accounting period, the right to receive additional partnership income necessary to provide for the various priority capital rates of return is carried forward until satisfied out of future partnership income, including any partnership income that may result from any liquidation, sale or dissolution of TWE.

The TWE partnership agreement provides, under certain circumstances, for the distribution of partnership income allocated to the Senior Capital owned by the Time Warner General Partners. Pursuant to such provision, $366 million of partnership income was distributed to the Time Warner General Partners in 1995. Beginning on July 1, 1997, the Senior Capital and, to the extent not previously distributed, partnership income allocated thereto is required to be distributed in three annual installments, with the initial distribution expected to be approximately $535 million. The Series B Capital owned by subsidiaries of Time Warner may be increased if

F-97

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

certain operating performance targets are achieved over a five-year period ending on December 31, 1996 and a ten-year period ending on December 31, 2001. Although satisfaction of the ten-year operating performance target is indeterminable at this time, the five-year target was not attained.

U S WEST has an option to obtain up to an additional 6.33% of Series A Capital and Residual Capital interests, depending on cable operating performance. The option is exercisable between January 1, 1999 and on or about May 31, 2005 at a maximum exercise price of $1.25 billion to $1.8 billion, depending on the year of exercise. Either U S WEST or TWE may elect that the exercise price be paid with partnership interests rather than cash.

Distributions and loans to the partners are subject to partnership and credit agreement limitations. Generally, TWE must be in compliance with the cash flow coverage and leverage ratios, restricted payment limitations and other credit agreement covenants in order to make such distributions or loans.

In September 1993, certain assets of TWE were distributed to the Time Warner General Partners and were owned and operated by other partnerships (the 'Time Warner Service Partnerships') in order to ensure compliance with the Modification of Final Judgment entered on August 24, 1982 by the United States District Court for the District of Columbia applicable to U S WEST and its affiliated companies, which may have included TWE. This distribution was recorded for financial statement purposes based on the $95 million historical cost of such assets and, for partnership agreement purposes, Time Warner General Partners' Series B Capital was reduced by approximately $300 million. In 1994, U S WEST received a judicial order that TWE was no longer prohibited from owning or operating substantially all of such assets. Accordingly, in September 1995, TWE reacquired substantially all of the assets of the Time Warner Service Partnerships, subject to the liabilities relating thereto, (the 'Time Warner Service Partnership Assets') in exchange for Series B Capital interests in TWE equal to approximately $400 million. The reacquisition was recorded for financial statement purposes based on the $124 million historical cost of the Time Warner Service Partnership Assets. Prior to the reacquisition of the Time Warner Service Partnership Assets in September 1995, TWE was required to make quarterly cash distributions of Series B Capital in the amount of $12.5 million to the Time Warner General Partners ('TWSP Distributions'), which the General Partners were then required to contribute to the Time Warner Service Partnerships. TWE paid TWSP Distributions to the Time Warner General Partners in the amount of $25 million and $50 million in 1995 and 1994, respectively, which were recorded as reductions of Time Warner General Partners' Series B Capital.

TWE reimburses Time Warner for the amount by which the market price on the exercise date of Time Warner common stock options exercised by employees of TWE exceeds the exercise price or, with respect to options granted prior to the TWE capitalization, the greater of the exercise price and $27.75, the market price of the common stock at the time of the TWE capitalization on June 30, 1992 ('Stock Option Distributions'). TWE accrues Stock Option Distributions and a corresponding liability with respect to unexercised options when the market price of Time Warner common stock increases during the accounting period, and reverses previously-accrued Stock Option Distributions and the corresponding liability when the market price of Time Warner common stock declines. Stock Option Distributions are paid when the options are exercised. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, TWE had recorded a liability for Stock Option Distributions of $93 million and $122 million, respectively, based on the unexercised options and the market prices at such dates of $37.50 and $37.875, respectively, per Time Warner common share. TWE paid Stock Option Distributions to Time Warner in the amount of $13 million, $17 million and $5 million in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

Cash distributions are required to be made to the partners to permit them to pay income taxes at statutory rates based on their allocable taxable income from TWE ('Tax Distributions'), including any taxable income generated by the Beneficial Assets, subject to limitations referred to herein. The aggregate amount of such Tax Distributions is computed generally by reference to the taxes that TWE would have been required to pay if it were a corporation. Tax Distributions were previously subject to restrictions until July 1995 and are now paid to

F-98

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the Time Warner General Partners on a current basis. TWE paid Tax Distributions to the Time Warner General Partners in the amount of $215 million, $680 million and $115 million in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

In addition to Stock Option Distributions, Tax Distributions and Senior Capital Distributions, quarterly cash distributions may be made to the partners to the extent of excess cash, as defined in the TWE partnership agreement ('Excess Cash Distribution'). Assuming that no additional partnership interests are issued to new partners and that certain cash distribution thresholds are met, cash distributions other than Stock Option Distributions, Tax Distributions and Senior Capital Distributions will in the aggregate be made 63.27% to the Time Warner General Partners, 11.22% to Time Warner and 25.51% to U S WEST prior to June 30, 1998; thereafter, the Time Warner General Partners will be entitled to additional distributions with respect to Series B Capital. If aggregate distributions made to the limited partners, generally from all sources, have not reached approximately $800 million by June 30, 1997, cash distributions to the Time Warner General Partners with respect to the Time Warner General Partners' Series A Capital and Residual Capital, other than Stock Option Distributions and Tax Distributions, will be deferred until such threshold is met. Similarly, if such aggregate distributions to the limited partners have not reached approximately $1.6 billion by June 30, 1998, cash distributions with respect to Series B Capital will be deferred until such threshold is met. If any such deferral occurs, a portion of the corresponding partnership income allocations with respect to such deferred amounts will be made at a rate higher than otherwise would have been the case. As of December 31, 1996, no cash distributions have been made to the limited partners. In addition, if a division of TWE or a substantial portion thereof is sold, the net proceeds of such sale, less expenses and proceeds used to repay outstanding debt, will be required to be distributed with respect to the partners' partnership interests. Similar distributions are required to be made in the event of a financing or refinancing of debt. Subject to any limitations on the incurrence of additional debt contained in the TWE partnership and credit agreements, and the Indenture, TWE may borrow funds to make distributions.

8. STOCK OPTION PLANS

Time Warner has various stock option plans under which Time Warner may grant options to purchase Time Warner common stock to employees of Time Warner and TWE. Such options have been granted to employees of TWE at, or in excess of, fair market value at the date of grant. Accordingly, in accordance with APB 25 and related interpretations, no compensation cost has been recognized by Time Warner, nor charged to TWE, related to such stock option plans. Generally, the options become exercisable over a three-year vesting period and expire ten years from the date of grant. Had compensation cost for Time Warner's stock option plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for all awards during 1995 and 1996 under those plans consistent with the method set forth under FASB Statement No. 123, 'Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation' ('FAS 123'), TWE's allocable share of compensation cost would have decreased its net income to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         ---------------------------
                                                                                            1996            1995
                                                                                         -----------    ------------
                                                                                                (IN MILLIONS)
Net income:
     As reported......................................................................      $ 210           $ 73
                                                                                         -----------         ---
                                                                                         -----------         ---
     Pro forma........................................................................      $ 193           $ 68
                                                                                         -----------         ---
                                                                                         -----------         ---

FAS 123 is applicable only to stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 1994. Accordingly, since TWE's compensation expense associated with such grants would generally be recognized over a three-year vesting period, the initial impact of applying FAS 123 on pro forma net income is not representative of the potential impact on pro forma net income in future years, when the pro forma effect would be fully reflected.

F-99

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants to TWE employees in 1996 and 1995, respectively:
dividend yields of 1% in both periods; expected volatility of 21.7% and 22.3%, risk-free interest rates of 5.7% and 6.6%; and expected lives of 5 years in both periods. The weighted average fair value of an option granted to TWE employees during the year was $10.43 and $11.46 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The weighted average exercise price and fair value of an option granted during the year at prices exceeding the market price of the stock on the date of grant are $48.51 and $6.82, respectively.

A summary of stock option activity with respect to employees of TWE is as follows:

                                                                                                          WEIGHTED-
                                                                                            THOUSANDS      AVERAGE
                                                                                               OF         EXERCISE
                                                                                             SHARES         PRICE
                                                                                            ---------     ---------
Balance at January 1, 1994...............................................................     26,880       $ 31.54
Granted..................................................................................      3,856         36.73
Exercised................................................................................       (437)        19.71
Cancelled(a).............................................................................       (101)        35.81
                                                                                            ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994.............................................................     30,198       $ 32.36
Granted..................................................................................      2,141         38.13
Exercised................................................................................     (1,316)        27.31
Cancelled(a).............................................................................     (2,488)        29.69
                                                                                            ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995.............................................................     28,535       $ 33.26
Granted..................................................................................      4,510         42.48
Exercised................................................................................     (1,242)        28.67
Cancelled(a).............................................................................     (1,492)        31.37
                                                                                            ---------
Balance at December 31, 1996.............................................................     30,311       $ 34.91
                                                                                            ---------
                                                                                            ---------


(a) Includes all options cancelled and forfeited during the year, as well as options related to employees who have been transferred out of and into TWE to and from other Time Warner divisions.

                                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                                      1996       1995       1994
                                                                                     ------     ------     ------
                                                                                             (THOUSANDS)
Exercisable.......................................................................   22,772     21,846     21,318

F-100

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding with respect to employees of TWE at December 31, 1996:

                                                                 OPTIONS OUTSTANDING               OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                                        --------------------------------------   ------------------------
                                                                        WEIGHTED-
                                                                         AVERAGE     WEIGHTED-                  WEIGHTED-
                                                           NUMBER       REMAINING     AVERAGE       NUMBER       AVERAGE
                                                        OUTSTANDING    CONTRACTUAL   EXERCISE    EXERCISABLE    EXERCISE
               RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES                 AT 12/31/96        LIFE         PRICE     AT 12/31/96      PRICE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ------------   -----------   ---------   ------------   ---------
                                                        (THOUSANDS)                              (THOUSANDS)

Under $17.............................................        455        3 years      $ 16.61          455       $ 16.61
$17.00 to $25.00......................................      3,124        3 years      $ 21.80        3,124       $ 21.80
$25.01 to $35.00......................................      6,564        5 years      $ 28.89        6,402       $ 28.75
$35.01 to $40.00......................................     11,547        5 years      $ 36.65        8,619       $ 36.22
$40.01 to $45.00......................................      7,621        7 years      $ 42.15        4,172       $ 42.18
$45.01 to $48.51......................................      1,000        9 years      $ 48.51           --       $    --
                                                        ------------                             ------------
Total.................................................     30,311        5 years      $ 34.91       22,772       $ 32.84
                                                        ------------                             ------------
                                                        ------------                             ------------

TWE reimburses Time Warner for the use of Time Warner stock options on the basis described in Note 7.

9. BENEFIT PLANS

TWE and its divisions have defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all domestic employees. Pension benefits are based on formulas that reflect the employees' years of service and compensation levels during their employment period. Qualifying plans are funded in accordance with government pension and income tax regulations. Plan assets are invested in equity and fixed income securities. Time Warner's common stock represents approximately 5% and 6% of plan assets at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Pension expense included the following:

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     -------------------------------
                                                                                       1996       1995        1994
                                                                                     --------    -------    --------
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)

Service cost......................................................................     $ 33       $  20       $ 26
Interest cost.....................................................................       28          21         24
Actual return on plan assets......................................................      (27)        (55)         4
Net amortization and deferral.....................................................        7          37        (21)
                                                                                     --------    -------    --------
Total.............................................................................     $ 41       $  23       $ 33
                                                                                     --------    -------    --------
                                                                                     --------    -------    --------

F-101

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The status of funded pension plans is as follows:

                                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                   -----------------
                                                                                                    1996      1995
                                                                                                   ------    -------
                                                                                                      (MILLIONS)

Accumulated benefit obligation (90% vested).....................................................    $212      $ 213
Effect of future salary increases...............................................................     124        111
                                                                                                   ------    -------
Projected benefit obligation....................................................................     336        324
Plan assets at fair value.......................................................................     284        247
                                                                                                   ------    -------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets...........................................     (52)       (77)
Unamortized actuarial losses....................................................................       1         60
Unamortized plan changes........................................................................       3          5
Other...........................................................................................      (2)        (3)
                                                                                                   ------    -------
Accrued pension expense.........................................................................    $(50)     $ (15)
                                                                                                   ------    -------
                                                                                                   ------    -------

The following assumptions were used in accounting for pension plans:

                                                                                         1996      1995      1994
                                                                                         ----      ----      ----

Weighted average discount rate........................................................   7.75%     7.25%      8.5%
Return on plan assets.................................................................      9%        9%        9%
Rate of increase in compensation levels...............................................      6%        6%        6%

Certain domestic employees of TWE participate in multiemployer pension plans as to which the expense amounted to $30 million in 1996, $21 million in 1995 and $18 million in 1994. Employees in foreign countries participate to varying degrees in local pension plans, which in the aggregate are not significant.

Certain domestic employees also participate in Time Warner's savings and profit sharing plans, as to which the expense amounted to $28 million in 1996, $25 million in 1995 and $23 million in 1994. Contributions to the savings plans are based upon a percentage of the employees' elected contributions. Contributions to the profit sharing plans are generally determined by management.

10. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying value of TWE's financial instruments approximates fair value, except for differences with respect to long-term, fixed-rate debt and certain differences related to cost method investments and other financial instruments which are not significant. The fair value of financial instruments, such as long-term debt and investments, is generally determined by reference to market values resulting from trading on a national securities exchange or in an over-the-counter market. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, such as for derivative financial instruments, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.

LONG-TERM DEBT

Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at December 31, 1996, the fair value of TWE's fixed-rate debt exceeded its carrying value by $181 million which represents an unrealized loss. Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at December 31, 1995, the fair value of TWE's fixed-rate debt exceeded its carrying value by $386 million, which represents an unrealized loss. Unrealized gains or losses related to the differences in the fair value and carrying value of TWE's long-term debt are not recognized unless such debt is retired prior to its maturity.

F-102

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK MANAGEMENT

Time Warner uses foreign exchange contracts primarily to hedge the risk that unremitted or future license fees owed to TWE domestic companies for the sale or anticipated sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. As part of its overall strategy to manage the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, Time Warner hedges a portion of its foreign currency exposures anticipated over the ensuing twelve month period, including those related to TWE. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had effectively hedged approximately half of TWE's estimated foreign currency exposures that principally relate to anticipated cash flows to be remitted to the U.S. over the ensuing twelve month period, using foreign exchange contracts that generally have maturities of three months or less, which generally are rolled over to provide continuing coverage throughout the year. TWE is reimbursed by or reimburses Time Warner for Time Warner contract gains and losses related to TWE's foreign currency exposure. Time Warner often closes foreign exchange sale contracts by purchasing an offsetting purchase contract. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had contracts for the sale of $447 million and the purchase of $104 million of foreign currencies at fixed rates and maturities of three months or less. Of Time Warner's $343 million net sale contract position, none of the foreign exchange purchase contracts and $102 million of the foreign exchange sale contracts related to TWE's foreign currency exposure, primarily Japanese yen (21% of net contract position related to TWE), French francs (22%), German marks (11%) and Canadian dollars (19%), compared to a net sale contract position of $113 million of foreign currencies at December 31, 1995.

Unrealized gains or losses related to foreign exchange contracts are recorded in income as the market value of such contracts change; accordingly, the carrying value of foreign exchange contracts approximates market value. The carrying value of foreign exchange contracts was not material at December 31, 1996 and 1995. No cash is required to be received or paid with respect to the realization of such gains and losses until the related foreign exchange contracts are settled, generally at their respective maturity dates. For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, TWE recognized $6 million in gains, $11 million in losses and $20 million in losses, respectively, on foreign exchange contracts, which were or are expected to be offset by corresponding decreases and increases, respectively, in the dollar value of foreign currency license fee payments that have been or are anticipated to be received in cash from the sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad. Time Warner places foreign currency contracts with a number of major financial institutions in order to minimize credit risk.

Based on Time Warner's outstanding foreign exchange contracts related to TWE's exposure at December 31, 1996, each 5% devaluation of the U.S. dollar as compared to the level of foreign exchange rates for currencies under contract at December 31, 1996 would result in approximately $5 million of unrealized losses on foreign exchange contracts. Conversely, a 5% appreciation of the U.S. dollar as compared to the level of foreign exchange rates for currencies under contract at December 31, 1996 would result in $5 million of unrealized gains on contracts. Consistent with the nature of the economic hedge provided by such foreign exchange contracts, such unrealized gains or losses would be offset by corresponding decreases or increases, respectively, in the dollar value of future foreign currency license fee payments that would be received in cash within the ensuing twelve month period from the sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad.

11. SEGMENT INFORMATION

TWE classifies its business interests into three fundamental areas:
Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting and theme parks; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems.

Information as to the operations of TWE in different business segments is set forth below. The operating results of TWE reflect the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership effective as of April 1, 1995, the deconsolidation of Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995 and the consolidation of Paragon effective as of

F-103

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

July 6, 1995. The operating results of Six Flags prior to June 23, 1995 are reported separately to facilitate comparability.

                                                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    -----------------------------
                                                                                     1996        1995       1994
                                                                                    -------     ------     ------
                                                                                             (MILLIONS)
REVENUES(1)
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. ...............................................   $ 5,639     $5,069     $4,476
Six Flags Theme Parks............................................................        --        227        557
Broadcasting-The WB Network......................................................        87         33         --
Cable Networks-HBO...............................................................     1,763      1,593      1,494
Cable............................................................................     3,851      3,005      2,220
Intersegment elimination.........................................................      (488)      (410)      (287)
                                                                                    -------     ------     ------
Total............................................................................   $10,852     $9,517     $8,460
                                                                                    -------     ------     ------
                                                                                    -------     ------     ------


(1) Substantially all operations outside of the United States support the export of domestic products. Revenues include export sales of $2.134 billion in 1996, $1.982 billion in 1995 and $1.693 billion in 1994. Approximately 62% of export revenues are from sales to European customers.

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                                          1996      1995     1994
                                                                                         ------     ----     ----
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
OPERATING INCOME
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. ....................................................   $  242     $228     $201
Six Flags Theme Parks.................................................................       --       29       56
Broadcasting-The WB Network...........................................................      (98)     (66)      --
Cable Networks-HBO....................................................................      328      274      236
Cable.................................................................................      606      495      355
                                                                                         ------     ----     ----
Total.................................................................................   $1,078     $960     $848
                                                                                         ------     ----     ----
                                                                                         ------     ----     ----

                                                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                          1996     1995     1994
                                                                                          ----     ----     ----
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
DEPRECIATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros.......................................................   $158     $107     $ 71
Six Flags Theme Parks..................................................................     --       20       51
Broadcasting-The WB Network............................................................     --       --       --
Cable Networks-HBO.....................................................................     22       16       13
Cable..................................................................................    619      452      330
                                                                                          ----     ----     ----
Total..................................................................................   $799     $595     $465
                                                                                          ----     ----     ----
                                                                                          ----     ----     ----

F-104

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                          1996     1995     1994
                                                                                          ----     ----     ----
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS(1)
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. .....................................................   $125     $124     $135
Six Flags Theme Parks..................................................................     --       11       28
Broadcasting-The WB Network............................................................     --       --       --
Cable Networks-HBO.....................................................................     --        1        6
Cable..................................................................................    311      308      309
                                                                                          ----     ----     ----
Total..................................................................................   $436     $444     $478
                                                                                          ----     ----     ----
                                                                                          ----     ----     ----


(1) Amortization includes amortization relating to the acquisitions of WCI in 1989 and the ATC minority interest in 1992 and to other business combinations accounted for by the purchase method.

Information as to the assets and capital expenditures of TWE is as follows:

                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                                  1996        1995        1994
                                                                                 -------     -------     -------
                                                                                           (MILLIONS)
ASSETS
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros..............................................   $ 8,057     $ 7,334     $ 7,133
Six Flags Theme Parks.........................................................        --          --         814
Broadcasting-The WB Network...................................................        67          63          --
Cable Networks-HBO............................................................       997         935         895
Cable.........................................................................    10,202       9,842       8,191
Corporate(1)..................................................................       650         731       1,629
                                                                                 -------     -------     -------
Total.........................................................................   $19,973     $18,905     $18,662
                                                                                 -------     -------     -------
                                                                                 -------     -------     -------


(1) Consists principally of cash, cash equivalents and other investments.

                                                                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                                  1996        1995        1994
                                                                                 -------     -------     -------
                                                                                           (MILLIONS)
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros..............................................   $   340     $   294     $   395
Six Flags Theme Parks.........................................................        --          43          46
Broadcasting-The WB Network...................................................         2          --          --
Cable Networks-HBO............................................................        29          20          13
Cable(1)......................................................................     1,348       1,178         699
                                                                                 -------     -------     -------
Total.........................................................................   $ 1,719     $ 1,535     $ 1,153
                                                                                 -------     -------     -------
                                                                                 -------     -------     -------


(1) Cable capital expenditures were funded in part through collections on the U S WEST Note Receivable in the amount of $169 million in 1996, $602 million in 1995 and $234 million in 1994 (Note 1). The U S WEST Note Receivable was fully collected during 1996.

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Total rent expense amounted to $205 million in 1996, $176 million in 1995 and $143 million in 1994. The minimum rental commitments under noncancellable long-term operating leases are: 1997-$177 million; 1998-$173 million; $1999-$167 million; 2000-$157 million; 2001-$151 million and after 2001-$893 million.

F-105

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Minimum commitments and guarantees under certain programming, licensing, franchise and other agreements aggregated approximately $7.3 billion at December 31, 1996, which are payable principally over a five-year period.

Pending legal proceedings are substantially limited to litigation incidental to the businesses of TWE and the pending litigation with the City of New York and Fox News Channel ('FNC') relating to Time Warner's acquisition of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and the carriage of FNC on Time Warner Cable's New York City cable television system. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In the normal course of conducting their businesses, TWE units have had various transactions with Time Warner units, generally on terms resulting from a negotiation between the affected units that in management's view results in reasonable allocations. Employees of TWE participate in various Time Warner medical, stock option and other benefit plans for which TWE is charged its allocable share of plan expenses, including administrative costs. In addition, Time Warner provides TWE with certain corporate services for which TWE paid a fee in the amount of $69 million, $64 million and $60 million in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The corporate support services agreement expires on June 30, 1997, subject to the obligation of both parties to negotiate, in good faith, any extension thereto. Management believes that the corporate services fee is representative of the cost of corporate services that would be necessary for the stand-alone operations of TWE.

TWE is required to pay a $130 million advisory fee to U S WEST over a five-year period ending September 15, 1998 for U S WEST's expertise in telecommunications, telephony and information technology, and its participation in the management and upgrade of the cable systems to Full Service NetworkTM capacity.

TWE has management services agreements with Time Warner's Cable division, pursuant to which TWE manages, or provides services to, the cable television systems owned by Time Warner. Such cable television systems also pay fees to TWE for the right to carry cable television programming provided by TWE's cable networks.

TWE's Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. division has various service agreements with Time Warner's Filmed Entertainment-TBS division, pursuant to which TWE's Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. division provides certain management and distribution services for Time Warner's theatrical, television and animated product, as well as certain services for administrative and technical support.

Time Warner's Cable Networks-TBS division has license agreements with TWE, pursuant to which the cable networks have acquired broadcast rights to certain film and television product. In addition, Time Warner's Music division provides home videocassette distribution services to certain TWE operations, and certain TWE units place advertising in magazines published by Time Warner's Publishing division.

Time Warner and TWE entered into a credit agreement in 1994 that allows Time Warner to borrow up to $400 million from TWE through September 15, 2000. Outstanding borrowings from TWE bear interest at LIBOR plus 1% per annum. Time Warner borrowed $400 million in 1994 under the credit agreement.

Prior to TWE's reacquisition of the Time Warner Service Partnership Assets in September 1995, TWE had service agreements with the Time Warner Service Partnerships for program signal delivery and transmission services, and TWE provided billing, collection and marketing services to the Time Warner Service Partnerships. TWE also has distribution and merchandising agreements with Time Warner Entertainment Japan Inc., a company owned by certain former and existing partners of TWE to conduct TWE's businesses in Japan.

In addition to transactions with its partners, TWE has had transactions with The Columbia House Company partnerships, Cinamerica Theatres, L.P., Comedy Partners, L.P., Six Flags and other equity investees of Time

F-106

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Warner and the Entertainment Group, generally with respect to sales of product in the ordinary course of business.

14. ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Additional financial information with respect to cash flows is as follows:

                                                                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                          1996     1995     1994
                                                                                          ----     ----     ----
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
Cash payments made for interest........................................................   $513     $571     $521
Cash payments made for income taxes, net...............................................     74       75       69
Noncash capital contributions (distributions), net.....................................     (1)      50        4

Noncash investing activities in 1995 included the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership in April 1995 (Note 2) and the reacquisition of the Time Warner Service Partnership Assets in September 1995 (Note 7).

Other current liabilities consist of:

                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                -----------------
                                                                                                 1996       1995
                                                                                                ------     ------
                                                                                                   (MILLIONS)
Accrued expenses.............................................................................   $1,200     $  937
Accrued compensation.........................................................................      247        216
Deferred revenues............................................................................      293        227
                                                                                                ------     ------
Total........................................................................................   $1,740     $1,380
                                                                                                ------     ------
                                                                                                ------     ------

F-107

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

THE PARTNERS OF
TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE') as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and partnership capital for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 14(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of TWE's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of TWE at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
February 11, 1997

F-108

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The selected financial information for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 1996 set forth below has been derived from and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and other financial information presented elsewhere herein. Capitalized terms are as defined and described in such consolidated financial statements, or elsewhere herein. The selected historical financial information for 1995 reflects the consolidation by TWE of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership resulting from the formation of such partnership, effective as of April 1, 1995, and the consolidation of Paragon effective as of July 6, 1995. The selected historical financial information gives effect to the consolidation of Six Flags effective as of January 1, 1993 as a result of an increase in TWE's ownership of Six Flags from 50% to 100% in September 1993, and the subsequent deconsolidation of Six Flags resulting from the disposition by TWE of a 51% interest in Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995.

The selected historical financial information for 1993 also gives effect to the admission of U S WEST as an additional limited partner of TWE as of September 15, 1993 and the issuance of $2.6 billion of TWE debentures during the year to reduce indebtedness under the former TWE credit agreement, and for 1992 gives effect to the initial capitalization of TWE and associated refinancings as of the dates such transactions were consummated and Time Warner's acquisition of the ATC minority interest as of June 30, 1992, using the purchase method of accounting. Time Warner's cost to acquire the ATC minority interest is reflected in the consolidated financial statements of TWE under the pushdown method of accounting.

                                                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------
SELECTED OPERATING STATEMENT INFORMATION                       1996       1995       1994       1993       1992
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                  (MILLIONS)

Revenues...................................................   $10,852    $ 9,517    $ 8,460    $ 7,946    $ 6,761
Depreciation and amortization..............................     1,235      1,039        943        902        782
Business segment operating income..........................     1,078        960        848        883        795
Interest and other, net....................................       522        580        587        551        525
Income before extraordinary item...........................       210         97        161        208        160
Net income.................................................       210         73        161        198        160

                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------
SELECTED BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION                             1996       1995       1994       1993       1992
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                  (MILLIONS)

Total assets...............................................   $19,973    $18,905    $18,662    $17,963    $15,848
Debt due within one year...................................         7         47         32         24          7
Long-term debt.............................................     5,676      6,137      7,160      7,125      7,171
Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital...............     1,543      1,426      1,663      1,536         --
Partners' capital..........................................     6,574      6,478      6,233      6,000      6,437

F-109

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

                                                                                                 OPERATING
                                                                                                 INCOME OF     NET
                                                                                                 BUSINESS     INCOME
QUARTER                                                                              REVENUES    SEGMENTS     (LOSS)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------    ---------    ------
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)

1996
1st...............................................................................   $  2,485     $   268      $ 94
2nd...............................................................................      2,608         297        74
3rd...............................................................................      2,718         271        45
4th...............................................................................      3,041         242        (3)
Year..............................................................................     10,852       1,078       210

1995
1st...............................................................................   $  2,046     $   191      $  4
2nd...............................................................................      2,392         266        56
3rd (a)...........................................................................      2,324         268        23
4th...............................................................................      2,755         235       (10)
Year (a)..........................................................................      9,517         960        73


(a) Net income for the third quarter of 1995 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $24 million.

F-110

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
(MILLIONS)

                                                                                  ADDITIONS
                                                                    BALANCE AT    CHARGED TO                   BALANCE
                                                                    BEGINNING     COSTS AND                    AT END
                           DESCRIPTION                              OF PERIOD      EXPENSES     DEDUCTIONS    OF PERIOD
- -----------------------------------------------------------------   ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------

1996:
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.............................      $196          $ 97         $  (98)(a)    $ 195
     Reserves for sales returns and allowances...................       169           278           (269)(b)      178
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------
          Total..................................................      $365          $375         $ (367)       $ 373
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------

1995:
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.............................      $188          $104         $  (96)(a)    $ 196
     Reserves for sales returns and allowances...................       118           218           (167)(b)      169
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------
          Total..................................................      $306          $322         $ (263)       $ 365
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------

1994:
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.............................      $161          $ 49         $  (22)(a)    $ 188
     Reserves for sales returns and allowances...................        96           164           (142)(b)      118
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------
          Total..................................................      $257          $213         $ (164)       $ 306
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------


(a) Represents uncollectible receivables charged against the reserve.
(b) Represents returns or allowances applied against the reserve.

F-111

EXHIBIT INDEX

 EXHIBIT                                                                                                  SEQUENTIAL
 NUMBER                                             DESCRIPTION                                           PAGE NUMBER
- ---------   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------


 2.1        The Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger (the 'Merger Agreement'), dated as of
              September  22, 1995,  among TWCI,  the  Registrant,  Time Warner  Acquisition  Corp.,  TW
              Acquisition  Corp. and TBS (which is incorporated  herein by reference to Appendix A-1(a)
              to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus included as part of the Registrant's Registration
              Statement   on  Form  S-4   (Registration   No.   333-11471)   (the   'S-4   Registration
              Statement')).............................................................................        *
2.2        Amendment No. 1 dated as of August 8,  1996 to the Merger Agreement (which is  incorporated
              herein  by reference to Appendix A-1(b)  to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus included
              as part of the Registrant's S-4 Registration Statement)..................................        *
 3.(i)(a)   Restated Certificate of  Incorporation of  the Registrant as  filed with  the Secretary  of
               State of the State of  Delaware on October  10,  1996  (which is  incorporated  herein by
              reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8
              to the Registrant's  S-4 Registration  Statement  (Registration  No. 333-11471) (the 'S-8
              Registration Statement'))................................................................        *
 3.(i)(b)   Certificate of Amendment  of Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation of  the Registrant  as
              filed with the  Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is
              incorporated  herein by reference  to Exhibit 4.4 to the  Registrant's  S-8  Registration
              Statement)...............................................................................        *
 3.(i)(c)   Certificate  of the Voting  Powers, Designations, Preferences  and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or  Other  Special  Rights,  and  Qualifications,  Limitations  or  Restrictions
              Thereof,  of Series  LMC Common Stock  of the Registrant  as filed with  the Secretary of
              State of the  State of  Delaware on  October 10, 1996  (which is  incorporated herein  by
              reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement).................        *
 3.(i)(d)   Certificate  of the Voting  Powers, Designations, Preferences  and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or  Other  Special  Rights,  and  Qualifications,  Limitations  or  Restrictions
              Thereof,  of Series LMCN-V Common Stock of the  Registrant as filed with the Secretary of
              State of the  State of  Delaware on  October 10, 1996  (which is  incorporated herein  by
              reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement).................        *
 3.(i)(e)   Certificate  of the Voting  Powers, Designations, Preferences  and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or  Other  Special  Rights,  and  Qualifications,  Limitations  or  Restrictions
              Thereof,  of Series A Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock of the Registrant as filed
              with the Secretary  of State  of the  State of  Delaware on  October 10,  1996 (which  is
              incorporated  herein by  reference to  Exhibit 4.7  to the  Registrant's S-8 Registration
              Statement)...............................................................................        *
 3.(i)(f)   Certificate of the  Voting Powers, Designations,  Preferences and Relative,  Participating,
              Optional  or  Other  Special  Rights,  and  Qualifications,  Limitations  or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series  D Convertible Preferred  Stock of  the Registrant as  filed with  the
              Secretary  of State of the  State of Delaware on October  10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement).......        *
 3.(i)(g)   Certificate of the  Voting Powers, Designations,  Preferences and Relative,  Participating,
              Optional  or  Other  Special  Rights,  and  Qualifications,  Limitations  or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series  E Convertible Preferred  Stock of  the Registrant as  filed with  the
              Secretary  of State of the  State of Delaware on October  10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement).......        *
 3.(i)(h)   Certificate  of  Correction  of  the  Certificate  of  the  Voting  Powers,   Designations,
              Preferences   and  Relative,  Participating,  Optional   or  Other  Special  Rights,  and
              Qualifications, Limitations or  Restrictions Thereof, of  Series E Convertible  Preferred
              Stock  of the Registrant as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
              November 13, 1996........................................................................
 3.(i)(i)   Certificate of the  Voting Powers, Designations,  Preferences and Relative,  Participating,
              Optional  or  Other  Special  Rights,  and  Qualifications,  Limitations  or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series  F Convertible Preferred  Stock of  the Registrant as  filed with  the
              Secretary  of State of the  State of Delaware on October  10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement)......        *


 EXHIBIT                                                                                                  SEQUENTIAL
 NUMBER                                             DESCRIPTION                                           PAGE NUMBER
- ---------   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
 3.(i)(j)   Certificate  of  Correction  of  the  Certificate  of  the  Voting  Powers,   Designations,
              Preferences   and  Relative,  Participating,  Optional   or  Other  Special  Rights,  and
              Qualifications, Limitations or  Restrictions Thereof, of  Series F Convertible  Preferred
              Stock  of the Registrant as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
              November 13, 1996........................................................................
 3.(i)(k)   Certificate of the  Voting Powers, Designations,  Preferences and Relative,  Participating,
              Optional  or  Other  Special  Rights,  and  Qualifications,  Limitations  or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series  G Convertible Preferred  Stock of  the Registrant as  filed with  the
              Secretary  of State of the  State of Delaware on October  10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement)......        *
 3.(i)(l)   Certificate of the  Voting Powers, Designations,  Preferences and Relative,  Participating,
              Optional  or  Other  Special  Rights,  and  Qualifications,  Limitations  or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series  H Convertible Preferred  Stock of  the Registrant as  filed with  the
              Secretary  of State of the  State of Delaware on October  10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement)......        *
 3.(i)(m)   Certificate of the  Voting Powers, Designations,  Preferences and Relative,  Participating,
              Optional  or  Other  Special  Rights,  and  Qualifications,  Limitations  or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series  I Convertible Preferred  Stock of  the Registrant as  filed with  the
              Secretary  of State of the  State of Delaware on October  10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement)......        *
 3.(i)(n)   Certificate of the  Voting Powers, Designations,  Preferences and Relative,  Participating,
              Optional  or  Other  Special  Rights,  and  Qualifications,  Limitations  or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series  J Convertible Preferred  Stock of  the Registrant as  filed with  the
              Secretary  of State of the  State of Delaware on October  10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement)......        *
 3.(i)(o)   Certificate of the  Voting Powers, Designations,  Preferences and Relative,  Participating,
              Optional  or  Other  Special  Rights,  and  Qualifications,  Limitations  or Restrictions
              Thereof, of 10 1/4% Series M Exchangeable Preferred Stock of the Registrant as filed with
              the Secretary  of  State  of  the  State  of Delaware  on  October  10,  1996  (which  is
              incorporated  herein by  reference to Exhibit  4.15 to the  Registrant's S-8 Registration
              Statement)...............................................................................        *
 3.(ii)     By-laws of the Registrant as of November 21, 1996..........................................
 4.1        Rights Agreement  dated as  of October  10,  1996 between  the Registrant  and  ChaseMellon
              Shareholder  Services  L.L.C. (which is incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 4.17
              to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement)..........................................        *
 4.2        Indenture dated as of April 30, 1992, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated
              as of June 30, 1992, among Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE'), TWCI, certain
              of TWCI's  subsidiaries  that are parties  thereto  and The Bank of New York,  as Trustee
              (which is  incorporated  herein by  reference  to Exhibits  10(g)  and  10(h)  to  TWCI's
              Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 14, 1992 (File No. 1-8637)  ('TWCI's July 1992 Form
              8-K'))....................................................................................       *
4.3        Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as  of December 9, 1992,  among TWE, TWCI, certain  of
              TWCI's  subsidiaries that are parties thereto and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (which
              is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2 to  Amendment  No.  1 to  TWE's
              Registration  Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 33-67688) filed with the Commission
              on October 25, 1993 ('TWE's 1993 Form S-4')).............................................        *
 4.4        Third  Supplemental Indenture, dated  as of October  12, 1993, among  TWE, TWCI, certain of
              TWCI's subsidiaries that are parties thereto and The Bank of New York, as Trustee  (which
              is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to TWE's 1993 Form S-4)...............        *
 4.5        Fourth  Supplemental Indenture,  dated as of  March 29,  1994, among TWE,  TWCI, certain of
              TWCI's subsidiaries that are parties thereto and The Bank of New York, as Trustee  (which
              is  incorporated herein by reference  to Exhibit 4.4 to TWE's  Annual Report on Form 10-K
              for the year ended December 31, 1993 ('TWE's 1993 Form 10-K'))...........................        *


 EXHIBIT                                                                                                  SEQUENTIAL
 NUMBER                                             DESCRIPTION                                           PAGE NUMBER
- ---------   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
 4.6        Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated  as of December 28, 1994, among  TWE, TWCI, certain  of
              TWCI's  subsidiaries that are parties thereto and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (which
              is incorporated herein by reference  to Exhibit 4.5 to TWE's  Annual Report on Form  10-K
              for the year ended December 31, 1994 ('TWE's 1994 Form 10-K'))...........................        *
 4.7        Indenture dated as of January 15, 1993, between TWCI and The Chase Manhattan Bank (formerly
              Chemical Bank) ('Chase Manhattan'), as Trustee (which is incorporated herein by reference
              to Exhibit  4.11 to TWCI's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December  31,
              1992)....................................................................................        *
 4.8        First  Supplemental Indenture dated as of June  15, 1993  between TWCI and Chase Manhattan,
              as  Trustee (which is incorporated herein by  reference to Exhibit 4 to TWCI's  Quarterly
              Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993).................................        *
 4.9        Second  Supplemental Indenture dated as of October  10, 1996 among the Registrant, TWCI and
              Chase Manhattan,  as Trustee (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to
              TWCI's   Quarterly   Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the   quarter   ended   September   30,
              1996)....................................................................................        *
 4.10       Third  Supplemental Indenture dated as of December  31, 1996 among the Registrant, TWCI and
              Chase Manhattan, as Trustee..............................................................
10.1        Time Warner 1986 Stock Option Plan, as amended through July 18, 1996.......................
10.2        1988 Stock Incentive Plan of Time Warner Inc., as amended through July 18, 1996............
10.3        Time Warner 1989 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through July 18, 1996....................
10.4        Time Warner 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended through July 18, 1996.......................
10.5        Time Warner Corporate Group Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through July 18, 1996.........
10.6        Time Warner  1988 Restricted  Stock Plan  for Non-Employee  Directors, as  amended  through
              November  18, 1993 (which is  incorporated herein by reference  to Exhibit 10.8 to TWCI's
              Annual Report  on Form  10-K for  the year  ended December  31, 1993  ('TWCI's 1993  Form
              10-K'))..................................................................................        *
10.7        Time Warner 1996 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (which is incorporated herein
              by reference to Annex A to TWCI's definitive Proxy Statement dated March 29, 1996 used in
              connection with TWCI's 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders)..............................        *
10.8        Deferred  Compensation Plan for Directors  of Time Warner, as  amended through November 18,
              1993 (which is  incorporated herein  by reference  to Exhibit  10.9 to  TWCI's 1993  Form
              10-K)....................................................................................        *
10.9        Time Warner Retirement Plan for Outside Directors, as amended through May 16, 1996.........
10.10       Amended  and Restated Time Warner  Inc. Annual Bonus Plan  for Executive Officers (which is
              incorporated herein by reference  to Annex A to  TWCI's definitive Proxy Statement  dated
              March 30, 1995 used in connection with TWCI's 1995 Annual Meeting of Stockholders).......        *
10.11       Amended  and Restated Employment  and Termination Agreement  dated as of  March 3, 1989, as
              amended and restated as of January 10, 1990, between the Registrant and J. Richard  Munro
              (which  is incorporated herein by  reference to Exhibit 10.26  to TWCI's Annual Report on
              Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989 (File No.1-8637))..........................       *
10.12       Amended and  Restated Employment  Agreement dated  as  of November  15, 1990,  between  the
              Registrant  and Gerald M. Levin  (which is  incorporated  herein by  reference to Exhibit
              10.26 to TWCI's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990 (File No.
              1-8637))......... .......................................................................        *
10.13       Employment Agreement made and effective as of October 10, 1996, between the Registrant  and
              R.E. Turner ('Turner')...................................................................
10.14       Employment  Agreement made as  of November 2,  1994, between the  Registrant and Richard D.
              Parsons (which is  incorporated herein  by reference to  Exhibit 10.17  to TWCI's  Annual
              Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994 ('TWCI's 1994 Form 10-K'))......        *
10.15       Employment  Agreement made  as of  May 17, 1995  between the  Registrant and  Peter R. Haje
              (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to TWCI's Quarterly Report  on
              Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995)...........................................        *


 EXHIBIT                                                                                                  SEQUENTIAL
 NUMBER                                             DESCRIPTION                                           PAGE NUMBER
- ---------   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
10.16       Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 1995, between the Registrant and Richard J.
              Bressler (which is incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to TWCI's 1994 Form
              10-K)....................................................................................        *
10.17       Amended and Restated  Employment Agreement  effective as of  January 1,  1994, between  the
              Registrant  and Philip R.  Lochner,  Jr.  (which is  incorporated  herein by reference to
              Exhibit 10.20 to TWCI's  1994 Form 10-K).................................................        *
10.18       Employment Agreement  dated as  of May  15, 1996,  between the  Registrant and  Timothy  A.
              Boggs....................................................................................
10.19       Second  Amended and Restated LMC Agreement dated as  of September 22, 1995 among TWCI, LMC,
              TCI Turner Preferred,  Inc.  ('TCITP'),  Communication  Capital Corp.  ('CCC') and United
              Cable Turner Investment, Inc. (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(a)
              to the TWCI Current  Report on Form 8-K dated  September 6, 1996 ('TWCI's  September 1996
              Form 8-K')).................. ...........................................................        *
10.20       SSSI Agreement dated as of October 10, 1996 between the Registrant, LMC, Southern Satellite
              Systems, Inc. and with respect to Section 11(d), Section 11(f) and  Section  11(g)  only,
              Satellite Services, Inc. ................................................................
10.21       Agreement   Containing   Consent   Order   dated  August   14,   1996   among   TWCI,  TBS,
              TCI, LMC and the Federal Trade Commission  (which is incorporated  herein by reference to
              Exhibit 2(b) to TWCI's September 1996 Form 8-K)..........................................        *
10.22       Stockholders' Agreement dated as of October 10,  1996 among the  Registrant, Turner, TCITP,
              Liberty  Broadcasting  Inc.,  CCC,  Turner  Outdoor Inc.  ('Turner  Outdoor')  and Turner
              Partners, L.P. ('Turner Partners').......................................................
10.23       Investors  Agreement (No.  1) dated  as of  October 10, 1996 among  the Registrant, Turner,
              Turner Outdoor and Turner Partners.......................................................
10.24       Investors Agreement (No.  2) dated  as of  October 10,  1996 among  the Registrant,  Turner
              Foundation, Inc. ('Turner Foundation') and Robert E. Turner Charitable Remainder Unitrust
              No. 2 ('Turner Trust')...................................................................
10.25       Registration  Rights Agreement dated  as of October 10, 1996 among  the Registrant, Turner,
              Turner Outdoor, Turner Foundation, Turner Trust and Turner Partners......................
10.26       Credit Agreement dated as  of June 30,  1995 (the 'TWE Credit  Agreement') among TWE,  Time
              Warner  Entertainment-Advance/Newhouse Partnership  ('TWE-AN Partnership')  and TWI Cable
              Inc., as borrowers, Chase  Manhattan, as administrative agent,  Bank of America  National
              Trust  and Savings Association, The Bank of New York and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
              New York, as  documentation and syndication  agents, and the  lending institutions  named
              therein  (which is incorporated  herein by reference  to Exhibit 10(a)  to TWCI's Current
              Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 1995)...................................................        *
10.27       Amendment No. 1 dated  as of  October  30,  1995 to the TWE  Credit  Agreement  (which   is
              incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to TWE's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
              the year ended December 31, 1995). ......................................................
10.28       Waiver No. 1 dated as of December 1, 1995 to the TWE Credit Agreement......................
10.29       Amendment and Waiver No. 2 dated as of August 26, 1996 to the TWE Credit Agreement.........
10.30       Credit Agreement,  dated as of July 1, 1993 ('1993 TBS Credit Agreement'),  between TBS and
              Chase Manhattan,  as agent (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9.1 to
              TBS's   Quarterly    Report   on   Form   10-Q   for   the   quarter   ended   June   30,
              1993)....................................................................................        *
10.31       Form of  Amendment  No. 1, dated as of December 1, 1993,  to the 1993 TBS Credit  Agreement
              (which is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.6.2 to TBS's  Registration
              Statement on Form S-4  (Registration  No. 33-51739) filed with the Commission on December
              29, 1993 ('TBS's Form S-4 Registration Statement'))......................................        *
10.32       Form of Amendment  No. 2, dated as of December 15, 1993,  to the 1993 TBS Credit  Agreement
              (which  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.6.3  to  TBS's  Form  S-4
              Registration Statement)..................................................................        *
10.33       Form of Consent and  Agreement,  dated as of December  21,  1993,  relating to the 1993 TBS
              Credit  Agreement  (which is  incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6.4 to TBS's
              Form S-4 Registration Statement).........................................................        *
10.34       Amendment  No. 3, dated as of June 30,  1994,  to the 1993 TBS Credit  Agreement  (which is
              incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to TBS's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
              for   the   quarter   ended   September   30,   1994   ('TBS's    September   1994   Form
              10-Q'))..................................................................................        *


 EXHIBIT                                                                                                  SEQUENTIAL
 NUMBER                                             DESCRIPTION                                           PAGE NUMBER
- ---------   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
10.35       Form of  Amendment  No. 4, dated as of December 5, 1994,  to the 1993 TBS Credit  Agreement
              (which is incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4.6 to TBS's Quarterly Report on
              Form  10-Q  for  the   quarter   ended   March  31,   1995   ('TBS's   March   1995  Form
              10-Q'))..................................................................................        *
10.36       Amendment No. 5, dated as of April 25, 1996, to the 1993 TBS Credit Agreement..............
10.37       Amendment No. 6, dated as of September 30, 1996 to the 1993 TBS Credit Agreement...........
10.38       Credit Agreement,  dated as of September 7, 1994 (the '1994 TBS Credit  Agreement'),  among
              TBS, the banks  listed  therein and Chase  Manhattan,  as agent,  (which is  incorporated
              herein   by   reference    to   Exhibit    10.45   to   TBS's    September    1994   Form
              10-Q)....................................................................................        *
10.39       Form of  Amendment  No. 1, dated as of December 5, 1994,  to the 1994 TBS Credit  Agreement
              (which is  incorporated  herein by  reference  to Exhibit  4.7.1 to TBS's March 1995 Form
              10-Q)....................................................................................        *
10.40       Amendment No. 2, dated as of April 26, 1996, to the 1994 TBS Credit Agreement..............
10.41       Amendment No. 3, dated as of September 30, 1996 to the 1994 TBS Credit Agreement...........
10.42       Agreement  of Limited Partnership, dated  as of October 29, 1991,  as amended by the Letter
              Agreement, dated February 11, 1992, and the  Letter Agreement dated June 23, 1992,  among
              TWCI  and  certain  of  its  subsidiaries,  ITOCHU  Corporation  ('ITOCHU')  and  Toshiba
              Corporation ('Toshiba') (which  is incorporated  herein by  reference to  Exhibit (A)  to
              TWCI's Current  Report  on  Form 8-K dated October 29, 1991 (File No. 1-8637) and Exhibit
              10(b) and 10(c) to TWCI's July 1992 Form 8-K)............................................        *
10.43       Admission Agreement,  dated  as  of May  16,  1993,  between  TWE and  US  West  (which  is
              incorporated  herein by reference  to Exhibit 10(a)  to TWE's Current  Report on Form 8-K
              dated May 16, 1993)......................................................................        *
10.44       Amendment Agreement, dated as of September 14,  1993, among ITOCHU, Toshiba, TWCI, US  West
              and  certain of their respective subsidiaries, amending the TWE Partnership Agreement, as
              amended (which is  incorporated herein by  reference to  Exhibit 3.2 to  TWE's 1993  Form
              10-K)....................................................................................        *
10.45       Restructuring  Agreement  dated  as  of  August 31,  1995  among  TWCI,  ITOCHU  and ITOCHU
              Entertainment Inc. (which is incorporated herein  by reference to Exhibit 2(a) to  TWCI's
              Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 31, 1995 ('TWCI's August 1995 Form 8-K'))........        *
10.46       Restructuring  Agreement dated as  of August 31,  1995 between TWCI  and Toshiba (including
              Form of Registration Rights Agreement, between  TWCI and Toshiba) (which is  incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 2(b) to TWCI's August 1995 Form 8-K)......................        *
10.47       Option  Agreement, dated  as of  September 15,  1993, between  TWE  and  US  West (which is
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to TWE's 1993 Form 10-K)................        *
10.48       Contribution Agreement dated as of September 9, 1994 among TWE, Advance Publications, Inc.,
              ("Advance    Publications'),     Newhouse    Broadcasting    Corporation    ('Newhouse'),
              Advance/Newhouse  Partnership  ('Advance/Newhouse'),  and  TWE-A/N  Partnership (which is
              incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit  10(a) to TWE's  Current  Report on Form 8-K
              dated September 9, 1994 ('TWE's September 1994 Form 8-K'))...............................        *
10.49       Partnership Agreement, dated  as of  September 9,  1994, between  TWE and  Advance/Newhouse
              (which  is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to TWE's September 1994 Form
              8-K).....................................................................................        *
10.50       Letter Agreement dated April 1, 1995 among TWE, Advance/Newhouse, Advance Publications, and
              Newhouse  (which is  incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit  10(c) to TWE's Current
              Report on Form 8-K dated April 1, 1995)..................................................        *
21          Subsidiaries of the Registrant.............................................................
23.1        Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.........................................
23.2        Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP, Independent Accountants...................................
27          Financial Data Schedule....................................................................
99.1        The 1994 financial statements  of the Time  Warner Service Partnerships  and the report  of
              independent  auditors  thereon (which  is incorporated  by reference  to TWE's  1994 Form
              10-K)....................................................................................        *


 EXHIBIT                                                                                                  SEQUENTIAL
 NUMBER                                             DESCRIPTION                                           PAGE NUMBER
- ---------   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
99.2        The unaudited  financial  statements  of  the Time  Warner  Service  Partnerships  for  the
              quarterly  period ended September 30, 1995 (which  is incorporated herein by reference to
              the Current Report on Form 8-K of TWE dated November 28, 1995 ('TWE's November 1995  Form
              8-K'))...................................................................................        *
99.3        The  1994 financial statements  and financial statement  schedule of Paragon Communications
              and the  report of  independent  accountants thereon  (which  is incorporated  herein  by
              reference to TWE's 1994 Form 10-K).......................................................        *
99.4        The unaudited financial statements of Paragon Communications for the quarterly period ended
              June 30, 1995 (which is incorporated by reference to TWE's November 1995 Form 8-K).......        *
99.5        Annual  Report on Form  11-K of the Time  Warner  Employees'  Savings  Plan for the  period
              December 31, 1995 to October 1, 1996 (to be filed by amendment)..........................
99.6        Annual  Report  on  Form  11-K  of  the  Time  Warner  Savings  Plan  for  the  year  ended
              December 31, 1996 (to be filed by amendment).............................................
99.7        Annual  Report on Form 11-K of the Time Warner  Thrift Plan for the year ended December 31,
              1996 (to be filed by amendment)..........................................................
99.8        Annual Report on Form 11-K of the Cable Employees Savings Plan for the year ended  December
              31, 1996 (to be filed by amendment)......................................................


* Incorporated by reference.

The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission at its request copies of long-term debt instruments defining the rights of holders of outstanding long-term debt that are not required to be filed herewith.


CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION

OF THE

CERTIFICATE OF THE VOTING POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES
AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER
SPECIAL RIGHTS, AND QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR
RESTRICTIONS THEREOF, OF SERIES E CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED STOCK

OF

TIME WARNER INC.


Pursuant to Section 103(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware


TIME WARNER INC. (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and existing by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL"), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. The Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional or Other Special Rights, and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions Thereof, of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation (hereinafter, the "Certificate") was filed pursuant to Section 151 of the DGCL with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996.


2

2. The Certificate incorrectly states certain dates in Section 2.1 thereof, which requires correction as permitted by Section 103(f) of the DGCL.

3. Section 2.1 of the Certificate is hereby deleted and corrected to read in its entirety as follows:

"2.1 The holders of the outstanding Series E Stock shall be entitled to receive quarter-annual dividends, as and when declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. Each quarter-annual dividend shall be an amount per share equal to (i) in the case of each Dividend Payment Date (as defined below) occurring on or prior to January 4, 2001, the greater of (A) $.9375 per $100 of Liquidation Value of Series E Stock (which is equivalent to $3.75 per annum), and (B) an amount per $100 of Liquidation Value of Series E Stock equal to the product of (1) the Conversion Rate and (2) the aggregate per share amount of regularly scheduled dividends paid in cash on the Common Stock during the period from but excluding the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date to and including such Dividend Payment Date (the "Preferred Dividend Amount"), and (ii) in the case of each Dividend Payment Date occurring thereafter, an amount per share of Series E Stock equal to the product of (1) the Conversion Rate and (2) the aggregate per share amount of regularly scheduled dividends paid in cash on the Common Stock during the period from but excluding the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date to and including such Dividend Payment Date. All dividends shall be payable in cash on or about the first day of March, June, September and December in each year, as fixed by the Board of Directors, or such other dates as are fixed by the Board of Directors (provided that January 4, 2001, shall be a Dividend Payment Date) (each a "Dividend Payment Date"), to the holders of record of Series E Stock at the close of business on or about the Trading Day next preceding such first day of March,


3

June, September and December (or January 4, 2001) as the case may be, as fixed by the Board of Directors, or such other dates as are fixed by the Board of Directors (each a "Record Date"). Subject to the next sentence, in the case of dividends payable in respect of periods prior to January 4, 2001, (i) such dividends shall accrue on each share on a daily basis, whether or not there are unrestricted funds legally available for the payment of such dividends and whether or not declared and (ii) any such dividends that become payable for any partial dividend period shall be computed on the basis of the actual days elapsed in such period. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the amount accruing and payable in respect of the first dividend on the Series E Stock payable after the date of the Certificate shall equal the Preferred Dividend Amount. From and after January 4, 2001, dividends on the Series E Stock (determined as to amount as provided herein) shall accrue to the extent, but only to the extent, that regularly scheduled cash dividends are declared by the Board of Directors on the Common Stock with a payment date after January 4, 2001 (or, in the case of Series E Stock originally issued after January 4, 2001, after the Dividend Payment Date next preceding such date of original issuance). All dividends that accrue in accordance with the foregoing provisions shall be cumulative from and after the day immediately succeeding the date of issuance. The amount payable to each holder of record on any Dividend Payment Date shall be rounded to the nearest cent."


4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Time Warner Inc. has caused this Certificate to be signed this 11th day of November, 1996.

TIME WARNER INC.,

by /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
   --------------------------
   Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
   Title: Vice President


CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION

OF THE

CERTIFICATE OF THE VOTING POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES
AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER
SPECIAL RIGHTS, AND QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR
RESTRICTIONS THEREOF, OF SERIES F CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED STOCK

OF

TIME WARNER INC.


Pursuant to Section 103(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware


TIME WARNER INC. (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and existing by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL"), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. The Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional or Other Special Rights, and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions Thereof, of Series F Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation (hereinafter, the "Certificate") was filed pursuant to Section 151 of the DGCL with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996.


2

2. The Certificate incorrectly states certain dates in Section 2.1 thereof, which requires correction as permitted by Section 103(f) of the DGCL.

3. Section 2.1 of the Certificate is hereby deleted and corrected to read in its entirety as follows:

"2.1 The holders of the outstanding Series F Stock shall be entitled to receive quarter-annual dividends, as and when declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. Each quarter-annual dividend shall be an amount per share equal to (i) in the case of each Dividend Payment Date (as defined below) occurring on or prior to January 4, 2000, the greater of (A) $.9375 per $100 of Liquidation Value of Series F Stock (which is equivalent to $3.75 per annum), and (B) an amount per $100 of Liquidation Value of Series F Stock equal to the product of (1) the Conversion Rate and (2) the aggregate per share amount of regularly scheduled dividends paid in cash on the Common Stock during the period from but excluding the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date to and including such Dividend Payment Date (the "Preferred Dividend Amount"), and (ii) in the case of each Dividend Payment Date occurring thereafter, an amount per share of Series F Stock equal to the product of (1) the Conversion Rate and (2) the aggregate per share amount of regularly scheduled dividends paid in cash on the Common Stock during the period from but excluding the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date to and including such Dividend Payment Date. All dividends shall be payable in cash on or about the first day of March, June, September and December in each year, as fixed by the Board of Directors, or such other dates as are fixed by the Board of Directors (provided that January 4, 2000, shall be a Dividend Payment Date) (each a "Dividend Payment Date"), to the holders of record of Series F Stock at the close of business on or about the Trading Day next preceding such first day of March,


3

June, September and December (or January 4, 2000) as the case may be, as fixed by the Board of Directors, or such other dates as are fixed by the Board of Directors (each a "Record Date"). Subject to the next sentence, in the case of dividends payable in respect of periods prior to January 4, 2000, (i) such dividends shall accrue on each share on a daily basis, whether or not there are unrestricted funds legally available for the payment of such dividends and whether or not declared and (ii) any such dividends that become payable for any partial dividend period shall be computed on the basis of the actual days elapsed in such period. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the amount accruing and payable in respect of the first dividend on the Series F Stock payable after the date of the Certificate shall equal the Preferred Dividend Amount. From and after January 4, 2000, dividends on the Series F Stock (determined as to amount as provided herein) shall accrue to the extent, but only to the extent, that regularly scheduled cash dividends are declared by the Board of Directors on the Common Stock with a payment date after January 4, 2000 (or, in the case of Series F Stock originally issued after January 4, 2000, after the Dividend Payment Date next preceding such date of original issuance). All dividends that accrue in accordance with the foregoing provisions shall be cumulative from and after the day immediately succeeding the date of issuance. The amount payable to each holder of record on any Dividend Payment Date shall be rounded to the nearest cent."


4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Time Warner Inc. has caused this Certificate to be signed this 11th day of November, 1996.

TIME WARNER INC.,

by /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
   --------------------------
   Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
   Title: Vice President


BY-LAWS

OF

TIME WARNER INC.

Incorporated under the Laws of the State of Delaware

Effective November 21, 1996


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                     Page
                                                                                     ----
                     ARTICLE I:  Offices                                             1

Registered Office................................................................... 1
Other Offices....................................................................... 1

                ARTICLE II: Meetings of Stockholders                                 1

Place of Meeting.................................................................... 1
Annual Meetings..................................................................... 1
Special Meetings.................................................................... 2
Notice of Meetings.................................................................. 2
Quorum.............................................................................. 2
Adjournments........................................................................ 3
Order of Business................................................................... 3
List of Stockholders................................................................ 5
Voting.............................................................................. 5
Inspectors.......................................................................... 6
Public Announcements................................................................ 6

                 ARTICLE III:  Board of Directors                                    7

General Powers...................................................................... 7
Number, Qualification and Election.................................................. 7
Notification of Nominations..........................................................8
Quorum and Manner of Acting.........................................................10
Place of Meeting....................................................................10
Regular Meetings....................................................................10
Special Meetings....................................................................10
Notice of Meetings..................................................................10
Rules and Regulations...............................................................11
Participation in Meeting by Means of
       Communications Equipment.....................................................11
Action without Meeting..............................................................11
Resignations........................................................................11
Removal of Directors................................................................12
Vacancies...........................................................................12
Compensation........................................................................12
Independent Directors...............................................................12

i

   ARTICLE IV:  Committees of the Board of Directors                                13

Establishment of Committees of the Board of
       Directors; Election of Members of Committees
       of the Board of Directors; Functions of
       Committees of the Board of Directors.........................................13
Procedure; Meetings; Quorum.........................................................14

                     ARTICLE V:  Officers                                           15

Number; Term of Office..............................................................15
Removal.............................................................................16
Resignation.........................................................................16
Vacancies...........................................................................16
Chairman of the Board...............................................................16
Chief Executive Officer.............................................................16
The President.......................................................................17
Chief Operating Officer ............................................................17
Vice-Chairman of the Board..........................................................17
Chairman of the Executive Committee.................................................17
Chief Financial Officer.............................................................18
Vice-Presidents.....................................................................18
Treasurer...........................................................................18
Controller..........................................................................19
Secretary...........................................................................19
Assistant Treasurers and Assistant
       Secretaries..................................................................19

              ARTICLE VI:  Indemnification                                          20

Right to Indemnification............................................................20
Insurance, Contracts and Funding....................................................21
Indemnification Not Exclusive Right.................................................21
Advancement of Expenses; Procedures; Presumptions
       and Effect of Certain Proceedings; Remedies..................................21
Severability........................................................................26
Indemnification of Employees Serving
       as Directors.................................................................27
Indemnification of Employees and Agents.............................................27

                     ARTICLE VII:  Capital Stock                                    28

Certificates for Shares.............................................................28
Transfer of Shares..................................................................28
Registered Stockholders and Addresses
       of Stockholders..............................................................29

ii

Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates..........................................29
Regulations.........................................................................30
Fixing Date for Determination of
       Stockholders of Record.......................................................30
Transfer Agents and Registrars......................................................30

                     ARTICLE VIII:  Seal                                            31

                     ARTICLE IX:  Fiscal Year                                       31

                     ARTICLE X:  Waiver of Notice                                   31

                     ARTICLE XI:  Amendments                                        31

                     ARTICLE XII:  Miscellaneous                                    32

Execution of Documents..............................................................32
Deposits............................................................................32
Checks..............................................................................32
Proxies in Respect of Stock or Other
       Securities of Other Corporations.............................................33
Subject to Law and Certificate of
       Incorporation................................................................33

iii

ARTICLE I

Offices

SECTION 1. Registered Office. The registered office of Time Warner Inc. (hereinafter called the Corporation) in the State of Delaware shall be at 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, Dover, Delaware 19901 and the registered agent shall be The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., or such other office or agent as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") shall from time to time select.

SECTION 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have an office or offices, and keep the books and records of the Corporation, except as may otherwise be required by law, at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

SECTION 1. Place of Meeting. All meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation (the "stockholders") shall be held at the office of the Corporation or at such other places, within or without the State of Delaware, as may from time to time be fixed by the Board.

SECTION 2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held on such date and at such hour as shall from time to time be fixed by the Board. Any previously scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders may be postponed by action of the Board taken prior to the time previously scheduled for such annual meeting of stockholders.

-1-

SECTION 3. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by law or the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate") and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or Series Common Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Chairman, either Co-Chief Executive Officer, or the President or a majority of the entire Board. Only such business as is specified in the notice of any special meeting of the stockholders shall come before such meeting.

SECTION 4. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, written notice of each meeting of the stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given, either by personal delivery or by mail, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Each such notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be given to any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy without protesting, prior to or at the commencement of the meeting, the lack of proper notice to such stockholder, or who shall waive notice thereof as provided in Article X of these By-laws. Notice of adjournment of a meeting of stockholders need not be given if the time and place to which it is adjourned are announced at such meeting, unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or, after adjournment, a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting.

SECTION 5. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate, the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders entitled to vote generally, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the stockholders; provided, however, that in the case of any vote to be taken by classes, the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders of a particular

-2-

class, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of such class.

SECTION 6. Adjournments. The chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders who are present in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time whether or not a quorum is present. In the event that a quorum does not exist with respect to any vote to be taken by a particular class, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders of such class who are present in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting with respect to the vote(s) to be taken by such class. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum may be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

SECTION 7. Order of Business. At each meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman or, in the absence of the Chairman, the President, or in the absence of both the Chairman and the President, such person as shall be selected by the Board shall act as chairman of the meeting. The order of business at each such meeting shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts and things as are necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, the establishment of procedures for the maintenance of order and safety, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments on the affairs of the Corporation, restrictions on entry to such meeting after the time prescribed for the commencement thereof, and the opening and closing of the voting polls.

At any annual meeting of stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the annual meeting (i) by or at the direction of the chairman of the meeting or (ii) by any stockholder who is a holder of record at the time of the giving of the notice provided for in this
Section 7, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 7.

-3-

For business properly to be brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation (the "Secretary"). To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 70 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days earlier or more than 60 days later than such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered or received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 70th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth in writing as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business; (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder; (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business; and (v) if the stockholder intends to solicit proxies in support of such stockholder's proposal, a representation to that effect. The foregoing notice requirements shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his or her intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting and such stockholder's proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by management of the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting; provided, however, that if such stockholder does not appear or send a qualified representative to present such proposal at such annual meeting, the Corporation need not present such proposal for a vote at such meeting, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything in the By-laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7. The chairman of an annual meeting may refuse to permit any

-4-

business to be brought before an annual meeting which fails to comply with the foregoing procedures or, in the case of a stockholder proposal, if the stockholder solicits proxies in support of such stockholder's proposal without having made the representation required by clause (v) of the second preceding sentence.

SECTION 8. List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer who has charge of the stock ledger to prepare and make, at least 10 days before each meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in such stockholder's name. Such list shall be produced and kept available at the times and places required by law.

SECTION 9. Voting. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate, each stockholder of record of any series of Preferred Stock or Series Common Stock shall be entitled at each meeting of stockholders to such number of votes, if any, for each share of such stock as may be fixed in the Certificate or in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such stock, and each stockholder of record of Common Stock shall be entitled at each meeting of stockholders to one vote for each share of such stock, in each case, registered in such stockholder's name on the books of the Corporation:

(1) on the date fixed pursuant to Section 6 of Article VII of these By-laws as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting; or

(2) if no such record date shall have been so fixed, then at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of such meeting is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may authorize not in excess of three persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Any such proxy shall be delivered

-5-

to the secretary of such meeting at or prior to the time designated for holding such meeting, but in any event not later than the time designated in the order of business for so delivering such proxies. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

At each meeting of the stockholders, all corporate actions to be taken by vote of the stockholders (except as otherwise required by law and except as otherwise provided in the Certificate or these By-laws) shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon who are present in person or represented by proxy, and where a separate vote by class is required, a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders of such class who are present in person or represented by proxy shall be the act of such class.

Unless required by law or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any matter, including the election of directors, need not be by written ballot. In the case of a vote by written ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder's proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

SECTION 10. Inspectors. The chairman of the meeting shall appoint two or more inspectors to act at any meeting of stockholders. Such inspectors shall perform such duties as shall be required by law or specified by the chairman of the meeting. Inspectors need not be stockholders. No director or nominee for the office of director shall be appointed such inspector.

SECTION 11. Public Announcements. For purpose of Section 7 of this Article II and Section 3 of Article III, "public announcement" shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Reuters Information Service or any similar or successor news wire service or
(ii) in a writing distributed generally to stockholders and in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any successor provisions thereto.

-6-

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

SECTION 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

SECTION 2. Number, Qualification and Election. Except as otherwise fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of the Certificate relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or Series Common Stock or any class or series of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined from time to time by the Board by the affirmative vote of directors constituting at least a majority of the entire Board; provided that the number thereof may not be less than three.

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock or Series Common Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation pursuant to the terms of Article IV of the Certificate or any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such stock adopted by the Board, shall be classified, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible, with each class to hold office until its successors are elected and qualified. If the number of directors is changed by the Board, any newly created directorships or any decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal as possible; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or Series Common Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation, at each such annual meeting of the stockholders, the

-7-

successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election.

Each director shall be at least 21 years of age. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

In any election of directors, the persons receiving a plurality of the votes cast, up to the number of directors to be elected in such election, shall be deemed elected.

SECTION 3. Notification of Nominations. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or Series Common Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board or by any stockholder who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice of nomination provided for in this Section 3 and who is entitled to vote for the election of directors. Any stockholder of record entitled to vote for the election of directors at a meeting may nominate persons for election as directors only if timely written notice of such stockholder's intent to make such nomination is given, either by personal delivery or by United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 70 nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days earlier or more than 60 days later than such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered or received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 70th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made and (ii) with respect to an election to be held at a special meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, not earlier than the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the

-8-

later of the 60th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees to be elected at such meeting. Each such notice shall set forth: (a) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated; (b) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (c) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (d) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission had each nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board; (e) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected and (f) if the stockholder intends to solicit proxies in support of such stockholder's nominee(s), a representation to that effect. The chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any person not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure or if the stockholder solicits proxies in favor of such stockholder's nominee(s) without having made the representation required by the immediately preceding sentence. Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3 shall be eligible to serve as directors of the Corporation.

Notwithstanding anything in the immediately preceding paragraph of this Section 3 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for directors or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least 70 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, a shareholder's notice required by this Section 3 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to or

-9-

mailed to and received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

SECTION 4. Quorum and Manner of Acting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate or these By-laws, a majority of the entire Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, and, except as so provided, the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. The chairman of the meeting or a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting to another time and place whether or not a quorum is present. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

SECTION 5. Place of Meeting. The Board may hold its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time determine or as shall be specified or fixed in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

SECTION 6. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such times and places as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine. If any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday under the laws of the place where the meeting is to be held, the meeting which would otherwise be held on that day shall be held at the same hour on the next succeeding business day.

SECTION 7. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board shall be held whenever called by the Chairman, either Co- Chief Executive Officer, or the President or by a majority of the directors.

SECTION 8. Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the Board or of any adjourned meeting thereof need not be given. Notice of each special meeting of the Board shall be given by overnight delivery service or mailed to each director, in either case addressed to such director at such director's residence

-10-

or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which the meeting is to be held or shall be sent to such director at such place by telegraph or telecopy or be given personally or by telephone, not later than the day before the meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any director who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a signed waiver of such notice or who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. Every such notice shall state the time and place but need not state the purpose of the meeting.

SECTION 9. Rules and Regulations. The Board may adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of law, the Certificate or these By-laws for the conduct of its meetings and management of the affairs of the Corporation as the Board may deem proper.

SECTION 10. Participation in Meeting by Means of Communications Equipment. Any one or more members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in any meeting of the Board or of any such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 11. Action without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all of the members of the Board or of any such committee consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes or proceedings of the Board or of such committee.

SECTION 12. Resignations. Any director of the Corporation may at any time resign by giving written notice to the Board, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified therein, upon receipt thereof; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

-11-

SECTION 13. Removal of Directors. Directors may be removed only as provided in Section 4 of Article VI of the Certificate.

SECTION 14. Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or Series Common Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation, any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, removal or other cause shall only be filled by the Board by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or by a sole remaining director, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled by the Board, or if not so filled, by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting called for that purpose in accordance with Section 3 of Article II of these By-laws. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence of this Section 14 shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director's successor shall have been elected and qualified.

SECTION 15. Compensation. Each director, in consideration of such person serving as a director, shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation such amount per annum and such fees (payable in cash or stock) for attendance at meetings of the Board or of committees of the Board, or both, as the Board shall from time to time determine. In addition, each director shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation reimbursement for the reasonable expenses incurred by such person in connection with the performance of such person's duties as a director. Nothing contained in this Section shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries in any other capacity and receiving proper compensation therefor.

SECTION 16. Independent Directors.

(a) Independence of Members of Board of Directors at Time of Nomination. At the time that the Board determines the slate of directors for election at an Annual Meeting of

-12-

Stockholders, a majority of the members of the Board, assuming the election of the nominated slate and taking into account resignations effective on or prior to such Annual Meeting, shall be determined by the Board to be eligible to be classified as independent directors.

(b) Directors Elected to Fill Vacancies on the Board or Newly Created Directorships. If the Board elects directors between Annual Meetings of Stockholders to fill vacancies or newly created directorships, the majority of all directors holding office immediately after such elections shall be determined by the Board to be eligible to be classified as independent directors.

(c) Determination of Independence of Directors. In its determination of a director's eligibility to be classified as an independent director pursuant to this Section 16, the Board shall consider, among such other factors as it may in any case deem relevant, that the director: (i) has not been employed by the Corporation as an executive officer within the past three years;
(ii) is not a paid adviser or consultant to the Corporation and derives no financial benefit from any entity as a result of advice or consultancy provided to the Corporation by such entity; (iii) is not an executive officer, director or significant stockholder of a significant customer or supplier of the Corporation; (iv) has no personal services contract with the Corporation; (v) is not an executive officer or director of a tax-exempt entity receiving a significant part of its annual contributions from the Corporation; (vi) is not a member of the immediate family of any director who is not considered an independent director; and (vii) is free of any other relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment by such director.

ARTICLE IV

Committees of the Board of Directors

SECTION 1. Establishment of Committees of the Board of Directors; Election of Members of Committees of the Board of Directors; Functions of Committees of the Board of Directors. The

-13-

Board may, in accordance with and subject to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, from time to time establish committees of the Board to exercise such powers and authorities of the Board, and to perform such other functions, as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 2. Procedure; Meetings; Quorum. Regular meetings of committees of the Board, of which no notice shall be necessary, may be held at such times and places as shall be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the members thereof. Special meetings of any committee of the Board shall be called at the request of any member thereof. Notice of each special meeting of any committee of the Board shall be sent by overnight delivery service, or mailed to each member thereof, in either case addressed to such member at such member's residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which the meeting is to be held or shall be sent to such member at such place by telegraph or telecopy or be given personally or by telephone, not later than the day before the meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any member who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a signed waiver of such notice or who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of such notice to such member. Any special meeting of any committee of the Board shall be a legal meeting without any notice thereof having been given, if all the members thereof shall be present thereat and no member shall protest the lack of notice to such member. Notice of any adjourned meeting of any committee of the Board need not be given. Any committee of the Board may adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of law, the Certificate or these By-laws for the conduct of its meetings as such committee of the Board may deem proper. A majority of the members of any committee of the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting, and the vote of a majority of the members thereof present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Each committee of the Board shall keep written minutes of its proceedings and shall report on such proceedings to the Board.

-14-

ARTICLE V

Officers

SECTION 1. Number; Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation shall be such officers, which may include a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or Co-Chief Executive Officers, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chairman of the Executive Committee and one or more Vice Chairmen and Vice Presidents (including, without limitation, Assistant, Executive, Senior and Group Vice Presidents) and a Treasurer, Secretary and Controller and such other officers or agents with such titles and such duties as the Board may from time to time determine, each to have such authority, functions or duties as in these By-laws provided or as the Board may from time to time determine, and each to hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Board and until such person's successor shall have been chosen and shall qualify, or until such person's death or resignation, or until such person's removal in the manner hereinafter provided. The Chairman, the Chief Executive Officers, the Vice-Chairmen, the Chairman of the Executive Committee, and the President, if any, shall be elected from among the directors. One person may hold the offices and perform the duties of any two or more of said officers; provided, however, that no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity if such instrument is required by law, the Certificate or these By-laws to be executed, acknowledged or verified by two or more officers. The Board may from time to time authorize any officer to appoint and remove any such other officers and agents and to prescribe their powers and duties. The Board may require any officer or agent to give security for the faithful performance of such person's duties.

Except as otherwise provided by these By-laws, any reference to the Chairman or Chief Executive Officer in these Bylaws shall be deemed to mean, if there are Co-Chairmen or Co-Chief Executive Officers, either Co-Chairmen or either Co-Chief Executive Officer, each of whom may severally exercise the full powers and authorities of the office of Chairman or Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be.

-15-

SECTION 2. Removal. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board at any meeting thereof called for the purpose or, except in the case of any officer elected by the Board, by any superior officer upon whom such power may be conferred by the Board.

SECTION 3. Resignation. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Board, the Chairman or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at any later date specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 4. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal or any other cause may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed in these By-laws for election to such office.

SECTION 5. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board and, if present, preside at meetings of the stockholders, and, if present and in the absence of the Chairman of the Executive Committee, preside at meetings of the Executive Committee. The Chairman may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments. The Chairman shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 6. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision and direction of the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board. The Chief Executive Officer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments. The Chief Executive Officer shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as the Board may from time to time determine.

-16-

SECTION 7. The President. The President shall perform such senior executive duties as the Board shall from time to time determine. The President shall, if present and in the absence of the Chairman, preside at meetings of the stockholders and, if present and in the absence of the Chairman, preside at meetings of the Board and, if present and in the absence of the Chairman of the Executive Committee and the Chairman of the Board, preside at meetings of the Executive Committee. The President may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments. The President shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 8. Chief Operating Officer. The Chief Operating Officer shall perform such senior duties in connection with the operations of the Corporation as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer shall from time to time determine. The Chief Operating Officer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts and other instruments. The Chief Operating Officer, shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 9. Vice-Chairman of the Board. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, the Vice-Chairman of the Board (the "Vice Chairman") if one shall have been elected, or if there shall be more than one, a Vice-Chairman as designated by the Chairman or the President, or, in the absence of such designation, as designated by the Board, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board. The Vice Chairman may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments. The Vice Chairman shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 10. Chairman of the Executive Committee. The Chairman of the Executive Committee shall, if present, preside at

-17-

meetings of the Executive Committee. The Chairman of the Executive Committee shall perform such other duties as the Board or the Executive Committee may from time to time determine. The Chairman of the Executive Committee shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 11. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, if one shall have been elected, shall perform all the powers and duties of the office of the chief financial officer and in general have overall supervision of the financial operations of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments. The Chief Financial Officer shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 12. Vice-Presidents. Any Vice-President shall have such powers and duties as shall be prescribed by his superior officer or the Board. Any Vice-President may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments. The Vice President shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 13. Treasurer. The Treasurer, if one shall have been elected, shall supervise and be responsible for all the funds and securities of the Corporation; the deposit of all moneys and other valuables to the credit of the Corporation in depositories of the Corporation; borrowings and compliance with the provisions of all indentures, agreements and instruments governing such borrowings to which the Corporation is a party; the disbursement of funds of the Corporation and the investment of its funds; and in general shall perform all of the duties incident to the office of the Treasurer. The Treasurer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments. The Treasurer shall, when requested, counsel with and

-18-

advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 14. Controller. The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. The Controller may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments. The Controller shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 15. Secretary. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to act as secretary at all meetings of the Board, of the committees of the Board and of the stockholders and to record the proceedings of such meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall see that all notices required to be given by the Corporation are duly given and served; the Secretary shall be custodian of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the seal or cause it to be affixed to all certificates of stock of the Corporation (unless the seal of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws; the Secretary shall have charge of the books, records and papers of the Corporation and shall see that the reports, statements and other documents required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and in general shall perform all of the duties incident to the office of Secretary. The Secretary shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 16. Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. Any Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Board. Any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Treasurer or Secretary, respectively, or by the Chairman of the Board or by

-19-

the Chief Executive Officer.

ARTICLE VI

Indemnification

SECTION 1. Right to Indemnification. The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted or required by Delaware General Corporation Law or other applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment and unless applicable law otherwise requires, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), shall indemnify and hold harmless any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation and who is or was involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness) or is threatened to be made so involved in any threatened, pending or completed investigation, claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, any action, suit or proceedings by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) (a "Proceeding") by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
(including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan) (a "Covered Entity")
against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to a director or officer of the Corporation with respect to a Proceeding that was commenced by such director or officer unless the proceeding was commenced after a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined in Section 4(e) of this Article). Any director or officer of the Corporation entitled to indemnification as provided in this Section 1 is hereinafter called an "Indemnitee". Any right of an Indemnitee to indemnification shall be a contract right and shall include the right to receive, prior to the conclusion of any Proceeding, payment of any expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such proceeding, consistent with

-20-

the provisions of applicable law as then in effect and the other provisions of this Article.

SECTION 2. Insurance, Contracts and Funding. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or of any Covered Entity against any expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement as specified in
Section 1 of this Article or incurred by any such director, officer, employee or agent in connection with any Proceeding referred to in Section 1 of this Article, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL. The Corporation may enter into contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or of any Covered Entity in furtherance of the provisions of this Article and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided or authorized in this Article.

SECTION 3. Indemnification Not Exclusive Right. The right of indemnification provided in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee may otherwise be entitled, and the provisions of this Article shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of any Indemnitee under this Article and shall be applicable to Proceedings commenced or continuing after the adoption of this Article, whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after such adoption.

SECTION 4. Advancement of Expenses; Procedures; Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings; Remedies. In furtherance, but not in limitation of the foregoing provisions, the following procedures, presumptions and remedies shall apply with respect to advancement of expenses and the right to indemnification under this Article:

(a) Advancement of Expenses. All reasonable expenses (including attorney's fees) incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding shall be advanced to the Indemnitee by the Corporation within 20 days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the

-21-

Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee and, if required by law at the time of such advance, shall include or be accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amounts advanced if ultimately it should be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses pursuant to this Article.

(b) Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. (i) To obtain indemnification under this Article, an Indemnitee shall submit to the Secretary a written request, including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification (the "Supporting Documentation"). The determination of the Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification shall be made not later than 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request for indemnification together with the Supporting Documentation. The Secretary shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that the Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(ii) The Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification under this Article shall be determined in one of the following ways: (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined in Section 4(e) of this Article), whether or not they constitute a quorum of the Board; (B) by a written opinion of Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined in Section 4(e) of this Article) if (x) a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined in Section 4(e) of this Article) shall have occurred and the Indemnitee so requests or (y) there are no Disinterested Directors or a majority of such Disinterested Directors so directs; (C) by the stockholders of the Corporation; or (D) as provided in Section 4(c) of this Article.

(iii) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 4(b)
(ii) of this Article, a majority of the Disinterested Directors shall select the Independent Counsel, but only an

-22-

Independent Counsel to which the Indemnitee does not reasonably object; provided, however, that if a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Indemnitee shall select such Independent Counsel, but only an Independent Counsel to which a majority of the Disinterested Directors does not reasonably object.

(c) Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article, if a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Article (with respect to actions or omissions occurring prior to such Change in Control) upon submission of a request for indemnification together with the Supporting Documentation in accordance with
Section 4(b)(i) of this Article, and thereafter the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching a contrary determination. In any event, if the person or persons empowered under Section 4(b) of this Article to determine entitlement to indemnification shall not have been appointed or shall not have made a determination within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of the request therefor, together with the Supporting Documentation, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to be, and shall be, entitled to indemnification unless (A) the Indemnitee misrepresented or failed to disclose a material fact in making the request for indemnification or in the Supporting Documentation or (B) such indemnification is prohibited by law. The termination of any Proceeding described in Section 1 of this Article, or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, adversely affect the right of the Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

(d) Remedies of Indemnitee. (i) In the event that a determination is made pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Article that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Article, (A) the Indemnitee shall be entitled to seek an adjudication of entitlement to such indemnification either, at the

-23-

Indemnitee's sole option, in (x) an appropriate court of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction or (y) an arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association; (B) any such judicial proceeding or arbitration shall be de novo and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of such adverse determination; and (C) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, in any such judicial proceeding or arbitration, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Article (with respect to actions or omissions occurring prior to such Change in Control).

(ii) If a determination shall have been made or deemed to have been made, pursuant to Section 4(b) or (c) of this Article, that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be obligated to pay the amounts constituting such indemnification within five days after such determination has been made or deemed to have been made and shall be conclusively bound by such determination unless (A) the Indemnitee misrepresented or failed to disclose a material fact in making the request for indemnification or in the Supporting Documentation or (B) such indemnification is prohibited by law. In the event that (X) advancement of expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 4(a) of this Article or (Y) payment of indemnification is not made within five days after a determination of entitlement to indemnification has been made or deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 4(b) or (c) of this Article, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to seek judicial enforcement of the Corporation's obligation to pay to the Indemnitee such advancement of expenses or indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may bring an action, in an appropriate court in the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction, contesting the right of the Indemnitee to receive indemnification hereunder, due to the occurrence of an event described in sub-clause (A) or (B) of this clause (ii) (a "Disqualifying Event"); provided, however, that in any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving the occurrence of such Disqualifying Event.

(iii) The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 4(d) that the procedures and presumptions

-24-

of this Article are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Article.

(iv) In the event that the Indemnitee, pursuant to this
Section 4(d), seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Article, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Corporation, and shall be indemnified by the Corporation against, any expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee prevails in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that the Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of expenses sought, the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be prorated accordingly.

(e) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 4:

(i) "Authorized Officer" means any one of the Chairman, the President, a Vice Chairman, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President or the Secretary of the Corporation.

(ii) "Change in Control" means the occurrence of any of the following (w) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation in which the Corporation is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Corporation's Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Corporation in which the holders of the Corporation's Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, (x) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, the assets of the Corporation, or the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, (y) any person (as such term is defined in
Section 4(c) of Article V of the Certificate of Incorporation) shall become an Interested Stockholder (as defined therein) without the prior consent of the Board, or (z) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period who shall

-25-

have constituted the entire Board shall have ceased for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Corporation's stockholders, of each new director shall have been approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

(iii) "Disinterested Director" means a director of the Corporation who is not or was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee.

(iv) "Independent Counsel" means a law firm or a member of a law firm that neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (x) the Corporation or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (y) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this Article. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Independent Counsel" shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing under the law of the State of Delaware, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee's rights under this Article.

SECTION 5. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Article shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Article containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Article containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or enforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

-26-

SECTION 6. Indemnification of Employees Serving as Directors. The Corporation, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification of directors and officers of the Corporation, shall indemnify any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation and who is or was involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness) or is threatened to be made so involved in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of the fact that such employee is or was serving
(a) as a director of a corporation in which the Corporation had at the time of such service, directly or indirectly, a 50 percent or greater equity interest (a "Subsidiary Director") and (b) at the written request of an Authorized Officer, as a director of another corporation in which the Corporation had at the time of such service, directly or indirectly, a less than 50 percent equity interest (or no equity interest at all) or in a capacity equivalent to that of a director for any partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan) in which the Corporation has an interest (a "Requested Employee"), against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Subsidiary Director or Requested Employee in connection with such Proceeding. The Corporation may also advance expenses incurred by any such Subsidiary Director or Requested Employee in connection with any such Proceeding, consistent with the provisions of this Article with respect to the advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

SECTION 7. Indemnification of Employees and Agents. Notwithstanding any other provision or provisions of this Article, the Corporation, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification of directors and officers of the Corporation, may indemnify any person other than a director or officer of the Corporation, a Subsidiary Director or a Requested Employee, who is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation and who is or was involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness) or is threatened to be made so involved in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a Covered Entity against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in

-27-

settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding. The Corporation may also advance expenses incurred by such employee or agent in connection with any such Proceeding, consistent with the provisions of this Article with respect to the advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Capital Stock

SECTION 1. Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares of stock of each class of the Corporation, whenever authorized by the Board, shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board. The certificates representing shares of stock of each class shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman or the President, a Vice Chairman or any Vice-President and by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, and sealed with the seal of the Corporation, which may be a facsimile thereof. Any or all such signatures may be facsimiles if countersigned by a transfer agent or registrar. Although any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose manual or facsimile signature is affixed to such a certificate ceases to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate has been issued, it may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still such at the date of its issue.

The stock ledger and blank share certificates shall be kept by the Secretary or by a transfer agent or by a registrar or by any other officer or agent designated by the Board.

SECTION 2. Transfer of Shares. Transfers of shares of stock of each class of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof, or by such holder's attorney thereunto authorized by a power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary or a transfer agent for such stock, if any, and on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed stock

-28-

transfer power (or by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer) and the payment of any taxes thereon; provided, however, that the Corporation shall be entitled to recognize and enforce any lawful restriction on transfer. The person in whose name shares are registered on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the Corporation; provided, however, that whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security and not absolutely, and written notice thereof shall be given to the Secretary or to such transfer agent, such fact shall be stated in the entry of the transfer. No transfer of shares shall be valid as against the Corporation, its stockholders and creditors for any purpose, except to render the transferee liable for the debts of the Corporation to the extent provided by law, until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

SECTION 3. Registered Stockholders and Addresses of Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

Each stockholder shall designate to the Secretary or transfer agent of the Corporation an address at which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be served or mailed to such person, and, if any stockholder shall fail to designate such address, corporate notices may be served upon such person by mail directed to such person at such person's post office address, if any, as the same appears on the stock record books of the Corporation or at such person's last known post office address.

SECTION 4. Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates. The holder of any share of stock of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor; the Corporation may

-29-

issue to such holder a new certificate or certificates for shares, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or, in the case of loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, upon satisfactory proof of such loss, theft or destruction; the Board, or a committee designated thereby, or the transfer agents and registrars for the stock, may, in their discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such person's legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as they may direct to indemnify the Corporation and said transfer agents and registrars against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

SECTION 5. Regulations. The Board may make such additional rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue and transfer of certificates representing shares of stock of each class of the Corporation and may make such rules and take such action as it may deem expedient concerning the issue of certificates in lieu of certificates claimed to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated.

SECTION 6. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

SECTION 7. Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Board may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.

-30-

ARTICLE VIII

Seal

The Board shall provide a corporate seal, which shall be in the form of a circle and shall bear the full name of the Corporation and the words and figures of "Corporate Seal Delaware 1983", or such other words or figures as the Board may approve and adopt. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

ARTICLE IX

Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the 31st day of December in each year.

ARTICLE X

Waiver of Notice

Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by these By-laws, by the Certificate or by law, the person entitled thereto may, either before or after the meeting or other matter in respect of which such notice is to be given, waive such notice in writing, which writing shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the meeting or the records kept with respect to such other matter, as the case may be, and in such event such notice need not be given to such person and such waiver shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.

ARTICLE XI

Amendments

Any By-law (other than this Article XI) may be adopted, repealed, altered or amended by a majority of the entire Board at

-31-

any meeting thereof, provided that such proposed action in respect thereof shall be stated in the notice of such Meeting. The stockholders of the Corporation shall have the power to amend, alter or repeal any provision of these By-laws only to the extent and in the manner provided in the Certificate.

ARTICLE XII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 1. Execution of Documents. The Board or any committee thereof shall designate the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation who shall have power to execute and deliver deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, debentures, notes, checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money and other documents for and in the name of the Corporation and may authorize (including authority to redelegate) by written instrument to other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Such delegation may be by resolution or otherwise and the authority granted shall be general or confined to specific matters, all as the Board or any such committee may determine. In the absence of such designation referred to in the first sentence of this Section, the officers of the Corporation shall have such power so referred to, to the extent incident to the normal performance of their duties.

SECTION 2. Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation or otherwise as the Board or any committee thereof or any officer of the Corporation to whom power in respect of financial operations shall have been delegated by the Board or any such committee or in these By-laws shall select.

SECTION 3. Checks. All checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money out of the funds of the Corporation, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board or of any committee thereof or by any officer of the Corporation to whom power in respect of financial operations shall have been delegated by the Board or any such committee thereof or as set forth in these By-laws.

-32-

SECTION 4. Proxies in Respect of Stock or Other Securities of Other Corporations. The Board or any committee thereof shall designate the officers of the Corporation who shall have authority from time to time to appoint an agent or agents of the Corporation to exercise in the name and on behalf of the Corporation the powers and rights which the Corporation may have as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation or other entity, and to vote or consent in respect of such stock or securities; such designated officers may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of exercising such powers and rights; and such designated officers may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal, or otherwise, such written proxies, powers of attorney or other instruments as they may deem necessary or proper in order that the Corporation may exercise its said powers and rights.

SECTION 5. Subject to Law and Certificate of Incorporation. All powers, duties and responsibilities provided for in these By-laws, whether or not explicitly so qualified, are qualified by the provisions of the Certificate and applicable laws.

-33-

EXECUTION VERSION

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "Third
Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of December 31, 1996, among TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC. (formerly known as Time Warner Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), TIME WARNER INC. (formerly known as TW Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the "Guarantor"), and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (formerly known as Chemical Bank), a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee").

WHEREAS the Company has executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of January 15, 1993, providing for the issuance and sale by the Company from time to time of its senior debt securities (the "Securities"), which term shall include any Securities issued under the Indenture after the date hereof;

WHEREAS pursuant to an Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 22, 1995, as amended, among the Guarantor, the Company, Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ("TBS"), Time Warner Acquisition Corp. and TW Acquisition Corp., each of the Company and TBS became wholly owned subsidiaries of the Guarantor;

WHEREAS the Company and Guarantor have executed and delivered to the Trustee a Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 10, 1996, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee providing that the Guarantor will unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under the Indenture (including obligations of the Trustee) and the Securities, and the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of


2

all other obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Securities;

WHEREAS Section 901(5) of the Indenture permits the Company, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, to enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for the purpose of adding to the rights of the Holders of the Securities;

WHEREAS the Guarantor desires to extend to the Holders of Securities certain rights and privileges in connection with the guarantee of the Securities by the Guarantor;

WHEREAS the Company and the Guarantor have requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Third Supplemental Indenture and all requirements necessary to make this Third Supplemental Indenture a valid instrument in accordance with its terms and to make the amendments provided for herein the valid obligation of the Guarantor, and the execution and delivery of this Third Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects.

NOW THEREFORE, the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee hereby agree that the following Sections of this Third Supplemental Indenture supplement the Indenture with respect to Securities issued thereunder:

SECTION 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

SECTION 2. Amendment to Defeasance upon Deposit of Funds or Government Obligations. Section 403 of Article 4 of the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended by adding the following sentence after clause (5) and before


3

the definition of "Discharged" in Section 403 of Article 4 of the Indenture:

"If the Company, at its option, with respect to a series of Securities, satisfies the applicable conditions pursuant to either clause (a) or (b) above, then (x), in the event the Company satisfies the conditions to clause (a) and elects clause (a) to be applicable, the Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, its guarantee of the Securities of such series and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture relating to the Securities of such series and (y) in either case, the Guarantor shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Article Eight (and any other covenants applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 301 to be subject to this provision), and clause (5)(ii) of Section 501 (and any other Events of Default applicable to such series of Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 301 to be subject to this provision) shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with respect to such series of Securities at any time thereafter."

SECTION 3. Amendments to the Events of Default and Remedies.
(a) Clause (5) of Section 501 of Article Five of the Indenture is hereby amended by redesignating clause (5) as clause (5)(i) and by adding thereto at the end thereof the following:

"; or (ii) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Guarantor in this Indenture (as it may be supplemented from time to time) in respect of the Securities of such series (other than a covenant or warranty in respect of the Securities of such series a default in the performance of which or


4

the breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), all of such covenants and warranties in the Indenture (as so supplemented) which are not expressly stated to be for the benefit of a particular series of Securities being deemed in respect of the Securities of all series for this purpose, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Guarantor by the Trustee or to the Guarantor and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or".

(b) Clause (6) of Section 501 of Article Five of the Indenture is hereby amended by redesignating clause (6) as clause (6)(i) and by adding thereto at the end thereof the following:

"; or (ii) the entry of an order for relief against the Guarantor under Title 11, United States Code (the "Federal Bankruptcy Act") by a court having jurisdiction in the premises or a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Guarantor a bankrupt or insolvent under any other applicable Federal or State law, or the entry of a decree or order approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Guarantor under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Guarantor or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or".


5

(c) Clause (7) of Section 501 of Article Five of the Indenture is hereby amended by redesignating clause (7) as clause (7)(i) and by adding thereto at the end thereof the following:

"; or (ii) the consent by the Guarantor to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Guarantor or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Guarantor in furtherance of any such action; or".

SECTION 4. Amendments to Article Eight. (a) The introductory clause and clause (1) of Section 801 of Article Eight of the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Section 801. Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer on Certain Terms. Neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

(1)(a) In the case of the Company, the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be organized and


6

existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume, by any indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture (as supplemented from time to time) on the part of the Company to be performed or observed; (b) in the case of the Guarantor, the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Guarantor is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Guarantor substantially as an entirety shall be organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume, by any indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the performance of every covenant of this Indenture (as supplemented from time to time) on the part of the Guarantor to be performed or observed;".

(b) Section 802 of Article Eight of the Indenture is supplemented and amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Section 802. Successor Person Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company or the Guarantor substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 801, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or the Guarantor is merged or to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company or the


7

Guarantor herein, as the case may be. In the event of any such conveyance of transfer, the predecessor as the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be dissolved, wound up or liquidated at any time thereafter."

SECTION 5. Supplemental Indentures. Clauses (1) and (2) of
Section 901 of Article Nine of the Indenture are supplemented and amended to read in their entirety as follows:

"(1) to evidence the succession of another corporation or Person to the Company or the Guarantor, and the assumption by any such successor of the respective covenants of the Company or the Guarantor herein and in the Securities contained; or

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company or the Guarantor, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or the Guarantor, for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of any or all series (and if such covenants or the surrender of such right or power are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included or such surrenders are expressly being made solely for the benefit of one or more specified series); or".

SECTION 6. This Third Supplemental Indenture. This Third Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part of it, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and each is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.


8

SECTION 7. Governing Law. THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 8. Counterparts. This Third Supplemental Indenture may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute but one instrument.

SECTION 9. Headings. The headings of this Third Supplemental Indenture are for reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

SECTION 10. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals. The recitals herein contained are made by the Company and the Guarantor, and not by the Trustee, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Third Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 11. Separability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Third Supplemental Indenture or in the Securities shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Third Supplemental Indenture or of the Securities, but this Third Supplemental Indenture and the Securities shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.


9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first written above.

TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC.,

   by /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
      ----------------------------
Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
Title: Vice President

TIME WARNER INC.,

   by /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
      ----------------------------
Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
Title: Vice President

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as
Trustee,

    by /s/ Richard Lorenzen
       ----------------------------
Name:  Richard Lorenzen
Title: Senior Trust Officer


As Amended through July 18, 1996

Time Warner 1986 Stock Option Plan

1. ADOPTION AND PURPOSE OF THE PLAN.

Time Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the Company), hereby adopts this stock option plan (hereinafter called the Plan), providing for the granting of stock options to key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The general purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing to key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries additional incentives to continue and increase their efforts with respect to, and to remain in the employ of, the Company or its subsidiaries.

So that the maximum incentive may be provided to particular employees participating in the Plan, the Plan provides for the granting of "incentive" stock options (hereinafter called incentive stock options), within the meaning of Section 422A(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (hereinafter called the Code), and for the granting of "nonqualified" stock options.

2. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

There will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options and stock appreciation rights to be granted from time to time under the Plan an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $1 per share (hereinafter called Common Stock). Such shares may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock which shall have been reacquired by the Company. If any option granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised (or without having been considered to have been exercised as provided in paragraphs 8 and 9 hereof) in full, the unpurchased shares subject thereto shall again be available for purposes of the Plan.

1

3. ADMINISTRATION.

The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (hereinafter called the Board). Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority, in its discretion, to determine the terms of all options granted under the Plan (which need not be identical), including, without limitation, the purchase price of the shares covered by each option, the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, options shall be granted, the number of shares to be subject to each option (provided that the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be granted to an individual employee under the Plan shall be 100,000), whether an option shall be an incentive stock option or a nonqualified stock option, when an option can be exercised and whether in whole or in installments (which terms may be altered, subject to paragraph 14 hereof). In making such determinations, the Board may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, their present and potential contributions to the Company's success and such other factors as the Board in its discretion shall deem relevant. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Board on the matters referred to in this paragraph 3 shall be conclusive.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may at any time, or from time to time, appoint a committee (hereinafter called the Committee) of at least three members, who shall be members of the Personnel and Compensation Committee of the Board (or such other members of the Board as the Board may designate), and delegate to such Committee the authority of the Board to administer the Plan. Upon such appointment and delegation, the Committee shall have all the powers, privileges and duties of the Board in the administration of the Plan, except the power to appoint members of the Committee and to terminate, modify or amend the Plan. The Board may from time to time appoint members of any such Committee in substitution for or in addition to members previously appointed, may fill vacancies in the Committee and may discharge the Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meetings at such

2

times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by a majority of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

4. ELIGIBILITY.

Options may be granted only to key salaried employees (which term shall be deemed to include officers) of the Company and of its present and future subsidiary corporations as defined in Section 425 of the Code, as the same shall be amended from time to time (hereinafter called subsidiaries). A director of the Company or of a subsidiary who is not also such an employee of the Company or of one of its subsidiaries will not be eligible to receive any options under the Plan. No option shall be granted to any person who, at the time the option is granted, owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any subsidiary, unless at the time the option is granted the option price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the Common Stock subject to the option and the option by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date it is granted. Options may be granted to employees who hold or have held options under previous plans. An employee who has been granted an option may be granted an additional option or options.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the case of incentive stock options granted on or prior to December 31, 1986, the maximum aggregate fair market value (determined at the time each incentive stock option is granted) of the shares of Common Stock for which any individual employee may be granted incentive stock options under the Plan in any calendar year (and under all other plans of the Company or any subsidiary which provide for the granting of incentive stock options) shall not exceed $100,000 plus the amount of any unused limit carryover to such year. If $100,000 exceeds the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time each incentive stock option is granted) of the Common Stock for which an employee was granted incentive stock options in any calendar year under the Plan (and under all other plans of the Company or any subsidiary which provide for the granting of incentive stock options), one-half of such excess shall be an

3

unused limit carryover to each of the three succeeding calendar years, under the rules of Section 422A(c)(4) of the Code. In the case of incentive stock options granted after December 31, 1986, the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of the shares of Common Stock covered by incentive stock options which first become exercisable in any calendar year under the Plan by any individual employee (and under all other plans of the Company or any subsidiary which provide for the granting of incentive stock options) shall not exceed $100,000. For purposes of this paragraph, fair market value of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the date of grant of an incentive stock option under the Plan.

5. OPTION PRICES.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in paragraph 4 hereof, the purchase price of the Common Stock under each option shall be determined by the Board, but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of the granting of such option. Such fair market value shall be determined by the Board and shall not be less than the mean between the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the day on which the option is granted.

6. TERM OF OPTIONS.

The term of each option shall be for such period as the Board shall determine, but not more than ten years from the date of grant in the case of each incentive stock option and not more than ten and one-half years from the date of grant in the case of each nonqualified stock option, or such shorter period as is prescribed in paragraphs 4, 11 and 12 hereof.

7. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.

Unless otherwise provided in the option agreement, an option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable in whole, or in part, at any time during the term of the option. Each incentive stock option granted under the Plan on or prior to December 31, 1986 shall by its terms comply with the requirements of
Section 422A(b)(7) of the Code, as in effect

4

prior to December 31, 1986.

The Board shall be authorized to establish the procedure for the exercise of an option, provided that the Company shall not be required to deliver certificates for shares with respect to which an option is exercised until the purchase price of such shares shall have been paid in full. Payment shall be made in cash or, unless otherwise provided in the option agreement, in whole shares of Common Stock already owned by the holder of the option or, unless otherwise provided in the option agreement, partly in cash and partly in such Common Stock. An option shall be exercised by written notice to the Company. Such notice shall state that the holder of the option elects to exercise the option, the number of shares in respect of which it is being exercised and the manner of payment for such shares, and shall either (i) be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares, or (ii) fix a date (not more than 10 business days from the date of exercise) for the payment of the full purchase price of such shares. Cash payments shall be made by certified or bank cashier's check, or by the wire transfer of immediately available funds, in each case payable to the order of the Company. Common Stock payments (valued at the mean between the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the date of exercise) shall be made by delivery of stock certificates in negotiable form. If certificates representing Common Stock are used to pay all or part of the purchase price of an option, separate certificates shall be delivered by the Company representing the same number of shares as each certificate so used, and an additional certificate shall be delivered representing any additional shares to which the holder of the option is entitled as a result of the exercise of the option. Except as provided in paragraphs 11 and 12 hereof, no option may be exercised at any time unless the employee to whom the option was granted under the Plan is then an employee of the Company or of a subsidiary or, if the option agreement so provides, an Employee of an Affiliated Entity. For the purposes of this Plan, "Employee of an Affiliated Entity" shall mean an employee of any entity other than the Company or a subsidiary, whether or not incorporated, which is controlled by or under common control with the Company (an "Affiliated Entity"); provided, however, that no director, officer or holder of ten percent or more of any class of equity securities of the Company who was subject, directly or indirectly, to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, at any time on or after May 14, 1991, shall be considered an Employee of an Affiliated

5

Entity. The holder of an option shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to the option until such shares shall be transferred to the holder upon the exercise of his or her option.

Notwithstanding any contrary waiting period or installment period in any option agreement or in the Plan, each outstanding option granted under the Plan shall, except as otherwise provided in the option agreement, become exercisable in full for the aggregate number of shares covered thereby, in the event (i) the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of the Company) shall approve (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company (x) as contemplated in the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995 among Time Warner Inc., TW Inc., Time Warner Acquisition Corp., TW Acquisition Corp. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, or (y) in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (b) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, or (c) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (ii) any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (hereinafter called the Exchange Act)), corporation or other entity (a) shall purchase any Common Stock of the Company (or securities convertible into the Company's Common Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or (b) any such person, corporation or other entity (other than the Company or any benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any subsidiary) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire the Company's securities), or (iii) during any period of two consecutive

6

years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire Board shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period. Any transaction referred to in the foregoing clause (i) is hereinafter called an Approved Transaction, any purchase pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer or otherwise as described in the foregoing clause (ii) is hereinafter called a Control Purchase and the cessation of individuals constituting a majority of the Board as described in the foregoing clause (iii) is hereinafter called a Board Change. The option agreement evidencing an option granted under the Plan may contain such provisions limiting the acceleration of the exercise of options as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor thereto in effect at the time of such acceleration, will not apply to any stock or cash received by the holder from the Company.

8. GENERAL STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant general stock appreciation rights (hereinafter called SARs) pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph to the holder of any option granted under the Plan (hereinafter in this paragraph 8 called a related option) with respect to all or a portion of the shares subject to the related option. An SAR may only be granted concurrently with the grant of the related option. Subject to the terms and provisions of this paragraph 8, each SAR shall be exercisable only at the same time and to the same extent the related option is exercisable, and in no event after the termination or exercise of the related option.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no SAR may be exercised within a period of six months after the date of grant of the SAR. SARs shall be exercisable only when the fair market value (determined as of the date of exercise of the SARs) of each share of Common Stock with respect to which the SARs are to be exercised shall exceed the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related option. SARs granted under the Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part by notice to the Company. Such notice shall state that the holder of the SARs elects to exercise the SARs and the number of shares in respect of which the SARs are being exercised.

7

Subject to the terms and provisions of this paragraph 8, upon the exercise of SARs, the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive from the Company consideration (in the form hereinafter provided) equal in value to the excess of the fair market value (determined as of the date of exercise of the SARs) of each share of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs have been exercised over the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related option. Upon the exercise of an SAR, the holder may specify the form of consideration to be received by such holder, which shall be in shares of Common Stock (valued at fair market value on the date of exercise of the SAR), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock as the holder shall request; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove the form of consideration requested and instead authorize the payment of such consideration in shares of Common Stock (valued as aforesaid), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any election by the holder of an SAR to receive cash in full or partial settlement of the SAR, as well as any exercise of an SAR for such cash, shall be made only during the period beginning on the third business day following the date of release for publication of quarterly or annual summary statements of sales and earnings and ending on the twelfth business day following such date (such period is hereinafter called the Exercise Period). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of SARs which may be exercised for cash, or partly for cash and partly for shares of Common Stock, during any Exercise Period may not exceed twenty percent of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock originally subject to the related option (as such original number, without giving effect to the exercise of any portion of the related option, shall have been retroactively adjusted by application of the adjustment(s), if any, determined in accordance with paragraph 13 hereof or the corresponding provisions of any outstanding option agreement), but such SARs shall be exercisable only to the extent the related option is exercisable. For purposes of this paragraph 8, (a) fair market value of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high and low sales prices thereof as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the date of exercise of an SAR, and (b) the date of exercise of an SAR shall mean the date on which the Company shall have received notice from the holder of the SAR of the exercise of such SAR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the exercise during the Exercise Period of an SAR granted in tandem with a nonqualified stock option, the date of exercise of such SAR shall be deemed to be the date during the Exercise Period on which the highest

8

reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape occurred and the fair market value of such shares shall be deemed to be such highest reported closing sales price.

Upon the exercise of SARs, the related option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs are exercised, and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of options under the Plan. Upon the exercise or termination of the related option, the SARs with respect to such related option shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related option was so exercised or terminated.

The provisions of paragraphs 3, 6, 10 through 16, and 18 through 20 of the Plan (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to options granted under the Plan) shall also be applicable to SARs unless the context otherwise requires. The effective date of the grant of an SAR shall be the date on which the Board approves the grant of such SAR. Each grantee of an SAR shall be notified promptly of the grant of an SAR in such manner as the Board shall prescribe.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this paragraph 8, SARs shall not be exercisable unless at the time of such exercise (i) the holder of the SARs is directly or indirectly subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) sales of Common Stock by the person exercising the SARs would be reportable under Section 16 by the original holder of the related option.

9. LIMITED STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant limited stock appreciation rights (hereinafter called limited rights) pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph to the holder of any option granted under the Plan (hereinafter in this paragraph 9 called a related option) with respect to all or a portion of the shares subject to the related option. A limited right may only be granted concurrently with the grant of the related option. A limited right may be exercised only during the period (a) beginning on the first day following either (i) the date of approval by the stockholders of the

9

Company of an Approved Transaction (as defined in the last paragraph of paragraph 7 hereof), (ii) the date of a Control Purchase (as defined in the last paragraph of paragraph 7 hereof), or (iii) the date of a Board Change (as defined in the last paragraph of paragraph 7 hereof), and (b) ending on the thirtieth day following such date. Each limited right shall be exercisable only to the extent the related option is exercisable, and in no event after the termination of the related option. Notwithstanding the provisions of the two immediately preceding sentences, no limited right may be exercised within a period of six months after the date of grant of the limited right. Limited rights shall be exercisable only when the fair market value (determined as of the date of exercise of the limited rights) of each share of Common Stock with respect to which the limited rights are to be exercised shall exceed the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related option.

Upon the exercise of limited rights, the related option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such limited rights are exercised, and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of options under the Plan. Upon the exercise or termination of the related option, the limited rights with respect to such related option shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related option was so exercised or terminated.

The provisions of paragraphs 3, 6, 10 through 16, and 18 through 20 of the Plan (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to options granted under the Plan) shall also be applicable to limited rights unless the context otherwise requires. The effective date of the grant of a limited right shall be the date on which the Board approves the grant of such limited right. Each grantee of a limited right shall be notified promptly of the grant of the limited right in such manner as the Board shall prescribe.

Limited rights granted under the Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part by notice to the Company. Such notice shall state that the holder of the limited rights elects to exercise the limited rights and the number of shares in respect of which the limited rights are being exercised. The effective date of exercise of a limited right shall be deemed to be the

10

date on which the Company shall have received such notice. Upon the exercise of limited rights granted in tandem with an incentive stock option, except as otherwise provided in the option agreement, the holder thereof shall receive in cash an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value (determined as of the date of exercise of such limited rights) of each share of Common Stock with respect to which such limited right shall have been exercised over the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related incentive stock option. For purposes of this paragraph 9, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high and low sales price thereof as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the date of exercise of a limited right.

Upon the exercise of limited rights granted in tandem with a nonqualified stock option, except as otherwise provided in the option agreement, the holder thereof shall receive in cash an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (i) the excess of (a) the higher of (x) the Minimum Price Per Share (as hereinafter defined), or (y) the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such limited rights are exercised and ending on the date on which such limited rights are exercised, over (b) the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related nonqualified stock option, by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such limited rights are being exercised.

For purposes of this paragraph 9, the term "Minimum Price Per Share" shall mean the highest gross price (before brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and similar charges) paid or to be paid for any share of Common Stock (whether by way of exchange, conversion, distribution, liquidation or otherwise) in, or in connection with, any Approved Transaction or Control Purchase which occurs at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such limited rights are exercised and ending on the date on which such limited rights are exercised. For purposes of this definition, if the consideration paid or to be paid in any such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase shall consist, in whole or in part, of consideration other than cash, the Board shall take such action, as in its judgment it deems appropriate, to establish the cash value of such consideration, but such valuation shall not be less than the value, if any, attributed to such consideration by any other party to such Approved

11

Transaction or Control Purchase.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this paragraph 9, limited rights shall not be exercisable unless at the time of the occurrence of an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, (i) the holder of the limited rights is directly or indirectly subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) sales of Common Stock by the person exercising the limited rights would be reportable under Section 16 by the original holder of the related option. The option agreement evidencing an option granted under the Plan may contain such provisions limiting the exercise of limited rights as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor thereto in effect at the time of such exercise, will not apply to any stock or cash received from the Company by the holder of the limited rights.

10. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

Except as set forth in this paragraph 10, no option granted under the Plan shall be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and an option may be exercised during the lifetime of the holder thereof only by such holder. The option agreement may provide that nonqualified stock options and SARs are transferable by gift to such persons or entities and upon such terms and conditions as specified in the option agreement.

11. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

In the event that an employee to whom an option has been granted under the Plan ceases to be an employee of the Company and/or one or more of its subsidiaries otherwise than by reason of death, such option may, subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of this paragraph 11, be exercised (to the extent exercisable by the employee at the effective date of the termination of his or her employment) at any time (i) in the case of either a nonqualified or incentive stock option, within one year (or such shorter period as may be specified in the option agreement) after the termination of his or her employment due to his or her "permanent and total disability", as defined in
Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as the same shall be amended from time to time (hereinafter called total disability); (ii) in the case of a nonqualified stock option, (x) within five years (or such shorter period as may be

12

specified in the option agreement) after the termination of his or her employment upon retirement pursuant to any retirement plan of the Company or a subsidiary, or (y) within three months after the termination of his or her employment for any reason other than as specifically provided in this paragraph
(or such shorter period as may be specified in the option agreement); or (iii)
in the case of an incentive stock option, within three months after the termination of his or her employment for any reason other than as specifically provided in this paragraph (or such shorter period as may be specified in the option agreement), but, in any case, in no event after the expiration date of such option. Options granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment so long as the employee to whom the option was granted under the Plan continues to be an employee of the Company or of a subsidiary. Retirement pursuant to any retirement plan of the Company or of a subsidiary shall be deemed to be a termination of employment for the purpose of this paragraph. The option agreement may contain such provisions as the Board may approve with reference to the effect of approved leaves of absence. Nothing in the Plan or in any option granted pursuant to the Plan shall confer on any individual any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to terminate his or her employment at any time, with or without cause, notwithstanding the possibility that the number of shares purchasable under an option may thereby be reduced or eliminated.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event the employment of an employee to whom an option has been granted under the Plan shall be terminated by the Company or a subsidiary for cause, then, in such event, any option or options held by such employee or any permitted transferee pursuant to paragraph 10 under the Plan, to the extent not theretofore exercised, shall immediately terminate; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any employee employed under a separate written employment agreement if the termination of such employee's employment for cause hereunder would constitute a breach of such employment agreement. For purposes of this paragraph 11, termination for cause shall include, but shall not be limited to, termination of the employee's employment by reason of insubordination, dishonesty, incompetence, moral turpitude, other misconduct of any kind, and the refusal to perform his or her normal duties and responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity; provided, however, that if such termination occurs

13

within 12 months after an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, termination for cause shall only include fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement on the part of the employee. For purposes of this paragraph 11, whether or not such employment shall have been terminated for cause shall be determined by the Board and the determination of the Board shall be conclusive. If the option agreement provides that an option may be exercised by an employee who is an Employee of an Affiliated Entity, then the provisions of this paragraph 11 shall apply to such Employee of an Affiliated Entity to the same extent they would apply to an employee of the Company or a subsidiary and termination of employment under this paragraph 11 shall include termination of employment with such Affiliated Entity.

12. DEATH OF HOLDER OF OPTION.

In the event of the death of an employee to whom an option has been granted under the Plan, unless the option shall have been previously terminated pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 11 hereof, (i) in the case of an incentive stock option, if the employee dies while employed by the Company or a subsidiary or within three months after termination of his or her employment, such option may be exercised (to the extent exercisable by the employee at the time of death) by a legatee or legatees of such employee under his or her last will, or by his or her personal representatives or distributees, or by such employee's permitted transferee pursuant to paragraph 10, at any time within a period of one year after his or her death (or such shorter period as may be specified in the option agreement), but in no event after the expiration date of such option; and (ii) in the case of a nonqualified stock option (x) if the employee dies while employed by the Company or a subsidiary, then such option may be exercised at any time within a period of five years after his or her death (or such shorter period as may be specified in the option agreement), or
(y) if the employee dies within three months after termination of his or her employment, then such option may be exercised at any time within a period of one year after his or her death (or such shorter period as may be specified in the option agreement) by a legatee or legatees of such employee under his or her last will, or by his or her personal representatives or distributees, or by such employee's permitted transferee pursuant to paragraph 10, and, in each case, to the extent exercisable by such employee at the time of his or her death, but in no event after the expiration date of such option;

14

provided, however, that a nonqualified stock option agreement may provide that if the employee dies within five years (or such shorter period as may be specified in the option agreement) after his or her retirement pursuant to any retirement plan of the Company or a subsidiary, then such option may be exercised to the same extent and during the same period such option would otherwise have been exercisable by the employee at the time of his or her death by a legatee or legatees of such employee under his or her last will or by his or her personal representatives or distributees, or by such employee's permitted transferee pursuant to paragraph 10, but not after the expiration date of such option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the death of an employee to whom an option has been granted under the Plan within one year after the termination of such employee's employment due to his or her total disability, such option (unless the option shall have been previously terminated pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 11 hereof, or unless otherwise provided in such holder's option agreement) may be exercised to the same extent and during the same period such option would otherwise have been exercisable by such employee at the time of his or her death by a legatee or legatees of such employee under his or her last will, or by his or her personal representatives or distributees, or by such employee's permitted transferee pursuant to paragraph 10, but not after the expiration date of such option. If the option agreement provides that an option may be exercised by an employee who is an Employee of an Affiliated Entity, then the provisions of this paragraph 12 shall apply to such Employee of an Affiliated Entity to the same extent they would apply to an employee of the Company or a subsidiary.

13. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, option agreements may contain such provisions as the Board shall determine to be appropriate for the adjustment of the number and class of shares subject to each outstanding option and the option prices in the event of changes in the outstanding Common Stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend, distribution, split-up, recapitalization, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or liquidation and the like, and, in the event of any such change in the outstanding Common Stock of the Company, the aggregate number and class of shares available under the Plan and the maximum number of shares as to which options may be granted to any

15

individual shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board, whose determination shall be conclusive.

14. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT.

Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as hereinafter provided, the Plan shall terminate on, and no option shall be granted after, December 31, 1991. The Board may at any time prior to December 31, 1991 terminate the Plan, and the Board may at any time also modify or amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that the Board may not, without approval of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Company present, or represented, and entitled to vote at a meeting (i) increase (except as provided in paragraph 13 hereof) the maximum number of shares as to which options may be granted under the Plan, (ii) change the class of employees eligible to receive options, (iii) change the manner of determining the minimum option prices other than to change the manner of determining the fair market value of the Common Stock, as set forth in paragraph 5 hereof, or
(iv) extend the period during which options may be granted or exercised. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the holder of an option, adversely affect the rights of such holder under such option.

15. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN.

The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the vote of a majority of the voting securities of the Company present, or represented, and entitled to vote at the 1986 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 17, 1986, or any adjournment thereof. Prior to such approval, the Board may, in its discretion, grant or authorize the granting of options under the Plan the exercise of which shall be expressly subject to the condition that the Plan shall have been so approved. Unless the Plan shall be so approved, the Plan and all options theretofore granted thereunder shall be and become null and void.

16

16. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS.

The obligation of the Company to sell and deliver shares under the options granted under the Plan shall be subject to (i) all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including, without limitation, the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, and (ii) the condition that the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options granted under the Plan shall have been duly listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

17. TIME OF GRANTING OF OPTIONS.

The effective date of the granting of an option (hereinafter called the Granting Date) shall be the date on which the Board approves the granting of such option. Each grantee of an option shall be notified promptly of the grant of the option and a written option agreement shall promptly be executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the grantee, provided that such grant of an option shall expire if a written option agreement is not signed by such grantee (or his or her agent or attorney) and delivered to the Company within 60 days after the Granting Date.

18. WITHHOLDING.

The Company's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or to pay cash upon the exercise of any nonqualified stock option or any stock appreciation right granted under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Federal, state and local withholding taxes paid upon the exercise of any nonqualified stock option may be paid in shares of Common Stock upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

19. SEPARABILITY.

If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (as the same shall be amended from time to time) and/or Section 422A of the Code (as the same shall be amended from time to

17

time), then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of said Rule 16b-3 and/or Section 422A of the Code.

If this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under Section 422A of the Code (as the same shall be amended from time to time), such provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if such provision had been set out at length herein.

20. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN.

Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

18

As Amended through July 18, 1996

1988 Stock Incentive Plan of Time Warner Inc.

1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN.

Time Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, hereby adopts this stock incentive plan, providing for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted shares to key employees (including officers) of the Company and its subsidiaries. The general purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing to key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries additional incentives to continue and increase their efforts with respect to, and to remain in the employ of, the Company or its subsidiaries.

2. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below when used in this Plan:

(a) "Award" means grants of an Option, SAR and/or Restricted Shares under this Plan.

(b) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) "Cash Award" means the amount of cash, if any, to be paid to an employee pursuant to paragraph 7D hereof.

(d) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.

(e) "Committee" means the Committee of the Board appointed pursuant to paragraph 4 hereof.

(f) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock, par value $1 per share, of the Company.

(g) "Company" means Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation.

1

(h) "Composite Tape" means the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape.

(i) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.

(j) "Exercise Period" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 6E hereof.

(k) "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock shall mean the mean between the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock on the Composite Tape on the date in question, except as otherwise provided in paragraph 6E hereof.

(l) "Holder" means an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary who has received an Award under this Plan.

(m) "ISO" means an incentive stock option within the meaning of
Section 422A(b), or any successor section, of the Code.

(n) "Limited Rights" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 6F hereof.

(o) "Maturity Value" means, unless the Board shall determine otherwise, the average (rounded to the nearest cent) of the means between the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock on the Composite Tape on the sixty consecutive trading days ending on the Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares, or if the Valuation Date is not a trading day, the sixty consecutive trading days prior thereto.

(p) "Nonqualified Stock Option" means a stock option that does not qualify as an ISO.

(q) "Option" means any option granted under this Plan.

(r) "Plan" means this 1988 Incentive Stock Plan of the Company.

(s) "Restricted Shares" means shares of Common Stock or the right to receive shares of Common Stock, as the

2

case may be, awarded to an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, pursuant to paragraph 7 hereof.

(t) "Restricted Shares Agreement" means the agreement specified in paragraph 12 hereof.

(u) "Restriction Period" means a period of time beginning on the date of each award of Restricted Shares and ending on the Valuation Date with respect to each such award.

(v) "Retained Distributions" means distributions with respect to Restricted Shares that are retained by the Company pursuant to paragraph 7C hereof.

(w) "SARs" shall mean stock appreciation rights as defined in paragraph 6E hereof.

(x) "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(y) "Stock Option Agreement" means the agreement specified in paragraph 12 hereof.

(z) "Subsidiary" means any present or future subsidiary of the Company as such term is defined in Section 425, or any successor section, of the Code.

(aa) "Total Disability" means a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3), or any successor section, of the Code.

(bb) "Valuation Date" with respect to any Restricted Shares awarded hereunder means the date designated in the Restricted Shares Agreement with respect to each award of Restricted Shares pursuant to paragraph 7A hereof.

(cc) "Dividend Equivalents" means an amount equal to the cash dividend payable on each share of Common Stock on any dividend payment date multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock covered by an award of Restricted Shares hereunder but only to the extent the shares of Common Stock covered by such award are not issued until the end of the Restriction Period.

3

(dd) "Employee of an Affiliated Entity" means an employee of any entity other than the Company or a Subsidiary, whether or not incorporated, which is controlled by or under common control with the Company (an "Affiliated Entity"); provided, however, that no director, officer or holder of ten percent or more of any class or equity securities of the Company who was subject, directly or indirectly, to
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act at any time on or after May 14, 1991, shall be considered an Employee of an Affiliated Entity.

3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

Subject to the provisions of paragraph 13 hereof and this paragraph 3, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon exercise of Options and SARs and which may be granted as Restricted Shares or issued at the end of the Restriction Period with respect to an award of Restricted Shares hereunder shall be 1,500,000. Such shares may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock which shall have been reacquired by the Company. If any Option shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised (or without having been considered to have been exercised as provided in paragraphs 6E and 6F hereof) in full, the unexercised shares subject thereto shall again be available for purposes of the Plan. In addition, any Restricted Shares which are forfeited by the terms of the Plan or any Restricted Shares Agreement shall again become available for purposes of the Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION.

A. Powers. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority, in its discretion, to grant Options and award Restricted Shares under the Plan and to determine the terms and conditions (which need not be identical), of all Options and Restricted Shares granted or awarded under the Plan, including, without limitation, (i) the purchase price, if any, of each Restricted Share, (ii) the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Options and Restricted Shares shall be granted or awarded, (iii) the number of shares to be subject to each Option or award of Restricted Shares, (iv) whether an Option shall be an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock

4

Option, (v) when an Option can be exercised and whether in whole or in installments, (vi) the time or times and the conditions subject to which Restricted Shares shall become vested and any Cash Awards shall become payable, and (vii) the form, terms and provisions of any Stock Option Agreement and Restricted Shares Agreement evidencing a grant of Options or awards of Restricted Shares hereunder (which terms may be amended, subject to paragraph 15 hereof). In making such determinations, the Board may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and its subsidiaries, and such other factors as the Board in its discretion shall deem relevant. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Board on the matters referred to in this paragraph 4 shall be conclusive.

B. Delegation to Committee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may at any time, or from time to time, appoint a Committee of at least three members, who shall be members of the Compensation Committee of the Board (or such other persons as the Board may designate), and delegate to such Committee the authority of the Board to administer the Plan. Upon such appointment and delegation, the Committee shall have all the powers, privileges and duties of the Board in the administration of the Plan, except the power to appoint members of the Committee and to terminate, modify or amend the Plan. The Board may from time to time appoint members of any such Committee in substitution for or in addition to members previously appointed, may fill vacancies in the Committee and may discharge the Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by a majority of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

5

5. ELIGIBILITY.

Options and Restricted Shares may be awarded only to key salaried employees (including officers) of the Company and its Subsidiaries who are at the time of the Award regularly employed by the Company or a Subsidiary on a full-time basis. A director of the Company or of a Subsidiary who is not also an employee of the Company or of one of its Subsidiaries will not be eligible to receive any Awards under the Plan. No ISO shall be granted to any employee who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Section 425(d), or any successor section, of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary, unless at the time the ISO is granted the option price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the ISO and the ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date it is granted. Awards may be made to employees who hold or have held Options and/or Restricted Shares under this Plan or any other plans of the Company. An employee who has received Awards under this Plan may be granted additional Options and Restricted Shares under this Plan or any other plan.

6. OPTIONS.

A. Option Prices. Except as otherwise specifically provided in paragraph 5 hereof, the purchase price of the Common Stock under each Option shall be determined by the Board, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of the granting of such Option.

B. Term of Options. The term of each Option shall be for such period as the Board shall determine, but not more than ten years from the date of grant in the case of each ISO, and, except as set forth in paragraph 9 hereof, shall expire upon termination of employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

C. Exercise of Options. Unless otherwise provided in the Stock Option Agreement, an Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable in whole, or in part, at any time during the term of the Option. Payment shall be made in cash or, unless otherwise provided in the Stock Option Agreement, in whole shares of Common Stock already owned by the person exercising the Option or, unless otherwise provided in the Stock Option Agreement, partly in cash and partly in such Common Stock. An

6

Option shall be exercised by written notice to the Company. Such notice shall state that the person exercising the Option elects to exercise the Option, the number of shares in respect of which it is being exercised and the manner of payment for such shares, and shall either (i) be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares or (ii) fix a date (not more than 10 business days from the date of exercise) for the payment of the full purchase price of such shares. Cash payments shall be made by wire transfer, certified or bank check or personal check, in each case payable to the order of the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to deliver certificates for shares with respect to which an Option is exercised until the Company has confirmed the receipt of good and available funds in payment of the purchase price thereof. Common Stock payments (valued at the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise) shall be made by delivery of stock certificates in negotiable form. If certificates representing Common Stock are used to pay all or part of the purchase price of an Option, separate certificates shall be delivered by the Company representing the same number of shares as each certificate so used, and an additional certificate shall be delivered representing any additional shares to which the person exercising the Option is entitled as a result of the exercise of the Option. Except as provided in paragraph 9 hereof, no Option may be exercised at any time unless the Holder thereof is then an employee of the Company or of a Subsidiary or, if the option agreement so provides, is an Employee of an Affiliated Entity. No Holder or other person exercising the Option shall have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option until such shares shall be transferred to the Holder or such other person upon the exercise of the Option.

D. ISOs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, but subject to paragraph 8 hereof, in the case of ISOs, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the Option is granted) of the shares of Common Stock covered by ISOs which first become exercisable in any calendar year under the Plan by any individual employee (and under all other plans of the Company or any Subsidiary which provide for the granting of ISOs) shall not exceed $100,000.

E. SARs. The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant SARs pursuant to the provisions of this subparagraph 6E to the Holder of any Option granted under the Plan (hereinafter in this subparagraph 6E called a related Option) with respect

7

to all or a portion of the shares subject to the related Option. An SAR may only be granted concurrently with the grant of the related Option. Subject to the terms and provisions of this subparagraph 6E, each SAR shall be exercisable only at the same time and to the same extent the related Option is exercisable, and in no event after the termination or exercise of the related Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no SAR may be exercised within a period of six months after the date of grant of the SAR. SARs granted under the Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part by notice to the Company. Such notice shall state that the person exercising the SARs elects to exercise the SARs, the number of shares in respect of which the SARs are being exercised and the form of payment requested.

Subject to the terms and provisions of this subparagraph 6E, upon the exercise of SARs, the person exercising the SARs shall be entitled to receive from the Company consideration (in the form hereinafter provided) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise of the SARs of each share of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs have been exercised over the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related Option. Upon the exercise of an SAR, the person exercising the SARs may specify the form of consideration to be received, which shall be in shares of Common Stock (valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the SAR), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock as the person exercising the SARs shall request; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove the form of consideration requested and instead authorize the payment of such consideration in shares of Common Stock (valued as aforesaid), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock. Any election by the person exercising the SARs to receive cash in full or partial settlement of the SAR, as well as any exercise of an SAR for such cash, shall be made only during the period beginning on the third business day following the date of release for publication of quarterly or annual summary statements of sales and earnings and ending on the twelfth business day following such date (the "Exercise Period"). Unless the Board determines otherwise, the number of SARs which may be exercised for cash, or partly for cash and partly for shares of Common Stock, during any Exercise Period may not exceed twenty percent of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock originally subject to the related Option (as such original number, without giving effect to the exercise of any portion of the related Option, shall have been retroactively adjusted by application of the adjustment(s), if any,

8

determined in accordance with paragraph 13 hereof or the corresponding provisions of any outstanding Stock Option Agreement), but such SARs shall be exercisable only to the extent the related Option is exercisable. For purposes of this subparagraph 6E, the date of exercise of an SAR shall mean the date on which the Company shall have received notice from the person exercising the SARs of the exercise of such SAR, except that, upon exercise during the Exercise Period of an SAR granted in tandem with a Nonqualified Stock Option, the date of exercise of such SAR shall be deemed to be the date during the Exercise Period on which the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape occurred and the Fair Market Value of such shares shall be deemed to be such highest reported closing sales price.

Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs are exercised, and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Options under the Plan. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the SARs with respect to such related Option shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated.

The provisions of paragraphs 4, 6B and 9 through 22 of the Plan (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to Options) shall also be applicable to SARs unless the context otherwise requires. The effective date of the grant of an SAR shall be the date on which the Board approves the grant of such SAR. Each grantee of an SAR shall be notified promptly of the grant of an SAR.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subparagraph 6E, SARs shall not be exercisable unless at the time of such exercise (i) the Holder or other person exercising the SARs is directly or indirectly subject to
Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) sales of Common Stock by the person exercising the SARs would be reportable under Section 16 by the original Holder of the related Option.

9

F. Limited Rights. The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant Limited Rights pursuant to the provisions of this subparagraph 6F to the Holder of any Option (hereinafter in this subparagraph 6F called a related Option) with respect to all or a portion of the shares subject to the related Option. A Limited Right may only be granted concurrently with the grant of the related Option. A Limited Right may be exercised only during the period (a) beginning on the first day following either (i) the date of approval by the stockholders of the Company of an Approved Transaction (as defined in the last paragraph of paragraph 8 hereof), (ii) the date of a Control Purchase (as defined in the last paragraph of paragraph 8 hereof), or (iii) the date of a Board Change (as defined in the last paragraph of paragraph 8 hereof), and (b) ending on the thirtieth day (or such other date specified in the Stock Option Agreement) following such date. Each Limited Right shall be exercisable only to the extent the related Option is exercisable, and in no event after the termination of the related Option. Notwithstanding the provisions of the two immediately preceding sentences, no Limited Right may be exercised within a period of six months after the date of grant of the Limited Right.

Upon the exercise of Limited Rights, the related Option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited Rights are exercised, and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Options under the Plan. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the Limited Rights with respect to such related Option shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated.

The provisions of paragraphs 4, 6B and 9 through 22 of the Plan (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to Options) shall also be applicable to Limited Rights unless the context otherwise requires. The effective date of the grant of a Limited Right shall be the date on which the Board approves the grant of such Limited Right. Each grantee of a Limited Right shall be notified promptly of the grant of the Limited Right.

10

Limited Rights granted under the Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part by notice to the Company. Such notice shall state that the person exercising the Limited Rights elects to exercise the Limited Rights and the number of shares in respect of which the Limited Rights are being exercised. The effective date of exercise of a Limited Right shall be deemed to be the date on which the Company shall have received such notice. Upon the exercise of Limited Rights granted in tandem with an ISO, except as otherwise provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the person exercising the Limited Rights shall receive in cash an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such Limited Rights of each share of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited Right shall have been exercised over the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related ISO.

Upon the exercise of Limited Rights granted in tandem with a Nonqualified Stock Option, except as otherwise provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the person exercising the Limited Rights shall receive in cash an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (i) the excess of (a) the higher of (x) the Minimum Price Per Share (as hereinafter defined), or (y) the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such Limited Rights are exercised and ending on the date on which such Limited Rights are exercised, over (b) the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related Nonqualified Stock Option, by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited Rights are being exercised.

For purposes of this subparagraph 6F, the term "Minimum Price Per Share" shall mean the highest gross price (before brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and similar charges) paid or to be paid for any share of Common Stock (whether by way of exchange, conversion, distribution, liquidation or otherwise) in, or in connection with, any Approved Transaction or Control Purchase (as such terms are defined in paragraph 8 hereof) which occurs at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such Limited Rights are exercised and ending on the date on which such Limited Rights are exercised. For purposes of this definition, if the consideration paid or to be paid in any such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase shall consist, in whole or in part, of consideration other than cash, the Board shall take such action, as in its judgment it deems

11

appropriate, to establish the cash value of such consideration, but such valuation shall not be less than the value, if any, attributed to such consideration by any other party to such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subparagraph 6F, Limited Rights shall not be exercisable unless at the time of the occurrence of an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change (as such terms are defined in paragraph 8 hereof) (i) the Holder or other person exercising the Limited Rights is directly or indirectly subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or (ii) sales of Common Stock by the person exercising the Limited Rights would be reportable under Section 16 by the original Holder of the related Option. The Stock Option Agreement evidencing an Option may contain such provisions limiting the exercise of Limited Rights as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor thereto in effect at the time of such exercise, will not apply to any stock or cash received from the Company by the Holder or other person exercising the Limited Rights.

G. Nontransferability of Options. Except as set forth in this subparagraph 6G, no Options shall be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and an Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder. A breach by the Holder of any of the restrictions, terms or conditions provided in the Plan or in the Holder's Stock Option Agreements will cause the Options covered thereby to be terminated. The Stock Option Agreement may provide that Nonqualified Stock Options and SARs are transferable by gift to such persons or entities and upon such terms and conditions as specified in the Holder's Stock Option Agreement.

7. RESTRICTED SHARES.

A. Valuation Date, Issuance and Price. The Board shall determine whether certificates representing shares of Common Stock covered by awards of Restricted Shares will be issued at the beginning or the end of the Restriction Period, whether Dividend Equivalents will be paid during the Restriction Period in the event shares of Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period and shall designate a Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares and may prescribe restrictions, terms and conditions applicable to the

12

vesting of such Restricted Shares in addition to those provided in this Plan. The Board shall determine the price, if any, to be paid by the Holder for the Restricted Shares.

B. Issuance of Stock at Beginning of the Restriction Period. If certificates representing shares of Common Stock are issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period, the stock certificate or certificates representing such shares shall be registered in the name of the Holder to whom such Restricted Shares shall have been awarded. During the Restriction Period, certificates representing the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that ownership of the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions), and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto, are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions provided in the Plan and the applicable Restricted Shares Agreement. Such certificates shall be deposited by such Holder with the Company, together with stock powers or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank, which will permit transfer to the Company of all or any portion of the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions that shall be forfeited or that shall not become vested in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Restricted Shares Agreement.

C. Restrictions. If certificates representing shares of Common Stock covered by an award of Restricted Shares are issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period, the Restricted Shares shall constitute issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock for all corporate purposes. The Holder will have the right to vote such Restricted Shares, to receive and retain all regular cash dividends, and such other distributions as the Board may in its sole discretion designate, paid or distributed on such Restricted Shares and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a Holder of Common Stock with respect to such Restricted Shares, with the exception that (i) the Holder will not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares until the Restriction Period shall have expired and unless all other vesting requirements with respect thereto shall have been fulfilled; (ii) the Company will retain custody of the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares during the Restriction Period; (iii) other than regular cash dividends and such other distributions as the Board may in its sole discretion designate, the Company will retain custody of all distributions ("Retained Distributions") made or declared with respect to such

13

Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions will be subject to the same restrictions, terms and conditions as are applicable to such Restricted Shares) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid or declared shall have become vested, and such Retained Distributions shall not bear interest or be segregated in separate accounts; (iv) the Holder may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, exchange, encumber or dispose of such Restricted Shares or any Retained Distributions during the Restriction Period; and (v) a breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions provided in the Plan or established by the Board with respect to such Restricted Shares or Retained Distributions will cause a forfeiture of such Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto.

D. Issuance of Stock at End of the Restriction Period. If certificates representing shares of Common Stock covered by an award of Restricted Shares are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, the Holder shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by an award of Restricted Shares until such shares have been transferred to the Holder at the end of the Restriction Period. If shares of Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, the Holder, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall be entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents during the Restriction Period with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered thereby.

E. Cash Awards. In connection with any award of Restricted Shares, the Board may authorize the payment of a cash amount to the Holder of such Restricted Shares at any time after such Restricted Shares shall have become vested; provided, however, that the amount of the cash payment, if any, that a Holder shall be entitled to receive shall not exceed 100% of the aggregate Maturity Value of the Restricted Shares awarded to such Holder hereunder. Such Cash Awards shall be payable in accordance with such additional restrictions, terms and conditions as shall be prescribed by the Board and shall be in addition to any other salary, incentive, bonus or other compensation payments which Holders shall be otherwise entitled or eligible to receive from the Company.

F. Completion of Restriction Period. On the Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares, and the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions, terms and conditions (i) all or part of such Restricted Shares shall

14

become vested, (ii) any Retained Distributions with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become vested to the extent that the Restricted Shares related thereto shall have become vested, and (iii) any Cash Award to be received by the Holder with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become payable, all in accordance with the terms of the applicable Restricted Shares Agreement. Any such Restricted Shares and Retained Distributions that shall not have become vested shall be forfeited to the Company and the Holder shall not thereafter have any rights with respect to such Restricted Shares and Retained Distributions that shall have been so forfeited.

8. ACCELERATION OF OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED SHARES.

Notwithstanding any contrary waiting period or installment period in any Stock Option Agreement or any Restriction Period in any Restricted Share Agreement or in the Plan, each outstanding Option granted under the Plan shall, except as otherwise provided in the Stock Option Agreement, become exercisable in full for the aggregate number of shares covered thereby, and each Restricted Share, except as otherwise provided in the Restricted Shares Agreement, shall vest unconditionally, in the event (i) the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of the Company) shall approve (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company (x) as contemplated in the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995 among Time Warner Inc., TW Inc., Time Warner Acquisition Corp., TW Acquisition Corp. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, or (y) in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company in which the Holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (b) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, or (c) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (ii) any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), corporation or other entity (other than the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Subsidiary) (a) shall purchase any Common Stock of the Company (or securities convertible into the Company's Common Stock) for

15

cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or (b) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire the Company's securities), or (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire Board shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period. Any transaction referred to in the foregoing clause (i) is herein called an Approved Transaction, any purchase pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer or otherwise as described in the foregoing clause (ii) is herein called a Control Purchase and the cessation of individuals constituting a majority of the Board as described in the foregoing clause (iii) is herein called a Board Change. The Stock Option Agreement and Restricted Shares Agreement evidencing Options or Restricted Shares granted under the Plan may contain such provisions limiting the acceleration of the exercise of Options and the acceleration of the vesting of Restricted Shares as provided in this paragraph 8 as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor thereto in effect at the time of such acceleration, will not apply to any stock or cash received from the Company by the Holder or such Holder's permitted transferee pursuant to subparagraph 6G.

9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

A. Death of Holder. If a Holder shall die during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares or prior to the exercise of any Option, then:

(i) unless otherwise provided in a Restricted Shares Agreement, the Restriction Period applicable to each award of Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have expired and all such Restricted Shares and Retained Distributions shall become vested and any Cash Award

16

payable pursuant to the applicable Restricted Shares Agreement shall be adjusted in such manner as provided in the Restricted Shares Agreement;

(ii) in the case of either an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock Option, if the Holder dies while employed by the Company or a Subsidiary or while the Holder is an Employee of an Affiliated Entity, then such Option (subject to clause (vi) below) may be exercised by the legatee(s) or personal representative or by a permitted transferee pursuant to subparagraph 6G of such Holder at any time within five years after such Holder's death;

(iii) in the case of either an ISO or a Nonqualified Option, if the Holder ceases to be an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or ceases to be an Employee of an Affiliated Entity due to Total Disability and such Holder dies within one year after such termination of employment, then such Option (subject to clause (vi) below) may be exercised by the legatee(s) or personal representative or by a permitted transferee pursuant to subparagraph 6G of such Holder at any time during the remainder of the period during which such Holder would have been able to exercise such Option had the Holder not died;

(iv) in the case of either an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock Option, if the Holder ceases to be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or ceases to be an Employee of an Affiliated Entity as a result of retirement pursuant to any retirement plan of the Company, a Subsidiary or such Affiliated Entity and such Holder dies during the period after retirement when such Option was still exercisable by such Holder, then such Option (subject to clause (vi) below) may be exercised by the legatee(s) or personal representative or by a permitted transferee pursuant to subparagraph 6G of such Holder at any time during the remainder of the period during which such Holder would have been able to exercise such Option had the Holder not died;

(v) in the case of either an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock Option, if the Holder dies within three months after termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary or after ceasing to be an Employee of an Affiliated Entity and clauses (iii) and (iv) are not

17

applicable, then such Option (subject to clause (vi) below) may be exercised by the legatee(s) or personal representative or by a permitted transferee pursuant to subparagraph 6G of such Holder at any time within one year after such Holder's death, and;

(vi) the exercise of Options after the termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary or after ceasing to be an Employee of an Affiliated Entity for any reason is subject to the following: (a) no Option may be exercised after the expiration date of such Option; (b) only Options exercisable by the Holder or such Holder's permitted transferee pursuant to subparagraph 6G at the time of such termination may be exercised after such termination; and (c) any Stock Option Agreement may provide a shorter period of time for the exercise of Options than provided in clauses (ii) through (v) above.

B. Total Disability. If a Holder shall cease to be an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or ceases to be an Employee of an Affiliated Entity during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares or prior to the exercise of any Option as a result of Total Disability; then:

(i) in the case of Restricted Shares, clause A(i) above shall apply; and

(ii) in the case of either an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock Option, such Option (subject to clause A(vi) above) may be exercised by such Holder (or his or her personal representative or permitted transferee pursuant to subparagraph 6G) at any time within one year after such termination of employment.

C. Retirement. If a Holder ceases to be an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or ceases to be an Employee of an Affiliated Entity during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares or prior to the exercise of any Option as a result of retirement pursuant to any retirement plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or such Affiliated Entity, then:

(i) unless the Board determines otherwise, in the case of Restricted Shares, all Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and rights to any Cash Awards will be forfeited;

(ii) in the case of an ISO, such ISO (subject

18

to clause A(vi) above) may be exercised at any time within three months after such Holder's termination of employment; and

(iii) in the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option, such Option (subject to clause A(vi) above) may be exercised at any time within five years after such Holder's termination of employment.

D. Termination by Company for Cause. If during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares or prior to the exercise of any Option, a Holder's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary shall be terminated by the Company or such Subsidiary for cause or an Affiliated Entity shall cause the Holder to cease to be an Employee of an Affiliated Entity for cause (for these purposes, cause shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in any employment agreement to which such Holder is a party or, in the absence thereof, shall include but not be limited to, insubordination, dishonesty, incompetence, moral turpitude, other misconduct of any kind and the refusal to perform his or her duties and responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 12 months after an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, termination for cause shall only mean a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement), then:

(i) all options held by such Holder and any permitted transferee pursuant to subparagraph 6G shall immediately terminate; and

(ii) such Holder's rights to all Restricted Shares, Retained Distribution and any Cash Awards shall be forfeited immediately.

E. Termination by Holder for Cause or by Company without Cause. If during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares or prior to the exercise of any Option, a Holder's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary shall be terminated by the Holder for cause or by the Company or Subsidiary without cause or an Affiliated Entity shall cause the Holder to cease to be an Employee of an Affiliated Entity without cause or the Holder shall terminate his or her employment as an Employee of an Affiliated Entity for cause (for these purposes, cause shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in any employment agreement to which the Holder is a

19

party or in the absence thereof, as determined by the Board) then:

(i) in the case of Restricted Shares, the provisions of clause A(i) above shall apply; and

(ii) in the case of either an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock Option, such Option (subject to clause A(vi) above) may be exercised at any time within three months after such Holder's termination of employment.

F. Termination for Other Reason. If during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares or prior to the exercise of any Option, a Holder shall cease to be an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or shall cease to be an Employee of an Affiliated Entity for any reason other than as set forth in subparagraphs A through E above, then:

(i) all such Holder's rights to Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and any Cash Awards shall be forfeited immediately; and

(ii) in the case of an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock Option, the provisions of clause E(ii) above shall apply.

G. General. A leave of absence, unless otherwise determined by the Board prior to the commencement thereof, shall not be considered a termination of employment. Awards made under this Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment so long as the Holder continues to be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or an Employee of an Affiliated Entity.

10. RIGHT OF THE EMPLOYER TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT.

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award shall confer on any Holder any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to continue as an Employee of an Affiliated Entity or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliated Entity to terminate the employment of the Holder at any time, with or without cause.

20

11. NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS.

Except as provided in subparagraph 6G, no right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefit.

12. WRITTEN AGREEMENT.

Each award of Restricted Shares and any right to a Cash Award hereunder shall be evidenced by a Restricted Shares Agreement and each grant of an Option shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement, each in such form and containing such terms and provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Board from time to time shall approve. The effective date of the granting of an Option shall be the date on which the Board approves the granting of such Option. Each grantee of an Option or Restricted Shares shall be notified promptly of such grant and a written Stock Option Agreement and/or Restricted Shares Agreement shall be promptly executed and delivered by the Company and the grantee, provided that such grant of Options or Restricted Shares shall terminate if such written Agreement is not signed by such grantee (or his or her attorney) and delivered to the Company within 60 days after the date the Board approved such grant. Any such written Agreement may contain such provisions as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor thereto, will not apply to any stock or cash received from the Company by the Holder or such Holder's permitted transferee pursuant to subparagraph 6G.

13. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

The Stock Option Agreements and Restricted Shares Agreements evidencing Awards may contain such provisions as the Board shall determine to be appropriate for the adjustment of the number and class of all Restricted Shares and the terms applicable to any Cash Awards and the number and class of shares subject to each outstanding Option and the option prices in the event of changes in the outstanding Common Stock of the

21

Company by reason of any stock dividend, distribution, split-up, recapitalization, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or liquidation and the like, and, in the event of any such change in the outstanding Common Stock of the Company, the aggregate number and class of shares available under the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board, whose determination shall be conclusive.

14. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

The Stock Option Agreements and Restricted Shares Agreements may contain such provisions as the Board shall determine to the effect that if a Holder, or other person exercising an Option, elects to sell all or any shares of Common Stock that such Holder or other person acquired upon the exercise of an Option or upon the vesting of Restricted Shares awarded under this Plan, then such Holder or other person shall not sell such shares unless such Holder or other person shall have first offered in writing to sell such shares to the Company at Fair Market Value on a date specified in such offer (which date shall be at least three business days and not more than ten business days following the date of such offer). In any such event, certificates representing shares issued upon exercise of Options and the vesting of Restricted Shares shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that transferability of such shares are subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Shares Agreement and the Company may cause the registrar of its Common Stock to place a stop transfer order with respect to such shares.

15. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT.

Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as hereinafter provided, no Awards may be made under the Plan after December 31, 1997. The Board may at any time prior to December 31, 1997 terminate the Plan, and the Board may at any time also modify or amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that the Board may not, without approval of the Holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Company present, either in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote at a meeting (i) materially increase (except as provided in paragraph 13 hereof) the maximum number of shares which may be issued under the Plan, (ii) materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for

22

participation in the Plan, or (iii) materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan or any outstanding Restricted Shares Agreement or Stock Option Agreement may, without the consent of the employee (or a transferee of such employee if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to subparagraph 6G) to whom any Award shall theretofore have been granted, adversely affect the rights of such employee (or a transferee of such employee if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to subparagraph 6G) with respect to such Award.

16. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN.

The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the vote of a majority of the voting securities of the Company present, either in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote at the 1988 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 21, 1988, or any adjournment thereof. Prior to such approval, the Board may, in its discretion, grant or authorize the making of Awards under the Plan provided that the exercise of Options and the vesting of Restricted Shares shall be expressly subject to the condition that the Plan shall have been so approved. Unless the Plan shall be so approved, the Plan and all Awards theretofore made thereunder shall be and become null and void.

17. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS.

The obligation of the Company with respect to Awards shall be subject to
(i) all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including, without limitation, the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, and
(ii) the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed.

18. WITHHOLDING.

The Company's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or to pay cash upon the exercise of any Nonqualified Stock Option or any SAR granted under the Plan and to deliver stock certificates or to pay cash upon the vesting of Restricted Shares or Cash Awards shall be subject to applicable Federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Federal, state

23

and local withholding tax paid upon the exercise of any Nonqualified Stock Option and upon the vesting of Restricted Shares may be paid in shares of Common Stock upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

19. SEPARABILITY.

If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (as the same shall be amended from time to time) and/or Section 422A of the Code (as the same shall be amended from time to time), then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of said Rule 16b-3, and/or with respect to ISO's, Section 422A of the Code.

With respect to ISOs, if this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under Section 422A of the Code (as the same shall be amended from time to time), such provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if such provision had been set out at length herein.

20. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN.

Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and the awarding of stock and cash otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

21. EXCLUSION FROM PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING COMPUTATION.

By acceptance of an Award, each Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that the award of Restricted Shares and any right to a Cash Award and the grant of any Option and the exercise thereof or of any SAR or Limited Right are special incentive compensation and that they will not be taken into account as

24

"salary" or "compensation" or "bonus" in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement or other qualified employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary or any Affiliated Entity. In addition, each beneficiary of a deceased Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award will not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage provided by the Company on the life of the Holder which is payable to such beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or any Affiliated Entity.

22. GOVERNING LAW.

The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

25

As Amended through July 18, 1996

TIME WARNER
1989 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of the Time Warner 1989 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (hereinafter the "Plan"), is to provide for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted shares to certain employees, including officers and directors who are also employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries. The general purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing to certain employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries additional incentives to continue and increase their efforts with respect to, and to remain in the employ of, the Company or its Subsidiaries.

2. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

The following terms (whether used in the singular or plural) have the meanings indicated when used in the Plan:

(a) "Agreement" means the stock option agreement, stock appreciation rights agreement and the restricted shares agreement specified in Section 12, both individually and collectively, as the context so requires.

(b) "Approved Transaction" means any transaction in which the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of the Company) shall approve (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company (x) as contemplated in the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995 among Time Warner Inc., TW Inc., Time Warner Acquisition Corp., TW Acquisition Corp. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, or (y) in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets

1

of the Company, or (iii) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(c) "Award" means grants of Options, SARs and/or Restricted Shares under this Plan.

(d) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) "Board Change" means, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the entire Board ceased for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

(f) "Cash Award" means the amount of cash, if any, to be paid to an employee pursuant to Section 7.5.

(g) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Code section shall include any successor section.

(h) "Committee" means the Committee of the Board appointed pursuant to Section 4.

(i) "Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company.

(j) "Company" means Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(k) "Composite Tape" means the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape.

(l) "Control Purchase" means any transaction in which any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), corporation or other entity (other than the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Subsidiary)
(i) shall purchase any Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or (ii) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then

2

outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily (and apart from the rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in Rule 13d-3(d) in the case of rights to acquire the Company's securities).

(m) "Dividend Equivalents" means, with respect to Restricted Shares to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, to the extent specified by the Board only, an amount equal to the regular cash dividends and all other distributions (or the economic equivalent thereof) which are payable to stockholders of record during the Restriction Period on a like number of shares of Common Stock.

(n) "Effective Date" means the date the Plan becomes effective pursuant to Section 16.

(o) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Exchange Act section shall include any successor section.

(p) "Exercise Period" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.5.

(q) "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock means the average of the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock on the Composite Tape on the date in question, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5.

(r) "General SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(b).

(s) "Holder" means an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary who has received an Award under this Plan.

(t) "ISO" means an incentive stock option within the meaning of section 422A(b) of the Code.

(u) "Limited SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(c).

(v) "Minimum Price Per Share" means the highest gross price (before brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and similar charges) paid or to be paid for any share of Common Stock (whether by way of exchange, conversion, distribution, liquidation or otherwise) in, or in connection with, any Approved Transaction or Control Purchase which occurs at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which

3

Limited SARs are exercised. If the consideration paid or to be paid in any such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase shall consist, in whole or in part, of consideration other than cash, the Board shall take such action, as in its judgment it deems appropriate, to establish the cash value of such consideration, but such valuation shall not be less than the value, if any, attributed to such consideration by any other party to such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase.

(w) "Nonqualified Stock Option" means a stock option that is designated as a nonqualified stock option.

(x) "Option" means any ISO or Nonqualified Stock Option.

(y) "Plan" has the meaning ascribed thereto in
Section 1.

(z) "Restricted Shares" means shares of Common Stock or the right to receive shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, awarded to an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.

(aa) "Restriction Period" means a period of time beginning on the date of each award of Restricted Shares and ending on the Valuation Date with respect to such award.

(bb) "Retained Distributions" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.3.

(cc) "SARs" means General SARs and Limited SARs.

(dd) "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(ee) "Subsidiary" means any present or future subsidiary of the Company as such term is defined in section 425 of the Code and any present or future trade or business, whether or not incorporated, controlled by or under common control with the Company. An entity shall be deemed a Subsidiary of the Company only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.

(ff) "Total Disability" means a permanent and total disability as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

4

(gg) "Valuation Date" with respect to any Restricted Shares awarded hereunder means the date designated as such in the Agreement with respect to such award of Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 7.

3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1. Number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 and this
Section 3, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which Awards may be granted is 5,500,000. If and to the extent that an Option shall expire, terminate or be canceled for any reason without having been exercised (or without having been considered to have been exercised as provided in Section 6.5(a)), the shares of Common Stock subject to such expired, terminated or canceled portion of the Option shall again become available for purposes of the Plan. In addition, any Restricted Shares which are forfeited under the terms of the Plan or any Agreement shall again become available for purposes of the Plan.

3.2. Character of Shares. Shares of Common Stock deliverable under the terms of the Plan may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock held in the Company's treasury, or both.

3.3. Reservation of Shares. The Company shall at all times reserve a number of shares of Common Stock (authorized and unissued Common Stock, issued Common Stock held in the Company's treasury, or both) equal to the maximum number of shares that may be subject to outstanding Awards and future Awards under the Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Powers. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority, in its discretion, to grant Awards under the Plan and to determine the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of all Awards so granted, including without limitation, (a) the purchase price, if any, of each Restricted Share,
(b) the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted or awarded, (c) the number of shares to be subject to each Award, (d) whether an Option shall be an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock Option, (e) when an Option or SAR can be exercised and whether in whole or in installments, (f) the time or times and the conditions subject to which Restricted Shares shall become vested and any Cash Awards shall become payable, and (g) the form, terms and provisions of any Agreement (which terms may be amended, subject to Section 15).

5

4.2. Factors to Consider. In making determinations hereunder, the Board may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and such other factors as the Board in its discretion shall deem relevant.

4.3. Interpretation. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Board on the matters referred to in this Section 4 shall be conclusive.

4.4. Delegation to Committee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may at any time, or from time to time, appoint a Committee of at least three members, who shall be members of the Compensation Committee of the Board (or such other persons as the Board may designate), and delegate to such Committee the authority of the Board to administer the Plan. Upon such appointment and delegation, the Committee shall have all the powers, privileges and duties of the Board in the administration of the Plan, except for the power to appoint members of the Committee and to terminate, modify or amend the Plan. The Board may from time to time appoint members of any such Committee in substitution for or in addition to members previously appointed, may fill vacancies in the Committee and may discharge the Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

5. ELIGIBILITY

5.1. General. Awards may be made only to (a) employees, including officers and directors who are also employees, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) prospective employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The exercise of Options and SARs and the vesting of Restricted Shares granted to a prospective employee shall be conditioned upon such person becoming an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of the Plan, the term "prospective employee" shall mean any person who holds an outstanding offer of employment on specific terms from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Awards may be made to employees who hold or have held Awards under this Plan or any

6

similar or other awards under any other plan of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

5.2. Intentionally Omitted.

5.3. Special ISO Rule. No ISO shall be granted to an employee who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of section 425(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, unless at the time the ISO is granted the option price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the ISO and the ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date it is granted.

6. OPTIONS AND SARS

6.1. Option Prices. Subject to Section 5.3, the purchase price of the Common Stock under each Option shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable Agreement, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

6.2. Term of Options. The term of each Option shall be for such period as the Board shall determine, as set forth in the applicable Agreement, but not more than 10 years from the date of grant in the case of an ISO (except as provided in Section 5.3).

6.3. Exercise of Options. An Option granted under the Plan shall become (and remain) exercisable during the term of the Option to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement and this Plan and, unless the Agreement otherwise provides, may be exercised to the extent exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time during such term; provided, however, that subsequent to the grant of an Option, the Board, at any time before complete termination of such Option, may accelerate the time or times at which such Option may be exercised in whole or in part (without reducing the term of such Option).

6.4. Manner of Exercise. Payment of the Option purchase price shall be made in cash or in whole shares of Common Stock already owned by the person exercising an Option or, partly in cash and partly in such Common Stock; provided, however, that such payment may be made in whole or in part in shares of Common Stock only if and to the extent permitted by the applicable Agreement. An Option shall be exercised by written notice to the Company upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement. The Company shall effect the

7

transfer of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Option as soon as practicable, and within a reasonable time thereafter such transfer shall be evidenced on the books of the Company. No Holder or other person exercising an Option shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Option granted under the Plan until due exercise and full payment has been made. No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such due exercise and full payment.

6.5. SARS. (a) General Conditions. The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant General SARs and/or Limited SARs pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.5 to a Holder of any Option (hereinafter called a "related Option"), with respect to all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the related Option.

A SAR may be granted either concurrently with the grant of the related Option or at any time thereafter prior to the complete exercise, termination, expiration or cancellation of such related Option. Subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 6.5, each SAR shall be exercisable to the extent the related Option is then exercisable (and may be subject to such additional limitations on exercisability as the Agreement may provide), and in no event after the complete termination or full exercise of the related Option. SARs shall be exercisable in whole or in part upon notice to the Company upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement.

Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs are exercised and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which other Awards may be granted. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the SARs with respect thereto shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated.

The provisions of Sections 4, 6 and 8 through 22 (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to Options) shall also be applicable to SARs unless the context otherwise requires.

(b) General SARs. General SARs shall be exercisable only at the time the related Option is exercisable and subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 6.5, upon the exercise of General SARs, the person exercising the General SAR shall be entitled to receive from the Company consideration (in

8

the form hereinafter provided) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such General SARs have been exercised over the aggregate related Option purchase price for such shares; provided, however, that the Board may, in any Agreement granting General SARs provide that the appreciation realizable upon exercise thereof shall be measured from a base higher than the related Option purchase price.

Upon the exercise of a General SAR, the person exercising the General SAR may specify the form of consideration to be received by such person exercising the General SAR, which shall be in shares of Common Stock (valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such General SAR), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock. Any election by the person exercising the General SAR to receive cash in full or partial settlement of such General SAR shall comply with all applicable laws and shall additionally comply (to the extent necessary) with the requirements for exemptive relief under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Agreement, the number of General SARs which may be exercised for cash, or partly for cash and partly for shares of Common Stock, during any permitted period of exercise (the "Exercise Period"), may not exceed 20% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock originally subject to the related Option (as such original number, without giving effect to the exercise of any portion of the related Option, shall have been retroactively adjusted in accordance with Section 13 or any corresponding provisions of an applicable Agreement).

For purposes of this Section 6.5, the date of exercise of a General SAR shall mean the date on which the Company shall have received notice from the person exercising the General SAR of the exercise of such General SAR, except that, upon exercise of a General SAR granted in connection with a Nonqualified Stock Option during an Exercise Period which consists of the ten business days beginning on the third business day following the date of the release for publication of quarterly or annual summary statements of sales and earnings and ending on the twelfth business day following such date, the date of exercise of such General SAR shall be deemed to be the date during the Exercise Period on which the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape occurred and the Fair Market Value of such shares shall be deemed to be such highest reported closing sales price.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Section 6.5, a General SAR shall not be exercisable unless at the time of such exercise (i) the Holder or other person exercising the General SAR is directly or indirectly subject to

9

Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) sales of Common Stock by the person exercising the General SAR would be reportable under Section 16 by the original Holder of the related Option.

(c) Limited SARs. Limited SARs may be exercised only during the period (a) beginning on the first day following either (i) the date of an Approved Transaction, (ii) the date of a Control Purchase, or (iii) the date of a Board Change, and (b) ending on the ninetieth day (or such other date specified in the Agreement) following such date. The effective date of exercise of a Limited SAR shall be deemed to be the date on which the Company shall have received notice from the person exercising the Limited SAR of the exercise thereof.

Upon the exercise of Limited SARs granted in connection with an ISO, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, the person exercising the Limited SAR shall receive in cash an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such Limited SARs of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited SARs shall have been exercised over the aggregate related Option purchase price for such shares.

Upon the exercise of Limited SARs granted in connection with a Nonqualified Stock Option, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, the person exercising the Limited SAR shall receive in cash an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (a) the excess of (i) the higher of (A) the Minimum Price Per Share, or (B) the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised over (ii) the per share Option price of the related Nonqualified Stock Option, by (b) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited SARs are being exercised.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Section 6.5, Limited SARs shall not be exercisable unless at the time of the occurrence of an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, (i) the Holder or other person exercising the Limited SAR is directly or indirectly subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) sales of Common Stock by the person exercising the Limited SAR would be reportable under Section 16 by the original Holder of the related Option.

6.6. Nontransferability of Options and SARs. Except as set forth in this
Section 6.6, Options and SARs shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Options and SARs may be exercised during the

10

lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder (or his or her court appointed legal representative). The Agreement may provide that Nonqualified Stock Options and SARs are transferable by gift to such persons or entities and upon such terms and conditions as specified in the Agreement.

7. RESTRICTED SHARES

7.1. Valuation Date, Issuance and Price. The Board shall determine whether shares of Common Stock covered by awards of Restricted Shares will be issued at the beginning or the end of the Restriction Period, whether Dividend Equivalents will be paid during the Restriction Period in the event shares of the Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period and shall designate a Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares and may prescribe other restrictions, terms and conditions applicable to the vesting of such Restricted Shares in addition to those provided in the Plan. The Board shall determine the price, if any, to be paid by the Holder for the Restricted Shares; provided, however, that the issuance of Restricted Shares shall be made for at least the minimum consideration necessary to permit such Restricted Shares to be deemed fully paid and nonassessable. All determinations made by the Board pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall be specified in the Agreement.

7.2. Issuance of Restricted Shares at Beginning of the Restriction Period. If shares of Common Stock are issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period, the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares shall be registered in the name of the Holder to whom such Restricted Shares shall have been awarded. During the Restriction Period, certificates representing the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that ownership of the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions), and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto, are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions provided in the Plan and the applicable Agreement. Such certificates shall remain in the custody of the Company and the Holder shall deposit with the Company stock powers or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank, so as to permit retransfer to the Company of all or any portion of the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions that shall be forfeited or otherwise not become vested in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Agreement.

7.3. Restrictions. Restricted Shares issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period shall constitute issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock for all corporate purposes. The Holder will have the right to vote such Restricted Shares,

11

to receive and retain all regular cash dividends and such other distributions, as the Board may in its sole discretion designate, paid or distributed on such Restricted Shares and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a Holder of Common Stock with respect to such Restricted Shares; except, that, (a) the Holder will not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares until the Restriction Period shall have expired and unless all other vesting requirements with respect thereto shall have been fulfilled or waived; (b) the Company will retain custody of the stock certificate or certificates representing the Restricted Shares during the Restriction Period as provided in Section 7.2; (c) other than regular cash dividends and such other distributions as the Board may in its sole discretion designate, the Company will retain custody of all distributions ("Retained Distributions") made or declared with respect to the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions will be subject to the same restrictions, terms and vesting and other conditions as are applicable to the Restricted Shares) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid or declared shall have become vested, and such Retained Distributions shall not bear interest or be segregated in a separate account; (d) the Holder may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, exchange, encumber or dispose of the Restricted Shares or any Retained Distributions or his interest in any of them during the Restriction Period; and (e) a breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions provided in the Plan or established by the Board with respect to any Restricted Shares or Retained Distributions will cause a forfeiture of such Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto.

7.4. Issuance of Stock at End of the Restriction Period. Restricted Shares issued at the end of the Restriction Period shall not constitute issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock and the Holder shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by such an award of Restricted Shares, in each case, until such shares shall have been transferred to the Holder at the end of the Restriction Period. If and to the extent that shares of Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, the Holder shall be entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered thereby either (a) during the Restriction Period or (b) in accordance with the rules applicable to Retained Distributions, as the Board may specify in the Agreement.

7.5. Cash Awards. In connection with any award of Restricted Shares, an Agreement may provide for the payment of a cash amount to the Holder of such Restricted Shares at any time after such Restricted Shares shall have become vested.

12

Such Cash Awards shall be payable in accordance with such additional restrictions, terms and conditions as shall be prescribed by the Board in the Agreement and shall be in addition to any other salary, incentive, bonus or other compensation payments which such Holder shall be otherwise entitled or eligible to receive from the Company.

7.6. Completion of Restriction Period. On the Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares, and the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions, terms and conditions (a) all or part of such Restricted Shares shall become vested, (b) any Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become vested to the extent that the Restricted Shares related thereto shall have become vested and (c) any Cash Award to be received by the Holder with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become payable, all in accordance with the terms of the applicable Agreement. Any such Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall not become vested shall be forfeited to the Company and the Holder shall not thereafter have any rights (including dividend and voting rights) with respect to such Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall have been so forfeited.

8. ACCELERATION OF OPTIONS, SARS AND RESTRICTED SHARES

If a Holder's employment shall terminate by reason of death or Total Disability, notwithstanding any contrary waiting period or installment period or Restriction Period in any Agreement or in the Plan or in the event of any Approved Transaction, Board Change or Control Purchase, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise: (a) in the case of an Option or SAR, each such outstanding Option or SAR granted under the Plan shall immediately become exercisable in full in respect of the aggregate number of shares covered thereby; and (b) in the case of Restricted Shares, the Restriction Period applicable to each such award of Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have expired and all such Restricted Shares, any related Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents shall become vested and any Cash Award payable pursuant to the applicable Agreement shall be adjusted in such manner as provided in the Agreement.

9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

9.1. General. If a Holder's employment shall terminate prior to the complete exercise of an Option (or deemed exercise thereof, as provided in
Section 6.5(a)), then such Option shall thereafter be exercisable solely to the extent provided in the

13

applicable Agreement; provided, however, that (a) no Option may be exercised after the scheduled expiration date of such Option; (b) if the Holder's employment terminates by reason of death or Total Disability, the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of at least one year following such termination (but not later than the scheduled expiration of such Option); and (c) any termination by the Company for cause will be treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2.

9.2. Termination by Company for Cause. If a Holder's employment with the Company or a Subsidiary shall be terminated by the Company or such Subsidiary during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares or prior to the exercise of any Option for cause (for these purposes, cause shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in any employment agreement to which such Holder is a party or, in the absence thereof, shall include but not be limited to, insubordination, dishonesty, incompetence, moral turpitude, other misconduct of any kind and the refusal to perform his duties and responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 12 months after an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, termination for cause shall mean only a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement), then (a) all Options held by such Holder and any permitted transferees pursuant to Section 6.6 shall immediately terminate and (b) such Holder's rights to all Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions, any unpaid Dividend Equivalents and any Cash Awards shall be forfeited immediately.

9.3. Special Rule. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may provide in the applicable Agreement that the Award shall become and/or remain exercisable at rates and times at variance with the rules otherwise herein set forth; provided, however, that any such Agreement provisions at variance with the exercisability rules otherwise set forth herein shall be effective only if reflected in the terms of an employment agreement approved or ratified by the Board.

9.4. Miscellaneous. The Board may determine whether any given leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment. Awards made under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment so long as the Holder continues to be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

10. RIGHT OF COMPANY TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award shall confer on any Holder any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate the

14

employment of the Holder at any time, with or without cause; subject, however, to the provisions of any employment agreement between the Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary.

11. NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS

Except as provided in Section 6.6, no right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefits.

12. WRITTEN AGREEMENT

Each award of Restricted Shares and any right to a Cash Award hereunder shall be evidenced by a restricted shares agreement; each grant of an Option shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement which shall designate the Options granted thereunder as ISOs or Nonqualified Stock Options; and each SAR shall be evidenced by a stock appreciation rights agreement, each in such form and containing such terms and provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Board from time to time shall approve; provided, however, that such Awards may be evidenced by a single agreement. The effective date of the granting of an Award shall be the date on which the Board approves such grant. Each grantee of an Option, SAR or Restricted Shares shall be notified promptly of such grant and a written Agreement shall be promptly executed and delivered by the Company and the grantee, provided that such grant of Options, SARs or Restricted Shares shall terminate if such written Agreement is not signed by such grantee (or his attorney) and delivered to the Company within 60 days after the date the Board approved such grant or if the effectiveness of such grant is conditioned upon the grantee becoming an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, the execution by the grantee of an employment agreement with the Company or one of its subsidiaries or any other similar condition, within 60 days after the occurrence of such condition, if later. Any such written Agreement may contain (but shall not be required to contain) such provisions as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of section 4999 of the Code will not apply to any stock or cash received by the Holder or such Holder's permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.6 from the Company.

15

13. ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, ETC.

In the event of any stock split, dividend, distribution, combination, reclassification or recapitalization that changes the character or amount of the Common Stock while any portion of any Award theretofore granted under the Plan is outstanding but unexercised or unvested, the Board shall make such adjustments in the character and number of shares subject to such Award, in the option price, in the relevant appreciation base and in the Cash Awards, as shall be applicable, equitable and appropriate in order to make such Award, immediately after any such change, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to such Award, immediately prior to any such change. If any merger, consolidation or similar transaction affects the Common Stock subject to any unexercised or unvested Award theretofore granted under the Plan, the Board or any surviving or acquiring corporation shall take such action as is equitable and appropriate to substitute a new award for such Award or to assume such Award in order to make such new or assumed Award, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to the old Award. If any such change or transaction shall occur, the number and kind of shares for which Awards may thereafter be granted under the Plan shall be adjusted to give effect thereto.

14. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

The Agreements may contain such provisions as the Board shall determine to the effect that if a Holder, or other person exercising an Option, elects to sell all or any shares of Common Stock that such Holder or other person acquired upon the exercise of an Option or upon the vesting of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan, then such Holder or other person shall not sell such shares unless such Holder or other person shall have first offered in writing to sell such shares to the Company at Fair Market Value on a date specified in such offer (which date shall be at least three business days and not more than 10 business days following the date of such offer). In any such event, certificates representing shares issued upon exercise of Options and the vesting of Restricted Shares shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that transferability of such shares are subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan and the applicable Agreement and the Company may cause the registrar of its Common Stock to place a stop transfer order with respect to such shares.

15. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

15.1. General. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as hereinafter provided, no Awards may be made under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the

16

Effective Date. The Board may at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date terminate the Plan, and the Board may at any time modify or amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that any such modification or amendment shall comply with all applicable laws, applicable stock exchange listing requirements, and applicable requirements for exemption (to the extent necessary) under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

15.2. Modification. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the person to whom any Award shall theretofore have been granted (or a transferee of such person if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6), adversely affect the rights of such person with respect to such Award. No modification, extension, renewal or other change in any Award granted under the Plan shall be made after the grant of such Award, unless the same is consistent with the provisions of the Plan. With the consent of the Holder (or a transferee of such Holder if the award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6) and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including Section 15.1), the Board may amend outstanding Agreements with any Holder (or any such transferee), including, without limitation, any amendment which would (a) accelerate the time or times at which the Award may be exercised and/or (b) extend the scheduled expiration date of the Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board may but solely with the Holder's consent, agree to cancel any Award under the Plan held by such Holder and issue a new Award in substitution therefor, provided that the Award so substituted shall satisfy all of the requirements of the Plan as of the date such new Award is made.

16. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the vote of a majority of the voting securities of the Company present, either in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote at a duly called and held meeting of stockholders of the Company. Prior to the Effective Date, the Board may, in its discretion, grant or authorize the making of Awards under the Plan as if the Effective Date had occurred, provided that the exercise of Options and SARs and the vesting of Restricted Shares so granted or made shall be expressly subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

17. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS

The obligation of the Company with respect to Awards shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and

17

such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including, without limitation, the effectiveness of any registration statement required under the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed. For so long as the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to comply with any legal requirements (a) to maintain a registration statement in effect under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to all shares of Common Stock that may be issued to Holders under the Plan, and
(b) to file in a timely manner all reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act.

18. WITHHOLDING

The Company's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or pay cash in respect of any Award or Cash Award under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Federal, state and local withholding taxes paid upon the exercise of any Option and upon the vesting of Restricted Shares may be paid in shares of Common Stock upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

19. SEPARABILITY

If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and/or section 422A of the Code, then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, and/or with respect to ISOs, section 422A of the Code. With respect to ISOs, if this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under section 422A of the Code, such provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if such provision had been set out at length herein; provided, further, that to the extent any Option which is intended to qualify as an ISO cannot so qualify, such Option, to that extent, shall be deemed to be a Nonqualified Stock Option for all purposes of the Plan.

20. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements

18

as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and the awarding of stock and cash otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

21. EXCLUSION FROM PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING COMPUTATION

By acceptance of an Award or Cash Award, as applicable, each Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award or Cash Award, as applicable, is special incentive compensation that will not be taken into account, in any manner, as salary, compensation or bonus in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement or other employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary. In addition, each beneficiary of a deceased Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award or Cash Award, as applicable, will not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage, if any, provided by the Company on the life of the Holder which is payable to such beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees of the Company or any Subsidiary.

22. GOVERNING LAW

The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

19

As Amended through July 18, 1996

TIME WARNER INC.
1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of the Time Warner Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan (hereinafter the "Plan") is to provide for the granting of nonqualified stock options and stock appreciation rights to certain employees of and consultants and advisors to Time Warner Inc. and its Subsidiaries in recognition of the valuable services provided, and contemplated to be provided, by such employees, consultants and advisors. The general purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of Time Warner and its stockholders and to reward dedicated employees, consultants and advisors of Time Warner and its Subsidiaries by providing them additional incentives to continue and increase their efforts with respect to, and to remain in the employ of, Time Warner or its Subsidiaries. This plan is being adopted in connection with the development of an overall long-term compensation program for Time Warner and its Subsidiaries.

2. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

The following terms (whether used in the singular or plural) have the meanings indicated when used in the Plan:

(a) "Agreement" means the stock option agreement and stock appreciation rights agreement specified in Section 12, both individually and collectively, as the context so requires.

(b) "Approved Transaction" means any transaction in which the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of Time Warner) shall approve (i) any consolidation or merger of Time Warner in which Time Warner is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Time Warner (x) as contemplated in the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995 among Time

1

Warner Inc., TW Inc., Time Warner Acquisition Corp., TW Acquisition Corp. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, or (y) in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Time Warner, or (iii) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Time Warner.

(c) "Award" means grants of Options and/or SARs under this Plan.

(d) "Board" means the Board of Directors of Time Warner.

(e) "Board Change" means, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the entire Board ceased for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by Time Warner's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

(f) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Code section shall include any successor section.

(g) "Committee" means the Committee comprised of members of the Board appointed pursuant to Section 4.

(h) "Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Time Warner.

(i) "Composite Tape" means the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape.

(j) "Control Purchase" means any transaction in which any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), corporation or other entity (other than Time Warner or any employee benefit plan sponsored by Time Warner or any of its

2

Subsidiaries) (i) shall purchase any Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or (ii) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Time Warner representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Time Warner ordinarily (and apart from the rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in Rule 13d-3(d) in the case of rights to acquire Time Warner's securities).

(k) "Effective Date" means the date the Plan becomes effective pursuant to Section 15.

(l) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Exchange Act section shall include any successor section.

(m) "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock means the average of the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock on the Composite Tape on the date in question, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5.

(n) "General SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(b).

(o) "Holder" means an employee of or a consultant or advisor to Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries who has

received an Award under this Plan.

(p) "Limited SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(c).

(q) "Minimum Price Per Share" means the highest gross price (before brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and similar charges) paid or to be paid for any share of Common Stock (whether by way of exchange, conversion, distribution, liquidation or otherwise) in, or in connection with, any Approved Transaction or Control Purchase which occurs at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which Limited SARs are exercised. If the consideration paid or

3

to be paid in any such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase shall consist, in whole or in part, of consideration other than cash, the Board shall take such action, as in its judgment it deems appropriate, to establish the cash value of such consideration, but such valuation shall not be less than the value, if any, attributed to such consideration by any other party to such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase.

(r) "Option" means any nonqualified stock option granted pursuant to this Plan.

(s) "Plan" has the meaning ascribed thereto in
Section 1.

(t) "SARs" means General SARs and Limited SARs.

(u) "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(v) "Subsidiary" of a person means any present or future subsidiary of such person as such term is defined in section 425 of the Code and any present or future trade or business, whether or not incorporated, controlled by or under common control with such person. An entity shall be deemed a Subsidiary of a person only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.

(w) "Time Warner" means Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(x) "Total Disability" means a permanent and total disability as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1. Number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 12 and this
Section 3, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which Awards may be granted is the sum of 1.5% (one and one-half percent) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31, 1993, plus 1.25% (one and one-quarter percent) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31, 1994, plus 1% (one percent) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31, 1995, plus two million. If and to the extent that an Option shall expire, terminate or be canceled for any reason without having been exercised (or without having been

4

considered to have been exercised as provided in Section 6.5(a)), the shares of Common Stock subject to such expired, terminated or canceled portion of the Option shall again become available for purposes of the Plan.

3.2. Character of Shares. Shares of Common Stock deliverable under the terms of the Plan may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock held in Time Warner's treasury, or both.

3.3. Reservation of Shares. Time Warner shall at all times reserve a number of shares of Common Stock (authorized and unissued Common Stock, issued Common Stock held in Time Warner's treasury, or both) equal to the maximum number of shares that may be subject to outstanding Awards and future Awards under the Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Powers. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority, in its discretion, to grant Awards under the Plan and to determine the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of all Awards so granted, including without limitation, (a) the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted or awarded, (b) the number of shares to be subject to each Award, (c) when an Option or SAR can be exercised and whether in whole or in installments, and (d) the form, terms and provisions of any Agreement (which terms may be amended, subject to Section 14).

4.2. Factors to Consider. In making determinations hereunder, the Board may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, consultants or advisors, their dedication and past contributions to Time Warner and its Subsidiaries, their present and potential contributions to the success of Time Warner and its Subsidiaries and such other factors as the Board in its discretion shall deem relevant.

4.3. Interpretation. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Board on

5

the matters referred to in this Section 4 shall be conclusive.

4.4. Delegation to Committee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may at any time, or from time to time, appoint a Committee and delegate to such Committee the authority of the Board to administer the Plan, including to the extent provided by the Board, the power to further delegate such authority. Upon such appointment and delegation, any such Committee shall have all the powers, privileges and duties of the Board in the administration of the Plan to the extent provided in such delegation, except for the power to appoint members of the Committee and to terminate, modify or amend the Plan. The Board may from time to time appoint members of any such Committee in substitution for or in addition to members previously appointed, may fill vacancies in such Committee and may discharge such Committee.

Any such Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

5. ELIGIBILITY

Awards may be made only to (a) employees of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries (including officers and directors of any of Time Warner's Subsidiaries), other than officers or directors of Time Warner who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (b) prospective employees of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries and (c) consultants or advisors to Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. The exercise of Options and SARs granted to a prospective employee shall be conditioned upon such person becoming an employee of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of the Plan, the term "prospective employee" shall mean any person who holds an outstanding offer of employment on specific terms from Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. Awards may be made to employees, consultants and advisors who hold or have held Awards under this Plan or any similar or other awards under any other plan of Time Warner or its Subsidiaries.

6

6. OPTIONS AND SARS

6.1. Option Prices. Subject to Section 5.2, the purchase price of the Common Stock under each Option shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable Agreement, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

6.2. Term of Options. The term of each Option shall be for such period as the Board shall determine, as set forth in the applicable Agreement.

6.3. Exercise of Options. An Option granted under the Plan shall become (and remain) exercisable during the term of the Option to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement and this Plan and, unless the Agreement otherwise provides, may be exercised to the extent exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time during such term; provided, however, that subsequent to the grant of an Option, the Board, at any time before complete termination of such Option, may accelerate the time or times at which such Option may be exercised in whole or in part (without reducing the term of such Option). The Agreement may contain conditions precedent to the exercisability of Options, including without limitation, the achievement of minimum performance criteria.

6.4. Manner of Exercise. Payment of the Option purchase price shall be made in cash or in whole shares of Common Stock already owned by the person exercising an Option or, partly in cash and partly in such Common Stock; provided, however, that such payment may be made in whole or in part in shares of Common Stock only if and to the extent permitted by the applicable Agreement. An Option shall be exercised by written notice to Time Warner upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement. Time Warner shall effect the transfer of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Option as soon as practicable, and within a reasonable time thereafter such transfer shall be evidenced on the books of Time Warner. No Holder or other person exercising an Option shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of Time Warner with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Option granted under the Plan until due exercise and full payment has been made. No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such due exercise and full payment.

7

6.5. SARs. (a) General Conditions. The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant General SARs and/or Limited SARs pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.5 to a Holder of any Option (hereinafter called a "related Option"), with respect to all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the related Option.

A SAR may be granted either concurrently with the grant of the related Option or at any time thereafter prior to the complete exercise, termination, expiration or cancellation of such related Option. Subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 6.5, each SAR shall be exercisable to the extent the related Option is then exercisable (and may be subject to such additional limitations on exercisability as the Agreement may provide), and in no event after the complete termination or full exercise of the related Option. SARs shall be exercisable in whole or in part upon notice to Time Warner upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement.

Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs are exercised and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which other Awards may be granted. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the SARs with respect thereto shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated.

The provisions of Sections 4 and 6 through 21 (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to Options) shall also be applicable to SARs unless the context otherwise requires.

(b) General SARs. General SARs shall be exercisable only at the time the related Option is exercisable and subject to the terms and provisions of this
Section 6.5, upon the exercise of General SARs, the person exercising the General SAR shall be entitled to receive consideration (in the form hereinafter provided) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such General SARs have been exercised over the aggregate related Option purchase price for such shares; provided, however, that the Board may, in any Agreement granting General SARs provide that the appreciation realizable

8

upon exercise thereof shall be measured from a base higher than the related Option purchase price.

Upon the exercise of a General SAR, the person exercising the General SAR may specify the form of consideration to be received by such person exercising the General SAR, which shall be in shares of Common Stock (valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such General SAR), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock. Any election by the person exercising the General SAR to receive cash in full or partial settlement of such General SAR shall comply with all applicable laws and shall be subject to the discretion of the Board to settle General SARs only in shares of Common Stock if necessary or advisable in the judgment of the Board to preserve pooling of interests accounting treatment for any proposed transaction involving the Company. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Agreement, the number of General SARs which may be exercised for cash, or partly for cash and partly for shares of Common Stock, during any calendar quarter, may not exceed 20% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock originally subject to the related Option (as such original number, without giving effect to the exercise of any portion of the related Option, shall have been retroactively adjusted in accordance with Section 13 or any corresponding provisions of an applicable Agreement).

For purposes of this Section 6.5, the date of exercise of a General SAR shall mean the date on which Time Warner shall have received notice from the person exercising the General SAR of the exercise of such General SAR.

(c) Limited SARs. Limited SARs may be exercised only during the period
(a) beginning on the first day following either (i) the date of an Approved Transaction, (ii) the date of a Control Purchase, or (iii) the date of a Board Change, and (b) ending on the ninetieth day (or such other date specified in the Agreement) following such date. The effective date of exercise of a Limited SAR shall be deemed to be the date on which Time Warner shall have received notice from the person exercising the Limited SAR of the exercise thereof.

Upon the exercise of Limited SARs granted in connection with an Option, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement and the immediately succeeding sentence, the person exercising the Limited SAR shall receive in cash an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (a) the excess of (i) the higher of (A) the Minimum Price Per Share, or (B) the highest

9

reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised over (ii) the per share Option price of the related Nonqualified Stock Option, by (b) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited SARs are being exercised. The Board shall have the discretion to settle Limited SARs by the delivery of Common Stock rather than cash if in the judgment of the Board such action is necessary or advisable to preserve pooling of interests accounting treatment for any proposed transaction involving the Company.

6.6. Nontransferability of Options and SARs. Except as set forth in this
Section 6.6, Options and SARs shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Options and SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder (or his or her court appointed legal representative). The Agreement may provide that Options and SARs are transferable by gift to such persons or entities and upon such terms and conditions specified in the Agreement.

7. ACCELERATION OF OPTIONS AND SARS

If a Holder's employment shall terminate by reason of death or Total Disability, notwithstanding any contrary waiting period or installment period in any Agreement or in the Plan or in the event of any Approved Transaction, Board Change or Control Purchase, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise, each outstanding Option or SAR granted under the Plan shall immediately become exercisable in full in respect of the aggregate number of shares covered thereby.

8. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

8.1. General. If a Holder's employment shall terminate prior to the complete exercise of an Option (or deemed exercise thereof, as provided in
Section 6.5(a)), then such Option shall thereafter be exercisable solely to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement; provided, however, that (a) no Option may be exercised after the scheduled expiration date of such Option; (b) if the Holder's employment terminates by reason of death or Total Disability, the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of at least one year following such termination

10

(but not later than the scheduled expiration of such Option); and (c) any termination by the employing company for cause will be treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.2.

8.2. Termination for Cause. If a Holder's employment with Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries shall be terminated by Time Warner or such Subsidiary prior to the exercise of any Option for cause (for these purposes, cause shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in any employment agreement to which such Holder is a party or, in the absence thereof, shall include but not be limited to, insubordination, dishonesty, incompetence, moral turpitude, other misconduct of any kind and the refusal to perform his duties and responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 12 months after an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, termination for cause shall mean only a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement), then all Options held by such Holder and any permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.6 shall immediately terminate.

8.3. Special Rule. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may provide in the applicable Agreement that the Award shall become and/or remain exercisable at rates and times at variance with the rules otherwise herein set forth; provided, however, that any such Agreement provisions at variance with the exercisability rules otherwise set forth herein shall be effective only if reflected in the terms of an employment agreement approved or ratified by the Board.

8.4. Miscellaneous. The Board may determine whether any given leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment. Awards made under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment so long as the Holder continues to be an employee of Time Warner or one of its Subsidiaries.

9. RIGHT OF COMPANY TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award shall confer on any Holder any right to continue in the employ of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of Time Warner or a Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Holder at any time, with or without cause; subject, however, to the provisions of any employment agreement between the Holder and Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

11

10. NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS

Except as specifically provided in Section 6.6, no right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefits.

11. WRITTEN AGREEMENT

Each grant of an Option shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement and each SAR shall be evidenced by a stock appreciation rights agreement, each in such form and containing such terms and provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Board from time to time shall approve; provided, however, that such Awards may be evidenced by a single agreement. The effective date of the granting of an Award shall be the date on which the Board approves such grant. Each grantee of an Option or SAR shall be notified promptly of such grant and a written Agreement shall be promptly executed and delivered by Time Warner and the grantee, provided that such grant of Options or SARs shall terminate if such written Agreement is not signed by such grantee (or his attorney) and delivered to Time Warner within 60 days after the date the Board approved such grant or if the effectiveness of such grant is conditioned upon the grantee becoming an employee of Time Warner or one of its Subsidiaries, the execution by the grantee of an employment agreement with Time Warner or one of its Subsidiaries or any other similar condition, within 60 days after the occurrence of such condition, if later. Any such written Agreement may contain (but shall not be required to contain) such provisions as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of section 4999 of the Code will not apply to any stock or cash received by the Holder or such Holder's permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.6 from Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

12. ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, ETC.

In the event of any stock split, dividend, distribution, combination, reclassification or recapitalization that changes

12

the character or amount of the Common Stock while any portion of any Award theretofore granted under the Plan is outstanding but unexercised, the Board shall make such adjustments in the character and number of shares subject to such Award and, in the option price, as shall be applicable, equitable and appropriate in order to make such Award, immediately after any such change, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to such Award, immediately prior to any such change. If any merger, consolidation or similar transaction affects the Common Stock subject to any unexercised Award theretofore granted under the Plan, the Board or any surviving or acquiring corporation shall take such action as is equitable and appropriate to substitute a new award for such Award or to assume such Award in order to make such new or assumed Award, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to the old Award. If any such change or transaction shall occur, the number and kind of shares for which Awards may thereafter be granted under the Plan shall be adjusted to give effect thereto.

13. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

The Agreements may contain such provisions as the Board shall determine to the effect that if a Holder, or such other person exercising an Option, elects to sell all or any shares of Common Stock that such Holder or other person acquired upon the exercise of an Option awarded under the Plan, then such Holder or other person shall not sell such shares unless such Holder or other person shall have first offered in writing to sell such shares to Time Warner at Fair Market Value on a date specified in such offer (which date shall be at least three business days and not more than 10 business days following the date of such offer). In any such event, certificates representing shares issued upon exercise of Options shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that transferability of such shares are subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan and the applicable Agreement and Time Warner may cause the registrar of its Common Stock to place a stop transfer order with respect to such shares.

14. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

14.1. General. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as hereinafter provided, no Awards may be made under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. The Board may at any time prior to the tenth

13

anniversary of the Effective Date terminate the Plan, and the Board may at any time modify or amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that any such modification or amendment shall comply with all applicable laws and stock exchange listing requirements.

14.2. Modification. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the person to whom any Award shall theretofore have been granted (or a transferee of such person if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6), adversely affect the rights of such person with respect to such Award. No modification, extension, renewal or other change in any Award granted under the Plan shall be made after the grant of such Award, unless the same is consistent with the provisions of the Plan. With the consent of the Holder (or a transferee of such Holder if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6) and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including Section 14.1), the Board may amend outstanding Agreements with any Holder (or any such transferee), including, without limitation, any amendment which would (a) accelerate the time or times at which the Award may be exercised and/or (b) extend the scheduled expiration date of the Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board may but solely with the Holder's consent, agree to cancel any Award under the Plan held by such Holder and issue a new Award in substitution therefor, provided that the Award so substituted shall satisfy all of the requirements of the Plan as of the date such new Award is made.

15. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the Board of Directors of Time Warner.

16. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS

The obligation of Time Warner with respect to Awards shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including, without limitation, the effectiveness of any registration statement required under the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed. For so long as the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, Time Warner

14

shall use its reasonable efforts to comply with any legal requirements (a) to maintain a registration statement in effect under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to all shares of Common Stock that may be issued to Holders under the Plan, and (b) to file in a timely manner all reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act.

17. WITHHOLDING

Time Warner's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or pay cash in respect of any Award under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Federal, state and local withholding taxes paid upon the exercise of any Option may be paid in shares of Common Stock upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

18. SEPARABILITY

If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of applicable law, then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent necessary to avoid the conflict with applicable law without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

19. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and the awarding of stock and cash otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

20. EXCLUSION FROM PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING COMPUTATION

By acceptance of an Award, each Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award is special incentive compensation that will not be taken into account, in any manner, as salary, compensation or bonus in determining the amount of any payment

15

under any pension, retirement or other employee benefit plan of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. In addition, each beneficiary of a deceased Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award will not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage, if any, provided by Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries on the life of the Holder which is payable to such beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

21. GOVERNING LAW

The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

16

As Amended through July 18, 1996

TIME WARNER
CORPORATE GROUP
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of the Time Warner Corporate Group Stock Incentive Plan (hereinafter the "Plan"), is to provide for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted shares to certain employees of Time Warner Inc., Warner Communications Inc., Time Warner Enterprises, Inc. and their respective Subsidiaries in recognition of the valuable services provided, and contemplated to be provided, by such employees. The general purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of Time Warner and its stockholders and to reward dedicated employees of these companies by providing such employees additional incentives to continue and increase their efforts with respect to, and to remain in the employ of, Time Warner or its Subsidiaries. This plan is being adopted in connection with the development of an overall long-term compensation program for these companies and it is expected that certain Options granted hereunder will become exercisable only if certain performance criteria are met.

2. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

The following terms (whether used in the singular or plural) have the meanings indicated when used in the Plan:

(a) "Agreement" means the stock option agreement, stock appreciation rights agreement and the restricted shares agreement specified in Section 12, both individually and collectively, as the context so requires.

(b) "Approved Transaction" means any transaction in which the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of Time Warner) shall approve (i) any consolidation or merger of Time Warner in which Time Warner is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Time Warner (x) as

-1-

contemplated in the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995 among Time Warner Inc., TW Inc., Time Warner Acquisition Corp., TW Acquisition Corp. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, or (y) in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Time Warner, or (iii) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Time Warner.

(c) "Award" means grants of Options, SARs and/or Restricted Shares under this Plan.

(d) "Board" means the Board of Directors of Time Warner.

(e) "Board Change" means, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the entire Board ceased for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by Time Warner's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

(f) "Cash Award" means the amount of cash, if any, to be paid to an employee pursuant to Section 7.5.

(g) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Code section shall include any successor section.

(h) "Committee" means the Committee comprised of members of the Board appointed pursuant to Section 4.

(i) "Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Time Warner.

(j) "Composite Tape" means the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape.

-2-

(k) "Control Purchase" means any transaction in which any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), corporation or other entity (other than Time Warner or any employee benefit plan sponsored by Time Warner or any if its Subsidiaries) (i) shall purchase any Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or (ii) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Time Warner representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Time Warner ordinarily (and apart from the rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in Rule 13d-3(d) in the case of rights to acquire Time Warner's securities).

(l) "Dividend Equivalents" means, with respect to Restricted Shares to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, to the extent specified by the Board only, an amount equal to the regular cash dividends and all other distributions (or the economic equivalent thereof) which are payable to stockholders of record during the Restriction Period on a like number of shares of Common Stock.

(m) "Effective Date" means the date the Plan becomes effective pursuant to Section 16.

(n) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Exchange Act section shall include any successor section.

(o) "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock means the average of the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock on the Composite Tape on the date in question, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5.

(p) "General SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(b).

-3-

(q) "Holder" means an employee of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries who has received an Award under this Plan.

(r) "ISO" means an incentive stock option within the meaning of section 422A(b) of the Code.

(s) "Limited SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(c).

(t) "Minimum Price Per Share" means the highest gross price (before brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and similar charges) paid or to be paid for any share of Common Stock (whether by way of exchange, conversion, distribution, liquidation or otherwise) in, or in connection with, any Approved Transaction or Control Purchase which occurs at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which Limited SARs are exercised. If the consideration paid or to be paid in any such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase shall consist, in whole or in part, of consideration other than cash, the Board shall take such action, as in its judgment it deems appropriate, to establish the cash value of such consideration, but such valuation shall not be less than the value, if any, attributed to such consideration by any other party to such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase.

(u) "Nonqualified Stock Option" means a stock option that is designated as a nonqualified stock option.

(v) "Option" means any ISO or Nonqualified Stock Option.

(w) "Plan" has the meaning ascribed thereto in
Section 1.

(x) "Restricted Shares" means shares of Common Stock or the right to receive shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, awarded pursuant to Section 7.

(y) "Restriction Period" means a period of time beginning on the date of each award of Restricted Shares and ending on the Valuation Date with respect to such

-4-

award.

(z) "Retained Distributions" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.3.

(aa) "SARs" means General SARs and Limited SARs.

(bb) "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(cc) "Subsidiary" of a person means any present or future subsidiary of such person as such term is defined in section 425 of the Code and any present or future trade or business, whether or not incorporated, controlled by or under common control with such person. An entity shall be deemed a Subsidiary of a person only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.

(dd) "Time Warner" means Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(ee) "Total Disability" means a permanent and total disability as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(ff) "Valuation Date" with respect to any Restricted Shares awarded hereunder means the date designated as such in the Agreement with respect to such award of Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 7.

3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1. Number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 and this
Section 3, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which Awards may be granted is 325,000. If and to the extent that an Option shall expire, terminate or be canceled for any reason without having been exercised (or without having been considered to have been exercised as provided in Section 6.5(a)), the shares of Common Stock subject to such expired, terminated or canceled portion of the Option shall again become available for purposes of the Plan. In addition, any Restricted Shares which are forfeited under the terms of the Plan or any Agreement shall again become available for purposes of the Plan.

-5-

3.2. Character of Shares. Shares of Common Stock deliverable under the terms of the Plan may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock held in Time Warner's treasury, or both.

3.3. Reservation of Shares. Time Warner shall at all times reserve a number of shares of Common Stock (authorized and unissued Common Stock, issued Common Stock held in Time Warner's treasury, or both) equal to the maximum number of shares that may be subject to outstanding Awards and future Awards under the Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Powers. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority, in its discretion, to grant Awards under the Plan and to determine the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of all Awards so granted, including without limitation, (a) the purchase price, if any, of each Restricted Share,
(b) the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted or awarded, (c) the number of shares to be subject to each Award, (d) whether an Option shall be an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock Option, (e) when an Option or SAR can be exercised and whether in whole or in installments, (f) the time or times and the conditions subject to which Restricted Shares shall become vested and any Cash Awards shall become payable, and (g) the form, terms and provisions of any Agreement (which terms may be amended, subject to Section 15).

4.2. Factors to Consider. In making determinations hereunder, the Board may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, their dedication and past contributions to Time Warner and its Subsidiaries, their present and potential contributions to the success of Time Warner and its Subsidiaries and such other factors as the Board in its discretion shall deem relevant.

4.3. Interpretation. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Board on

-6-

the matters referred to in this Section 4 shall be conclusive.

4.4. Delegation to Committee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may at any time, or from time to time, appoint a Committee and delegate to such Committee the authority of the Board to administer the Plan, including to the extent provided by the Board, the power to further delegate such authority. Upon such appointment and delegation, any such Committee shall have all the powers, privileges and duties of the Board in the administration of the Plan to the extent provided in such delegation, except for the power to appoint members of the Committee and to terminate, modify or amend the Plan. The Board may from time to time appoint members of any such Committee in substitution for or in addition to members previously appointed, may fill vacancies in such Committee and may discharge such Committee.

Any such Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meeting at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

5. ELIGIBILITY

5.1. General. Awards may be made only to (a) employees of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries (including officers and directors of any of Time Warner's Subsidiaries), other than officers or directors of Time Warner who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and (b) prospective employees of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. The exercise of Options and SARs and the vesting of Restricted Shares granted to a prospective employee shall be conditioned upon such person becoming an employee of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of the Plan, the term "prospective employee" shall mean any person who holds an outstanding offer of employment on specific terms from Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. Awards may be made to employees who hold or have held Awards under this Plan or any similar or other awards under any other plan of Time Warner or its Subsidiaries.

-7-

5.2. Special ISO Rule. No ISO shall be granted to an employee who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of section 425(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries, unless at the time the ISO is granted the option price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the ISO and the ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date it is granted.

6. OPTIONS AND SARS

6.1. Option Prices. Subject to Section 5.2, the purchase price of the Common Stock under each Option shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable Agreement, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

6.2. Term of Options. The term of each Option shall be for such period as the Board shall determine, as set forth in the applicable Agreement, but not more than 10 years from the date of grant in the case of an ISO (except as provided in Section 5.2).

6.3. Exercise of Options. An Option granted under the Plan shall become (and remain) exercisable during the term of the Option to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement and this Plan and, unless the Agreement otherwise provides, may be exercised to the extent exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time during such term; provided, however, that subsequent to the grant of an Option, the Board, at any time before complete termination of such Option, may accelerate the time or times at which such Option may be exercised in whole or in part (without reducing the term of such Option). The Agreement may contain conditions precedent to the exercisability of Options, including without limitation, the achievement of minimum performance criteria.

6.4. Manner of Exercise. Payment of the Option purchase price shall be made in cash or in whole shares of Common Stock already owned by the person exercising an Option or, partly in cash and partly in such Common Stock; provided, however, that such payment may be made in whole or in part in shares of Common Stock only if and to the extent permitted by the

-8-

applicable Agreement. An Option shall be exercised by written notice to Time Warner upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement. Time Warner shall effect the transfer of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Option as soon as practicable, and within a reasonable time thereafter such transfer shall be evidenced on the books of Time Warner. No Holder or other person exercising an Option shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of Time Warner with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Option granted under the Plan until due exercise and full payment has been made. No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such due exercise and full payment.

6.5. SARS. (a) General Conditions. The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant General SARs and/or Limited SARs pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.5 to a Holder of any Option (hereinafter called a "related Option"), with respect to all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the related Option.

A SAR may be granted either concurrently with the grant of the related Option or at any time thereafter prior to the complete exercise, termination, expiration or cancellation of such related Option. Subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 6.5, each SAR shall be exercisable to the extent the related Option is then exercisable (and may be subject to such additional limitations on exercisability as the Agreement may provide), and in no event after the complete termination or full exercise of the related Option. SARs shall be exercisable in whole or in part upon notice to Time Warner upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement.

Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs are exercised and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which other Awards may be granted. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the SARs with respect thereto shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated.

-9-

The provisions of Sections 4, 6 and 8 through 22 (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to Options) shall also be applicable to SARs unless the context otherwise requires.

(b) General SARs. General SARs shall be exercisable only at the time the related Option is exercisable and subject to the terms and provisions of this
Section 6.5, upon the exercise of General SARs, the person exercising the General SAR shall be entitled to receive consideration (in the form hereinafter provided) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such General SARs have been exercised over the aggregate related Option purchase price for such shares; provided, however, that the Board may, in any Agreement granting General SARs provide that the appreciation realizable upon exercise thereof shall be measured from a base higher than the related Option purchase price.

Upon the exercise of a General SAR, the person exercising the General SAR may specify the form of consideration to be received by such person exercising the General SAR, which shall be in shares of Common Stock (valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such General SAR), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock. Any election by the person exercising the General SAR to receive cash in full or partial settlement of such General SAR shall comply with all applicable laws. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Agreement, the number of General SARs which may be exercised for cash, or partly for cash and partly for shares of Common Stock, during any calendar quarter, may not exceed 20% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock originally subject to the related Option (as such original number, without giving effect to the exercise of any portion of the related Option, shall have been retroactively adjusted in accordance with Section 13 or any corresponding provisions of an applicable Agreement).

For purposes of this Section 6.5, the date of exercise of a General SAR shall mean the date on which Time Warner shall have received notice from the person exercising the General SAR of the exercise of such General SAR.

(c) Limited SARs. Limited SARs may be exercised only during the period
(a) beginning on the first day following either (i) the date of an Approved Transaction, (ii) the date

-10-

of a Control Purchase, or (iii) the date of a Board Change, and (b) ending on the ninetieth day (or such other date specified in the Agreement) following such date. The effective date of exercise of a Limited SAR shall be deemed to be the date on which Time Warner shall have received notice from the person exercising the Limited SAR of the exercise thereof.

Upon the exercise of Limited SARs granted in connection with an ISO, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, the person exercising the Limited SAR shall receive in cash an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such Limited SARs of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited SARs shall have been exercised over the aggregate related Option purchase price for such shares.

Upon the exercise of Limited SARs granted in connection with a Nonqualified Stock Option, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, the person exercising the Limited SAR shall receive in cash an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (a) the excess of (i) the higher of (A) the Minimum Price Per Share, or (B) the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised over (ii) the per share Option price of the related Nonqualified Stock Option, by (b) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited SARs are being exercised.

6.6. Nontransferability of Options and SARs. Except as set forth in this
Section 6.6, Options and SARs shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Options and SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder (or his or her court appointed legal representative). The Agreement may provide that Nonqualified Stock Options and SARs are transferable by gift to such persons or entities and upon such terms and conditions specified in the Agreement.

7. RESTRICTED SHARES

7.1. Valuation Date, Issuance and Price. The Board shall determine whether shares of Common Stock covered by awards of

-11-

Restricted Shares will be issued at the beginning or the end of the Restriction Period, whether Dividend Equivalents will be paid during the Restriction Period in the event shares of the Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period and shall designate a Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares and may prescribe other restrictions, terms and conditions applicable to the vesting of such Restricted Shares in addition to those provided in the Plan. The Board shall determine the price, if any, to be paid by the Holder for the Restricted Shares; provided, however, that the issuance of Restricted Shares shall be made for at least the minimum consideration necessary to permit such Restricted Shares to be deemed fully paid and nonassessable. All determinations made by the Board pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall be specified in the Agreement.

7.2. Issuance of Restricted Shares at Beginning of the Restriction Period. If shares of Common Stock are issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period, the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares shall be registered in the name of the Holder to whom such Restricted Shares shall have been awarded. During the Restriction Period, certificates representing the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that ownership of the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions), and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto, are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions provided in the Plan and the applicable Agreement. Such certificates shall remain in the custody of Time Warner and the Holder shall deposit with Time Warner stock powers or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank, so as to permit retransfer to Time Warner of all or any portion of the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions that shall be forfeited or otherwise not become vested in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Agreement.

7.3. Restrictions. Restricted Shares issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period shall constitute issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock for all corporate purposes. The Holder will have the right to vote such Restricted Shares, to receive and retain all regular cash dividends and such other distributions, as the Board may in its sole discretion designate, paid or distributed on such Restricted Shares and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a Holder of Common Stock with respect to such Restricted Shares; except,

-12-

that, (a) the Holder will not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares until the Restriction Period shall have expired and unless all other vesting requirements with respect thereto shall have been fulfilled or waived; (b) Time Warner will retain custody of the stock certificate or certificates representing the Restricted Shares during the Restriction Period as provided in Section 7.2; (c) other than regular cash dividends and such other distributions as the Board may in its sole discretion designate, Time Warner will retain custody of all distributions ("Retained Distributions") made or declared with respect to the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions will be subject to the same restrictions, terms and vesting and other conditions as are applicable to the Restricted Shares) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid or declared shall have become vested, and such Retained Distributions shall not bear interest or be segregated in a separate account; (d) the Holder may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, exchange, encumber or dispose of the Restricted Shares or any Retained Distributions or his interest in any of them during the Restriction Period; and (e) a breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions provided in the Plan or established by the Board with respect to any Restricted Shares or Retained Distributions will cause a forfeiture of such Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto.

7.4. Issuance of Stock at End of the Restriction Period. Restricted Shares issued at the end of the Restriction Period shall not constitute issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock and the Holder shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by such an award of Restricted Shares, in each case, until such shares shall have been transferred to the Holder at the end of the Restriction Period. If and to the extent that shares of Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, the Holder shall be entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered thereby either (a) during the Restriction Period or (b) in accordance with the rules applicable to Retained Distributions, as the Board may specify in the Agreement.

7.5. Cash Awards. In connection with any award of Restricted Shares, an Agreement may provide for the payment of a cash amount to the Holder of such Restricted Shares at any

-13-

time after such Restricted Shares shall have become vested. Such Cash Awards shall be payable in accordance with such additional restrictions, terms and conditions as shall be prescribed by the Board in the Agreement and shall be in addition to any other salary, incentive, bonus or other compensation payments which such Holder shall be otherwise entitled or eligible to receive from Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

7.6. Completion of Restriction Period. On the Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares, and the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions, terms and conditions (a) all or part of such Restricted Shares shall become vested, (b) any Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become vested to the extent that the Restricted Shares related thereto shall have become vested and (c) any Cash Award to be received by the Holder with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become payable, all in accordance with the terms of the applicable Agreement. Any such Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall not become vested shall be forfeited to Time Warner and the Holder shall not thereafter have any rights (including dividend and voting rights) with respect to such Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall have been so forfeited.

8. ACCELERATION OF OPTIONS, SARS AND RESTRICTED SHARES

If a Holder's employment shall terminate by reason of death or Total Disability, notwithstanding any contrary waiting period or installment period or Restriction Period in any Agreement or in the Plan or in the event of any Approved Transaction, Board Change or Control Purchase, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise: (a) in the case of an Option or SAR, each such outstanding Option or SAR granted under the Plan shall immediately become exercisable in full in respect of the aggregate number of shares covered thereby; and (b) in the case of Restricted Shares, the Restriction Period applicable to each such award of Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have expired and all such Restricted Shares, any related Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents shall become vested and any Cash Award payable pursuant to the applicable Agreement shall be adjusted in such manner as provided in the Agreement.

-14-

9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

9.1. General. If a Holder's employment shall terminate prior to the complete exercise of an Option (or deemed exercise thereof, as provided in
Section 6.5(a)), then such Option shall thereafter be exercisable solely to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement; provided, however, that (a) no Option may be exercised after the scheduled expiration date of such Option; (b) if the Holder's employment terminates by reason of death or Total Disability, the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of at least one year following such termination (but not later than the scheduled expiration of such Option); and (c) any termination by the employing company for cause will be treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2.

9.2. Termination for Cause. If a Holder's employment with Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries shall be terminated by Time Warner or such Subsidiary during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares or prior to the exercise of any Option for cause (for these purposes, cause shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in any employment agreement to which such Holder is a party or, in the absence thereof, shall include but not be limited to, insubordination, dishonesty, incompetence, moral turpitude, other misconduct of any kind and the refusal to perform his duties and responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 12 months after an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, termination for cause shall mean only a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement), then (a) all Options held by such Holder and any permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.6 shall immediately terminate and (b) such Holder's rights to all Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions, any unpaid Dividend Equivalents and any Cash Awards shall be forfeited immediately.

9.3. Special Rule. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may provide in the applicable Agreement that the Award shall become and/or remain exercisable at rates and times at variance with the rules otherwise herein set forth; provided, however, that any such Agreement provisions at variance with the exercisability rules otherwise set forth herein shall be effective only if reflected in the terms of an employment agreement approved or ratified by the Board.

-15-

9.4. Miscellaneous. The Board may determine whether any given leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment. Awards made under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment so long as the Holder continues to be an employee of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

10. RIGHT OF COMPANY TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award shall confer on any Holder any right to continue in the employ of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of Time Warner or a Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Holder at any time, with or without cause; subject, however, to the provisions of any employment agreement between the Holder and Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

11. NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS

Except as provided in Section 6.6, no right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefits.

12. WRITTEN AGREEMENT

Each award of Restricted Shares and any right to a Cash Award hereunder shall be evidenced by a restricted shares agreement; each grant of an Option shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement which shall designate the Options granted thereunder as ISOs or Nonqualified Stock Options; and each SAR shall be evidenced by a stock appreciation rights agreement, each in such form and containing such terms and provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Board from time to time shall approve; provided, however, that such Awards may be evidenced by a single agreement. The effective date of the granting of an Award shall be the date on which the Board approves such grant. Each grantee of an Option, SAR or Restricted Shares shall be notified promptly of

-16-

such grant and a written Agreement shall be promptly executed and delivered by Time Warner and the grantee, provided that such grant of Options, SARs or Restricted Shares shall terminate if such written Agreement is not signed by such grantee (or his attorney) and delivered to Time Warner within 60 days after the date the Board approved such grant or if the effectiveness of such grant is conditioned upon the grantee becoming an employee of Time Warner or one of its Subsidiaries, the execution by the grantee of an employment agreement with Time Warner or one of its subsidiaries or any other similar condition, within 60 days after the occurrence of such condition, if later. Any such written Agreement may contain (but shall not be required to contain) such provisions as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of section 4999 of the Code will not apply to any stock or cash received by the Holder or such Holder's permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.6 from Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

13. ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, ETC.

In the event of any stock split, dividend, distribution, combination, reclassification or recapitalization that changes the character or amount of the Common Stock while any portion of any Award theretofore granted under the Plan is outstanding but unexercised or unvested, the Board shall make such adjustments in the character and number of shares subject to such Award, in the option price, in the relevant appreciation base and in the Cash Awards, as shall be applicable, equitable and appropriate in order to make such Award, immediately after any such change, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to such Award, immediately prior to any such change. If any merger, consolidation or similar transaction affects the Common Stock subject to any unexercised or unvested Award theretofore granted under the Plan, the Board or any surviving or acquiring corporation shall take such action as is equitable and appropriate to substitute a new award for such Award or to assume such Award in order to make such new or assumed Award, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to the old Award. If any such change or transaction shall occur, the number and kind of shares for which Awards may thereafter be granted under the Plan shall be adjusted to give effect thereto.

-17-

14. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

The Agreements may contain such provisions as the Board shall determine to the effect that if a Holder, or other person exercising an Option, elects to sell all or any shares of Common Stock that such Holder or other person acquired upon the exercise of an Option or upon the vesting of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan, then such Holder or other person shall not sell such shares unless such Holder or other person shall have first offered in writing to sell such shares to Time Warner at Fair Market Value on a date specified in such offer (which date shall be at least three business days and not more than 10 business days following the date of such offer). In any such event, certificates representing shares issued upon exercise of Options and the vesting of Restricted Shares shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that transferability of such shares are subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan and the applicable Agreement and Time Warner may cause the registrar of its Common Stock to place a stop transfer order with respect to such shares.

15. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

15.1. General. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as hereinafter provided, no Awards may be made under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. The Board may at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date terminate the Plan, and the Board may at any time modify or amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that any such modification or amendment shall comply with all applicable laws and stock exchange listing requirements.

15.2. Modification. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the person (or a transferee of such person if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6) to whom any Award shall theretofore have been granted, adversely affect the rights of such person with respect to such Award. No modification, extension, renewal or other change in any Award granted under the Plan shall be made after the grant of such Award, unless the same is consistent with the provisions of the Plan. With the consent of the Holder (or a transferee of such Holder if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6) and subject to the terms and

-18-

conditions of the Plan (including Section 15.1), the Board may amend outstanding Agreements with any Holder (or any such transferee), including, without limitation, any amendment which would (a) accelerate the time or times at which the Award may be exercised and/or (b) extend the scheduled expiration date of the Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board may but solely with the Holder's consent, agree to cancel any Award under the Plan held by such Holder and issue a new Award in substitution therefor, provided that the Award so substituted shall satisfy all of the requirements of the Plan as of the date such new Award is made.

16. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the Board of Directors of Time Warner.

17. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS

The obligation of Time Warner with respect to Awards shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including, without limitation, the effectiveness of any registration statement required under the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed. For so long as the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, Time Warner shall use its reasonable efforts to comply with any legal requirements (a) to maintain a registration statement in effect under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to all shares of Common Stock that may be issued to Holders under the Plan, and (b) to file in a timely manner all reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act.

18. WITHHOLDING

Time Warner's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or pay cash in respect of any Award or Cash Award under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Federal, state and local withholding taxes paid upon the exercise of any Option and upon the vesting of Restricted Shares may be paid in shares of Common Stock upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall

-19-

determine; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

19. SEPARABILITY

If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of section 422A of the Code, then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of section 422A of the Code. If this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under section 422A of the Code, such provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if such provision had been set out at length herein; provided, however, that to the extent any Option which is intended to qualify as an ISO cannot so qualify, such Option, to that extent, shall be deemed to be a Nonqualified Stock Option for all purposes of the Plan.

20. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and the awarding of stock and cash otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

21. EXCLUSION FROM PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING COMPUTATION

By acceptance of an Award or Cash Award, as applicable, each Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award or Cash Award, as applicable, is special incentive compensation that will not be taken into account, in any manner, as salary, compensation or bonus in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement or other employee benefit plan of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. In addition, each beneficiary of a deceased Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award or Cash Award, as applicable, will not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage, if any, provided by Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries on the life of the Holder which is payable to such beneficiary under any life

-20-

insurance plan covering employees of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

22. GOVERNING LAW

The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

-21-

As of May 16, 1996

TIME WARNER INC.
RETIREMENT PLAN FOR
OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

1. PURPOSE. The purpose of the Plan is to recognize the service and contributions of the members of the Board of Directors to Time Warner Inc. (the "Company") by providing retirement income benefits and to attract and retain persons of outstanding ability as members of the Board of Directors.

2. DEFINITIONS. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the terms defined in this Section 2 shall have the meanings assigned to them herein, and shall include the plural as well as the singular.

(a) "Annual Retainer" shall mean the value of the basic annual retainer payable to Outside Directors and shall include (i) cash, (ii) the value on the date of grant of any shares of Restricted Stock awarded to Outside Directors pursuant to the 1988 Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors or any successor thereto, and (iii) any portion of the basic annual retainer which is deferred pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Time Warner Inc. or any successor thereto, but shall not include (x) fees payable for services as the Chairman of a Committee of the Board and (xi) attendance fees for Committee meetings and special Board meetings.

(b) "Beneficiary" shall mean the person or persons entitled to receive payments under the Plan pursuant to Section 10 hereof after the death of a Participant.

(c) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) "Company" shall mean Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(e) "Outside Director" shall mean a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is not an employee of

-1-

the Company or any subsidiary of the Company. For the purposes hereof, a subsidiary of the Company shall mean any corporation, partnership or other entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest of 50% or more. For the purposes hereof, a Director who is or was an employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company will be considered an Outside Director only for those periods when he or she was a member of the Board and was not such an employee.

(f) "Participant" shall mean a person who has at least three Service Credit Years and who was an Outside Director on or after January 1, 1987.

(g) "Plan" shall mean this Retirement Plan for Outside Directors of the Company.

(h) "Service Credit Years" shall mean the number of years, including quarters of a year calculated as described below, a member of the Board (i) served as an Outside Director, plus (ii) the number of years, if any, that such member served as a director of Warner prior to July 24, 1989 but, for these purposes, counting only those years during such service when such member was not also an employee of Warner or any of its subsidiaries. If the total of all such service includes a portion of a year, Service Credit Years shall be calculated by rounding up any portion of a year to the next whole quarter of a year.

(i) "Warner" shall mean Warner Communications Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its predecessor corporations.

3. AUTHORITY.

(a) Approval. The Board originally approved this Plan on October 20, 1988. The Plan may be amended from time to time as provided in Section 9 hereof.

(b) Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Office of the Secretary of the Company (the "Corporate Secretary") and such other person or persons from time to time designated by the Secretary of the Company.

(c) Legal Opinions. The Company and the Corporate Secretary may consult with legal counsel, who may be counsel for the Company or other counsel, with respect to their

-2-

obligations or duties hereunder, or with respect to any action or proceeding or any questions of law, and shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted by them in good faith pursuant to the advice of such counsel.

(d) Liability. Any decision made or action taken by the Company, the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or the Corporate Secretary arising out of or in connection with the construction, administration, interpretation and effect of the Plan shall be within the absolute discretion of all and each of them, as the case may be, and will be conclusive and binding on all parties. No member of the Board and no employee of the Company shall be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or commission, by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of the Plan have been delegated or, except in circumstances involving his or her bad faith, for anything done or omitted to be done by himself or herself.

4. AMOUNT OF BENEFITS. The annual retirement benefit payable to any Participant under the Plan shall be an amount equal to one-half of the Annual Retainer payable to Outside Directors for the earlier of (a) the year in which the Participant ceases to be an Outside Director and (b) the year ended December 31, 1995.

5. DURATION OF BENEFITS. Annual retirement benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid for the number of Service Credit Years earned by an Outside Director through May 16, 1996 and shall include Series Credit Years earned prior to the adoption of the Plan.

6. PAYMENT OF BENEFITS. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 7, 8, 11 and 13, retirement benefits payable to the Participant under the Plan shall be payable quarterly on the first day of the calendar quarter, commencing on the first day of the calendar quarter following the later to occur of (a) the day the Participant retires from the Board or (b) the day the Participant attains age 60.

7. DEATH. In the event the Participant shall die prior to the commencement of benefits under the Plan, the Participant's Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive in one lump-sum cash payment an amount equal to the total benefits a Participant would have been entitled to receive pursuant to

-3-

Sections 4 and 5 had the Participant not died. In the event the Participant shall die after commencement of retirement benefits under the Plan but prior to the completion thereof, the Participant's Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive in one lump-sum cash payment an amount equal to the total remaining benefits that would have been paid to the Participant had he or she not died. In each case, such lump-sum payment shall be made as soon as practicable after receipt by the Corporate Secretary of satisfactory evidence of the death of the Participant.

8. DISABILITY. In the event the Participant shall suffer a permanent and total disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto (a "Disability") prior to the commencement of benefits under the Plan, then benefits under the Plan shall commence on the first day of the calendar quarter following receipt by the Corporate Secretary of satisfactory evidence of the occurrence of such Disability.

9. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. The Board of Directors of the Company may modify or amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan, or suspend or terminate it entirely; provided, however, that any such modification, amendment, suspension or termination may not, without the Participant's consent, adversely affect any benefits accrued to him or her prior to the effective date of such modification, amendment, suspension or termination. The Plan shall remain in effect until terminated pursuant to this
Section 9.

10. BENEFICIARIES. Each Participant may designate any person(s) or legal entity(ies), including his or her estate, as his or her Beneficiary under the Plan. Such designation shall be made in writing on a form filed with the Corporate Secretary or his or her designee and may be revoked or changed by a Participant at any time by filing written notice of such revocation or change with the Corporate Secretary or his or her designee. If no person shall be designated by a Participant as his or her Beneficiary or if no person designated by such Participant as his or her Beneficiary survives such Participant, the Participant's Beneficiary shall be his or her estate.

-4-

11. ACCELERATION OF BENEFITS. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, in his or her sole discretion, is empowered to accelerate the payment of the annual retirement benefits accrued to a Participant under the Plan, whether in a lump-sum payment or otherwise, for any reason the Chief Executive Officer shall deem appropriate in the circumstances.

12. NO RIGHT TO NOMINATION. Nothing contained in the Plan shall confer upon any Outside Director the right to be nominated for reelection to the Board.

13. EFFECTIVE DATE. The Plan shall be effective October 20, 1988. Persons who ceased to be Outside Directors after January 1, 1987 and before October 20, 1988 shall be entitled to their first quarterly payment on January 1, 1989 if they are otherwise eligible to receive payments under the Plan.

14. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Expenses. All expenses and costs in connection with the operation of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

(b) Withholding. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment to be made pursuant to the Plan any Federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld.

(c) Governing Law. The Plan shall be construed and its provisions enforced and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of New York except as such laws may be superseded by any Federal law.

(d) Assignment. A Participant may not assign, anticipate or alienate in any manner any interest arising under the Plan and any attempt to assign, anticipate or alienate any such interest shall be void. In addition, no interest hereunder shall be subject to attachment, bankruptcy proceedings or to any other legal processes or to the interference or control of creditors or others.

(e) Incompetency. If the Chief Executive Officer determines that any Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, to whom a payment is due hereunder is an incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability, or is a minor, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the power to cause the payments becoming due to such Participant or Beneficiary to be

-5-

made to another for the benefit of the incompetent or minor, without responsibility of the Company, the Chief Executive Officer or the Corporate Secretary to see to the application of any such payment. Payments made pursuant to such power shall operate as a complete discharge of the Company's liability under this Plan.

(f) Notice. All notices, elections, consents, directions and other communications required or permitted under the Plan must be in writing and if sent to the Company, shall be addressed to the Corporate Secretary at the Company's principal executive offices, currently the Time & Life Building, Rockefeller Center, New York, New York 10020 and if sent to the Participant, shall be addressed to the Participant at the address appearing on the designation of Beneficiary form, or absent such an address, at the address appearing on the records of the Corporate Secretary or at such other address as may be supplied by the Participant by written notice to the Corporate Secretary from time to time.

(g) Nonexclusivity. The adoption of the Plan shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other retirement, incentive or compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, and any such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

-6-

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made and effective as of October 10, 1996, (the "Effective Date"), between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and R.E. Turner III (the "Executive").

This Agreement is being entered into pursuant to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 22, 1995, as amended on August 8, 1996 (the "Merger Agreement"), among Time Warner Inc., Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ("TBS"), the Company, Time Warner Acquisition Corp. and TW Acquisition Corp., pursuant to which, among other things, TBS became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement (the "Merger").

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Company wishes to secure the services of the Executive for the period to and including December 31, 2001 (the "Term Date") on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Executive is willing to provide such services on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment. The Executive's "term of employment", as this phrase is used throughout this Agreement, shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Term Date, subject, however, to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Employment. During the term of employment, the Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall serve, as Vice Chairman of the Company and Chief Executive Officer of the Company's newly created Video Division (the "Video Division"). The Video Division shall consist of (i) TBS, including all of the businesses conducted by TBS and its subsidiaries at the time of the Merger, and any business thereafter conducted by TBS and its subsidiaries, (ii) the businesses conducted from time to time by the Home Box Office division of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., including all such businesses so conducted at the time of the Merger, (iii) the Company's interest in Court TV, and (iv) subject only


2

to contractual obligations of the Company and its subsidiaries existing at September 22, 1995, substantially all other nationally distributed cable networks and nationally distributed cable programming services operated from time to time by the Company or its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates. The Executive shall have responsibility for the direction and supervision of the Video Division with all of the authority, duties, functions and powers appropriate and customary to discharge such responsibility. The Chief Operating Officer of the Video Division shall be selected by the Company's Chairman of the Board subject to the consent of the Executive, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In addition, the Executive shall be invited to participate in all meetings of the chief executive officers of the divisions of the Company held during the term of employment and shall have such other authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may from time to time delegate to the Executive in addition thereto, consistent with the terms hereof and his status as Vice Chairman of the Company and Chief Executive Officer of the Video Division. The Executive shall, subject to his election as such from time to time and without additional compensation, serve during the term of employment in such additional offices of comparable or greater stature and responsibility in the Company and its subsidiaries and as a director and as a member of any committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, to which he may be elected from time to time. So long as the Executive is employed by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and subject to the Company's obligations under the provisions of the Investors Agreement No. 1 dated as of October 10, 1996 between the Company, the Executive and Turner Outdoor, Inc., the Company shall include the Executive in the management slate for election as a director at every stockholders' meeting at which his term as a director would otherwise expire and shall use its best efforts to cause the Executive to be elected a member of its Board of Directors at each such meeting.

During the term of employment, (i) the Executive shall report only to the Company's Board of Directors and its Chief Executive Officer, (ii) the Executive shall have no other employment and, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, no outside business activities which require the devotion of substantial amounts of


3

the Executive's time; provided, however, that the Executive's engaging in bison raising, the ownership and operation of ranch properties and other real estate, the management of the Executive's investments, including without limitation, the operation of venture capital or investment funds or partnerships that are owned primarily by the Executive and/or members of his family and activities on behalf of not-for-profit and charitable organizations or foundations shall not be deemed a breach of this Section 2, and (iii) the place for the performance of the Executive's services shall be the principal executive offices of TBS in the Atlanta, Georgia metropolitan area, subject to such reasonable travel as may be appropriate or required in the performance of the Executive's duties in the business of the Company, including without limitation, regular trips to the Company's headquarters in New York City. The foregoing shall be subject to the Company's policies, as in effect from time to time, regarding vacations, holidays, illness and the like and shall not prevent the Executive from devoting such time to his personal affairs as he devoted to such affairs while serving as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of TBS prior to the Merger; provided, however, that the Executive shall in any event comply with the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 and any Company policies in effect from time to time on conflicts of interest.

3. Compensation.

3.1 Base Salary. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Executive a base salary of not less than $700,000 per annum during the term of employment (the "Base Salary"). The Company may increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary at any time and from time to time during the term of employment and upon each such increase the term "Base Salary" shall mean such increased amount. The Company shall consider an increase in the Executive's Base Salary each time it increases the Base Salary of its Chief Executive Officer. Base Salary shall be payable in monthly or more frequent installments in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives. For the purposes of this Agreement "senior executives" shall mean the executive officers of the Company.


4

3.2 Bonus. In addition to Base Salary, the Executive shall be entitled to receive during the term of employment an annual cash bonus based on the performance of the Company and of the Executive. The Executive's annual bonus will be targeted at 90% of the annual bonus received by the Company's Chief Executive Officer, however, the actual amount of the Executive's bonus for all periods commencing on or after January 1, 1997, shall be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of the Company's Annual Bonus Plan for Executive Officers. Such determination with respect to the amount, if any, of annual bonuses to be paid to the Executive under this Agreement shall be final and conclusive except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement. If the Executive is not employed hereunder for a full fiscal year, the bonus provided for herein shall be prorated based upon the number of full or partial months of actual employment during such year. Payments of any bonus compensation under this Section 3.2 shall be made in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives.

3.3 Deferred Compensation. In addition to Base Salary and bonus as set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, the Executive shall be credited with deferred compensation which shall be determined and paid out as provided in this Agreement, including Annex A hereto. Subject to the provisions of Sec tion A.7 of Annex A, during the term of employment, the Company shall credit to a special account maintained on the Company's books for the Executive (the "Account"), monthly, an amount equal to 50% of one-twelfth of the Executive's then current Base Salary. If a lump sum payment is made pursuant to Section 4.2.2 or 4.2.3, the Company shall credit to the Account at the time of such payment an amount equal to 50% of the Base Salary portion of such lump sum payment. The Account shall be maintained by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A, until the full amount which the Executive is entitled to receive therefrom has been paid in full.

3.4 Deferred Bonus. In addition to any other deferred bonus plan in which the Executive may be entitled to participate, the Executive may elect by written notice delivered to the Company at least 15 days prior to the


5

commencement of any calendar year during the term of employment during which an annual cash bonus would otherwise accrue or to which it would relate, to defer payment of and to have the Company credit to the Account all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year. Any such election shall only apply to the calendar year during the term of employment with respect to which such election is made and a new election shall be required with respect to each successive calendar year during the term of employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive hereby elects to defer payment of and have the Company credit to the Account 100% of the annual bonus payable to the Executive with respect to the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 1996.

3.5 Reimbursement. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel (including use of the Executive's personal means of transportation), entertainment and other business expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the term of employment in the performance of his services under this Agreement provided such expenses are incurred or paid in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives of the Company and upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as the Company may customarily require of its senior executives.

3.6 No Anticipatory Assignments. Except as specifically contemplated in Section 12.8 or under the life insurance policies and benefit plans referred to in Sections 7 and 8, respectively, neither the Executive, his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by him shall have any right, without the prior written consent of the Company, to assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or commute to any person or any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity ("Entity") any payment due in the future pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and any attempt to do so shall be void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

3.7 Indemnification. The Executive shall be entitled throughout the term of employment in his capacity as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a member of the Board of Representatives or other governing body of any partnership or joint venture in which the Company has an equity interest (and after the term of


6

employment, to the extent relating to his service as such officer, director or member) to the benefit of the indemnification provisions contained on the date hereof in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company (not including any amendments or additions after the date of execution hereof that limit or narrow, but including any that add to or broaden, the protection afforded to the Executive by those provisions), to the extent not prohibited by applicable law at the time of the assertion of any liability against the Executive. In addition, if at any time during the term of employment the Company generally provides indemnification agreements to its other directors or executive officers, the Company shall provide a substantially similar agreement to the Executive.

4. Termination.

4.1 Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the term of employment and all of the Company's obligations hereunder, other than its obligations set forth below in this Section 4.1, only for "cause" and only if the term of employment has not previously been terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement. Termination by the Company for "cause" shall mean termination by action of the Company's Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, because of the Executive's conviction (treating a nolo contendere plea as a conviction) of a felony (whether or not any right to appeal has been or may be exercised) or willful refusal without proper cause to perform his obligations under this Agreement or because of the Executive's material breach of any of the covenants provided for in Section 9. Such termination shall be effected by written notice thereof delivered by the Company to the Executive and shall be effective as of the date of such notice; provided, however, that if (i) such termination is because of (x) the Executive's willful refusal without proper cause to perform any one or more of his obligations under this Agreement or (y) the Executive's breach of any of the covenants in Sections 9.1.2 or 9.1.3 or the Executive's inadvertent breach of any limitation contained in Section 9.2 relating to the acquisition or ownership of an interest in any Entity, (ii) such notice is the first such notice of termination for any reason delivered by the Company to the Executive under this Section 4.1, and (iii) within 15 days following the date of


7

such notice the Executive shall (x) cease his refusal and shall use his best efforts to perform such obligations or (y) cure such breach, as applicable, the termination shall not be effective.

In the event of such termination by the Company for cause in accordance with the foregoing procedures, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have at law or in equity, except as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 4.1, the Executive shall have no further obligation to the Company under this Agreement and the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement other than (i) to pay Base Salary and make credits of deferred compensation to the Account accrued through the effective date of termination (including but not limited to pursuant to Section 3.4),(ii) to pay any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 to the Executive in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has been determined but not yet paid as of the date of such termination and (iii) with respect to any rights the Executive has in respect of amounts credited to the Account or pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company maintained for the benefit of the Executive or the Company's senior executives. The Executive hereby disclaims any right to receive a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus with respect to the year in which such termination occurs. The last sentence of Section 3.3, the provisions of Section 3.5 with respect to expenses incurred prior to such termination and the provisions of Sections 3.7, 8.2, 8.3 and 9 through 12 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this Section 4.1.

4.2 Termination by Executive for Material Breach by the Company and Wrongful Termination by the Company. Unless previously terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement and unless a Disability Period shall be in effect, the Executive shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company, to terminate the term of employment effective 15 days after the giving of such notice, if, at the time of the giving of such notice, the Company shall be in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, with the exception of clause (i) below, the term of employment shall not so terminate if such notice is the first such notice of termination delivered by the


8

Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2 and within such 15-day period the Company shall have cured all such material breaches of its obligations under this Agreement. A material breach by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Company failing to cause the Executive to retain any titles specified in the first two sentences of Section 2; (ii) the Executive being required to report to persons other than those specified in Section 2; (iii) the Company violating the provisions of Section 2 with respect to the Executive's authority, functions, duties, powers or responsibilities (whether or not accompanied by a change in title); (iv) the Company requiring the Executive's primary services to be rendered at a place other than at the principal executive offices of TBS in the Atlanta, Georgia metropolitan area; and (v) the Company failing to cause any successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company expressly to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

In the event of a termination pursuant to the preceding paragraph of this Section 4.2, or in the event of a termination of this Agreement or the term of employment by the Company in breach of this Agreement,(A) the Executive shall cease being an employee of the Company and shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment as provided in Section 4.2.2; provided, however, that (B) the Executive may elect by delivery of written notice to the Company prior to the date written notice of such termination is given by the Executive pursuant to the preceding paragraph of this Section 4.2 or any time prior to 10 days after written notice of such termination is given by the Company in breach of this Agreement, to remain an employee of the Company as provided in Section 4.2.3.

4.2.1 Regardless of whether the election set forth in clause (B) of Section 4.2 is made by the Executive, (i) after the effective date of such termination, the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Section 4.4 and Sections 6 through 12 shall survive such termination, and (ii) the Executive shall be entitled to receive (A) any earned and unpaid Base Salary and deferred compensation accrued through the Termination Date, (B) any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such


9

annual bonus has been determined but not yet paid as of the Termination Date and
(C) a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus for the year in which such termination occurs through the date of such termination based on the average annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company for the two fiscal years immediately preceding the year of termination (or the prior year's annual bonus, if only one annual bonus has been received by the Executive, or an amount equal to 90 percent of the annual bonus earned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer with respect to 1995, if no annual bonus has been received by the Executive), all or a portion of which pro rata bonus will be credited to the Account if the Executive previously elected to defer all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year pursuant to Section 3.4.

4.2.2 In the event the Executive shall not have made the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2 above, the Company shall pay to the Executive as damages in a lump sum within 30 days thereafter an amount (discounted as provided in the immediately following sentence) equal to all amounts otherwise payable pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 for the year or part thereof in which such termination occurs and for each subsequent year through and including the Term Date (assuming that annual bonuses are required to be paid for each such year (or portion thereof, in which case a pro rata portion of such bonus shall be payable), with each such annual bonus being equal to the average annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company for the two fiscal years immediately preceding the year of termination (or the prior year's annual bonus, if only one annual bonus has been received by the Executive, or an amount equal to 90 percent of the annual bonus earned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer with respect to 1995, if no annual bonus has been received by the Executive), assuming that no portion of such bonus is deferred pursuant to Section 3.4). Any payments required to be made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2.2 upon such termination in respect of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and the credit to the Account provided for in the penultimate sentence of Section 3.3 shall be discounted to present value as of the date of payment from the times at which such amounts would have become payable absent any such termination at an annual discount rate for the relevant periods equal to 120% of the "applicable Federal rate" (within the meaning of
Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code")), in effect on the date of such


10

termination, compounded semi-annually, the use of which rate is hereby elected by the parties hereto pursuant to Treas. Reg. ss.1.280G-1 Q/A 32 (provided that, in the event such election is not permitted under Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, such other rate determined as of such other date as is applicable for determining present value under Section 280G of the Code shall be used).

4.2.3 In the event the Executive shall have made the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2 above, the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company until the Term Date and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not he becomes disabled during such period but subject to Section 6,
(a) Base Salary at an annual rate equal to his Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the date of the notice of termination, (b) an annual bonus (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) in respect of each calendar year or portion thereof (in which case a pro rata portion of such annual bonus will be payable) during such period equal to the average annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company for the two years immediately preceding the year in which the notice of termination is given (or the prior year's annual bonus if only one annual bonus has been received by the Executive, or an amount equal to 90 percent of the annual bonus earned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer with respect to 1995, if no annual bonus has been received by the Executive), and (c) deferred compensation as provided in Section 3.3. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his status as an employee during such period, then the term of employment shall end and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company effective upon the commencement of such employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive as damages in a lump sum within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2) for the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Account as provided in the penultimate sentence of Section 3.3) and regular annual bonuses (assuming no deferral pursuant to


11

Section 3.4) the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this
Section 4.2.3 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the Term Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit or charitable organization or foundation, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the payments provided for in this Section 4.2.3 and the term of employment shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "affiliate" shall mean any Entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

4.3 Office Facilities. In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2, then for the period beginning on the day the Executive makes such election and ending one year thereafter, the Company shall, without charge to the Executive, make available to the Executive office space at the Executive's principal job location immediately prior to his termination of employment, or other location reasonably close to such location, together with secretarial services, office facilities, services and furnishings, in each case reasonably appropriate to an employee of the Executive's position and responsibilities prior to such termination of employment.

4.4 Mitigation. In the event of termination of the term of employment by the Executive pursuant to Section 4.2 as a result of a material breach by the Company of any of its obligations hereunder, or in the event of termination of the term of employment by the Company in breach of this Agreement, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment in order to mitigate his damages hereunder; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are any damages hereunder by reason of the events of termination described above which are "contingent on a change" (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code), the Executive shall be required to mitigate such damages hereunder, including any such damages theretofore paid, but not in excess of the extent, if any, necessary to prevent the Company from losing any tax deductions to which it otherwise would be entitled in


12

connection with such damages if they were not so "contingent on a change". With respect to the preceding sentence, any payments or rights to which the Executive is entitled by reason of the termination of the term of employment by the Executive pursuant to Section 4.2 or in the event of the termination of the term of employment by the Company in breach of this Agreement shall be considered as damages hereunder. Any obligation of the Executive to mitigate his damages pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall not be a defense or offset to the Company's obligation to pay the Executive in full the amounts provided in Section 4.2.2 or 4.2.3, at the time provided therein or the timely and full performance of any of the Company's other obligations under this Agreement.

4.5 Payments. So long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, payments of salary, deferred compensation and bonus required to be made pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be made at the same times as such payments are made to senior executives of the Company or such subsidiary

4.6 Termination by the Executive Without Cause. If the term of employment has not previously been terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement, the Executive may terminate the term of employment and all of his obligations hereunder on 90 days prior written notice to the Company. In the event of such termination, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive other than (i) to pay Base Salary and make credits of deferred compensation to the Account accrued through the effective date of termination,
(ii) to pay any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 to the Executive in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has been determined but not yet paid as of the date of such termination, (iii) to pay the Executive a pro rata annual bonus for the portion of the year in which such termination occurs based on the average annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company for the two fiscal years immediately preceding the year of termination (or the prior year's annual bonus, if only one annual bonus has been received by the Executive), or an amount equal to 90 percent of the annual bonus earned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer with respect to 1995, if no annual bonus has been received by the Executive, all or a portion of which pro rata bonus will be


13

credited to the Account if the Executive previously elected to defer all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year pursuant to Section 3.4 and (iv) with respect to any rights the Executive has in respect of amounts credited to the Account or pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company maintained for the benefit of the Executive or the Company's Senior executives. The last sentence of Section 3.3, the provisions of Section 3.5 with respect to expenses incurred prior to such termination and the provisions of Sections 3.7, 8.2, 8.3 and 9 through 12 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this Section 4.6.

5. Disability. If during the term of employment and prior to any termination of the term of employment or of this Agreement under Section 4.2, the Executive shall become physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that he is prevented from performing his usual duties for a period of six consecutive months, or for shorter periods aggregating six months in any twelve-month period, the Company shall, nevertheless, continue to pay the Executive his full compensation and continue to credit the Account, when otherwise due, as provided in Section 3 and Annex A, through the last day of the sixth consecutive month of disability or the date on which the shorter periods of disability shall have equaled a total of six months in any twelve-month period (such last day or date being referred to herein as the "Disability Date"). If the Executive has not resumed his usual duties on or prior to the Disability Date, the Company shall pay the Executive a pro rata bonus through the Disability Date for the year in which the Disability Date occurs in an amount equal to the average annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company for the two years immediately preceding the year in which the notice of termination is given, or the prior year's annual bonus if only one annual bonus has been received by the Executive, or an amount equal to 90 percent of the annual bonus earned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer with respect to 1995, if no annual bonus has been received by the Executive and shall pay the Executive disability benefits until the Term Date (the "Disability Period"), in an amount equal to 75% of (a) the Executive's Base Salary at the time the Executive becomes disabled (and this reduced amount shall also be deemed to be the Base Salary for purposes of determining the amounts to be credited to his Account pursuant to Section 3.3 and Annex A as


14

further disability benefits) and (b) the average of the annual bonuses in respect of the two calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (or if only two annual bonuses have been received by the Executive, the average of such bonuses or the prior year's annual bonus if only one annual bonus has been received, or an amount equal to 90 percent of the annual bonus earned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer with respect to 1995, if no annual bonus has been received by the Executive), all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section
3.4. If during the Disability Period the Executive shall fully recover from his disability, the Company shall have the right (exercisable within 60 days after notice from the Executive of such recovery), but not the obligation, to restore the Executive to full-time service at full compensation. If the Company elects to restore the Executive to full-time service, then this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in all respects and the Term Date shall not be extended by virtue of the occurrence of the Disability Period. If the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service, the Executive shall be entitled to obtain other employment, subject, however, to the following: (i) the Executive shall be obligated to perform advisory services during any balance of the Disability Period, unless he is rendering the services described in clause
(iii) below; (ii) the provisions of Sections 9.1, 9.3 and 10 shall continue to apply to the Executive during the Disability Period; and (iii) if the Executive renders any services to any persons that are in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (which, notwithstanding Section 9.2, the parties agree the Executive shall be permitted to do if the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service, as described above), the total cash salary and bonus received in connection therewith, whether paid to the Executive or deferred for his benefit, prior to the last day of the Disability Period, shall reduce, pro tanto, any amount that the Company would otherwise be required to pay to him hereunder. The advisory services referred to in clause
(i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall consist of rendering advice concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as requested by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company but the Executive shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to


15

both parties. Subject to clause (iii) of the second preceding sentence, any income from such other employment shall not be applied to reduce the Company's obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall be entitled to deduct from all payments to be made to the Executive during the Disability Period pursuant to this Section 5 an amount equal to all disability payments received by the Executive during the Disability Period from Workmen's Compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that for so long as, and to the extent that, proceeds paid to the Executive from such disability insurance policies are not includible in his income for federal income tax purposes, the Company's deduction with respect to such payments shall be equal to the product of (i) such payments and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one less the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes applicable to individuals at the time of receipt of such payments. All payments made under this Section 5 after the Disability Date are intended to be disability payments, regardless of the manner in which they are computed. Except as otherwise provided in this
Section 5, the term of employment shall continue during the Disability Period and the Executive shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits provided for in this Agreement except that, Section 4.2 shall not apply during the Disability Period and the term of employment shall end and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company at the end of the Disability Period and shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to receive or be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical.

6. Death. Upon the death of the Executive during the term of employment, this Agreement and all obligations of the Company to make any payments under Sections 3, 4 and 5 shall terminate except that (i) the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) shall be entitled to receive, to the extent being received by the Executive immediately prior to his death, Base Salary and deferred compensation to the last day of the month in which his death occurs and bonus compensation (at the time bonuses are normally paid) based on the average of the annual bonuses in respect of the three years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (or if only two annual bonuses have been received, the average of such bonuses or the prior year's annual bonus if only one annual bonus has been received, or an amount equal to


16

90 percent of the annual bonus earned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer with respect to 1995, if no annual bonus has been received by the Executive), but prorated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year, and (ii) the Account shall be liquidated and revalued as provided in Annex A as of the date of the Executive's death (except that all taxes shall be computed and charged to the Account as of such date of death to the extent not theretofore so computed and charged) and the entire balance thereof (plus any amount due under the last paragraph of
Section A.6 of Annex A) shall be paid to the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) in a single payment not later than 75 days following such date of death.

7. Life Insurance. Subject to the Executive's satisfactory completion of any applications and other documentation and any physical examination that may be required by the insurer, the Company shall obtain $6,000,000 face amount of split ownership, whole or universal life insurance on the life of the Executive, to be owned by the Executive or the trustees of a trust for the benefit of the Executive's spouse and/or descendants. The Executive shall use reasonable efforts to fulfill all requirements necessary to obtain such insurance. Until the death of the Executive, and irrespective of any termination of this Agreement except pursuant to Section 4.1, the Company shall pay all premiums on such policy and shall maintain such policy (without reduction of the face amount of the coverage). At the death of the Executive, or on the earlier surrender of such policy by the owner, the Executive agrees that the owner of the policy shall promptly pay to the Company an amount equal to the premiums on such policy paid by the Company (net of (i) tax benefits, if any, to the Company in respect of payments of such premiums, (ii) any amounts payable by the Company which had been paid by or on behalf of the Executive with respect to such insurance, (iii) dividends received by the Company in respect of such premiums, but only to the extent such dividends are not used to purchase additional insurance on the life of the Executive, and (iv) any unpaid borrowings by the Company on the policy), whether before, during or after the term of this Agreement. The owner of the policy from time to time shall execute, deliver and maintain a customary split dollar insurance and collateral assignment form, assigning to the Company the proceeds of such policy


17

but only to the extent necessary to secure the reimbursement obligation contained in the preceding sentence. The life insurance provided for in this
Section 7 shall be in addition to any other insurance hereafter provided by the Company on the life of the Executive under any group policy.

8. Other Benefits.

8.1 General Availability. To the extent that (a) the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof and (b) the Company maintains such plan or program for the benefit of its senior executives, during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in any pension, profit-sharing, stock option or similar plan or program and in any group insurance, hospitalization, medical, dental, accident, disability or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, to receive other benefits generally available to all senior executives of the Company to the extent the Executive is eligi ble under the general provisions thereof, including, without limitation, to the extent maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives, an automobile allowance and financial services.

8.2 Stock Options. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee") has approved the Company's commitment to grant to the Executive options to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock in the amounts and at the times and in accordance with the other provisions set forth in Annex B attached hereto (the "Contract Options"), subject to the execution of this Agreement by the Executive. All Contract Options granted to the Executive shall be subject to substantially the same terms and conditions as options granted to other senior executives of the Company, except as otherwise provided herein or in Annex B. The Executive shall be eligible to receive grants of stock options in addition to the Contract Options in the discretion of the Committee.


18

8.3 Benefits After a Termination or Disability. During the period the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company after a termination pursuant to Section 4.2 and during the Disability Period the Executive shall continue to be eligible to receive the benefits required to be provided to the Executive under Section 8.1 to the extent such benefits are maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives; provided, however, that except with respect to the Contract Options, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock or other stock based incentive plan. The Executive shall continue to be an employee of the Company for purposes of any stock option and restricted shares agreements and any other incentive plan awards during the term of employment and until such time as the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company. At the time the Executive's term of employment with the Company terminates and he leaves the payroll of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.6, 5 or 6, the Executive's rights to benefits and payments under any benefit plans or any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company or under any stock option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right, bonus unit, management incentive or other plan of the Company shall be determined, subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans and any agreements under which such stock options, restricted stock or other awards were granted; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or the provisions of any plan or agreement, all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall become immediately exercisable at the time the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company pursuant to Section 4.2.

8.4 Payments in Lieu of Other Benefits. In the event the term of employment and the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 5 or 6 (and regardless of whether the Executive elects (B) as provided in Section 4.2), the Executive shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical, the payments provided for in such Sections being in lieu thereof.


19

9. Protection of Confidential Information; Non- Compete. The provisions of Section 9.2 shall apply from the Effective Date through the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason. Except as otherwise provided therein, the provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.3 shall apply from the Effective Date to the date that is three years after the event described in the preceding sentence.

9.1 Confidentiality Covenant. The Executive acknowledges that his employment by the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 9 shall mean Time Warner Inc. and its affiliates) will, throughout the term of employment, bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company, including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical processes and other business affairs and methods and other information not readily available to the public, and plans for future development. The Executive further acknowledges that the services to be performed under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character. The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is international in scope, that its products are marketed throughout the world, that the Company competes in nearly all of its business activities with other Entities that are or could be located in nearly any part of the world and that the nature of the Executive's services, position and expertise are such that he is capable of competing with the Company from nearly any location in the world. In recognition of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees:

9.1.1 The Executive shall keep secret all material confidential matters of the Company and shall not intentionally disclose such matters to anyone outside of the Company, either during or after the term of employment, except with the Company's written consent, provided that (i) the Executive shall have no such obligation to the extent such matters are or become publicly known other than as a result of the Executive's breach of his obligations hereunder and (ii) the Executive may, after giving prior notice to the Company to the extent practicable under the circumstances, disclose such matters to the extent required by applicable laws or governmental regulations or judicial or regulatory process;


20

9.1.2 At the Company's request and expense, the Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company, all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company's business, which he obtained while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which he may then possess or have under his control; and

9.1.3 If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to
Section 4.1 or 4.2, or ends as scheduled on the Term Date, for a period of one year after such termina tion, without the prior written consent of the Company, the Executive shall not solicit the employment of, and shall not cause any Entity of which he is an affiliate to solicit the employment of, any person who was a full-time executive employee of the Company at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto. The parties agree that the restrictions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to any solicitation directed by the Executive at the public in general in publications available to the public in general or any contact which Executive can demonstrate was initiated by such employee.

9.2 Non-Compete. The Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, render any services to any person or Entity or acquire any interest of any type in any Entity, that is in competition with the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive from
(a) acquiring, solely as an investment and through market purchases, securities of any Entity which are registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which are publicly traded, so long as he is not part of any control group of such Entity and such securities, if converted, do not constitute more than three percent (3%) of the outstanding voting power of that Entity, (b) acquiring, solely as an investment, any securities of an Entity (other than an Entity that has outstanding securities covered by the preceding clause (a)) so long as he remains a passive investor in such Entity and does not become part of any control group thereof and so long as such Entity is not, directly or through subsidiaries, in competition with the Company, or
(c) serving as a director of any Entity that is not


21

in competition with the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, a person or Entity shall be deemed to be in competition with the Company if such person or Entity engages in any line of business that is substantially the same as any line of operating business which the Company engages in, conducts or, to the knowledge of the Executive, has definitive plans to engage in or conduct.

9.3 Specific Remedy. In addition to such other rights and remedies as the Company may have at equity or in law with respect to any breach of this Agreement, if the Executive commits a material breach of any of the provisions of Section 9.1 or 9.2, the Company shall have the right and remedy to have such provisions specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company.

10. Ownership of Work Product. The Executive acknowledges that during the term of employment, he may conceive of, discover, invent or create inventions, improve ments, new contributions, literary property, material, ideas and discoveries, whether patentable or copyrightable or not (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to herein as "Work Product"), and that various business opportunities shall be presented to him by reason of his employment by the Company. The Executive acknowledges that all of the foregoing shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Company and that he shall have no personal interest therein, provided that they are either related in any manner to the business (commercial or experimental) of the Company, or are, in the case of Work Product, conceived or made on the Company's time or with the use of the Company's facilities or materials, or, in the case of business opportunities, are presented to him for the possible interest or participation of the Company. The Executive shall (i) promptly disclose any such Work Product and business opportunities to the Company; (ii) assign to the Company, upon request and without additional compensation, the entire rights to such Work Product and business opportunities; (iii) sign all papers necessary to carry out the foregoing; and (iv) give testimony in support of his inventorship or creation in any appropriate case. The Executive agrees that he will not


22

assert any rights to any Work Product or business opportunity as having been made or acquired by him prior to the date of this Agreement except for Work Product or business opportunities, if any, disclosed to and acknowledged by the Company in writing prior to the date hereof. The Company hereby agrees that the Executive shall have all rights and interest in any biographical or autobiographical materials concerning the Executive's life, which materials shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Executive and with respect to which the Company shall have no interest or rights therein.

11. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by overnight courier, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, as follows (or to such other or additional address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith):

11.1 If to the Company:

Time Warner Inc. 75 Rockefeller Plaza New York, New York 10019

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

(with a copy, similarly addressed but Attention: General Counsel)

11.2 If to the Executive, to his residence address set forth on the records of the Company.

12. General.

12.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.

12.2 Captions. The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.


23

12.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including Annexes A and B, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties.

12.4 No Other Representations. No representa tion, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or be liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

12.5 Assignability. This Agreement and the Executive's rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may assign its rights together with its obligations hereunder, in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its business and assets; and such rights and obligations shall inure to, and be binding upon, any successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company, whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise. The Company shall cause such successor expressly to assume such obligations.

12.6 Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party's right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

12.7 Legal Fees. In addition to any obligations the Company may have under Section 3.8, the Company shall promptly pay, upon demand by the Executive, all legal fees, court costs, fees of experts, and other costs and


24

expenses when incurred by the Executive arising in connection with any actual, threatened or contemplated litigation or legal, administrative or other proceeding relating to this Agreement to which the Executive is or expects to become a party. Subject to any rights of the Executive under Section 3.8, if the Company or, if the Company is not a party to such litigation or proceeding, the party opposing the Executive, shall substantially prevail on the material issues involved in any such litigation or proceeding (but in no other case), then, after all rights of appeal have been exercised or lapsed, the Executive shall promptly repay to the Company all amounts previously paid to the Executive under this Section in respect of such litigation or proceeding, but without interest thereon.

12.8 Beneficiaries. Whenever this Agreement provides for any payment to the Executive's estate, such payment may be made instead to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as the Executive may designate by written notice to the Company. The Executive shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company (and to any applicable insurance company) to such effect.

12.9 No Conflict. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Executive and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Executive is a party (including, without limitation, any other employment agreement). The Company represents and warrants to the Executive that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Company and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Company is a party.

12.10 Withholding Taxes. Payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding and social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions.


25

12.11 No Offset. Neither the Company nor the Executive shall have any right to offset any amounts owed by one party hereunder against amounts owed or claimed to be owed to such party, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and the Company and the Executive shall make all the payments provided for in this Agreement in a timely manner.

12.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to equitable modification of the provision or application thereof held to be invalid. To the extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, each party hereby waives any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

12.13 Definitions. The following terms are defined in this Agreement in the places indicated:

Account - Section 3.3
Account Retained Income - Section A.6 of Annex A affiliate - Section 4.2.3
Applicable Tax Law - Section A.5 of Annex A Base Salary - Section 3.1
cause - Section 4.1
Code - Section 4.2.2
Company - the first paragraph on page 1 and Section 9.1
Contract Options - Section 8.2 Disability Date - Section 5 Disability Period - Section 5 Effective Date - the first paragraph on page 1 eligible securities - Section A.1 of Annex A Entity - Section 3.6
Executive - the first paragraph in page 1 fair market value - Section A.1 of Annex A Investment Advisor - Section A.1 of Annex A Other Period Deferred Amount - Section A.6 of Annex A Pay-Out Period - Section A.6 of Annex A senior executives - Section 3.1 TBS - Section 2
Term Date - the second paragraph on page 1 term of employment - Section 1


26

Valuation Date - Section A.6 of Annex A

Video Division - Section 2 Work Product - Section 10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER INC.

    /s/ Gerald M. Levin
By _________________________________


/s/ R.E. Turner
____________________________________
R.E. Turner III


ANNEX A

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

A.1 Investments. Funds credited to the Account, at the Company's option, shall either be actually invested and reinvested, or deemed invested and reinvested, in an account in securities selected from time to time by an investment advisor designated from time to time by the Company (the "Investment Advisor"), substantially all of which securities shall be "eligible securities". The designation from time to time by the Company of an Investment Advisor shall be subject to the approval of the Executive, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably. "Eligible securities" are common and preferred stocks, warrants to purchase common or preferred stocks, put and call options, and corporate or governmental bonds, notes and debentures, either listed on a national securities exchange or for which price quotations are published in newspapers of general circulation, including The Wall Street Journal, and certificates of deposit. Eligible securities shall not include the common or preferred stock, any warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock or the notes or debentures of the Company or any corporation or other entity of which the Company owns directly or indirectly 5% or more of any class of outstanding equity securities. The Investment Advisor shall have the right, from time to time, to designate eligible securities which shall be either actually purchased and sold, or deemed to have been purchased or sold, for the Account on the date of reference. Such purchases may be made or deemed to be made on margin; provided that the Company may, from time to time, by written notice to the Executive and the Investment Advisor, limit or prohibit margin purchases in any manner it deems prudent and, upon three business days written notice to the Executive and the Investment Advisor, cause all eligible securities theretofore purchased or deemed purchased on margin to be sold or deemed sold. The Investment Advisor shall notify the Executive in writing of each transaction within five business days thereafter and shall render to the Executive written monthly reports as to the current status of his Account. In the case of any purchase, the Account shall be charged with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities purchased or deemed to have been purchased multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference and shall be credited with the quantity and


A-2

kind of securities so purchased or deemed to have been purchased. In the case of any sale, the Account shall be charged with the quantity and kind of securities sold or deemed to have been sold, and shall be credited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities sold or deemed to have been sold multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference. Such charges and credits to the Account shall take place immediately upon the consummation of the transactions to which they relate. As used herein "fair market value" means either (i) if the security is actually purchased or sold by the Company on the date of reference, the actual purchase or sale price per security to the Company or (ii) if the security is not purchased or sold on the date of reference, in the case of a listed security, the closing price per security on the date of reference, or if there were no sales on such date, then the closing price per security on the nearest preceding day on which there were such sales, and, in the case of an unlisted security, the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the date of reference, or if no such prices are available for such date, then the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the nearest preceding day for which such prices are available. If no bid or asked price information is available with respect to a particular security, the price quoted to the Company as the value of such security on the date of reference (or the nearest preceding date for which such information is available) shall be used for purposes of administering the Account, including determining the fair market value of such security. The Account shall be charged currently with all interest paid or deemed payable by the Account with respect to any credit extended or deemed extended to the Account. Such interest shall be charged to the Account, for margin purchases actually made, at the rates and times actually paid by the Account and, for margin purchases deemed to have been made, at the rates and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business. The Company may, in the Company's sole discretion, from time to time serve as the lender with respect to any margin transactions by notice to the then Investment Advisor and in such case interest shall be charged at the rate and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business. Brokerage fees shall be charged to the Account, for transactions actually made, at the rates and times actually paid and, for


A-3

transactions deemed to have been made, at the rates and times then charged for transactions of like size and kind by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business.

A.2 Dividends and Interest. The Account shall be credited with dollar amounts equal to cash dividends paid from time to time upon the stocks held or deemed to be held therein. Dividends shall be credited as of the payment date. The Account shall similarly be credited with interest payable on interest bearing securities held or deemed to be held therein. Interest shall be credited as of the payment date, except that in the case of purchases of interest-bearing securities the Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of purchase, and in the case of sales of such interest-bearing securities the Account shall be credited with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of sale. All dollar amounts of dividends or interest credited to the Account pursuant to this Section A.2 shall be charged with all taxes thereon deemed payable by the Company (as and when determined pursuant to Section A.5). The Investment Advisor shall have the same right with respect to the investment and reinvestment of net dividends and net interest as he has with respect to the balance of the Account.

A.3 Adjustments. The Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and other changes affecting the securities held or deemed to be held therein.

A.4 Obligation of the Company. The Company shall not be required to purchase, hold or dispose of any of the securities designated by the Investment Advisor; however, whether or not it elects to purchase or sell any such securities, such transactions shall be deemed to have been made and the Account shall be charged with all taxes (including stock transfer taxes), interest, brokerage fees and investment advisory fees, if any, deemed payable by the Company and attributable to such transactions (in all cases net after any tax benefits that the Company would be deemed to derive from the payment thereof, as and when determined pursuant to Section A.5), but no other costs of the Company. The only obligation of the Company is its contractual obligation to make payments


A-4

to the Executive measured as set forth below. To the extent that the Company, in its discretion, purchases or holds any of the securities designated by the Investment Advisor, the same shall remain the sole property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors, and shall not be deemed to form part of the Account. Neither the Executive nor his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by him shall have any right, other than the right of an unsecured general creditor, against the Company in respect of any portion of the Account.

A.5 Taxes. The Account shall be charged with all federal, state and local taxes deemed payable by the Company with respect to income recognized upon the dividends and interest received or deemed to have been received by the Account pursuant to Section A.2 and gains recognized upon sales of any of the securities which are deemed to have been sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6. The Account shall be credited with the amount of the tax benefit received or deemed to be received by the Company as a result of any payment of interest actually made or deemed to be made pursuant to Section A.1 or A.2 and as a result of any payment of brokerage fees and investment advisory fees made or deemed to be made pursuant to Section A.1. If any of the sales of the securities which are deemed to have been sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6 results in a loss to the Account, such net loss shall be deemed to offset the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence (and thus reduce the charge for taxes referred to therein) to the extent then permitted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and under applicable state and local income and franchise tax laws (collectively referred to as "Applicable Tax Law"); provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section A.5 the Account shall, except as provided in the third following sentence, be deemed to be a separate corporate taxpayer and the losses referred to above shall be deemed to offset only the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence. Such losses shall be carried back and carried forward within the Account to the extent permitted by Applicable Tax Law in order to minimize the taxes deemed payable on such income and gains within the Account. For the purposes of this Section A.5, all charges and credits to the Account for taxes shall be deemed to be made as of the end of the Company's taxable year during which the transactions, from which the liabilities for such


A-5

taxes are deemed to have arisen, are deemed to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent that in any year there is a net loss in the Account that cannot be offset against income and gains in any prior year, then an amount equal to the tax benefit or deemed tax benefit to the Company of such net loss (after such net loss is reduced by the amount of any net capital loss of the Account for such year) shall be credited to the Account on the last day of such year. If and to the extent that any such net loss of the Account shall be utilized to determine a credit to the Account pursuant to the preceding sentence, it shall not thereafter be carried forward under this Section A.5. For purposes of determining taxes payable by the Company under any provision of this Annex A it shall be assumed that the Company is a taxpayer and pays all taxes at the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes and state and local income and franchise taxes (net of assumed federal income tax benefits) applicable to business corporations and that all of such dividends, interest, gains and losses are allocable to its corporate headquarters, which are currently located in New York City.

A.6 Payments. Subject to the provisions of Section A.7, payments of deferred compensation shall be made as provided in this Section A.6. Deferred compensation shall be paid monthly for a period of 60 months (the "Pay-Out Period") commencing on the first day of the month after the later of (i) the Term Date and (ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason. On each payment date, the Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of such payment. On each payment date, the amount of cash held or deemed to be held in the Account shall be not less than the payment then due and the Company may select the securities to be sold or deemed sold to provide such cash if the Investment Advisor shall fail to do so on a timely basis. The amount of any taxes payable with respect to any such sales shall be computed, as provided in Section A.5 above, and deducted from the Account, as of the end of the taxable year of the Company during which such sales are deemed to have occurred. Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of monthly payments during the Pay-Out Period, the Account shall be valued on the fifth trading day preceding the first monthly payment of each year of the Pay-Out Period, or more frequently at the Company's election (the "Valuation Date"), by adjusting all of the securities held or


A-5

deemed to be held in the Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company) and by deducting from the Account the amount of all outstanding indebtedness and all amounts with respect to which the Executive has elected pursuant to clause (ii) of Section A.7 to receive payments at times different from the time provided in this Section A.6 (the "Other Period Deferred Amount"). The extent, if any, by which the Account, valued as provided in the immediately preceding sentence (but not reduced by the Other Period Deferred Amount to the extent not theretofore distributed), exceeds the aggregate amount of credits to the Account pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of the Agreement as of each Valuation Date and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed pursuant to this Section A.6 is herein called "Account Retained Income". The amount of each payment for the year, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Company, of the Pay-Out Period immediately succeeding such Valuation Date, including the payment then due, shall be determined by dividing the aggregate value of the Account, as valued and adjusted pursuant to the second preceding sentence, by the number of payments remaining to be paid in the Pay-Out Period, including the payment then due; provided that each payment made shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income (to the extent remaining after all prior distributions thereof since the last Valuation Date). The balance of the Account (excluding the Other Period Deferred Amount), after all the securities held or deemed to have been held therein have been sold or deemed to have been sold and all indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive in the final payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held or deemed to have been held in the Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment.

If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1 or if the Executive terminates this Agreement or the term of employment in breach of this Agreement, the Account shall be valued as of the later of (i) the Term Date or (ii) twelve months after termination of the Executive's employment with the Company, and the balance of the Account, after the securities held or deemed to have been held therein have been sold or deemed to have been sold and all related indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the


A-7

Executive as soon as practicable and in any event within 75 days following the later of such dates in a final lump sum payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held or deemed to have been held in the Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment. Payments made pursuant to this Section A.6 shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

If the Executive becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 5 of the Agreement and is not thereafter returned to full-time employment with the Company as provided in said Section 5, then deferred compensation shall be paid monthly during the Pay-Out Period commencing on the first day of the month following the end of the Disability Period in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section A.6.

If the Executive shall die at any time whether during or after the term of employment, the Account shall be valued as of the date of the Executive's death and the balance of the Account shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary within 75 days of such death in accordance with the provisions of the second preceding paragraph.

Within 90 days after the end of each taxable year of the Company in which payments have been made from the Account and at the time of the final payment from the Account, the Company shall compute and shall credit to the Account, the amount of the tax benefit assumed to be received by it from the payment to the Executive of amounts of Account Retained Income during such taxable year or since the end of the last taxable year, as the case may be. No additional credits shall be made to the Account pursuant to the preceding sentence in respect of the amounts credited to the Account pursuant to the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section A.6, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to this Annex A an aggregate amount that shall exceed the sum of (i) all credits made to the Account pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of the Agreement to which this Annex is attached, (ii) the net cumulative amount (positive or negative) of all income, gains, losses, interest and expenses charged or credited to the Account pursuant to this Annex A (excluding credits made pursuant to the second preceding sentence), after all credits


A-8

and charges to the Account with respect to the tax benefits or burdens thereof, and (iii) an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company from the payment of the amount (if positive) determined under clause (ii) above; and the final payment(s) otherwise due may be adjusted or eliminated accordingly. In determining the tax benefit to the Company under clause (iii) above, the Company shall be deemed to have made the payments under clause (ii) above with respect to the same taxable years and in the same proportions as payments of Account Retained Income were actually made from the Account. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the computation of all taxes and tax benefits referred to in this Section A.6 shall be determined in accordance with Section
A.5 above.

A.7 Other Payment Methods. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Annex A, the Executive may, prior to the commencement of any calendar year elect by written notice to the Company to cause (i) all or any portion of the amounts otherwise to be credited to the Account in such year under Section 3.3 of the Agreement not to be so credited but to be paid to the Executive on the date(s) such credits otherwise would have been made thereunder and/or (ii) all or any portion of the amounts to be credited to the Account under Section 3.3 of the Agreement in such year (after giving effect to clause
(i) above) to be payable from the Account at times different from those provided in Section A.6 above but not earlier than the dates on which such amounts were to be credited to the Account.


ANNEX B

CONTRACT OPTIONS

To be granted promptly after the Effective Date:

Options to purchase not less than 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock, allocated as follows:

No. of Shares                              Exercise Price
-------------                              --------------
650,000                             fair market value*
325,0000                            125% of fair market value*
325,0000                            150% of fair market value*

To be granted on or before each of the first four anniversaries of the Effective Date:

Options to purchase not less than 300,000 shares of Common Stock, to be awarded at exercise prices no less favorable to the Executive (on a percentage basis) than those most recently granted to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

All Contract Options shall have a term of 10 years from the date of grant and, upon becoming exercisable, shall remain exercisable by the Executive (or his estate or beneficiary) for the full ten-year term thereof; provided, however, that the Contract Options shall (a) terminate immediately if the Executive's employment is terminated for "cause" pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Employment Agreement to which this Annex B is attached or pursuant to any similar provision of any successor employment agreement and (b) terminate one year after the death of the Executive (but not beyond the option term). All Contract Options will become vested and exercisable in installments of one-third on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant except that Contract Options granted after termination of the term of employment pursuant to
Section 4.2 will vest in full on the date of grant and will become exercisable in full twelve months thereafter. All Contract Options will become immediately exercisable in full if the Executive's employment terminates by reason of death or Total Disability.

* In each case, fair market value is determined at date of grant.


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of May 15, 1996, between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Timothy A. Boggs (the "Executive").

The Company currently employs the Executive on a full-time basis pursuant to an Employment Agreement dated as of February 1, 1992 (the "Prior Agreement") which expired on December 31, 1995. The Company has continued to employ the Executive pursuant to the terms of the Prior Agreement and desires to continue to secure the services of the Executive on a full-time basis subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Executive is willing to provide such services on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Term of Services. The Executive's "term of employment", as this phrase is used throughout this Agreement, shall be for the period beginning May 15, 1996 (the "Effective Date") and ending on December 31, 2000 (the "Term Date") subject, however, to earlier termination as expressly provided herein.

2. Employment. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall serve, as Senior Vice President, Government and Public Affairs of the Company during the term of employment, and the Executive shall have the authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities normally associated with such position and as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Senior Vice President-Communications of the Company may from time to time delegate to the Executive in addition thereto. The Executive agrees, subject to his election as such and without additional compensation, to serve during the term of employment in such particular additional offices of comparable stature and responsibility to which he may be elected from time to time in the Company and its subsidiaries and to serve as a director and as a member of any committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. During the term of employment, (i) the Executive's services shall be rendered on a substantially full-time, exclusive basis, (ii) he will apply on a full-time basis all of his skill and experience to the performance of his duties in such employment, and shall report only to the Senior Vice President - Communications of the Company, the Company's Board of Directors, if so requested, and to such other corporate officer(s) of the Company more senior than the Executive as the Board of Directors shall determine, (iii) he shall have no other employment and, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer or


the President of the Company, no outside business activities which require the devotion of substantial amounts of the Executive's time and (iv) unless the Executive otherwise consents, the headquarters for the performance of his services shall be the principal executive offices of the Company in the greater Washington, D.C. area, subject to such reasonable travel as the performance of his duties in the business of the Company may require. The foregoing shall be subject to the policies of the Company, as in effect from time to time, regarding vacations, holidays, illness and the like and shall not prevent the Executive from devoting such time to his personal affairs as shall not interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder.

During the term of employment and so long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company, render any services to any other person, or acquire any interest of any type in any other person, that might be deemed in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affili- ates or in conflict with his full-time, exclusive position as a senior executive officer of the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive from (a) acquiring, solely as an investment and through market pur- chases, securities of any corporation which are registered under
Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which are publicly traded, so long as he is not part of any control group of such corporation and such securities, if converted, do not constitute more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting power of that public company, (b) acquiring, solely as an investment, any securities of a partnership, trust, corporation (other than a corporation that has outstanding securities covered by the preceding clause (a)) or other entity so long as he remains a passive investor in such entity and does not become part of any control group thereof and so long as such entity is not, directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or (c) serving as a director of any other public company that is not in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. For purposes of the foregoing, a person or entity shall be deemed to be in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates if he or it engages in any line of business that is substantially the same as either (i) any line of operating business which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates engages in, conducts or, to the knowledge of the Executive, has definitive plans to engage in or conduct during the term of employment, or (ii) any operating business that is engaged in or conducted by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates during the term of employment and as to which, to the knowledge of the Executive, the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covenants in writing, in connection with the disposition of such business, not to compete therewith (in each case, a "Competitive Entity").

2

3. Compensation.

3.1 Base Salary. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Executive a base salary of not less than $300,000 per annum during the term of employment (the "Base Salary"). The Company may increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary at any time and from time to time during the term of employment and upon each such increase the term "Base Salary" shall mean such increased amount. Base Salary shall be payable in monthly or more frequent installments in accordance with the Company's regular payroll practices for senior executives of the Company.

3.2 Bonus. In addition to Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus based on the performance of the Company and of the Executive as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors or the Company's Chief Executive Officer, President or Senior Vice President-Communications, as the case may be. The Executive's target bonus shall be 100% of the Executive's Base Salary but the Executive acknowledges that the Executive's actual bonus will vary depending upon the performance of the Company and the Executive. The Company may increase, but not decrease, the target bonus from time to time. The Company's determination of the amount, if any, of annual bonuses to be paid to the Executive under this Agreement shall be final and conclusive except as otherwise provided herein. Payments of any bonus compensation under this Section 3.2 shall be made in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to other senior executives of the Company.

3.3 Deferred Compensation. In addition to Base Salary and bonus as set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, the Executive will be credited with deferred compensation which shall be determined and paid out as provided in this Agreement and in Annex A hereto. During the term of employment, the Company shall credit to a special account maintained on the Company's books for the Executive (the "Account"), monthly, an amount equal to 25% of one-twelfth of Executive's then annual Base Salary. If a lump sum payment is made pursuant to
Section 4.2.2, 4.2.3 or 4.3 hereof, the Company shall credit to the Account at the time of such payment an amount equal to 25% of any portion of such lump sum payment attributable to Base Salary. The Account will be maintained by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and Annex A until the full amount which the Executive is entitled to receive therefrom has been paid in full.

3.4 Deferred Bonus. In addition to any other deferred bonus plan in which the Executive may be entitled to participate, the Executive may elect by written notice delivered to the Company as of the Effective Date or at least 15 days prior to the commencement of any subsequent calendar year during the term of employment during which an annual cash bonus would otherwise accrue

3

or to which it would relate, to defer payment of and to have the Company credit to the Account all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year. Any such election shall only apply to the calendar year during the term of employment with respect to which such election is made and a new election shall be required with respect to each successive calendar year during the term of employment.

3.5 Prior Account. The parties confirm that the Company has maintained a deferred compensation account (the "Prior Account") for the Executive in accordance with the Prior Agreement through the Effective Date. The Prior Account shall be promptly transferred to, and shall for all purposes be deemed part of, the Account and shall continue to be maintained by the Company in accordance with this Agreement. All prior credits to the Prior Account shall be deemed to be credits made under this Agreement, all "Account Retained Income" thereunder shall be deemed to be Account Retained Income under this Agreement and all increases or decreases to the Prior Account as a result of income, gains, losses and other changes shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement.

3.6 Reimbursement. The Company shall pay or reim- burse the Executive for all reasonable expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the term of employment in the performance of his services hereunder upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as the Company may customarily require of its senior executives.

3.7 No Anticipatory Assignments. Except as specifically contemplated hereunder (including Section 12.8 and the life insurance policies and benefit plans referred to herein), neither the Executive, his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by him shall have any right, without the prior written consent of the Company, to assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or commute any payment due in the future to such person pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and any attempt to do so shall be void and will not be recognized by the Company.

3.8 Indemnification. The Executive shall be entitled throughout the term of employment in his capacity as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a member of the board of representatives or other governing body of any partnership or joint venture in which the Company has an equity interest (and after the term of employment to the extent relating to his service as such officer, director or member) to the benefit of the indemnification provisions contained on the date hereof in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company (not including any amendments or additions that limit or narrow, but including any that add to or broaden, the protection afforded to the Executive by those provisions), to the extent not prohibited by applicable law at the time of the assertion of any liability against the Executive.

4

4. Termination.

4.1 Termination for Cause. The Company may termi- nate the term of employment and all of the Company's obligations hereunder, other than its obligations set forth below in this Section 4.1, for "cause" but only if the term of employment has not previously been terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement. Termination by the Company for "cause" shall mean termination by the Company's Board of Directors (or a Committee thereof), Chief Executive Officer or President (as the case may be) because of the Executive's conviction (treating a nolo contendere plea as a conviction) of a felony (whether or not any right to appeal has been or may be exercised) or willful refusal without proper cause to perform his obligations under this Agreement or because of the Executive's material breach of any of the covenants provided for in Section 9. Such termination shall be effected by notice thereof delivered by the Company to the Executive and shall be effective as of the date of such notice; provided, however, that if (i) such termination is because of the Executive's willful refusal without proper cause to perform any one or more of his obligations under this Agreement, (ii) such notice is the first such notice of termination for any reason delivered by the Company to the Executive under this Section 4.1, and (iii) within 15 days following the date of such notice the Executive shall cease his refusal and shall use his best efforts to perform such obligations, the termination shall not be effective.

In the event of termination by the Company for cause in accordance with the foregoing procedures, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have at law or equity, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive other than (i) to pay Base Salary and make credits of deferred compensation to the Account accrued through the effective date of termination, (ii) to pay any annual bonus pursuant to Sec- tion 3.2 to the Executive in respect of the year prior to the year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has been determined but not yet paid as of the date of such termination and (iii) with respect to any rights the Executive has under Section 8 through the effective date of termination (except as may be otherwise specifically provided in any such plan or program) or any rights which the Executive has in respect of amounts credited to the Account through the effective date of termination or pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company maintained for the benefit of its senior executives. The Executive hereby disclaims any right to receive a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus with respect to the year in which such termination occurs. The last paragraph of Section 2, the last sentence of Section 3.3 and Sections 3.6, 3.8 and 9 through 12 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this Section 4.1.

5

4.2 Termination by Executive for Material Breach by the Company and Wrongful Termination by the Company. The Executive shall have the right, exercisable by notice to the Company, to terminate the term of employment effective 15 days after the giving of such notice, if, at the time of such notice, the Company shall be in material breach of its obligations hereunder; provided, however, that, with the exception of clause (i) below, this Agreement shall not so terminate if such notice is the first such notice of termination delivered by the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2 and within such 15-day period the Company shall have cured all such material breaches of its obligations hereunder. The parties acknowledge and agree that a material breach by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Company failing to cause the Executive to remain as Senior Vice President Government and Public Affairs of the Company; (ii) the Executive being required to report to persons other than those specified in Section 2; (iii) the Company violating the provisions of Section 2 with respect to the Executive's authority, functions, duties, powers or responsibilities (whether or not accompanied by a change in title); and (iv) unless the Executive otherwise consents, the Company requiring the Executive's primary services to be rendered in an area other than at the Company's principal offices in the greater Washington, D.C. area and (v) the Company failing to cause the successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company expressly to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

The parties agree that in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, or in the event of a termination of this Agreement or the term of employment by the Company in breach of this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to elect, within 30 days after notice of termination is given by either party, either (A) to cease being an employee of the Company and receive the lump sum payment (and credits) described in Section 4.2.2 or (B) to remain an employee of the Company as provided in Section 4.2.3. After the Executive makes such election, the following provisions shall apply:

4.2.1 Regardless of the election made by the Executive, (i) the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that the last paragraph of Section 2, Sections 3.8, 4.4 and 4.5, and Sections 6 through 12 and Annex A shall survive such termination and
(ii) the Executive shall be entitled to receive any earned and unpaid Base Salary and deferred compensation accrued through the effective date of such termination and a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus for the year in which such termination occurs through the date of such termination, based on the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the Company for the two calendar years immediately preceding the year of termination, provided that all or a portion of such pro rata bonus shall be

6

credited to the Account in accordance with any timely deferral election the Executive may previously have made pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof.

4.2.2 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (A) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive as damages (or credit to the Account with respect to Section 3.3) within 30 days thereafter in a lump sum (discounted as provided in the immediately following sentence) all amounts otherwise payable (whether or not deferred) pursuant to Section 3 for the year in which such termination occurs and for each subsequent year of the term of employment (assuming that annual bonuses are required to be paid for each such year), with the annual bonuses due the Executive in respect of the balance of the term of employment being equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the Company (whether or not deferred) for the two calendar years immediately preceding the year of termination; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 4.2.2, the term of employment shall be deemed to end on the later of (a) the date set forth in Section 1 or (b) the date which is one year from the date of such termination. Any payments required to be made to the Executive upon such termination in respect of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and the credit to the Account provided for in the penultimate sentence of Section 3.3 shall be discounted to present value as of the date of payment from the times at which such amounts would have been paid absent any such termination at an annual discount rate for the relevant periods equal to 120% of the "applicable Federal rate" (within the meaning of Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code")), in effect on the date of such termination, compounded semi-annually, the use of which rate is hereby elected by the parties hereto pursuant to Treas. Reg. ss.1.280G-1 Q/A 32 (provided that, in the event such election is not permitted under Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, such other rate determined as of such other date as is applicable for determining present value under Section 280G of the Code shall be used).

4.2.3 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company until the later of (a) the Term Date and (b) the date that is one year after the date of termination of the Executive's employment under this Section 4.2 and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not he becomes disabled during such period, but subject to Section 5 hereof,
(i) Base Salary at an annual rate equal to his Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the notice of termination, (ii) an annual bonus (subject to deferral hereunder) in respect of each calendar year during such period equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the

7

Company (whether or not deferred) for the two calendar years immediately preceding the year of termination and (iii) deferred compensation as provided in
Section 3.3; provided, however, that if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other corporation, partnership, trust, government agency or body or other entity during such period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his employment during such period, the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company effective upon the commencement of such employment, or the effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, and shall be entitled to receive as damages within 30 days after such commencement or effective date, a lump sum cash payment (discounted as provided in Section 4.2.2) for the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Account as provided in the penultimate sentence of Section 3.3) and annual bonuses (assuming no deferral) that the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4.2.3 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the end of the period described in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.3. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit entity, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.3; and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive such lump sum cash payment if he accepts full-time employment with any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "affiliates" shall mean any entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

4.2.4 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, then during the period the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company, the Executive will continue to be eligible to receive the benefits required to be provided to the Executive under this Agreement to the extent such benefits are maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives; provided, however, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock or other stock based incentive plan. In the event of a termination of this Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof, the Executive shall continue to be an employee of the Company for purposes of any stock option and restricted share agreements and any other incentive plan awards until such time as the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company.

4.2.5 At the time the Executive shall terminate his employment and leave the payroll of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.2, the Executive's rights to benefits and payments under any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company or under any stock option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right, bonus unit, management incentive or other plan of the Company shall be

8

determined, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and provisions of such Plans and any agreements under which such stock options, restricted stock or other awards were granted; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or any more restrictive provisions of any such plan or agreement, if the Executive leaves the payroll of the Company as a result of a termination pursuant to Section 4.2, then all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company (i) shall become immediately exercisable at the time the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company pursuant to Section 4.2 and (ii) shall remain exercisable (but not beyond the expiration of the option term) until three months after the Term Date.

4.2.6 The Executive's rights to receive deferred compensation, and the Company's obligations with respect to the maintenance of the Account and the payment of such deferred compensation, shall be governed by the provisions of Section 3.3 and Annex A.

4.2.7 Any obligation of the Executive to mitigate his damages pursuant to Section 4.5 shall not be a defense or offset to the Company's obligation to pay the Executive in full the damages provided in Section 4 hereof, as the case may be, at the time provided therein or the timely and full performance of any of the Company's other obligations under this Agreement.

4.3 End of Term of Employment. At least 120 days prior to the Term Date, the Company and the Executive shall commence discussions regarding a renewal or extension of this Agreement on terms and conditions mutually agreeable to the parties. If at the Term Date, the parties have not agreed to an extension or renewal of this Agreement or on the terms of a new employment agreement and no Disability Period is in effect, then either party may terminate the Executive's employment on 60 days written notice to the other party, which notice may be delivered at any time on or after the November 1st immediately preceding the Term Date. If the Executive shall cause his employment with the Company to terminate on or after the Term Date, then the Executive shall receive Base Salary and deferred compensation through the effective date of termination and a pro rata bonus for the year in which such termination occurs calculated as provided in Section 4.2.1; provided, however, that if the Company has changed the terms or conditions of the Executive's employment from those provided for in this Agreement such that the Executive would have been able to terminate the term of employment pursuant to Section 4.2 if such Section 4.2 had been applicable at the time (without giving effect to any cure right of the Company), then the Executive shall be entitled to the additional benefits described in the next sentence. If the Company shall cause the Executive's employment to terminate on or after the Term Date for any reason (other than cause as defined in Section 4.1, in which case Section 4.1 shall apply, and other than for death or disability, in which case Section 5 or 6

9

shall apply), then in lieu of the provisions of Section 4.2, the Executive shall be entitled to receive Base Salary and deferred compensation through the effective date of such termination and a pro rata bonus for the year in which such termination occurs calculated as provided in Section 4.2.1 and shall be entitled to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, within 30 days after such notice of termination is given, either (A) to cease being an employee of the Company and receive a lump sum payment (and credits) as provided in
Section 4.3.2 or (B) remain an employee of the Company for a period of twelve months pursuant to Section 4.3.3 and receive the payments (and credits) provided in Section 4.3.3. The payments described in this Section 4.3 are in addition to any annual bonus otherwise payable pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof with respect to the last calendar year of the term of employment, which bonus shall be paid in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to other senior executives. After the Executive makes such election, the following provisions shall apply:

4.3.1 Regardless of the election made by the Executive, at the end of the 60-day notice period provided for in the first sentence of Section 4.3 the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Sections 3.8, 4.4 and 4.5 and Sections 6 through 12 and Annex A shall survive such termination.

4.3.2 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (A) above, the Company shall pay the Executive (or credit to the Account with respect to Section 3.3) in a lump sum at the end of the 60-day notice period provided for in the first sentence of Section 4.3 an amount (discounted as provided in Section 4.2.2) equal to the sum of (i) one year's Base Salary, (ii) the annual amount of deferred compensation to be credited to the Account pursuant to Section 3.3, and (iii) an amount equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the Company (or credited to the Account) for the two calendar years immediately preceding the year of termination.

4.3.3 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company until the date which is twelve months after the end of the 60-day period referred to in the first sentence of Section 4.3 and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not he thereafter becomes disabled during such period but subject to Section 5, (i) salary at an annual rate equal to the Base Salary, (ii) credits to the Account of deferred compensation as provided in Section 3.3, and (iii) an annual bonus (all or any portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the Company

10

(or credited to the Account) for the two calendar years immediately preceding the year of termination. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other entity during such twelve-month period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to leave the payroll of the Company during such period, the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company effective upon the commencement of such employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date in an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2) equal to the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Account as provided in the penultimate sentence of Section 3.3.1) and regular annual bonuses the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4.3.3 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the end of such twelve-month period. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit entity, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.3.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the payments provided for in this Section 4.3.3 shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment.

4.4 Release. In partial consideration for and as an express condition of, the Company's obligation to make the payments described in Sections 4.2.2, 4.2.3 and 4.3, the Company shall be entitled to require the Executive to execute and deliver to the Company a release in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex B. If the Company so elects, it shall deliver such release to the Executive within 10 days after written notice of termination is delivered pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3, and the Executive shall execute and deliver such release to the Company within 21 days after receipt thereof. If the Executive elects not to execute and deliver such release to the Company within such 21 day period, or if the Executive shall revoke the Executive's consent to such release as provided therein, the Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate as provided in Section 4.2 or 4.3, but the Executive shall receive, in lieu of the payments provided for in said Section 4.2 or 4.3, a lump sum cash payment in an amount determined in accordance with the personnel policies of the Company relating to notice and severance applicable to employees with the length of service and compensation level of the Executive.

4.5 Mitigation. In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3, or in the event of the termination of this Agreement or the term of employment by the Company in breach of this Agreement, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment in order to mitigate his damages

11

hereunder; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are any damages hereunder by reason of the events of termination described above which are "contingent on a change" (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code), the Executive shall be required to mitigate such damages hereunder, including any such damages theretofore paid, but not in excess of the extent, if any, necessary to prevent the Company from losing any tax deductions to which it otherwise would be entitled in connection with such damages if they were not so "contingent on a change". In addition to any obligation under the preceding sentence, and without duplication of any amounts required to be paid to the Company thereunder, if any such termination occurs and the Executive, whether or not required to mitigate his damages under the preceding sentence, thereafter obtains other employment with any entity other than a not-for-profit organization or a governmental body or agency, the total cash salary and bonus received in connection with such other employment, whether paid to him or deferred for his benefit, for services through the Term Date or during the one-year period referred to in Section 4.2 or 4.3, whichever is later, in each case up to an amount equal to (x) the payment actually received by or for the account of the Executive with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus under Section 3.2 and deferred compensation under
Section 3.3 for such period, minus (y) the amount of severance the Executive would have received in accordance with the personnel policies of the Company if the Executive had been job eliminated, shall reduce, pro tanto, any amount which the Company would otherwise be required to pay to him as a result of such termination and, to the extent amounts have theretofore been paid to him by the Company as a result of such termination, such cash salary and bonus shall be paid over to the Company as received with respect to such period, but the provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any type of equity interest, bonus unit, phantom or restricted stock, stock option, stock appreciation right or similar benefit received as a result of such other employment. With respect to the preceding sentences, any payments or rights to which the Executive is entitled by reason of the termination of the Executive's employment pursuant to
Section 4.2 or 4.3 or in the event of the termination of this Agreement or the term of employment by the Company in breach of this Agreement shall be considered as damages hereunder. With respect to the second preceding sentence, the Executive shall in no event be required to pay the Company with respect to any calendar year more than the amount actually received by the Executive or credited to the Account with respect to Base Salary or annual bonus under
Section 3.2 and deferred compensation under Section 3.3 for such year.

4.6 Office Facilities. In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2 or 4.3, then for the period beginning on the day the Executive makes such election and ending one year thereafter, the Company shall, without charge to the Executive, make available to the Executive

12

office space at the Executive's principal job location immediately prior to his termination of employment, or other location reasonably close to such location, together with secretarial services, office facilities, services and furnishings, in each case reasonably appropriate to an employee of the Executive's position and responsibilities prior to such termination of employment.

5. Disability. If during the term of employment the Executive shall become physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that he is prevented from performing his usual duties for a period of six consecutive months, or for shorter periods aggregating six months in any twelve-month period, the Company shall, nevertheless, continue to pay the Executive his full compensation and continue to credit the Account, when otherwise due, as provided in Section 3 and Annex A, through the last day of the sixth consecutive month of disability or the date on which the shorter periods of disability shall have equalled a total of six months in any twelve-month period (such last day or date being referred to herein as the "Disability Date"). If the Executive has not resumed his usual duties on or prior to the Disability Date, the Company shall pay the Executive a pro rata bonus for that portion of the calendar year preceding the Disability Date and shall pay the Executive disability benefits for the longer of (i) the balance of the term of employment or (ii) one year following the Disability Date (in the case of either
(i) or (ii), the "Disability Period") in an amount equal to 75% of (a) what the Base Salary otherwise would have been pursuant to this Agreement had the disability not occurred, and this reduced amount shall also be deemed to be the Base Salary for purposes of determining the amounts to be credited to his Account pursuant to Section 3.3 and Annex A as further disability benefits and
(b) the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4). If during the term of employment and subsequent to the Disability Date the Executive shall fully recover from a disability, the Company shall have the right (exercisable within sixty (60) days after notice from the Executive of such recovery), but not the obligation, to restore the Executive to full-time service at full compensation. If the Company elects to restore the Executive to full-time service, then this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in all respects. If the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service, the Company shall continue to pay the Executive the disability benefits provided for in this
Section 5 (notwithstanding any such recovery by the Executive) and the Executive shall be entitled to obtain other employment, subject, however, to the following: (i) the Executive shall be obligated to perform advisory services during any balance of the term of employment; and (ii) the provisions of Section 9 and the last sentence of Section 2 shall continue to apply to the Executive during the Disability Period. The advisory services referred to in

13

clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall consist of rendering advice concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as requested by the Company but the Executive shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties. Any income from such other employment shall not be applied to reduce the Company's obligations under this Agreement. The term of employment shall not be extended or be deemed suspended by reason of any period of disability. The Company shall be entitled to deduct from all payments to be made to the Executive during any Disability Period (whether or not there has been a reduction in amounts paid pursuant to this Section 5 and whether or not such payments are made in lieu of Base Salary, bonus or deferred compensation) an amount equal to all disability payments received by the Executive (but only with respect to that portion of the Disability Period occurring during the term of employment) from Workmen's Compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that for so long as, and to the extent that, proceeds paid to the Executive from such disability insurance policies are not includible in his income for federal income tax purposes, the Company's deduction with respect to such payments shall be equal to the product of (i) such payments and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one less the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes applicable to individuals at the time of receipt of such payments. All payments made under this Section 5 after the Disability Date are intended to be disability payments, regardless of the manner in which they are computed. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, the term of employment shall continue during the Disability Period and the Executive shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits provided for in this Agreement except that, Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall not apply during the Disability Period (unless the Company terminates this Agreement in breach hereof in which case Section 4.2 shall apply) and unless the Company has restored the Executive to full-time service at full compensation prior to the end of the Disability Period, the term of employment shall end and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company at the end of the Disability Period.

6. Death. Upon the death of the Executive, this Agreement and all benefits hereunder shall terminate except that (i) the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary thereof) shall be entitled to receive the Base Salary and deferred compensation to the last day of the month in which his death occurs and shall be entitled to receive bonus compensation based on the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, but prorated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such year, (ii) such termination shall not affect any vested rights which the

14

Executive may have at the time of his death pursuant to any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company or any subsidiary or the benefit plans described in Section 8, which vested rights shall continue to be governed by the provisions of such plans, and (iii) the Account shall be liquidated and revalued as provided in Annex A as of the date of the Executive's death (except that all taxes shall be computed and charged to the Account as of such date of death to the extent not theretofore so computed and charged) and the entire balance thereof (plus any amount due under the last paragraph of
Section A.6 of Annex A) shall be paid to the Executive's estate in a single payment not later than 75 days following such date of death.

7. Life Insurance. Subject to the Executive's satisfactory completion of any applications and other documentation and any physical examination that may be required by the insurer for any additional insurance on the Executive, the Company shall obtain $1,000,000 face amount of split ownership life insurance on the life of the Executive. The Company shall pay all premiums on such policy and shall maintain such policy (without reduction of the face amount of the coverage) during the term of employment, including during the period the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company following a termination pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3. The Executive shall be entitled to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such policy which may include a trust. The Executive agrees that at the time of his death, his estate (or the owner of the policy if such owner is a trust as contemplated below) shall promptly pay to the Company an amount equal to the premiums on such policy paid by the Company (net of (i) tax benefits, if any, to the Company in respect of the payment of such premiums, (ii) any amounts payable by the Company which had been paid by or on behalf of the Executive with respect to such insurance, (iii) dividends received by the Company in respect of such premiums, but only to the extent such dividends are not used to purchase additional insurance for the benefit of the Executive, and (iv) any unpaid borrowings by the Company) but in no event shall such payment to the Company exceed the death benefit paid under the policy. Except as hereinafter provided, the Company shall own the policy and shall provide by endorsement or collateral assignment as it may deem appropriate for the payment of benefits on the death of the Executive. In the event that the Executive advises the Company in writing within 60 days of the date of this Agreement that the Executive desires to have such policy owned by the trustees of a trust for the benefit of the Executive's designees, the Company shall permit such ownership provided the trustees of the trust enter into a split dollar insurance agreement and collateral assignment in favor of the Company which in the Company's judgment satisfactorily protects the Company's investment in such policy. The provisions of this Section 7 shall be in addition to any other insurance hereafter provided by the Company on the life of the Executive under any group policy.

15

8. Other Benefits. To the extent that (a) he is eligible under the general provisions thereof and (b) the Company maintains such plan or program for the benefit of its senior executive officers, during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in any pension, profit-sharing, stock option or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter.

To the extent maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives, the Executive shall also be entitled to participate in any group insurance, hospitalization, medical, dental, accident, disability or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter to the extent that he is eligible under the general provisions thereof. In addition, during the term of employment and for so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to receive other benefits generally available to all senior executive officers of the Company to the extent that he is eligible under the general provisions thereof, including, without limitation, to the extent maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives, an automobile allowance and financial services.

9. Protection of Confidential Information.

9.1 Covenant. The Executive acknowledges that his employment by the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 9 shall mean Time Warner Inc., its subsidiaries and affiliates) will, throughout the term of employment, bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company, including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical processes and other business affairs and methods and other information not readily available to the public, and plans for future development. The Executive further acknowledges that the services to be performed under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character. The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is international in scope, that its products are marketed throughout the world, that the Company competes in nearly all of its business activities with other organizations that are or could be located in nearly any part of the world and that the nature of the Executive's services, position and expertise are such that he is capable of competing with the Company from nearly any location in the world. In recognition of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees:

9.1.1 The Executive will keep secret all confidential matters of the Company and will not intentionally disclose such matters to anyone outside of the Company, either during or after the term of employment, except with the Company's written consent, provided that (i) the Executive shall have no such obligation to the extent such matters are or become publicly known

16

other than as a result of the Executive's breach of his obligations hereunder and (ii) the Executive may, after giving prior notice to the Company to the extent practicable under the circumstances, disclose such matters to the extent required by applicable laws or governmental regulations or judicial or regulatory process;

9.1.2 The Executive will deliver promptly to the Company on termination of his employment by the Company, or at any other time the Company may so request, at the Company's expense, all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company's business, which he obtained while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which he may then possess or have under his control (other than the Executive's personal tax and accounting records and publicly available documents); and

9.1.3 If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to
Section 4.1, or if the term of employment terminates as scheduled, for a period of one year after such termination, without the consent of the Company, the Executive shall not employ, and shall not cause any entity of which he is an affiliate to employ, any person who was a full-time executive employee of the Company or any of its affiliates at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto.

9.2 Non-Compete. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to
Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 or by the Company in breach of this Agreement or if the Executive quits in breach of this Agreement, then for the time period specified in the second sentence of this Section 9.2, the Executive shall not (a) become an officer, director, partner or employee of or consultant to or act in any managerial capacity or own an equity interest in excess of one percent in The Walt Disney Company, The News Corporation, The Seagram Company, Ltd., Tele-Communications, Inc. or Viacom Inc. or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates (each of the foregoing companies is herein referred to as a "Prohibited Entity" but only if at the time such company is a Competitive Entity) or (b) provide consulting, lobbying or public relations services or activities (collectively "Lobbying Services") to or for any Prohibited Entity whether directly or indirectly through a separate firm or entity, provided that this clause (b) shall not prevent the Executive from becoming an officer, employee or partner of a firm or entity (or providing Lobbying Services to a firm or entity) that in turn provides Lobbying Services to a Prohibited Entity so long as the Executive is not directly or indirectly involved in providing such Lobbying Services to such Prohibited Entity. If the Executive's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 of this Agreement or by the Company in breach of this Agreement or if the Executive quits in breach of this Agreement, then (i) so long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company, the last paragraph of Section 2 shall apply and (ii) if the Executive leaves the payroll of the Company within 12 months

17

after the effective date of any notice of termination delivered hereunder, then the provisions of this Section 9.2 shall apply for the remainder of such 12-month period.

9.3 Specific Remedy. In addition to the provisions of Section 9.4 and such other rights and remedies as the Company may have at equity or in law with respect to any breach of this Agreement, if the Executive commits a material breach of the last paragraph of Section 2 or any of the provisions of Sections 9.1 or 9.2, the Company shall have the right and remedy to have such provisions specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company.

9.4 Liquidated Damages. If the Executive breaches the provisions of Section 9.2, the Executive shall pay to the Company as liquidated damages an amount equal to the product of (i) the sum of (x) the monthly Base Salary and deferred compensation payable to the Executive immediately prior to his termination of employment with the Company, plus (y) one-twelfth of the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the Company for the two calendar years immediately preceding the year of such termination, multiplied by (ii) the number of months remaining in the non-compete period applicable to the Executive under Section 9.2 at the time of such breach. The Company shall be entitled to offset any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company under this Section 9.4 against any amounts owed by the Company to the Executive under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise, including without limitation, amounts payable to the Executive under Sections 4.2 or 4.3. The Company and the Executive agree that it is impossible to determine with any reasonable accuracy the amount of prospective damages to the Company upon a breach of Section 9.2 by the Executive and further agree that the damages set forth in this Section 9.4 are reasonable, and not a penalty, based upon the facts and circumstances of the parties and with due regard to future expectations.

10. Ownership of Work Product. The Executive acknowledges that during the term of employment, he may conceive of, discover, invent or create inventions, improvements, new contributions, literary property, material, ideas and discoveries, whether patentable or copyrightable or not (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to herein as "Work Product"), and that various business opportunities shall be presented to him by reason of his employment by the Company. The Executive acknowledges that, unless the Company otherwise agrees in writing, all of the foregoing shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Company and that he shall have no personal interest therein, provided that they are either related in any manner to the business (commercial

18

or experimental) of the Company, or are, in the case of Work Product, conceived or made on the Company's time or with the use of the Company's facilities or materials, or, in the case of business opportunities, are presented to him for the possible interest or participation of the Company. The Executive shall further, unless the Company otherwise agrees in writing, (i) promptly disclose any such Work Product and business opportunities to the Company; (ii) assign to the Company, upon request and without additional compensation, the entire rights to such Work Product and business opportunities; (iii) sign all papers necessary to carry out the foregoing; and (iv) give testimony in support of his inventorship or creation in any appropriate case. The Executive agrees that he will not assert any rights to any Work Product or business opportunity as having been made or acquired by him prior to the date of this Agreement except for Work Product or business opportunities, if any, disclosed to and acknowledged by the Company in writing prior to the date hereof.

11. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time personally delivered, the day after being sent by overnight courier, or three days after being mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, as follows (or to such other or additional address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith):

11.1 If to the Company:

Time Warner Inc.
75 Rockefeller Plaza New York, New York 10019

Attention: General Counsel

(with a copy, similarly addressed but Attention: Vice President - Executive Compensation and Organization Development

11.2 If to the Executive, to the address set forth on the records of the Company.

12. General.

12.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.

12.2 Captions. The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

19

12.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including Annexes A and B, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties, including without limitation, the Prior Agreement.

12.4 No Other Representations. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or be liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

12.5 Assignability. This Agreement and the Executive's rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may assign its rights together with its obligations hereunder, in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its business and assets; and such rights and obligations shall inure to, and be binding upon, any successor to the business or substantially all of the assets of the Company, whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise, and the Company shall cause such successor expressly to assume such obligations.

12.6 Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party's right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

12.7 Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or controversy arising with respect to this Agreement may be referred by either party to JAMS/ENDISPUTE for resolution in arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE. Any such proceedings shall take place in New York City before a single arbitrator (rather than a panel of arbitrators), pursuant to any streamlined or expedited (rather than a comprehensive) arbitration process, before a nonjudicial (rather than a judicial) arbitrator, and in accordance with an arbitration process which, in the judgment of such arbitrator, shall have the effect of reasonably limiting or reducing the cost of such arbitration. The resolution of any such dispute or controversy by the arbitrator appointed in accordance with the procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE shall be final and binding. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator

20

may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of the New York courts for this purpose. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover the costs of arbitration (including reasonable attorneys fees and the fees of experts) from the losing party. If at the time any dispute or controversy arises with respect to this Agreement, JAMS/ENDISPUTE is not in business or is no longer providing arbitration services, then the American Arbitration Association shall be substituted for JAMS/ENDISPUTE for the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Section
12.7. If the Executive shall be the prevailing party in such arbitration, the Company shall promptly pay, upon demand of the Executive, all legal fees, court costs and other costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in any legal action seeking to enforce the award in any court.

12.8 Beneficiaries. Whenever this Agreement provides for any payment to the Executive's estate, such payment may be made instead to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as the Executive may designate in writing filed with the Company. The Executive shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company (and to any applicable insurance company) to such effect.

12.9 No Conflict. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Executive and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Executive is a party (including, without limitation, any other employment agreement). The Company represents and warrants to the Executive that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Company and the Company is not a party to any agreement or understanding which would prevent the fulfillment by the Company of the terms of this Agreement or pursuant to which performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder would constitute a breach or conflict.

12.10 Withholding Taxes. Payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding and social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions.

12.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to equitable modification of the provision or application thereof held to be invalid. To the extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, each party hereby waives any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

21

12.12 No Offset. Except as set forth in Section 9.4, neither the Company nor the Executive shall have any right to offset any amounts owed by one party hereunder against amounts owed or claimed to be owed to such party, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and the Company and the Executive shall make all the payments provided for in this Agreement in a timely manner.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER INC.

    /s/ Tod M. Hullin
By:_________________________________



   /s/ Timothy A. Boggs
   _________________________________
   Timothy A. Boggs

22

ANNEX A

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

A.1 Investments. Funds credited to the Account, at the Company's option, shall either be actually invested and reinvested, or deemed invested and reinvested, in an account in securities selected from time to time by an investment advisor designated from time to time by the Company (the "Investment Advisor"), substantially all of which securities shall be "eligible securities". The designation from time to time by the Company of an Investment Advisor shall be subject to the approval of the Executive, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably. "Eligible securities" are common and preferred stocks, warrants to purchase common or preferred stocks, put and call options, and corporate or governmental bonds, notes and debentures, either listed on a national securities exchange or for which price quotations are published in newspapers of general circulation, including The Wall Street Journal, and certificates of deposit. Eligible securities shall not include the common or preferred stock, any warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock or the notes or debentures of the Company or any corporation or other entity of which the Company owns directly or indirectly 5% or more of any class of outstanding equity securities. The Investment Advisor shall have the right, from time to time, to designate eligible securities which shall be either actually purchased and sold, or deemed to have been purchased or sold, for the Account on the date of reference. Such purchases may be made or deemed to be made on margin; provided that the Company may, from time to time, by written notice to the Executive and the Investment Advisor, limit or prohibit margin purchases in any manner it deems prudent and, upon three business days written notice to the Executive and the Investment Advisor, cause all eligible securities theretofore purchased or deemed purchased on margin to be sold or deemed sold. The Investment Advisor shall notify the Executive in writing of each transaction within five business days thereafter and shall render to the Executive written monthly reports as to the current status of the Executive's Account. In the case of any purchase, the Account shall be charged with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities purchased or deemed to have been purchased multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference and shall be credited with the quantity and kind of securities so purchased or deemed to have been purchased. In the case of any sale, the Account shall be charged with the quantity and kind of securities sold or deemed to have been sold, and shall be credited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities sold or deemed to have been sold multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference. Such charges and credits to the Account shall take place immediately upon the consummation of the transactions to which they relate. As used herein "fair market value" means either (i) if the security is actually


A-2

purchased or sold by the Company on the date of reference, the actual purchase or sale price per security to the Company or (ii) if the security is not purchased or sold on the date of reference, in the case of a listed security, the closing price per security on the date of reference, or if there were no sales on such date, then the closing price per security on the nearest preceding day on which there were such sales, and, in the case of an unlisted security, the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the date of reference, or if no such prices are available for such date, then the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the nearest preceding day for which such prices are available. If no bid or asked price information is available with respect to a particular security, the price quoted to the Company as the value of such security on the date of reference (or the nearest preceding date for which such information is available) shall be used for purposes of administering the Account, including determining the fair market value of such security. The Account shall be charged currently with all interest paid or deemed payable by the Account with respect to any credit extended or deemed extended to the Account. Such interest shall be charged to the Account, for margin purchases actually made, at the rates and times actually paid by the Account and, for margin purchases deemed to have been made, at the rates and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business. The Company may, in the Company's sole discretion, from time to time serve as the lender with respect to any margin transactions by notice to the then Investment Advisor and in such case interest shall be charged at the rate and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business. Brokerage fees shall be charged to the Account, for transactions actually made, at the rates and times actually paid and, for transactions deemed to have been made, at the rates and times then charged for transactions of like size and kind by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business.

A.2 Dividends and Interest. The Account shall be credited with dollar amounts equal to cash dividends paid from time to time upon the stocks held or deemed to be held therein. Dividends shall be credited as of the payment date. The Account shall similarly be credited with interest payable on interest bearing securities held or deemed to be held therein. Interest shall be credited as of the payment date, except that in the case of purchases of interest-bearing securities the Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of purchase, and in the case of sales of such interest-bearing securities the Account shall be credited with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of sale. All dollar amounts of dividends or interest credited to the Account pursuant to this Section A.2 shall be charged with all taxes thereon deemed payable


A-3

by the Company (as and when determined pursuant to Section A.5). The Investment Advisor shall have the same right with respect to the investment and reinvestment of net dividends and net interest as the Investment Advisor has with respect to the balance of the Account.

A.3 Adjustments. The Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and other changes affecting the securities held or deemed to be held therein.

A.4 Obligation of the Company. The Company shall not be required to purchase, hold or dispose of any of the securities designated by the Investment Advisor; however, whether or not it elects to purchase or sell any such securities, such transactions shall be deemed to have been made and the Account shall be charged with all taxes (including stock transfer taxes), interest, brokerage fees and investment advisory fees, if any, deemed payable by the Company and attributable to such transactions (in all cases net after any tax benefits that the Company would be deemed to derive from the payment thereof, as and when determined pursuant to Section A.5), but no other costs of the Company. The only obligation of the Company is its contractual obligation to make payments to the Executive measured as set forth below. To the extent that the Company, in its discretion, purchases or holds any of the securities designated by the Investment Advisor, the same shall remain the sole property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors, and shall not be deemed to form part of the Account. Neither the Executive nor his legal representative or any beneficiary designated by the Executive shall have any right, other than the right of an unsecured general creditor, against the Company in respect of any portion of the Account.

A.5 Taxes. The Account shall be charged with all federal, state and local taxes deemed payable by the Company with respect to income recognized upon the dividends and interest received or deemed to have been received by the Account pursuant to Section A.2 and gains recognized upon sales of any of the securities which are deemed to have been sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6. The Account shall be credited with the amount of the tax benefit received by the Company as a result of any payment of interest actually made or deemed to be made pursuant to Section A.1 or A.2 and as a result of any payment of brokerage fees and investment advisory fees made or deemed to be made pursuant to Section
A.1. If any of the sales of the securities which are deemed to have been sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6 results in a loss to the Account, such net loss shall be deemed to offset the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence (and


A-4

thus reduce the charge for taxes referred to therein) to the extent then permitted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and under applicable state and local income and franchise tax laws (collectively referred to as "Applicable Tax Law"); provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section A.5 the Account shall, except as provided in the third following sentence, be deemed to be a separate corporate taxpayer and the losses referred to above shall be deemed to offset only the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence. Such losses shall be carried back and carried forward within the Account to the extent permitted by Applicable Tax Law in order to minimize the taxes deemed payable on such income and gains within the Account. For the purposes of this Section A.5, all charges and credits to the Account for taxes shall be deemed to be made as of the end of the Company's taxable year during which the transactions, from which the liabilities for such taxes are deemed to have arisen, are deemed to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent that in any year there is a net loss in the Account that cannot be offset against income and gains in any prior year, then an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company of such net loss (after such net loss is reduced by the amount of any net capital loss of the Account for such year) shall be credited to the Account on the last day of such year. If and to the extent that any such net loss of the Account shall be utilized to determine a credit to the Account pursuant to the preceding sentence, it shall not thereafter be carried forward under this Section A.5. For purposes of determining taxes payable by the Company under any provision of this Annex A it shall be assumed that the Company is a taxpayer and pays all taxes at the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes and state and local income and franchise taxes (net of assumed federal income tax benefits) applicable to business corporations and that all of such dividends, interest, gains and losses are allocable to its corporate headquarters, which are currently located in New York City.

A.6 Payments. Payments of deferred compensation shall be made as provided in this Section A.6. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this
Section A.6, deferred compensation shall be paid monthly for a period of 60 months (the "Pay-Out Period") commencing on the first day of the month after the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason; provided, however, that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such payments shall commence on January 1st of the year following the year in which such event occurs. On each payment date, the Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of such payment. On each payment date, the amount of cash held or deemed to be held in the Account shall be not less than the payment then due and the Company may select the securities to be sold or deemed sold to provide such


A-5

cash if the Investment Advisor shall fail to do so on a timely basis. The amount of any taxes payable with respect to any such sales shall be computed, as provided in Section A.5 above, and deducted from the Account, as of the end of the taxable year of the Company during which such sales are deemed to have occurred. Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of monthly payments during the Pay-Out Period, the Account shall be valued on the fifth trading day preceding the first monthly payment of each year of the Pay-Out Period, or more frequently at the Company's election (the "Valuation Date"), by adjusting all of the securities held or deemed to be held in the Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company) and by deducting from the Account the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. The extent, if any, by which the Account, valued as provided in the immediately preceding sentence exceeds the aggregate amount of credits to the Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement as of each Valuation Date and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed pursuant to this Section A.6 is herein called "Account Retained Income". The amount of each payment for the year, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Company, of the Pay-Out Period immediately succeeding such Valuation Date, including the payment then due, shall be determined by dividing the aggregate value of the Account, as valued and adjusted pursuant to the second preceding sentence, by the number of payments remaining to be paid in the Pay-Out Period, including the payment then due; provided that each payment made shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income (to the extent remaining after all prior distributions thereof since the last Valuation Date). The balance of the Account, after all the securities held or deemed to have been held therein have been sold or deemed to have been sold and all indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive in the final payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held or deemed to have been held in the Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment.

If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1, the Account shall be valued as of the later of (i) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the Company's payroll or (ii) twelve months after the date the Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1 and, after the securities held or deemed to have been held therein have been sold or deemed to have been sold and all related indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable and in any event within 75 days following the later of such dates in a final lump sum payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held or deemed to have been held in the Account since


A-6

the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment. Payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

If the Executive becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 5 of the Agreement and is not thereafter returned to full-time employment with the Company as provided in said Section 5, then deferred compensation shall be paid monthly during the Pay-Out Period commencing on the first day of the month following the termination of the Executive's employment with the Company in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section A.6.

If the Executive shall die at any time whether during or after the termination of the Agreement, the Account shall be valued as of the date of the Executive's death and the balance of the Account shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary within 75 days of such death in accordance with the provisions of the second preceding paragraph.

Within 90 days after the end of each taxable year of the Company in which payments have been made from the Account and at the time of the final payment from the Account, the Company shall compute and shall credit to the Account, the amount of the tax benefit assumed to be received by it from the payment to the Executive of amounts of Account Retained Income during such taxable year or since the end of the last taxable year, as the case may be. No additional credits shall be made to the Account pursuant to the preceding sentence in respect of the amounts credited to the Account pursuant to the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section A.6, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to this Annex A an aggregate amount that shall exceed the sum of (i) all credits made to the Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement to which this Annex is attached,
(ii) the net cumulative amount (positive or negative) of all income, gains, losses, interest and expenses charged or credited to the Account pursuant to this Annex A (excluding credits made pursuant to the second preceding sentence), after all credits and charges to the Account with respect to the tax benefits or burdens thereof, and (iii) an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company from the payment of the amount (if positive) determined under clause (ii) above; and the final payment(s) otherwise due may be adjusted or eliminated accordingly. In determining the tax benefit to the Company under clause (iii) above, the Company shall be deemed to have made the payments under clause (ii) above with respect to the same taxable years and in the same proportions as payments of Account Retained Income were actually made from the Account. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the computation of all taxes and tax benefits referred to in this


A-7

Section A.6 shall be determined in accordance with Section A.5 above.

A.7. Other Payment Methods. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Annex A, the Executive may, prior to the commencement of any calendar year elect by written notice to the Company to cause (i) all or any portion of the amounts otherwise to be credited to the Account in such year under Section 3.3 of the Agreement not to be so credited but to be paid to the Executive on the date(s) such credits otherwise would have been made thereunder and/or (ii) all or any portion of the amounts to be credited to the Account under Section 3.3 of the Agreement in such year (after giving effect to clause
(i) above) to be payable from the Account at times earlier than those provided in Section A.6 above but not earlier than the dates on which such amounts were to be credited to the Account.


ANNEX B

RELEASE

Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement made as of November , 1995, between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10019 and the undersigned (the "Agreement"), and in consideration of the payments made to me and other benefits to be received by me pursuant thereto, I, [NAME], being of lawful age, do hereby release and forever discharge the Company and its officers, shareholders, subsidiaries, agents, and employees, from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney's fees, expenses, or other compensation, which in any way relate to or arise out of my employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the termination of such employment, which I may now or hereafter have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, including without limitation, under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent the undersigned from bringing a lawsuit against the Company to enforce its obligations under the Agreement.

I acknowledge that I have been given at least 21 days from the day I received a copy of this Release to sign it and that I have been advised to consult an attorney. I understand that I have the right to revoke my consent to this Release for seven days following my signing. This Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the expiration of the seven-day period following the date it is signed by me.

I further state that I have read this document and the Agreement referred to herein, that I know the contents of both and that I have executed the same as my own free act.

WITNESS my hand this ____ day of ___________ , ____.


EXECUTION COPY

SSSI AGREEMENT

This SSSI Agreement (the "Agreement") is dated as of October 10, 1996, and is entered into between TW Inc. (which will be renamed Time Warner Inc.), a Delaware corporation ("Holdco"), Liberty Media Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("LMC"), and Southern Satellite Systems, Inc., a Georgia corporation ("SpinCo"), and, with respect to Section
11(d), Section 11(f) and Section 11(g) only, Satellite Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Satellite"). For purposes of this Agreement, LMC, SpinCo and, with respect to the above referenced Sections, Satellite, on the one hand are, collectively, a "Party" and Holdco on the other hand, individually, is a "Party". References to "Parties" is a collective reference to LMC, SpinCo and with respect to the above referenced Sections, Satellite, on the one hand, and Holdco, on the other.

WHEREAS Holdco, LMC and certain subsidiaries of LMC have entered into a Second Amended and Restated LMC Agreement dated as of September 22, 1995 (the "LMC Agreement"), which contemplates the Parties entering into this Agreement;

WHEREAS Holdco desires to acquire (a) from SpinCo the Contract Option (as defined in Section 2) and (b) from LMC and its Affiliates (as defined in Section 24) the non-competition agreement contemplated in Section 11(b)(ix);

WHEREAS Tele-Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("TCI"), is required pursuant to the FTC Consent Decree (including the FTC Agreement in Principle) (each, as


2

defined in Section 24) to seek from the Internal Revenue Service the Letter Ruling (as defined in Section 24) with respect to the Spin-off (as defined in
Section 24) of 100% of the shares of SpinCo;

WHEREAS as of the date hereof LMC directly owns all the outstanding common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Shares"), of SpinCo, which is engaged primarily in the Business;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Spin-off, LMC shall contribute all the capital stock of TCI Turner Preferred, Inc., a Colorado corporation ("TCITP"), to SpinCo, so that, as of immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Spin-off, TCITP will be a wholly owned subsidiary of SpinCo;

WHEREAS immediately prior to the Spin-off, TCITP will own, directly or indirectly, all voting securities of Holdco then owned beneficially or of record by LMC or any of its Controlled Affiliates (as defined in the LMC Agreement) and, if LMC is then a Controlled Affiliate of TCI, all voting securities of Holdco then owned beneficially or of record by TCI or any of its Controlled Affiliates, other than the Excluded Shares (as defined in the LMC Agreement);

WHEREAS this Agreement is being executed on the date of the closing of Holdco's acquisition of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., but the Contract Option provided for in Section 2 will not be granted until the Grant Date (as defined in Section 2); and

WHEREAS capitalized terms used but not defined in any of the other Sections of this Agreement are defined in Section 24.


3

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

1. Execution Date. (a) Holdco shall deliver to LMC (or its designee pursuant to Section 15) and SpinCo upon the execution of this Agreement (the "Execution Date"):

(i) An opinion of counsel to Holdco (which counsel may be an employee of Holdco), reasonably acceptable to LMC and SpinCo, addressed to LMC and SpinCo and dated the Execution Date, to the effect that:

(A) Holdco is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and in good standing to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the conduct or nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or holding of its properties makes such qualification necessary, except such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Holdco has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Distribution Contract and the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined in the LMC Agreement) (collectively, the "Relevant Agreements"), to perform its obligations thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

(B) The execution and delivery by Holdco of the Relevant Agreements, the performance by Holdco of its obligations thereunder and the consummation by Holdco of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Holdco. Each of the Relevant Agreements has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized


4

officer of Holdco and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdco enforceable against Holdco in accordance with its terms (subject to all applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity, and except that the indemnification obligations set forth in Section 8 of the Registration Rights Agreement may be subject to considerations of public policy).

(C) The execution, delivery and performance by Holdco of the Relevant Agreements do not conflict with or result in a violation of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of Holdco.

(ii) The duly executed Registration Rights Agreement.

(b) On the Execution Date, Holdco shall execute and deliver to SpinCo, and SpinCo shall execute and deliver to Holdco, the Distribution Contract (the "Distribution Contract") in substantially the form of Exhibit 1 hereto. The Distribution Contract shall not become effective until the Contract Option provided for in Section 2 is exercised and closed.

2. Contract Option; Non-Competition Agreement. (a) Subject to and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (including Section
15(b)), SpinCo hereby agrees to grant to Holdco on the Grant Date the right and option (the "Contract Option"), which may be exercised at any time during the Exercise Period (as defined in Section 2(d)), to cause the effectiveness of the Distribution Contract. The "Grant Date" shall be five business days after the earliest of (i) receipt of the


5

Letter Ruling, (ii) the date on which TCI shall have been advised by the Internal Revenue Service, or TCI shall have notified Holdco in writing that it has determined, that it will not obtain the Letter Ruling and (iii) May 31, 1997, subject however, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) to the provisions of Section 15(b).

(b) On the Grant Date, Holdco shall deliver:

(i) to SpinCo, in respect of the Contract Option, 4,166,667 fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock of Holdco, having the terms set forth on Exhibit A to the LMC Agreement ("LMCN-V Common Stock");

(ii) to LMC (or its designee pursuant to Section 15), in respect of LMC's noncompetition agreement with respect to itself and its Affiliates set forth in Section 11(b)(ix), (A) 833,333 fully paid and nonassessable shares of the LMCN-V Common Stock, and (B) $66,666,700 payable, at Holdco's option, in cash or fully paid and nonassessable shares of LMCN-V Common Stock (if the $66,666,700 is paid in LMCN-V Common Stock, the number of shares to be delivered in respect of such amount shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) $66,666,700 by (y) the product of the Formula Number (as defined in the terms of the LMCN-V Common Stock) and the Current Market Price of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdco (the "Holdco Common Stock") on the Grant Date); and

(iii) to LMC and SpinCo an opinion of counsel to Holdco (which counsel may be an employee of Holdco), reasonably acceptable to LMC and SpinCo, addressed to LMC and SpinCo to the effect that the shares of LMCN-V Common Stock delivered by Holdco to LMC and SpinCo on such date have been

duly


6

authorized and are validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and are not subject to any preemptive rights.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the obligation of Holdco to deliver the consideration provided for in this Section 2 on the Grant Date is absolute, and not subject to any right of setoff or counterclaim that Holdco may have or claim, and no consideration paid or delivered in respect of the Contract Option pursuant to this Section 2 shall be refunded or refundable, nor may any claim be made for the return thereof, in whole or in part, unless Holdco proves in a court of law that LMC and SpinCo did not at the Execution Date have all requisite corporate power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations, as applicable, under this Agreement and the Distribution Contract and such lack of power has not been cured.

(d) Holdco may exercise the Contract Option at any time during the period (the "Exercise Period") commencing on and including the Grant Date and ending on and including the Termination Date (as defined in Section 10(a)), by giving written notice of exercise (the "Exercise Notice") to SpinCo pursuant to Section 16.

(e) If the Contract Option is exercised, the consideration therefor shall be the amounts payable pursuant to Section 2 of the Distribution Contract.

(f) Each Party agrees to be bound by and act in accordance with the payment allocation set forth in Section 2(b) in the preparation and filing of all tax returns and in any proceeding before any tax authority. In the event that such payment allocation is disputed by a taxing authority, the Party receiving notice of the dispute shall promptly notify the other Party hereto of such dispute and keep such other Party informed with respect to all matters concerning such dispute.


7

3. Closing. The closing (the "Closing") of the exercise of the Contract Option shall occur as soon as practicable after such exercise, but in no event more than five business days following the satisfaction or waiver (to the extent waived by the Party entitled to do so) of the conditions to the Closing described in Sections 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 (such date for the Closing being referred to as the "Closing Date"). On the Closing Date, the Distribution Contract shall become effective.

4. Representations and Warranties as of Execution Date.

(a) Each of LMC and SpinCo represents and warrants to Holdco, and Holdco represents to LMC and SpinCo, as of the Execution Date that:

(i) Such party has all requisite corporate power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Relevant Agreements to which it is a party and such execution, delivery and performance have been duly authorized by all corporate action on its part required to be taken.

(ii) Each of the Relevant Agreements to which it is a party is such party's legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be affected by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by equitable principles of general applicability.

(iii) Neither the execution and delivery by such party of any of the Relevant Agreements to which it is a party, nor the performance of its obligations thereunder: (A) will violate or conflict with, or constitute a breach or default under, (1) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of such Party, (2) any law, statute, regulation, rule, order or other


8

enactment of any Governmental Entity (as defined in Section 24) applicable to such party, or (3) any agreement or instrument to which such party is a party or by which it is bound or affected, except for any violations, conflicts, breaches or defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any of the Relevant Agreements or on the material rights or ability of the other Party to realize the material benefits intended to be created by the Relevant Agreements, and except for any violations, conflicts, breaches or defaults as may be the result of actions taken by Holdco subsequent to effective date of the Distribution Contract, or (B) result in the creation or imposition of any lien or other encumbrance on any of its assets, except for liens or encumbrances as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any of the Relevant Agreements or on the material rights or ability of the other party to realize the material benefits intended to be created hereby and thereby. No authorization, consent, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Entity or other third party is required to be obtained or made in connection with, as applicable, such party's execution, delivery and performance of the Relevant Agreements to which it is a party, except any thereof the failure of which to be obtained, given or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any of the Relevant Agreements or on the material rights or ability of the other Party to realize the material benefits intended to be created hereby and thereby.


9

(b) LMC and SpinCo represent and warrant to Holdco as of the Execution Date that:

(i) Consolidated Return. As of the Execution Date, (A) each of LMC and SpinCo (and, if LMC shall have designated another person to receive the Section 2 payment pursuant to Section 15, such designated person) is a member of the same group of corporations filing a consolidated return for federal income tax purposes as the Liberty Subsidiaries (the "LMC affiliated group") and (B) except in connection with the Spin-off, none of LMC, TCITP, SpinCo or their respective affiliates (other than the holders of the Excluded Shares, as such term is defined in the LMC Agreement) has any current plan or intention (1) to transfer any Holdco equity securities held directly or indirectly by it immediately following the Execution Date (or to be acquired by it pursuant to this Agreement) (any such holder or acquirer, a "Holder") to any person that is not a member of the LMC affiliated group or (2) to cause any Holder to cease to be a member of the LMC affiliated group.

(ii) Investment Intent. The shares of LMCN-V Common Stock to be acquired by each of LMC and SpinCo pursuant to Section 2 will be acquired for its own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof other than as contemplated in connection with the Spin-off or as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement (and except that LMC currently intends to transfer the shares of LMCN-V Common Stock that it so acquires to TCITP or a wholly-owned subsidiary of TCITP). Each of LMC and SpinCo understands that such shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or any state securities or blue sky laws, by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements thereunder and may not be resold unless the subsequent


10

disposition thereof is registered thereunder or is exempt from registration thereunder.

(c) Holdco represents and warrants to LMC and SpinCo as of the Execution Date that:

(i) The shares of LMCN-V Common Stock to be delivered as payment for the Contract Option and the non-competition agreement in
Section 11(b)(ix) will as of their date of issuance be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights.

(ii) Neither the execution and delivery by Holdco of this Agreement, the Distribution Contract and the Registration Rights Agreement nor the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder will result in the creation or imposition of any lien or other encumbrance on the shares of LMCN-V Common Stock to delivered as payment for the Contract Option and the non-competition agreement in
Section 11(b)(ix).

(d) In addition to the representations and warranties of Holdco set forth in Section 4(c), the following representations and warranties of Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Old TW"), are hereby incorporated by reference, with the same effect as if made in this Agreement by Holdco to LMC and SpinCo on and as of the Execution Date:

(i) the representations and warranties of Old TW contained in
Section 3.02(a) of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 22, 1995, as amended as of August , 1996 (the "Merger Agreement"), among Old TW, Holdco, Time Warner Acquisition Corp., TW Acquisition Corp. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., under the heading entitled "Organization, Standing and Corporate Power";


11

(ii) the representations and warranties of Old TW contained in
Section 3.02(c) of the Merger Agreement under the heading entitled "Capital Structure";

(iii) the representations and warranties of Old TW contained in Section 3.02(e) of the Merger Agreement under the heading entitled "SEC Documents; Undisclosed Liabilities";

(iv) the representations and warranties of Old TW contained in
Section 3.02(g) of the Merger Agreement under the heading entitled "Absence of Certain Changes or Events";

(v) the representations and warranties of Old TW contained in
Section 3.02(h) of the Merger Agreement under the heading entitled "Litigation";

(vi) the representations and warranties of Old TW contained in
Section 3.02(j) of the Merger Agreement under the heading entitled "Brokers"; and

(vii) the representations and warranties of Old TW contained in Section 3.02(k) of the Merger Agreement under the heading entitled "Taxes".

5. Representations and Warranties of Both Parties as of the Closing Date. If the Contract Option is exercised, it shall be a condition to the Closing (for the benefit of SpinCo) that, on and as of the Closing Date, each of the following representations and warranties, if qualified by materiality, shall be true and complete, or, if not so qualified, shall be true and complete in all material respects, with respect to Holdco, and it shall be a condition to the Closing (for the benefit of Holdco) that, on and as of the Closing Date, each of the following representations and warranties, if qualified by materiality,


12

shall be true and complete, or, if not so qualified, shall be true and complete in all material respects, with respect to LMC and SpinCo:

(a) Such party is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation and is duly qualified and in good standing to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the conduct or nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or holding of its properties makes such qualification necessary, except such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Such party has all requisite corporate power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Relevant Agreements to which it is a party, and such execution, delivery and performance have been duly authorized by all corporate action on its part required to be taken.

(c) Each of the Relevant Agreements to which it is a party is such party's legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be affected by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by equitable principles of general applicability.

(d) Neither the execution and delivery by such party of each of the Relevant Agreements to which it is a party nor, except as set forth below the applicable party's name on Schedule 5(d) hereto, the performance of its obligations thereunder: (i) will violate or conflict with, or constitute a breach or default under, (A) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of such party, (B) any law, statute, regulation, rule, order or other enactment of any Governmental Entity applicable to such party, or (C) any agreement or instrument to which such party is a party or by


13

which it is bound or affected, except for any violations, conflicts, breaches or defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any of the Relevant Agreements or on the material rights or ability of the other Party to realize the material benefits intended to be created by the Relevant Agreements or (ii) result in the creation or imposition of any lien or other encumbrance on any of its assets, except for liens or encumbrances as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Relevant Agreements or on the material rights or ability of the other Party to realize the material benefits intended to be created hereby and thereby. No authorization, consent, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Entity or other third party is required to be obtained or made in connection with, as applicable, such party's execution, delivery and any of the Relevant Agreements to which it is a party, except as set forth below the applicable party's name on Schedule 5(d) hereto, performance of each of the Relevant Agreements to which it is a party, or on the material rights or ability of the other Party to realize the material benefits intended to be created hereby and thereby.

Without limiting the rights or obligations of either Party under any provision of this Agreement: (1) if the Contract Option is exercised, each Party shall promptly notify the other Party of any information that should be set forth below such Party's name on Schedule 5(c); (2) upon receipt of any such notice, Schedule 5(c) shall automatically be amended to incorporate such information under the name of such Party; and (3) it shall be a condition to the obligations of each Party to be performed hereunder on the Closing Date that such Party shall be reasonably satisfied with the contents of Schedule 5(c) (as so amended) set forth under the name of the other Party, to the extent such matters are materially different from the


14

matters set forth under the name of such other Party on Schedule 4(a)(iii).

6. (a) Representations and Warranties of SpinCo as of the Closing Date. If the Contract Option is exercised, it shall be a condition to Closing (for the benefit of Holdco) that, on and as of the Closing Date, each of the following representations and warranties of SpinCo, if qualified by materiality, shall be true and complete or, if not so qualified, shall be true and complete in all material respects, except in each case as shall be set forth in a letter (the "Disclosure Letter") from SpinCo to Holdco dated as of a date after the exercise of the Contract Option and not later than the date 10 days prior to the Closing Date:

(i) Consents. Except as set forth in Schedule 6(a)(i) to the Disclosure Letter, no consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any governmental entity is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to SpinCo in connection with (A) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Distribution Contract by SpinCo or performance by SpinCo of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or (B) the conduct of the business of SpinCo following the Closing hereof, other than (1) compliance with and filings under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended ("HSR Act"), if applicable, (2) those that may be required solely by reason of Holdco's (as opposed to any other third party's) participation in the transactions contemplated hereby, (3) those that will be obtained by the Closing and (4) those the failure of which to be obtained or made by the Closing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) Financial Statements. (A) Attached to the Disclosure Letter as Schedule 6(a)(ii) are (1) the


15

unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Business (or, if prior to the Spin-off, of SpinCo) as of the end of the most recent fiscal period or calendar month prior to the date of the Disclosure Letter (the "Balance Sheet"), and (2) the unaudited consolidated statements of operating results and cash flows of the Business (or, if prior to the Spin-off, of SpinCo) for the period ended as of the end of the most recent fiscal period or calendar month prior to the date of the Disclosure Letter (the financial statements described above, the "Financial Statements").

(B) The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and on that basis fairly present (subject to normal, recurring year-end adjustments) the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Business (or of SpinCo) as of the date thereof and for the periods indicated.

(C) To the knowledge of SpinCo and, if prior to the Spin-off, LMC, as of the Closing Date, the Business (or, if prior to the Spin-off, SpinCo) does not have any material liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether accrued, absolute, contingent, unasserted or otherwise), that are required by generally accepted accounting principles to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet, except (1) as disclosed, reflected or reserved against in the Balance Sheet, (2) for liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the date of the Balance Sheet and not in violation of this Agreement and (3) for Taxes.

(iii) Assets. Except as set forth in Schedule 6(a)(iii) to the Disclosure Letter, SpinCo owns or has sufficient rights to use under existing


16

leases and license agreements all material properties, rights and assets reasonably necessary for the conduct of the Business as then conducted.

(iv) Contracts. Except as set forth in Schedule 6(a)(iv) to the Disclosure Letter:

(A) all material agreements, contracts, leases, licenses, commitments or instruments of SpinCo, as of the Closing Date that are reasonably necessary for the conduct of the Business as then conducted (collectively, the "Contracts"), are valid, binding and in full force and effect and, as of the Closing Date, are enforceable by SpinCo in accordance with their terms, except as may be affected by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by equitable principles of general applicability; and

(B) SpinCo has, as of the Closing Date, performed in all material respects all material obligations required to be performed by it under the Contracts and, as of the Closing Date, is not (with or without the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both) in breach or default in any material respect thereunder and no other party to any of the Contracts is to the knowledge of SpinCo, as of the Closing Date (with or without the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both), in breach or default in any material respect thereunder, except in either such case for any such breach or default resulting from any action or omission by Holdco, Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ("TBS") or any of their respective Affiliates, including without limitation any change in the programming service known as WTBS on the date of execution of this Agreement.


17

(v) Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 6(a)(v) to the Disclosure Letter:

(A) there are not, as of the Closing Date, any pending lawsuits or claims with respect to the Business to which SpinCo or, if prior to the Spin- off, LMC has been contacted in writing by counsel for the plaintiff or claimant, against or affecting SpinCo or any of its properties, assets, operations or businesses as to which there is at least a reasonable possibility of adverse determination, that would have, if so determined, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(B) to the knowledge of SpinCo and, if prior to the Spin-off, LMC, as of the Closing Date, SpinCo is not a party or subject to or in default under any material judgment, order, injunction or decree of any Governmental Entity applicable to it or any of its material properties or assets, which relates to the Business or could result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(C) there is not pending against any other person, as of the Closing Date, any material lawsuit or claim by SpinCo, which relates to the Business or which, if adversely determined, could result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(D) as of the Closing Date, to the knowledge of SpinCo and, if prior to the Spin-off, LMC, there is not any pending investigation of or proceeding by any Governmental Entity which relates to the Business and which if determined adversely could result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Business or SpinCo.


18

(vi) Insurance. SpinCo, through one or more Affiliates, maintains or has the benefit (through TCI, LMC or otherwise) of policies of fire and casualty, liability and other forms of insurance (including self-insurance) in such amounts, with such deductibles and against such risks and losses as are, in its judgment, reasonable for the Business under the circumstances in which it is being conducted. Except as set forth in Schedule 6(a)(vi) to the Disclosure Letter:

(A) all such policies are in full force and effect, all premiums due and payable thereon as of the Closing Date have been paid (other than retroactive or retrospective premium adjustments that may be required to be paid with respect to any period ending prior to the Closing Date under comprehensive general liability and workmen's compensation insurance policies), and no notice of cancelation or termination as of the Closing Date has been received with respect to any such policy which has not been replaced prior to the date of such cancelation; and

(B) to the knowledge of SpinCo and, if prior to the Spin-off, LMC, its activities and operations with respect to the Business, as of the Closing Date, have been conducted in a manner so as to conform in all material respects to all applicable provisions of such insurance policies, except for any failures so to conform that could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(vii) Compliance with Applicable Laws. Except as set forth in Schedule 6(a)(vii), as of the Closing Date, SpinCo has not received any written communication during the past two years from a Governmental Entity that alleges that it or the Business is not in compliance in any material respect with any applicable


19

statutes, laws, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations of any Government Entity, other than any such communications, alleging any failures to be in compliance that, if true, would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(viii) Licenses; Permits. Except as set forth in Schedule 6(a)(viii) to the Disclosure Letter, SpinCo possesses all governmental franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals necessary to enable it to own, lease or otherwise hold its properties and assets with respect to the Business and to carry on the Business as presently conducted, other than such franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals the lack of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ix) Absence of Changes or Events. Except as set forth in Schedule 6(a)(ix) to the Disclosure Letter:

(A) since the date of the Balance Sheet, there has not been any material adverse change in the business, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Business (or, if prior to the Spin-off, SpinCo); and

(B) since the date of the Balance Sheet, the Business has been conducted in the ordinary course (in accordance with the Ordinary Course Guidelines) and in substantially the same manner as previously conducted except for such changes (in accordance with the Ordinary Course Guidelines) in the day-to-day operations of the Business as the management of SpinCo (or, if prior to the Spin-off, LMC and SpinCo), in the good faith exercise of their business judgment, shall from time to time determine to be in the best interests of the Business) and has made


20

commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practices to preserve the Business' relationships with customers, suppliers and others with whom SpinCo deals in connection with the Business.

(b) Certain Representations and Warranties of Holdco as of Closing Date. If the Contract Option is exercised, it shall be a condition to the Closing (for the benefit of SpinCo) that, on and as of the Closing Date, each of the following representations and warranties of Holdco, if qualified by materiality, shall be true and complete, or, if not so qualified, shall be true and complete in all material respects:

(i) Neither the execution and delivery by Holdco of this Agreement, the Distribution Contract and the Registration Rights Agreement nor the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder resulted in the creation or imposition of any lien or other encumbrance on the shares of LMCN-V Common Stock delivered by Holdco pursuant to Section 2 as payment for the Contract Option and the non-competition agreement in Section 11(b)(ix).

(ii) Old TW and Holdco have, collectively, filed all required reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") since December 31, 1993 (as such documents have been amended prior to the Closing Date, the "TW SEC Documents"). As of their respective dates, the TW SEC Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as the case may be, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable to such TW SEC Documents, and none of the TW SEC Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or


21

necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except to the extent such statements have been modified or superseded by a later TW SEC Document. Except to the extent that information contained in any TW SEC Document has been revised or superseded by a later TW SEC Document, neither Old TW's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995, nor any TW SEC Document filed after December 31, 1995, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The consolidated financial statements of Old TW and Holdco included in TW SEC Documents comply as to form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (except, in the case of unaudited statements, as permitted by Form 10-Q of the SEC) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) and fairly present the consolidated financial position of Old TW or Holdco, as applicable, and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments). Except as set forth in the TW SEC Documents, neither Holdco nor any subsidiary of Holdco has any liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) required by generally accepted accounting principles to be set forth on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdco and its consolidated subsidiaries or in the notes thereto and which, individually or in the aggregate,


22

could reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Merger Agreement).

(iii) Except as disclosed in any TW SEC Document, since the date of the most recent audited financial statements included in TW SEC Documents, Holdco has (or, if Holdco shall have not yet filed audited financial statements as part of the TW SEC Documents, each of Old TW and Holdco has) conducted its business only in the ordinary course, and there has not been:

(A) any change or effect (or any development that, insofar as can reasonably be foreseen, is likely to result in a change or effect) which, individually or in the aggregate, has had or is likely to have, a Parent Material Adverse Effect;

(B) except for regular quarterly dividends not in excess of $0.09 per share of Holdco Common Stock and the stated or required amount of dividends on any series of Parent Preferred Stock (as defined in the Merger Agreement), in each case with customary record and payment dates, any declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property) with respect to Holdco Common Stock or any series of Parent Preferred Stock;

(C) any split, combination or reclassification of Holdco Common Stock or any issuance or the authorization of any issuance of any other securities in exchange or in substitution for shares of Holdco Common Stock;

(D) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance that has had or is likely to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect; or


23

(E) any change in accounting methods, principles or practices by Holdco or any Material Parent Subsidiary (as defined in the Merger Agreement) materially affecting its assets, liabilities or business, except insofar as may have been required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Representations and Warranties of Holdco Incorporated by Reference as of the Closing Date. In addition to the representations and warranties of Holdco set forth in Section 6(b), the following representations and warranties of Old TW are hereby incorporated by reference, with the same effect as if made in this Agreement by Holdco to SpinCo on and as of the Closing Date:

(i) the representations and warranties of Old TW contained in
Section 3.02(a) of the Merger Agreement under the heading entitled "Organization, Standing and Corporate Power"; and

(ii) the representations and warranties of Old TW contained in
Section 3.02(j) of the Merger Agreement under the heading entitled "Brokers".

and it shall be a condition to the Closing (for the benefit of SpinCo) that each of the representations and warranties so incorporated by reference, if qualified by materiality, shall be true and complete, or if not so qualified, shall be true and complete in all material respects, on and as of the Closing Date.

7. Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party. The obligations of SpinCo and Holdco to consummate the


24

Closing are conditioned upon the satisfaction, prior to or on the Closing Date, of the following conditions:

(a) on the Closing Date, no action, proceeding or investigation commenced or brought by any U.S. Federal Government Entity shall be pending, the purpose of which is to set aside or modify in any material respect the authorizations of any of the transactions provided for in this Agreement and the Distribution Contract or to enjoin or prevent consummation of any of such transactions, nor shall any restraining order or preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or any other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby be in effect; and

(b) the receipt of any required regulatory approvals and authorizations and the making of all filings and the termination of all waiting periods required in connection with the Closing, with the understanding that, if the Contract Option is exercised, SpinCo will use its (or, if prior to the Spin-off, LMC and SpinCo will use their) commercially reasonable efforts to secure any required regulatory approvals and authorizations prior to the Closing; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall require, Holdco or SpinCo (or any of their respective Affiliates) (i) to agree to, approve or otherwise be bound by or satisfy any condition of any kind referred to in the second or third sentences of Section 2.1(d) of the LMC Agreement or (ii) to agree to or enter into or be bound by any settlement or judgment.

8. Conditions to Obligation of Holdco. The obligation of Holdco to consummate the Closing is also subject to the satisfaction, prior to or on the Closing


25

Date, of each of the following additional conditions (unless waived by Holdco):

(a) Each of the Parties (other than Holdco) shall have performed in all material respects all its obligations hereunder which are required to be performed prior to the Closing Date.

(b) If prior to the Spin-off, Holdco shall have received a certificate from an officer of LMC (i) to the effect that LMC has complied, in all material respects, with all its obligations under this Agreement to be performed on or before the Closing Date, (ii) as to the incumbency of certain officers of LMC, (iii) as to the satisfaction of the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 5 (with respect to the representations and warranties of LMC contained therein) and Section 6(a) and (iv) attaching certified copies of SpinCo's certificate of incorporation and by-laws, as amended through and in effect on the Closing Date, together with all resolutions of LMC's board authorizing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Distribution Contract.

(c) If prior to the Spin-off, Holdco shall have received an opinion of counsel to LMC (which counsel may be an employee of LMC and which counsel may be counsel to SpinCo), reasonably acceptable to Holdco, addressed to Holdco and dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

(i) LMC is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. LMC has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Agreement, to perform its obligations thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.

(ii) The execution and delivery by LMC of the Agreement, the performance by LMC of its obligations


26

thereunder and the consummation by LMC of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of LMC. The Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of LMC and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of LMC enforceable against LMC in accordance with its terms (subject to all applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity).

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement by LMC in accordance therewith does not conflict with or result in a violation of the Delaware Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of LMC.

(d) Holdco shall have received a certificate from an officer of SpinCo (i) to the effect that SpinCo has complied, in all material respects, with all its obligations under this Agreement to be performed on or before the Closing Date, (ii) as to the incumbency of certain officers of SpinCo, (iii) as to the satisfaction of the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 5 (with respect to the representations and warranties of SpinCo contained therein) and
Section 6(a), and (iv) attaching certified copies of SpinCo's certificate of incorporation and by-laws as amended through and in effect on the Closing Date, together with all resolutions of SpinCo's board of directors authorizing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Distribution Contract.

(e) Holdco shall have received an opinion of counsel to SpinCo (which counsel may be an employee of


27

SpinCo and may also be counsel to LMC and/or an employee of LMC), reasonably acceptable to Holdco, addressed to Holdco and dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

(i) SpinCo is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. SpinCo has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Distribution Contract and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

(ii) The execution and delivery by SpinCo of this Agreement and the Distribution Contract and the performance by SpinCo of its obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of SpinCo. Each of this Agreement and the Distribution Contract has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of SpinCo and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of SpinCo enforceable against SpinCo in accordance with its terms (subject to all applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity).

(iii) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Distribution Contract by SpinCo, and the performance by SpinCo of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, does not conflict with or result in a violation of the corporate laws of the State of Georgia, or the Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws of SpinCo.

(f) The Program and Digitization Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 2 (the "Program and Digitization Agreement") shall be in full force and effect, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth therein.


28

(g) SpinCo shall have received any material third party consents, approvals and authorizations necessary to cause the effectiveness of the Distribution Contract.

(h) Subject to Section 15(b), if an Exercise Notice shall have been delivered on or prior to June 1, 1997, Holdco shall have received the Disclosure Letter from SpinCo at least 10 days prior to the scheduled Closing Date and shall be reasonably satisfied with the contents thereof and of all attachments thereto.

If an Exercise Notice shall have been delivered by Holdco after June 1, 1997, (i) Holdco shall have received, as contemplated by Section
11(b)(vii), the revised Disclosure Letter from SpinCo at least 10 days prior to the scheduled Closing Date and (ii) Holdco shall be reasonably satisfied with the contents of the revised Disclosure Letter and of all attachments thereto, to the extent (and only to the extent) that such contents and attachments differ in any material respect from the initial Disclosure Letter delivered to Holdco pursuant to Section 11(b)(vii), and provided that the incurrence by SpinCo, TCITP and/or any of their respective subsidiaries of indebtedness for borrowed money, whether or not secured (unless secured in contravention of Section
11(b)(vi)(C)), shall not be a reasonable basis for Holdco's dissatisfaction under this Section 8(h).

(i) Subject to Section 15(b), if an Exercise Notice shall have been delivered on or prior to June 1, 1997, Holdco shall be reasonably satisfied with the results of its due diligence investigation provided for in Section 11(b)(ii).

9. Conditions to Obligation of SpinCo. The obligation of SpinCo to consummate the Closing is also


29

subject to the satisfaction, prior to or on the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions (unless waived by SpinCo):

(a) Holdco shall have performed in all material respects all its obligations hereunder which are required to be performed prior to the Closing Date.

(b) No petition or similar document shall have been filed by or with respect to Holdco under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

(c) SpinCo shall have received an opinion of counsel to Holdco (which counsel may be an employee of Holdco), reasonably acceptable to SpinCo, addressed to SpinCo and dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

(i) Holdco is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. Holdco has all requisite corporate power and authority to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Distribution Contract and the Registration Rights Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

(ii) The performance by Holdco of its obligations under this Agreement, the Distribution Contract and the Registration Rights Agreement, and the consummation by Holdco of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Holdco. Each of this Agreement, the Distribution Contract and the Registration Rights Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdco enforceable against Holdco in accordance with its terms (subject to all applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject, as


30

to enforceability, to general principles of equity, and except that the indemnification obligations set forth in Section 8 of the Registration Rights Agreement may be subject to considerations of public policy).

(iii) The performance by Holdco of this Agreement, the Distribution Contract and the Registration Rights Agreement does not conflict with or result in a violation of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of Holdco.

(d) SpinCo shall have received a certificate from an officer of Holdco (i) to the effect that Holdco has complied, in all material respects, with all its obligations under this Agreement, the Distribution Contract and the Registration Rights Agreement, (ii) as to the incumbency of certain officers of Holdco, (iii) as to the satisfaction of the conditions to Closing set forth in
Section 5 (with respect to the representations and warranties of Holdco contained therein), Section 6(b) and Section 6(c), (iv) attaching all resolutions of Holdco's board of directors authorizing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (v) any other customary matters as may be reasonably requested by SpinCo.

10. Termination. (a) Subject to the last two sentences of
Section 14 with respect to the survival of certain provisions, each of LMC's, SpinCo's and Holdco's rights and obligations under this Agreement (including with respect to the option granted hereunder, whether or not exercised) will terminate on the earliest to occur of the following:

(i) if Holdco shall deliver an Exercise Notice on or before June 1, 1997 (subject to extension as provided in Section 15(b)), the earlier of (A) the sixth anniversary of the Execution Date and (B) the


31

conversion of WTBS to a copyright-paid programming service;

(ii) if Holdco shall deliver an Exercise Notice after June 1, 1997 (subject to extension as provided in Section 15(b)), but before the sixth anniversary of the Execution Date, 60 days after the date of such Exercise Notice; and

(iii) if Holdco shall not theretofore have delivered an Exercise Notice, the earlier of (A) the sixth anniversary of the Execution Date and (B) the conversion of WTBS to a copyright-paid programming service;

provided in each case that the Closing has not occurred on or prior to such earliest date (the "Termination Date"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (following the delivery of a timely Exercise Notice) as a result of any action or failure to act by any unrelated third party, including any Governmental Entity, the conditions to the Closing have not been satisfied in full on or prior to the Termination Date, the "Termination Date" shall be extended to the earlier of (i) five business days after the date as of which all such conditions have been satisfied in full and (y) the first anniversary of the date of such Exercise Notice.

(b) The termination of this Agreement will in no way limit any obligation or liability of any Party based on or arising from a breach or default by such Party prior to such termination with respect to any of its representations, warranties or agreements contained in this Agreement, the Distribution Contract or the Registration Rights Agreement.

11. Covenants. (a) Covenants of Each Party. If the Contract Option is exercised each of SpinCo (or, if prior to the Spin-off, LMC and SpinCo) and Holdco agree to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the conditions to the Closing described in Sections 7, 8 and 9


32

to be satisfied as promptly as practicable following such exercise.

(b) Covenants of LMC and SpinCo.

(i) Disposition of Shares. During the period from the Execution Date through the earlier to occur of the Grant Date or the Termination Date, LMC shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares (other than a transfer of all, but not less than all, the Shares to any member of the affiliated group (within the meaning of
Section 1504(a) of the Code) of which LMC is (at the time of such transfer or disposition) a member; provided that (A) such transferee is, at the time of such transfer or disposition, a Liberty Party (as defined in the LMC Agreement) and (B) the transferee agrees to be bound by this Agreement and the provisions of the Distribution Contract to the same effect as LMC); provided further that LMC shall be entitled to pledge or otherwise hypothecate the Shares in connection with the incurrence of bona fide indebtedness to the extent that the applicable pledgee of the Shares agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

(ii) Access. Subject to Section 15(b), (A) during the period from the Execution Date until and including June 1, 1997, and (B) during the sixty-day period following the delivery of any Exercise Notice (including an Exercise Notice delivered on or prior to June 1, 1997), LMC and SpinCo shall give Holdco and its representatives, employees, counsel and accountants reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, and subject to, as applicable, LMC's and SpinCo's obligations under any then existing confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements, to the personnel, properties, books and records of the Business to the extent in their possession or control, so that Holdco may confirm the satisfaction of

all


33

conditions precedent to its obligations to be performed hereunder on the Closing Date; provided, however, that such access does not unreasonably disrupt the normal operations of LMC or SpinCo. As against Holdco and its representatives, employees, counsel and accountants, each of LMC and SpinCo hereby waives any confidentiality or non-disclosure covenants contained for its benefit in any agreement concerning the Business (including any WTBS service agreements or arrangements) and it agrees to execute any acknowledgements with respect to such waiver as Holdco may reasonably request. Each of LMC and SpinCo agree to use commercially reasonable efforts in good faith to obtain all waivers and consents necessary under any existing confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement to afford full access to Holdco with respect to the Business; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall require LMC or SpinCo (or any of their respective Affiliates) (x) to agree to any material modification or amendment to any agreement between any of them or any such Affiliate and any third party, or any other onerous or burdensome condition or requirement or
(y) to make any payment of money or deliver any other consideration to any third party, as a condition to the receipt of any waiver or consent hereunder. On the Execution Date and upon Holdco's delivery of the Exercise Notice, SpinCo shall also give Holdco a list of the WTBS Distributors (as defined in Section 24). During the period from the Execution Date through the earlier to occur of the Closing Date or the Termination Date, if SpinCo proposes to enter into any agreement with a WTBS Distributor or other third party, which agreement will contain a confidentiality or non- disclosure covenant relating to the existence, terms and/or conditions of any material agreement to which it is or will be a party, or any other material matter relating to the Business, SpinCo shall use commercially reasonable efforts in good faith to negotiate a provision in such agreement or covenant to permit it to


34

disclose the matters subject to such confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement to Holdco and its representatives, employees, counsel and accountants; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall require LMC or SpinCo (or any of their respective Affiliates) (x) to agree to any material concession, condition or other provision in any agreement that, in their good faith business judgment, is in any respect materially less favorable to it or the Business than the comparable provision that could have been negotiated by it if this sentence did not apply or (y) to make any payment of money or deliver any other consideration to any third party, as a condition to receipt of any provision permitting any disclosure to Holdco or any such other person.

(iii) Ordinary Conduct. During the period from the Execution Date through the earlier to occur of the Closing Date or the Termination Date, SpinCo shall operate the Business in the ordinary course in substantially the same manner as currently conducted except for such changes in the day-to-day operations of the Business as the management of SpinCo (or, if prior to the Spin-off, the management of LMC and SpinCo), in the good faith exercise of their business judgment, shall from time to time determine to be in the best interests of the Business. In that connection, SpinCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the Business' relationships with customers, suppliers and others with whom SpinCo deals with respect to the Business. In addition, SpinCo shall not take any action that could reasonably be expected to materially impair the business, assets and financial condition of the Business at the time of the effectiveness of the Distribution Contract (provided that SpinCo shall be permitted to discontinue the operations of the Business if because of an act of God, significant change in law or other occurrence, it would not be commercially reasonable to continue such


35

operations). In connection, with its obligation to operate in the ordinary course, SpinCo shall not cease to be a private carrier with respect to the Business, as conducted domestically in the U.S., without the prior written consent of Holdco, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed; provided, however, that such consent may be withheld by Holdco in its sole discretion if it determines that such action impairs the availability of the exception under 17 U.S.C. ss.111(a)(3). Holdco agrees that it and its Affiliates will not assist any third party in competing against SpinCo in uplinking the WTBS broadcast signal.

(iv) [Reserved.]

(v) Insurance. At all times during the period from the Execution Date through the earlier of the Closing Date and the Termination Date, SpinCo shall maintain in full force and effect (through one or more Affiliates or otherwise), insurance policies meeting the requirements of Section 6(a)(vi).

(vi) Mergers; Business Transfer; Security Arrangements. (A) SpinCo shall not merge with another corporation or other entity unless SpinCo is the surviving entity in such merger or the surviving entity delivers to Holdco prior to such merger an agreement (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Holdco and its counsel) pursuant to which it agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Distribution Contract.

(B) SpinCo shall not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Business (other than any security interest granted in connection with a SpinCo financing covered by clause (C) below) unless (1) Spinco sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of the Business in its entirety and (2) the entity or person so acquiring the Business


36

prior to such acquisition delivers to Holdco an agreement (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Holdco and its counsel) pursuant to which it agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Distribution Contract.

(C) SpinCo shall not grant or permit to exist any lien or other security interest on the assets of the Business (including the Distribution Contract and its WTBS service agreements) in connection with any SpinCo financing unless the secured party or parties prior to any such grant agree in writing, for the benefit of Holdco, that (1) any foreclosure or sale of the Business shall involve the foreclosure or sale of the Business in its entirety and (2) as a condition to such foreclosure or sale, the entity or person so acquiring the Business shall be required to deliver to Holdco, prior to such acquisition, an agreement (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Holdco and its counsel) pursuant to which it agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Distribution Contract.

(D) In the event that SpinCo or, prior to the Spin-off, LMC receives any proposal with respect to, or determines to enter into any transaction involving, any of the events described in this paragraph (vi), SpinCo and LMC shall promptly notify Holdco thereof.

(vii) Disclosure Letter and Closing Schedules. If, subject to
Section 15(b), Holdco delivers an Exercise Notice on or prior to June 1, 1997, SpinCo shall as soon as practicable after such delivery (and in any event not later than 10 days prior to the Closing Date) prepare and deliver to Holdco the Disclosure Letter and all required schedules to this Agreement that have not previously been delivered. If Holdco shall have not


37

delivered an Exercise Notice on or prior to June 1, 1997, SpinCo shall as soon as practicable after such date (but in any event not later than June 16, 1997) deliver to Holdco the Disclosure Letter and all required schedules to this Agreement as of such date. If thereafter Holdco delivers an Exercise Notice, Spinco shall as soon as practicable after such delivery (and in any event not later than ten days prior to the Closing Date) prepare and deliver to Holdco a revised Disclosure Letter and all required schedules to this Agreement that have not previously been delivered.

(viii) Supplemental Disclosure. SpinCo shall promptly notify Holdco of, and furnish Holdco any information it may reasonably request with respect to, the occurrence to its knowledge of any event or condition or the existence to its knowledge of any fact that causes any of the conditions to Holdco's obligation to cause the effectiveness of the Distribution Contract not to occur; provided, however, that no such notification shall be required with respect to any representation or warranty of LMC or SpinCo hereunder prior to delivery of the Disclosure Letter.

(ix) Restricted Activities; SpinCo Obligations. Each of LMC and SpinCo covenants and agrees with Holdco as follows:

(A) During the period from the Execution Date through the earlier of the Closing Date and the Termination Date, each of LMC and SpinCo shall not (and each shall cause its Affiliates not to) engage in the Business, other than through SpinCo.

(B) If the Closing Date occurs, during the period from the Closing Date through the fifth anniversary of the termination of the last service agreement between SpinCo and any MVPD (as defined in
Section 24), LMC


38

shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, engage in the Business (other than through SpinCo). If the Closing Date occurs, during the period from the Closing Date through the Termination Date (as defined in the Distribution Contract) LMC shall not, directly or indirectly (including through any Affiliate), solicit any MVPD to terminate carriage of the WTBS programming service (including the programming of the broadcast television SuperStation known on the Execution Date as WTBS and any cable programming network established as the successor thereto) or, except as contemplated by the Distribution Contract, to terminate any service agreement with SpinCo with respect to such programming service; provided, however, that the provisions of this sentence shall not apply with respect to any MVPD that enters into a WTBS programming agreement with Holdco. By way of example, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is understood that the offering of WTBS as a distant broadcast signal (other than through SpinCo) violates the restrictions of this subparagraph (B).

Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Holdco acknowledges (I) that LMC and its Affiliates represent numerous programming services that are marketed, distributed and sold to MVPDs on a continuous basis, in competition with WTBS and other programming services, (II) that due to limited channel capacity, an MVPD must often terminate an existing programming service carried by such MVPD in order to carry a new programming service, and (III) that activities conducted by LMC and its Affiliates in connection with the marketing of programming services that compete with WTBS shall not be construed to violate LMC's covenant in this Section, even if an MVPD terminates carriage of WTBS to carry a programming service marketed by LMC or any of its Affiliates, unless LMC or such Affiliate shall have urged or induced such MVPD to drop WTBS.


39

(C) If the Closing Date occurs prior to the consummation of the Spin-off, then, so long as SpinCo is LMC's Controlled Affiliate (as defined in the LMC Agreement), LMC shall cause SpinCo to comply with its obligations under this Agreement and the Distribution Contract, including the provisions of Section 3 thereof.

(D) If the Closing Date occurs, then prior to and after consummation of the Spin-off, LMC shall provide Holdco and its representatives reasonable access, on a basis comparable to the access provided by SpinCo pursuant to Section 2(d) of the Distribution Contract, to any records of LMC relating to the Business prior to the Spin-off to confirm amounts payable to SpinCo after the Closing Date pursuant to the Distribution Contract.

(c) Confidentiality. Until the Closing Date (or if the Closing does not occur, until the second anniversary of the Termination Date) Holdco agrees to use the same efforts that it uses with respect to its own confidential and proprietary information to retain in strict confidence all proprietary and confidential information concerning the Business or SpinCo which is conveyed to it by LMC, SpinCo or any of their Affiliates, or any representative of LMC, SpinCo or any of their Affiliates ("Confidential Information"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Confidential Information" does not include: (i) information which is, at the time of its disclosure to Holdco or any Affiliate of Holdco or their respective representatives, already in Holdco's, its Affiliates' or their representatives' possession (without violation, to Holdco's knowledge, of any legally enforceable confidentiality agreement with LMC, SpinCo or any of their Affiliates relating to such information), (ii) information which is or becomes available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Holdco or any Affiliate of Holdco or their respective representatives, (iii) information which was or becomes available to Holdco or any Affiliate of


40

Holdco or their respective representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source other than LMC, SpinCo, any of their Affiliates or their respective representatives (provided that information contained in any agreement with respect to the Business obtained solely as a result of the confidentiality waiver in Section 11(b)(ii) shall not be considered to be obtained on a non-confidential basis); provided that such source was not known by Holdco to be bound by the terms of a legally enforceable confidentiality agreement with LMC, SpinCo or any of their Affiliates relating to such information, (iv) information which is information that is independently developed by Holdco or its Affiliates or their respective representatives or (v) any oral information, unless such information is stated to be proprietary and confidential at the time of disclosure and such statement and information is summarized in writing within 30 days after such disclosure. In the event that Holdco, any of its Affiliates or any of their respective representatives is requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other process) to disclose any Confidential Information, it is agreed that Holdco will provide SpinCo and, prior to the Spin-off, LMC with prompt notice of any such request or requirement (written if practical) so that LMC and/or SpinCo may seek at its own expense an appropriate protective order or waive Holdco's compliance with the provisions of this
Section 11(c). If, failing the entry of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, Holdco, any of its Affiliates or any of their respective representatives is, in the opinion of its counsel, compelled to disclose any Confidential Information, Holdco or such Affiliate or representative may disclose that portion of any Confidential Information which its counsel advises that it is compelled to disclose and will upon written request and at the expense of LMC and/or SpinCo use reasonable efforts to cooperate in LMC's and/or SpinCo's efforts to obtain a protective order or other reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to that portion of such Confidential


41

Information which is being disclosed. Holdco will use the Confidential Information only in connection with its due diligence review of the Business and SpinCo, as contemplated by this Agreement and will not otherwise use it in its business or disclose it to others, except to its employees, representatives and Affiliates (and their employees and representatives) who require such Confidential Information to perform their duties in connection with, or exercise Holdco's rights under, this Agreement and agree not to disclose or use such Confidential Information except as provided herein. Holdco agrees that it shall be responsible for any breach of this Section 11(c) by such persons. In the event that the Closing does not occur under this Agreement, Holdco shall, at its option, either (i) return all Confidential Information provided or made available to it hereunder relating to the Business and SpinCo, whether in written, computer-readable or other form, together with all copies thereof in the possession of Holdco or (ii) destroy all such Confidential Information and certify such destruction to LMC and SpinCo; provided, however, that Holdco's sole obligation with respect to the disposition of any internal notes, memoranda or other materials prepared by it that incorporate any Confidential Information shall be to redact or otherwise expunge all such Confidential Information from such materials.

(d) Covenant by Satellite Relating to Carriage of WTBS. During the period from the Execution Date through the earlier of the Closing Date and the Termination Date, provided that Holdco or any Managed Subsidiary of Holdco then owns the programming service currently known as "WTBS" (as it may be renamed in the future) ("WTBS"), Satellite shall cause each of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Section 1(a) of Satellite's existing affiliation agreement, dated as of July 15, 1992, with The Cartoon Network, Inc., a copy of the pertinent provisions of which was attached to a letter dated as of October 2, 1995, from Baker & Botts, L.L.P., counsel to LMC, to Peter R. Haje, the general counsel of Holdco) (and each affiliate of any other


42

intermediary (as contemplated by the second sentence of the definition of "Business" in Section 24(b))) that carries WTBS, and each other entity to which Satellite (or such other intermediary) provides (or arranges for the provision of) the WTBS signal, to carry the WTBS signal transmitted by SpinCo (provided that SpinCo is able to transmit such signal), it being understood that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit any such affiliate or other person or entity from deleting carriage of the WTBS signal transmitted by SpinCo, provided that upon such deletion such affiliate or other person or entity does not carry the WTBS signal from any other source (it being understood that nothing in this
Section 11(d) shall limit the effects of the "HITS" provisions of the Program and Digitization Agreement with respect to the carriage of the WTBS signal, or the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder, when those provisions become effective in accordance with their terms).

(e) Acknowledgement by SpinCo and LMC. Each of SpinCo and LMC acknowledges and agrees for itself and each of its Affiliates that, from and after the closing of the Mergers (as defined in the LMC Agreement), (i) Holdco intends to (and may) communicate directly with MVPDs (including MVPDs that are WTBS Distributors) regarding the transformation of WTBS into a copyright-paid, satellite delivered, twenty-four-hour-per-day cable television programming service and (ii) Holdco intends to (and may) communicate with WTBS Distributors about (x) the terms of a new WTBS distribution contract or arrangement directly with Holdco or any of its Managed Subsidiaries (conditioned on transformation of WTBS to such a copyright-paid service) and (y) the possible termination of their existing contracts or arrangements with SpinCo (upon transformation of WTBS to a copyright-paid service), and Holdco intends to (and may) enter into agreements with WTBS Distributors with respect to the foregoing (conditioned upon the transformation of WTBS to a copyright-paid service), all without creating any liability to SpinCo, LMC or any of their respective Affiliates. Neither Spinco, LMC nor any of their respective


43

Affiliates will discourage any MVPD from engaging in any such conversations or negotiations with Holdco or its Affiliates with respect to the converted WTBS program service or discourage any MVPD from entering into any such contracts or arrangements with respect to the converted WTBS program service.

(f) Holdco's Right to Assign Program and Digitization Agreement to Managed Subsidiaries. LMC, SpinCo and Satellite hereby acknowledge and agree that, from and after the closing of the Mergers (as defined in the LMC Agreement), the rights (but not the obligations) of TBS under the Program and Digitization Agreement with respect to the carriage of the copyright-paid WTBS service may be assigned to any Managed Subsidiary, provided that any such assignment shall terminate if the assignee ceases to be a Managed Subsidiary. This Section 11(f) shall survive the exercise of the Contract Option and any termination of this Agreement.

(g) Non-Exclusive Right to Digitize, Compress and Reuplink. Reference is made to the "HITS" provisions of the Program and Digitization Agreement. The Parties hereby consent to any action taken by Satellite during the term of this Agreement that would be permitted by such provisions of the Program and Digitization Agreement, as if such agreement were then in effect with respect to WTBS prior to its conversion to a copyright-paid service and (i) all references therein to "TBS" referred to SpinCo, (ii) all references therein to "TBS services" referred to WTBS, and (iii) the reference in the third line to "licensed by TBS" meant "authorized by SpinCo pursuant to contractual relationships". In that connection, and on the same basis, Satellite shall comply with the obligations required to be performed by Satellite in such "HITS" provisions.

12. [Reserved.]

13. [Reserved.]


44

14. Survival. The representations, warranties and agreements of the Parties in this Agreement and in the other documents and instruments to be delivered by any Party pursuant to this Agreement will continue in full force and effect from the time made or deemed to have been made until the Closing, whereupon such representations, warranties and agreements shall terminate. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the tax representations and warranties in Section 4(b)(i), and the representations and warranties of Holdco contained in Sections 4(c)(i) and (ii) and Sections 6(b)(i) and (ii) shall survive the Execution Date, the Closing and the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 10 and shall continue in full force and effect indefinitely. In addition, the provisions of Section 2(f) and Section 11(b)(ix) shall survive the Execution Date, the Closing and the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 10 and shall survive in accordance with their terms.

15. Parties Obligated and Benefited; LMC's Right to Designate Recipient; Other Transaction. (a) Subject to the limitations set forth below, this Agreement will be binding upon the Parties and their respective assigns and successors in interest and will inure solely to the benefit of the Parties and their respective assigns and successors in interest, and no other person will be entitled to any of the benefits conferred by this Agreement. Without the prior written consent of the other Party, no Party will assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement or the Distribution Contract, except: (i) LMC may assign (without the consent of Holdco) any of its rights (including, without limitation, the right to receive the Section 2 payment for the non-competition agreement in Section 11(b)(ix) to any person that, at the time of such assignment (and, in the case of any such person designated to receive such payment, at the payment date), is (A) a Liberty Party (as defined in the LMC Agreement) and (B) a member of the affiliated group (within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code) of which LMC is (at such time)


45

a member; (ii) by operation of law; and (iii) with respect to any merger of SpinCo or sale or disposition of the Business, in each case, permitted under
Section 11(b)(vi).

(b) If, as contemplated by Section 2, the Letter Ruling shall have not been obtained by May 31, 1997 or TCI shall have been advised or have determined that it will not obtain the Letter Ruling (or, that it will not obtain the Letter Ruling unless TCI and the other parties thereto agree to changes in the transactions contemplated by the LMC Agreement and the Additional Agreements (as defined in the LMC Agreement) or any other conditions imposed as a prerequisite by the Internal Revenue Service), the Parties agree that (i) notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2, the Grant Date shall be postponed for 30 days during which period the Parties shall mutually endeavor in good faith to negotiate the consummation of a transaction that is more tax efficient to both Parties and (ii) the references to June 1, 1997, in this Agreement (including as they relate to the definition of the Termination Date, Holdco's delivery of an Exercise Notice, Holdco's conditions to Closing, Holdco's access to the Business and SpinCo's delivery of the Disclosure Letter and related schedules) shall be automatically extended to the date, if later than June 1, 1997, that is five days after the termination of the discussions contemplated by this Section 15(b).

16. Notices. Any notice, request, demand, waiver or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given only if delivered in person or by


46

first class, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, or sent by courier or, if receipt is confirmed, by telecopier:

If to Holdco:

Time Warner Inc.
75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, New York 10019

Attention: President

with a copy similarly addressed to the attention of General Counsel

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore Worldwide Plaza
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10019

Attention: William P. Rogers, Jr., Esq.

If to LMC:

Liberty Media Corporation

8101 East Prentice Avenue Suite 500
Englewood, Colorado 80111

Attention: President


47

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Stephen M. Brett, Esq.

General Counsel

Tele-Communications, Inc. Terrace Towers II
5619 DTC Parkway
Englewood, Colorado 80111-3000

and

Baker & Botts, L.L.P.

599 Lexington Avenue

Suite 2800
New York, New York 10022

Attention: Elizabeth Markowski, Esq.

If to SpinCo:

Southern Satellite Systems, Inc.

8101 East Prentice Avenue Suite 500
Englewood, Colorado 80111

Attention: President


48

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Stephen M. Brett, Esq.

General Counsel

Tele-Communications, Inc. Terrace Towers II
5619 DTC Parkway
Englewood, Colorado 80111-3000


(but only prior to the Spin-off)

and

Baker & Botts, L.L.P.

599 Lexington Avenue

Suite 2800
New York, New York 10022

Attention: Elizabeth Markowski, Esq.

Any party may change the address to which notices are required to be sent by giving notice of such change in the manner provided in this Section 16. All notices will be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery or on the fifth business day after mailing in accordance with this Section, except that any notice of a change of address will be effective only upon actual receipt.

17. Waiver. This Agreement or any of its provisions may not be waived except in writing. The failure of any Party to enforce any right arising under this Agreement on one or more occasions will not operate as a waiver of that or any other right on that or any other occasion.

18. Interpretation. The section captions of this Agreement are for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section or Exhibit such reference shall be to


49

a Section of, or an Exhibit to, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words "include", "includes" or "including" are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation".

19. Choice of Law. This Agreement and the rights of the Parties under it will be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and performed wholly therein.

20. Time. If the last day permitted for the timing of any notice or the performance of any act required or permitted under this Agreement falls on a day which is not a business day, the time for the giving of such notice or the performance of such act will be extended to the next succeeding business day.

21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute a single instrument.

22. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including all Exhibits and Schedules attached to this Agreement, the Distribution Contract, the Registration Rights Agreement, the LMC Agreement and the agreements referenced herein and therein, each of which shall be deemed to constitute a part of this Agreement) contains the entire agreement of the Parties, and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements and understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a writing signed by the Parties.

23. Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement which is held to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, as to such jurisdiction, will be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity or


50

unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of the Agreement in any other jurisdiction, and in the event any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such provision will be reformed with respect to, and enforced as fully as possible in, such jurisdiction, consistent (to the extent possible) with the purposes and intents of the parties expressed herein.

24. Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the corresponding meanings:

(a) An "Affiliate" of a person means another person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first person;

(b) "Business" means the business of uplinking and distributing to MVPDs the signal of the television station broadcasting on the date hereof in Atlanta, Georgia under the call letters WTBS, and any successor over-the-air television station in Atlanta, Georgia that broadcasts substantially similar programming as WTBS following its conversion to a copyright-paid programming service (as such converted service may be renamed); provided that the Business shall refer to the business of uplinking and distributing only one such broadcast television station at any one time. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, neither (i) the existence of an agreement between SpinCo or any unrelated third party and any intermediary (such as Satellite and/or Netlink USA) pursuant to which such intermediary arranges for the WTBS signal transmitted by SpinCo or such unrelated third party to be received by an "affiliate" of such intermediary as defined in Section 11(d) of this Agreement (or an analogous definition, if the intermediary is not Satellite), and any


51

other person to whom such intermediary is authorized to arrange for the transmission of such signal, as contemplated by Section 11(d), nor (ii) any activities by any intermediary of the type contemplated by Section 11(g) hereof, shall in itself (A) cause such an intermediary to be construed as engaging in the "Business" as defined herein or (B) cause such an intermediary to be in violation of the restrictions of Section 4 pursuant to the last sentence of the first paragraph thereof;

(c) "Current Market Price", as of any date, means the average of the daily closing prices for the shares of the Holdco Common Stock for the 20 trading day period ending on the full trading day immediately prior to the date in question, appropriately adjusted to take into account any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations and the like, the ex-dividend date or effective date for which occurs during (but after the first day of) such 20 trading day period. The closing price for each trading day shall be the last reported sale price on such day (or if no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices) of the Holdco Common Stock (regular way) as shown on the Composite Tape of the New York Stock Exchange;

(d) "FTC Agreement in Principle" means the Agreement in Principle with FTC Staff re: Consent Order dated July 16, 1996, entered into by the Federal Trade Commission, Holdco and TCI;

(e) "FTC Consent Decree" means the Agreement Containing Consent Order (including the FTC Agreement in Principle, the "ACCO") dated as of August , 1996, with the Federal Trade Commission, together with the Order issued in connection with the ACCO;

(f) "Governmental Entity" means a court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality;


52

(g) "Holdco Common Stock" means the Common Stock, $.01 par value, of Holdco;

(h) "Letter Ruling" means a letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (i) to the effect that, at the time thereof, the Spin-off shall constitute a tax free distribution under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and (ii) that is otherwise acceptable to Holdco and TCI;

(i) "Liberty Subsidiaries" means TCI Turner Preferred, Inc., Liberty Broadcasting, Inc., United Cable Turner Investment, Inc. and Communication Capital Corp.;

(j) "Managed Subsidiary" means, as to Holdco, an Affiliate of Holdco (i) in which Holdco has, directly or indirectly, a majority ownership interest and (ii) as to which Holdco has day-to-day management control, specifically including, without limitation, as of the date hereof, Time Warner Entertainment Company L.P. and Time Warner Entertainment/ Advance Newhouse Partnership;

(k) "Material Adverse Effect" means, as to any person, a material adverse effect on the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of such person and its consolidated subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the ability of such person to perform its obligations under any of the Relevant Agreements to which it is a party;

(l) "MVPDs" means all cable, MMDS, LMDS, TVRO, DBS, video dial tone and/or other distributors of multichannel video programming by any means;

(m) "Ordinary Course Guidelines" means the general guidelines with respect to the operation of the Business of SpinCo as set forth on Exhibit 3 hereto;

(n) "Spin-off" means the distribution by TCI of 100% of the capital stock of SpinCo to holders of record of


53

TCI's Tele-Communications, Inc. Series A Liberty Media Group Common Stock and Tele-Communications, Inc. Series B Liberty Media Group Common Stock;

(o) "Taxing Authority" shall mean any Federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.

(p) "Tax" shall mean any Federal, state, local and foreign taxes and assessments, including all interest penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts; and

(q) "WTBS Distributors" means those persons and entities with whom SpinCo has an affiliate agreement or other arrangement or agreement for the distribution of WTBS.

25. Enforcement. The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement, and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court of the United States located in the States of Colorado, Delaware or New York, or in Delaware or Colorado state court (in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity). In addition, each of the Parties hereto (a) hereby consents and submits itself to the non-exclusive personal jurisdiction of any Federal court located in the States of Colorado, Delaware and New York or any Delaware or Colorado state court in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court.


54

26. No Unauthorized Transfer of Control. Nothing in this Agreement or the Distribution Contract shall, nor shall be construed to, constitute a transfer of control of the licenses held by SpinCo and its subsidiaries without prior approval by the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") of the transfer of all such licenses issued by the FCC to SpinCo and its subsidiaries. SpinCo shall at all times retain full, exclusive and absolute control of the licensed facilities as well as ultimate responsibility for the operation of the FCC licensed facilities pursuant to all applicable rules and policies of the FCC and the Communications Act of 1934, as the foregoing may be superseded or amended.

27. Continuation as Passive Carrier. SpinCo is and will continue to be a passive carrier, and nothing in this Agreement or the Distribution Contract shall, nor shall be construed to, require SpinCo to operate with respect to carriage of the WTBS signal other than as a passive carrier pursuant to 17 U.S.C. ss. 111(a)(3) and as a satellite carrier pursuant to 17 U.S.C. ss. 119(a), prior to the Converted WTBS, as defined in Section 18 of the Distribution Contract.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

TW INC.,

By /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
   ---------------------------
   Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
   Title: Vice President


55

LIBERTY MEDIA CORPORATION,

By /s/ Robert R. Bennett
   --------------------------
   Name:  Robert R. Bennett
   Title: Executive Vice
          President

SOUTHERN SATELLITE SYSTEMS,
INC.

By /s/ Robert R. Bennett
   --------------------------
   Name:  Robert R. Bennett
   Title: Executive Vice
          President

With respect to Section 11(d),
Section 11(f) and
Section 11(g) only:

SATELLITE SERVICES, INC.,

By /s/ Stephen M. Brett
   --------------------------
   Name:  Stephen M. Brett
   Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT 3 TO
THE SSSI AGREEMENT

ORDINARY COURSE GUIDELINES

Under Section 6(a)(ix) of the SSSI Agreement to which this Exhibit 3 is attached, SpinCo is required to represent on the Closing Date that, except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter, the Business has been operated in the ordinary course consistent with past practices and the following guidelines.

Capitalized terms used, but not defined herein, have the meanings assigned thereto in the SSSI Agreement.

In operating the Business:

(i) SpinCo distributes WTBS only pursuant to service agreements;

(ii) SpinCo requires that all WTBS Distributors make all required payments to the Copyright Tribunal;

(iii) SpinCo requires in its service agreements that its WTBS Distributors receive the WTBS signal from no other source other than (A) SpinCo or (B) Holdco and its Managed Subsidiaries;

(iv) SpinCo requires mandatory carriage of WTBS on all the systems covered under its service agreements on all tiers of service other than the lifeline tier, subject to (A) SpinCo's ability to provide the WTBS signal and (B) customary termination provisions; and

(v) SpinCo enforces the Copyright Tribunal, exclusivity, carriage and tiering provisions described in (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.


STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

Stockholders' Agreement, dated October 10, 1996, by and among TCI Turner Preferred, Inc., a Colorado corporation ("TCITP"), Liberty Broadcasting, Inc. ("LBI") and Communication Capital Corp. ("CCC" and, together with LBI and TCITP, the "TCITP Stockholders"), R.E. Turner, III ("Turner"), Turner Outdoor, Inc. ("TOI") and Turner Partners, L.P., a Georgia limited partnership ("TP" and, together with Turner, the "Turner Stockholders"), and TW Inc., a Delaware corporation, which promptly following the date hereof will change its name to Time Warner Inc. ("Holdco").

Each of the TCITP Stockholders and the Turner Stockholders is or may become a beneficial owner of shares of capital stock of Holdco. The Turner Stockholders, Holdco and the TCITP Stockholders desire to enter into the arrangements set forth in this Agreement regarding future dispositions of shares of Holdco capital stock which the Turner Stockholders or the TCITP Stockholders now or may in the future beneficially own.

Therefore, in consideration of the premises and the mutual benefits to be derived hereunder and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions: The following terms in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings listed below:

Affiliate: With respect to any Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly Controls, is under common Control with or is Controlled by such first Person. The term "affiliated" (whether or not capitalized) shall have a correlative meaning. For purposes of this Agreement (i) the Turner Foundation, Inc. (the "Turner Foundation"), the R.E. Turner Charitable Remainder Unitrust No. 2 (the "Turner Unitrust") and any other Charitable Transferee or Qualified Trust


2

shall be deemed not to be Affiliates of any Turner Stockholder and (ii)(A) no TCITP Affiliate shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Turner Affiliate, or vice versa, and (B) no TCITP Affiliate or Turner Affiliate shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Holdco Affiliate, or vice versa.

Affiliated Group: With respect to any Stockholder, the group consisting of such Stockholder and all Controlled Affiliates of such Stockholder.

Agreement: This Agreement as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Appraised Value: As defined in Section 4.1 hereof.

The "beneficial owner" of any security means a direct or indirect beneficial owner of such security within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, as in effect on and as interpreted by the Commission through the date of this Agreement, and the terms (whether or not capitalized) "beneficially own," "beneficially owned" and "owned beneficially" shall have correlative meanings; provided, however, that any Person who at any time beneficially owns any Option or Convertible Security shall also be deemed to beneficially own the Underlying Securities, whether or not such Option or Convertible Security then is or within 60 days will be exercisable, exchangeable or convertible.

Board of Directors: The Board of Directors of Holdco.

Bona Fide Offer: As defined in Section 3.1 hereof.


3

Broker Transactions: "Broker's transactions" within the meaning of paragraph (g) of Rule 144 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act.

Charitable Transfer: Any Disposition of Covered Securities by a Turner Stockholder to the Turner Foundation, any other Charitable Transferee, the Turner Unitrust or any other Qualified Trust that is not an Exempt Transfer pursuant to clause (vii) of the definition of Exempt Transfer; provided, however, that any such transferee shall, by a written instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to TCITP, agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the Covered Securities that are the subject of such Charitable Transfer to the same extent as the Turner Stockholder making such Disposition.

Charitable Transferee: Any charitable organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code.

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other Federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Common Stock: The common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Holdco or any other shares of capital stock of Holdco into which the Common Stock may be reclassified or changed.

Contract: Any agreement, contract, commitment, indenture, lease, license, instrument, note, bond or security.


4

Control: As to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person (whether through ownership of securities, partnership interests or other ownership interests, by contract, or otherwise). The terms "Controlled," "Controlling" and similar variations shall have correlative meanings.

Controlled Affiliate: When used with respect to a specified Person, means each Affiliate of such Person which is Controlled by such Person and which is not Controlled by or under common Control with any other Person (except one or more other Controlled Affiliates of such specified Person); provided, however, that for purposes of any provision of this Agreement which requires any Stockholder to cause one or more of its Controlled Affiliates to take or refrain from taking any action (including any action relating to the Disposition of any Covered Securities) or which otherwise purports to be applicable to any Covered Securities owned or held by one or more Controlled Affiliates of such Stockholder, no Affiliate of such Stockholder which otherwise would be a Controlled Affiliate of such Stockholder shall be deemed to be a Controlled Affiliate of such Stockholder unless such Stockholder possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct decisions regarding such action or the Disposition of such Covered Securities.

Convertible Securities: Evidences of indebtedness, shares of stock or other securities or obligations which are convertible into or exchangeable, with or without payment of additional consideration in cash or property, for any Holdco Shares, either immediately or upon the occurrence of a specified date or a specified event, the satisfaction of or failure to satisfy any condition or the happening or failure to happen of any other contingency.


5

Covered Securities: Any and all Holdco Shares, Convertible Securities and Options.

Current Market Price: As to any share of Common Stock at any date, the average of the daily closing prices for shares of the Common Stock for the 5 consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately before the day in question. The closing price for such shares for each day shall be the last reported sale price or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices, in either case on the principal United States securities exchange on which such shares are listed or admitted to trading, or if they are not listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange, the last reported sale price (or the average of the quoted closing bid and asked prices if no sale is reported) as reported on the Nasdaq Stock Market, or any comparable system, or if such shares are not quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market, or any comparable system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by any member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. selected by Holdco.

Defensive Provision: (i) any control share acquisition, interested stockholder, business combination or other similar antitakeover statute (including the Delaware Statute) applicable to Holdco, (ii) any provision of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Holdco
(including Article V of such Restated Certificate of Incorporation), and (iii)
any plan or agreement to which Holdco is a party, whether now or hereafter existing, which would constitute a "poison pill" or similar antitakeover device (including any Rights Plan).

Delaware Statute: Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any successor statutory provision.


6

Disadvantageous Result: (i) The breach or violation of any Restriction applicable to any member of the Group of such Stockholder or its Affiliates, (ii) any member of the Group of such Stockholder or its Affiliates becoming subject to any Restriction to which it was not previously subject, or
(iii) the occurrence of any Rights Plan Triggering Event.

Disposition: When used with respect to any Covered Security, any sale, assignment, alienation, gift, exchange, conveyance, transfer, hypothecation or other disposition whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether direct or indirect, of such Covered Security or of dispositive control over such Covered Security. "Disposition" shall not include (i) a transfer of voting control of a Covered Security to the extent required to avoid imposition of any prohibition, restriction, limitation or condition on or requirement under any Requirement of Law or Defensive Provision having any of the effects described in clauses (A) and (B) of the definition of Restriction herein, or (ii) delivery of a revocable proxy in the ordinary course of business. The term "dispose" (whether or not capitalized) shall mean to make a Disposition. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(i) any redemption, purchase or other acquisition in any manner (whether or not for any consideration) by Holdco of any Covered Securities shall be deemed to be a Disposition of such Covered Securities; and

(ii) none of the conversion or exchange of a Convertible Security, the exercise of any Option or the failure to convert or exchange a Convertible Security or to exercise any Option prior to the expiration of the right of conversion, exchange or exercise shall be deemed to be a Disposition of such Convertible Security or such Option.


7

For purposes of this Agreement any Disposition of any Option or Convertible Security shall also constitute a Disposition of the Underlying Securities.

Effective Time: "Effective Time of the Merger", as defined in the Merger Agreement.

Encumbrance: As defined in Section 3.1(f) hereof.

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as from time to time in effect.

Exempt Transfer: Any Disposition that falls within any one of the following clauses: (i) An exchange or conversion of Covered Securities which occurs by operation of law in connection with a merger, consolidation of Holdco with or into another corporation, or a recapitalization, reclassification or similar event that has been duly authorized and approved by the required vote of the Board of Directors and the stockholders of Holdco pursuant to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Holdco and the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of Holdco; (ii) any surrender by a Stockholder to Holdco of Covered Securities upon redemption by Holdco of such Covered Securities pursuant to any right or obligation under the express terms of such Covered Securities that is made on a proportionate basis from all holders of such Covered Securities and is not at the option of such Stockholder; (iii) any Permitted Pledge and any transfer of such pledged Covered Securities to the Pledgee upon default of the obligations secured by such pledge; (iv) any transfer solely from one member of the Affiliated Group of a Stockholder to another member of the Affiliated Group of a Stockholder; (v) any transfer by a Stockholder who is an


8

individual to (A) a spouse, (B) any other member of his immediate family (i.e., parents, children, including those adopted before the age of 18, grandchildren, brothers, sisters, and the spouses or children of the foregoing), (C) Qualified Trust or (D) a custodian under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act or similar fiduciary for the exclusive benefit of his children during their lives; (vi) subject to Section 4, any transfer to the legal representatives of a Stockholder who is an individual upon his death or adjudication of incompetency or by any such legal representatives to any Person to whom such Stockholder could have transferred such Covered Securities pursuant to any clause of this definition;
(vii) a transfer by the Turner Stockholders of up to an aggregate of 12 million shares (less the product of (A) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock of TBS that are the subject of a Disposition (as such term is defined in the TBS Shareholders' Agreement) effected by Turner that is contemplated by Section 3(a) of the TBS Shareholders' Agreement after September 22, 1995, and (B) the Common Conversion Number (as defined in the Merger Agreement)) of Common Stock (appropriately adjusted to take into account any stock split, reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization, conversion, reorganization, merger or other change in such Common Stock) to any Charitable Transferee if, in the written opinion of legal counsel reasonably acceptable to TCITP, requiring such Charitable Transferee to become a party to this Agreement would limit by a material amount the amount of the deduction for federal income tax purposes that would be available to the applicable Turner Stockholder in the absence of such requirement, and any subsequent transfer by any such Charitable Transferee of any such shares; (viii) any exchange, conversion or transfer of Covered Securities pursuant to Section 4.1 of the LMC Agreement; and (ix) any sale or transfer permitted by and made in accordance with Section 3 or 4 hereof; provided, however, that no Disposition pursuant to clause (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi) shall be


9

an Exempt Transfer, unless each Person to whom any such Disposition is made, unless already a party to this Agreement and bound by such provisions or a Controlled Affiliate of a party to this Agreement who is bound by such provisions, shall by a written instrument become a party to this Agreement bound by all of the provisions hereof applicable to the Stockholder making such Disposition.

Exercise Notice: Either an Other Stockholder Exercise Notice or a Holdco Exercise Notice, as the context requires.

Fast-Track Offer Notice: As defined in Section 3.3(a) hereof.

Fast-Track Sale: Any sale of shares of Common Stock for the account of any Stockholder which meets all of the following requirements as of the date a Fast-Track Offer Notice is given with respect thereto pursuant to
Section 3.3:

(i) such Stockholder has a bona fide intention to sell such shares of Common Stock within a period of 115 days after such date and such sale is not being undertaken as a result of any offer to buy, bid or request, invitation or solicitation to sell made by any Person (other than any such offer, bid, request, invitation or solicitation from a registered broker-dealer or investment banker not intended to circumvent the provisions of Section 3.1);

(ii) the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act and is listed for trading on a national securities exchange registered under the Exchange Act or traded in the over-the-counter market and quoted in an automated quotation system of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.;


10

(iii) such sale is to be effected through Broker Transactions or pursuant to a registration statement covering such shares in effect at the date of the Fast-Track Offer Notice; and

(iv) the following sum does not exceed $100 million:

(A) the aggregate Current Market Price of the shares of Common Stock to be sold (determined as of the date a Fast-Track Offer Notice with respect thereto is given pursuant to Section 3.3), plus

(B) the aggregate sale price of all shares of Common Stock sold pursuant to Section 3.3 by any member or former member of the same Group as such Stockholder during the 90 days immediately preceding the date of such Fast Track Offer Notice, plus

(C) without duplication, the aggregate Current Market Price, determined as of the date specified in subclause (A) of this clause (iv), of all shares of Common Stock as to which any Fast-Track Offer Notice is given by any other Stockholder who is a member of the same Group as such Stockholder within two business days before or two business days after such date.

Fast-Track Shares: As defined in Section 3.3(a) hereof.

Free to Sell Date: As defined in Section 3.1(j) hereof.


11

FTC: The Federal Trade Commission.

FTC Consent Decree: The Agreement Containing Consent Order (the "ACCO") dated as of August 14, 1996, as amended on September 4, 1996 among Old TW, TCI, TBS, LMC and the FTC which contemplates the issuance of an Order, together with such Order and the Interim Agreement attached as Exhibit I to the ACCO, in each case as the same may be amended from time to time hereafter.

Governmental Authority: Any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any court, commission, agency or other body exercising executive, legislative, judicial or regulatory functions.

Group: Either the TCITP Stockholders considered collectively as a group or the Turner Stockholders considered collectively as a group, as the context requires.

Holdco: As defined in the opening paragraphs of this Agreement.

Holdco Affiliates: Holdco and Affiliates of Holdco.

Holdco Elected Shares: In the case of any Offer Notice, any Subject Shares covered thereby as to which Holdco exercises its right of purchase pursuant to Section 3.1(e).

Holdco Exercise Notice: As defined in Section 3.1(e).

Holdco Shares: Any and all shares of capital stock of Holdco of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized or existing.


12

Holdco Stockholders Agreement: Any stockholders' agreement between Holdco and any one or more of the Turner Stockholders in effect on the date hereof.

Initial Trigger: As of a given time, for either Stockholder, with respect to the Subject Shares covered by any Offer Notice or Tender Notice, the greatest number of such Subject Shares as may then be acquired by such Stockholder (or its Affiliates) without causing a Disadvantageous Result.

Involuntary Event: As defined in Section 4.1 hereof.

Judgment: Any order, judgment, writ, decree, award or other determination, decision or ruling of any court, judge, justice or magistrate, any other Governmental Authority or any arbitrator.

LMC Agreement: The Second Amended and Restated LMC Agreement dated as of September 22, 1995, among Old TW, Holdco, LMC Parent and certain subsidiaries of LMC Parent.

LMC Parent: Liberty Media Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Merger Agreement: The Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995, among Old TW, Holdco, TW Acquisition Corp., a Georgia corporation, Time Warner Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, and TBS, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of August 8, 1996.

Offer Notice: As defined in Section 3.1(a) hereof.

Old TW: The Delaware corporation known on September 22, 1995 as Time Warner Inc.


13

Old TW Rights Plan: The Rights Agreement dated as of January 20, 1994, between Old TW and Chemical Bank, as Rights Agent.

Options: Any options, warrants or other rights (except Convertible Securities), however denominated, to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any Holdco Shares or Convertible Securities, with or without payment of additional consideration in cash or property, either immediately or upon the occurrence of a specified date or a specified event or the satisfaction or failure to satisfy any condition or the happening or failure to happen of any other contingency.

Other Stockholder: With respect to a Turner Stockholder, the "Other Stockholder" shall be TCITP, and with respect to a TCITP Stockholder, the "Other Stockholder" shall be Turner.

Other Stockholder Elected Shares: As defined in Section 3.1(e) hereof.

Other Stockholder Exercise Notice: As defined in Section 3.1(e) hereof.

Other Stockholder Group: With respect to any Other Stockholder, the Group of which such Other Stockholder is a member.

Permitted Pledge: A bona fide pledge of Covered Securities by a Stockholder to a financial institution to secure borrowings permitted by applicable law; provided that such financial institution agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of Sections 2, 3 and 4 of this Agreement to the same extent and with the same effect as such Stockholder and the


14

borrowings so secured are with full recourse against other assets of such Stockholder or other collateral.

Per-Share Offer Consideration: As defined in Section 3.1(a) hereof.

Person: Any individual, corporation, limited liability company, general or limited partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated business or organization, governmental authority or other legal entity or legal person, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity. The term "Person" also includes any group of two or more Persons formed for any purpose.

Prospective Purchaser: As defined in Section 3.1 hereof.

Public Sale: Any sale to the public for the account of any Stockholder, (i) in Broker Transactions, (ii) otherwise pursuant to Rule 144 or
(iii) through a registered offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act which in any case meets both of the following requirements (to the extent applicable) as of the date an Offer Notice is given:

(A) such Stockholder has a bona fide intention to sell such shares of Common Stock as promptly as practicable after all applicable requirements of the Securities Act are satisfied, and such sale is not being undertaken as a result of any offer to buy, bid or request, invitation or solicitation to sell made by any Person (other than any such offer, bid, request, invitation or solicitation from a registered broker-dealer or investment banker not intended to circumvent the provisions of Section 3.1); and


15

(B) in the case of a registered offering, such shares either have been registered under the Securities Act or such Stockholder has the immediate right to require Holdco to register such shares under the Securities Act.

Purchase Price: As defined in Section 3.1(a) hereof.

Purchase Right: As defined in Section 3.1(c) hereof.

Purchased Shares: When used with reference to a Purchaser which is the Other Stockholder, the Other Stockholder Elected Shares, and when used with respect to a Purchaser which is a Holdco Affiliate, the Holdco Elected Shares.

Purchaser: The term "Purchaser" means TCITP, in the case of any purchase of TCITP Elected Shares pursuant to any Other Stockholder Exercise Notice, Turner, in the case of any purchase of Turner Elected Shares pursuant to any Other Stockholder Exercise Notice, and Holdco, in the case of any purchase of Holdco Elected Shares pursuant to any Holdco Exercise Notice.

Qualified Trust: Any trust described in Section 664 of the Code of which a Stockholder, members of his family or a Charitable Transferee (and no other persons) are income beneficiaries.

Related Party: As to any Person, any Affiliate of such Person and, if such Person is a natural person, such Person's parents, children, siblings and spouse, the parents and siblings of such Person's spouse and the spouses of such Person's children who become parties to this Agreement.


16

Requirement of Law: With respect to any Person, all federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, Judgments, injunctions and orders of a court or other Governmental Authority or an arbitrator, applicable to or binding upon such Person, any of its property or any business conducted by it or to which such Person, any of its assets or any business conducted by it is subject.

Restriction: Any prohibition, restriction, limitation or condition on or requirement under any Defensive Provision or Requirement of Law, including the FTC Consent Decree, (A) that (i) limits the ability of any Stockholder to acquire additional Holdco Shares or hold or dispose of any Holdco Shares or to participate in any material right or benefit otherwise available or to be distributed to security holders of the same class as the Holdco Shares, generally, or requires such Stockholder to Dispose of any Holdco Shares, (ii) reduces or otherwise limits the ability to exercise the voting or other rights of all or a portion of the Holdco Shares beneficially owned by such Stockholder below that applicable to Holdco Shares generally, or (iii) limits the ability of any Stockholder to consummate any merger, consolidation, business combination or other transaction with, Holdco or any of its subsidiaries or other Affiliates or substantially increases the cost of consummation or (B) under which the acquisition or ownership of additional Holdco Shares (i) would result in a material violation of applicable law, (ii) would require the discontinuance of any material business or activity or the divestiture of any material portion of any business or property, or (iii) would make the continuation of any such business or activity or the ownership of such property illegal or subject to material damages or penalties.

Rights: The rights issued to the holders of record of the Common Stock pursuant to any Rights Plan, having the rights


17

and privileges, and subject to the terms and conditions, set forth in such Rights Plan, and any other security or right which may be issued or granted in exchange or substitution therefor or in replacement or upon exercise thereof.

Rights Plan: Any stockholder rights plan or other form of "poison pill" adopted by Holdco and in effect at any time during the term of this Agreement, as amended or modified from time to time.

Rights Plan Trigger: As of a given time, for either Stockholder, with respect to the Subject Shares covered by any Offer Notice or Tender Notice, the greatest number of such Subject Shares as may then be acquired by such Stockholder (or its Affiliates) without causing a Rights Plan Triggering Event; provided, however, that if at such time there shall be no Rights Plan in effect, the Rights Plan Trigger shall be equal to the total number of Subject Shares covered by such Offer Notice or Tender Notice.

Rights Plan Triggering Event: Any event under any Rights Plan analogous (in terms of its effects under such Rights Plan) to one of the following events under the Old TW Rights Plan:

(i) any member of either Group becoming an "Acquiring Person" within the meaning of the Old TW Rights Plan or

(ii) the Rights becoming transferable separately from shares of the Common Stock;

in any such case, in the event of a dispute, as determined in accordance with Section 3.1(d).


18

Sale Agreement: As defined in Section 3.1(f) hereof.

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as from time to time in effect.

Selling Stockholder: As defined in Section 3.1 hereof.

Stockholder: Any TCITP Stockholder or Turner Stockholder.

Subject Shares: As defined in Section 3.1 hereof.

TBS: Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.

TBS Shareholders' Agreement: The Shareholders' Agreement dated as of June 3, 1987, among TBS, Turner and the Original Investors named therein.

TCITP: As defined in the opening paragraphs of this Agreement.

TCITP Affiliates: TCITP and the Affiliates of TCITP.

TCITP Stockholders: TCITP and all Controlled Affiliates of TCITP, in each case so long as such Person is or is required to be a party to this Agreement or is the beneficial owner of any TCITP Holdco Shares.

TCITP Holdco Shares: Any and all Covered Securities of which any TCITP Stockholder becomes the direct or indirect beneficial owner at the Effective Time or thereafter.


19

Tendering Stockholder: As defined in Section 3.4(a) hereof.

Tender Notice: As defined in Section 3.4(a) hereof.

Tender Shares: As defined in Section 3.4(a) hereof.

TOI: As defined in the opening paragraphs of this Agreement.

TP: As defined in the opening paragraphs of this Agreement.

Turner: As defined in the opening paragraphs of this Agreement.

Turner Affiliates: The Turner Stockholders and the Affiliates of the Turner Stockholders.

Turner Stockholders: Turner and all Affiliates of Turner, in each case so long as such Person is the beneficial owner of any Covered Securities, the Turner Foundation, the Turner Unitrust or any other Charitable Transferee if such entity is required to become a party to this Agreement as a result of a Charitable Transfer (provided, however, that any such entity shall be deemed a Turner Stockholder only with respect to Turner Holdco Shares acquired by such entity in a Charitable Transfer) and any Turner Related Party who is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof.

Turner Holdco Shares: Any and all Covered Securities of which any Turner Stockholder becomes the direct or indirect beneficial owner at the Effective Time or thereafter; provided, however, that Covered Securities beneficially owned by the Turner


20

Foundation or the Turner Unitrust immediately after the Effective Time shall not be Turner Holdco Shares.

Underlying Securities: When used with reference to any Option or Convertible Security as of any time, the Covered Securities issuable or deliverable upon exercise, exchange or conversion of such Option or Convertible Security (whether or not such Option or Convertible Security is then exercisable, exchangeable or convertible). In the case of an Option to acquire a Convertible Security, the Underlying Securities of such Option shall include the Underlying Securities of such Convertible Security.

2. Restrictions on Dispositions of Covered Securities. No Turner Stockholder shall Dispose of any Turner Holdco Shares, except in an Exempt Transfer or a Charitable Transfer. No TCITP Stockholder shall Dispose of any TCITP Holdco Shares, except in an Exempt Transfer. Any purported Disposition of Covered Securities in violation of this Agreement shall be null and void and of no force or effect, and, if Holdco has actual knowledge of such violation, Holdco shall (and shall direct each registrar and transfer agent, if any, for the Covered Securities to) refuse to register or record any such purported Disposition on its transfer and registration books and records or to otherwise recognize such purported Disposition. Subject to Section 4, if any Involuntary Event affecting any Stockholder shall occur, such Stockholder's legal representatives, heirs, successors or transferees, as the case may be, and all Covered Securities beneficially owned by them shall be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The Turner Stockholders shall, and shall cause each Related Party of Turner to, comply with the provisions of this Agreement intended to be applicable to the Turner Stockholders or any Turner Holdco Shares. The TCITP Stockholders shall, and shall cause each Related Party of


21

each TCITP Stockholder to, comply with the provisions of this Agreement intended to be applicable to the TCITP Stockholders or any TCITP Holdco Shares.

3. Right of First Refusal:

3.1 If any Stockholder (the "Selling Stockholder") desires to accept an offer (other than with respect to a Public Sale or a Fast-Track Sale, consistent with the definitions thereof, or a tender or exchange offer to which
Section 3.4 is applicable) (a "Bona Fide Offer") from a Person which is not a Related Party of such Selling Stockholder (the "Prospective Purchaser") to purchase any or all of the Covered Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Stockholder (the "Subject Shares"), such Selling Stockholder shall, in accordance with the following procedures, terms and conditions, first offer to sell the Subject Shares to the Other Stockholder for consideration (subject to subsections (g) and (h) of this Section 3.1) and on terms no more favorable to the Selling Stockholder than those which would apply if the Selling Stockholder accepted the Bona Fide Offer:

(a) The Selling Stockholder shall deliver to the Other Stockholder a written notice (the "Offer Notice", which term shall include any Offer Notice delivered pursuant to Section 3.2(a)) which shall (i) state the number of shares or other appropriate unit of Covered Securities of each class, series or other type that comprise the Subject Shares; (ii) identify the Prospective Purchaser; and (iii) state the aggregate purchase price to be paid by the Prospective Purchaser for the Subject Shares (the "Purchase Price") and the kind and amount of consideration proposed to be paid or delivered by the Prospective Purchaser for the Subject Shares of each class, series or other type and the amount thereof allocable to each


22

share or other appropriate unit of the Subject Shares of that class, series or other type (the "Per-Share Offer Consideration" for the Covered Securities of that class, series or other type), the timing and manner of the payment or other delivery thereof and any other material terms of such Bona Fide Offer. The Selling Stockholder shall deliver a copy of the Offer Notice to Holdco at the same time it is delivered to the Other Stockholder.

(b) The Offer Notice shall be accompanied by a true and complete copy of the Bona Fide Offer.

(c) If an Offer Notice is given by a Selling Stockholder, the Other Stockholder shall have the right (the "Purchase Right"), exercisable in the manner hereinafter provided, to require the Selling Stockholder to sell to the Other Stockholder the number or other amount of the Subject Shares determined in accordance with this Section 3.1(c). If there is no Defensive Provision or Requirement of Law in effect at the time any Offer Notice is given that imposes any Restriction on the Other Stockholder (or that would impose a Restriction if the Other Stockholder were to exercise the Purchase Right as to all the Subject Shares), the Other Stockholder may exercise the Purchase Right only as to all, but not less than all of the Subject Shares. If there are one or more Defensive Provisions or Requirements of Law in effect at the time such Offer Notice is given that impose any Restriction on the Other Stockholder (or that would impose such a Restriction if the Other Stockholder were to exercise the Purchase Right as to all the Subject Shares), the Other Stockholder may exercise the Purchase Right only as to a number of Subject Shares that is greater than or equal to the Initial Trigger relating to the Other Stockholder at such time and less than or equal to the Rights Plan Trigger relating to the Other Stockholder at such time. For purposes of


23

this Section 3.1(c), the Initial Trigger and the Rights Plan Trigger will be determined as provided in Section 3.1(d).

(d) Commencing not later than the second business day after an Offer Notice is given if there are one or more Defensive Provisions in effect at such time, the Selling Stockholder and the Other Stockholder shall consult with each other and Holdco in an effort to agree with respect to the Initial Trigger and the Rights Plan Trigger, and upon request Holdco will provide the Stockholders with information relating thereto pursuant to Section
3.5. If agreement is not reached by the Selling Stockholder and the Other Stockholder on or prior to the fifth business day after the Offer Notice was given, then, within two business days after such fifth business day, the Selling Stockholder and the Other Stockholder shall jointly designate an independent law firm of recognized national standing, which firm will be directed to submit a written report regarding its conclusions as to the Initial Trigger and the Rights Plan Trigger within 5 business days (which report shall include, if requested, such law firm's conclusion as to whether any specified event under a Rights Plan constitutes a Rights Plan Triggering Event). The number of Subject Shares as to which the Other Stockholder may exercise the Purchase Right shall be determined as follows:

(i) upon such law firm rendering a written report within such 5 business day period as to the Initial Trigger and the Rights Plan Trigger, if the Other Stockholder elects to exercise its Purchase Right, the Other Stockholder may exercise such Purchase Right only as to a number of Subject Shares equal to or greater than the Initial Trigger and less than or equal to the Rights Plan Trigger, as such amounts shall be specified in such report; and


24

(ii) if such law firm does not render a written report as to the Initial Trigger and the Rights Plan Trigger within such 5 business day period, if the Other Stockholder elects to exercise its Purchase Right, the Other Stockholder may exercise such Purchase Right only as to a number of Subject Shares equal to or greater than the Initial Trigger and less than or equal to the Rights Plan Trigger, as determined by such Other Stockholder.

If any law firm is so retained, Holdco, the Other Stockholder and the Selling Stockholder shall provide such law firm with such information as may be reasonably requested in connection with the preparation of such report and shall otherwise cooperate with each other and such law firm with the goal of allowing such law firm to render such report as promptly as reasonably practicable. Each of Holdco, the Other Stockholder and the Selling Stockholder shall be responsible for the payment of one-third of the fees and disbursements of such law firm, except that if, at the time such law firm is retained, Holdco waives its right to purchase any Subject Shares covered by the current Offer Notice, Holdco shall not be responsible for any such fees and disbursements, which shall in such case be borne equally by the Selling Stockholder and the Other Stockholder. If the Selling Stockholder and the Other Stockholder are unable to agree upon the selection of an independent law firm within the two business day period provided for in this Section 3.1(d), either such Stockholder may apply to the American Arbitration Association (or another nationally-recognized organization that provides alternative dispute resolution services) to appoint an independent law firm to prepare and submit the report provided for in this
Section 3.1(d), and any law firm so appointed shall constitute the law firm contemplated by this Section 3.1(d). Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no


25

determination relating to the Initial Trigger, the Rights Plan Trigger or any Rights Plan Triggering Event pursuant to this Section 3.1(d) shall be binding upon Holdco in the absence of a written instrument signed by Holdco agreeing to such determination (it being understood that Holdco has no obligation to provide the Stockholders with any such written instrument).

(e) If the Other Stockholder desires to exercise the Purchase Right with respect to any Subject Shares covered by any Offer Notice, it shall do so by a written notice (an "Other Stockholder Exercise Notice") delivered to the Selling Stockholder by the Other Stockholder prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the eighth business day following the receipt of an Offer Notice or, if there is any dispute as to the Initial Trigger or the Rights Plan Trigger, within 3 business days after the resolution of such dispute. The Other Stockholder Exercise Notice shall state the aggregate number or other appropriate amount of each class, series or other type of the Subject Shares to be purchased (the "Other Stockholder Elected Shares"). A copy of the Other Stockholder Exercise Notice shall be sent to Holdco at the same time it is given to the Selling Stockholder. If an Other Stockholder Exercise Notice is given within such period but, in accordance with Sections 3.1(c) and 3.1(d), such Other Stockholder Exercise Notice specifies that only a portion of the Subject Shares are elected to be purchased (a "Partial Exercise Notice), then the Selling Stockholder shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to each of the Other Stockholder and Holdco given within five business days after the Partial Exercise Notice was given, to terminate the Offer Notice and abandon the proposed sale pursuant to the Bona Fide Offer, in which case the provisions of this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated with respect to any and all proposed future Dispositions of the same or any Subject Shares pursuant to any subsequent Bona Fide Offer by the same or any other Prospective Purchaser. If no


26

Other Stockholder Exercise Notice is delivered within the applicable number of business days, or if an Other Stockholder Exercise Notice is delivered but the number of Other Stockholder Elected Shares is less than the number of Covered Securities that are the subject of such Offer Notice and the Selling Stockholder does not exercise its right to terminate the Offer Notice and abandon the proposed sale pursuant to the preceding sentence, Holdco shall have the right, exercisable by a written notice (a "Holdco Exercise Notice") given to the Selling Stockholder by Holdco prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the second business day following the expiration of such period of 8 or 3 business days, as the case may be, to elect to purchase all, but not less than all of the Subject Shares which are not Other Stockholder Elected Shares, in accordance with the procedures, terms and conditions set forth below in this Section 3.1 and for a consideration (subject to subsections (g) and (h) of this Section 3.1) and on terms no more favorable to the Selling Stockholder than those which would apply if the Selling Stockholder accepted the Bona Fide Offer with respect to the Holdco Elected Shares. A copy of the Holdco Exercise Notice shall be sent to the Other Stockholder at the same time it is given to the Selling Stockholder. The Selling Stockholder shall have the right to condition the closing of the sale of the Other Stockholder Elected Shares to the Other Stockholder upon the closing of the sale of any Holdco Elected Shares and the closing of the sale of any Holdco Elected Shares on the closing of the sale of the Other Stockholder Elected Shares.

(f) If an Exercise Notice is given in accordance with Section 3.1(e), within 5 business days thereafter the Purchaser and the Selling Stockholder shall enter into a binding agreement (the "Sale Agreement") for the sale of the Purchased Shares to the Purchaser, which agreement shall contain such representations, warranties, covenants and conditions no less


27

favorable to the Selling Stockholder than the terms contemplated by the Bona Fide Offer, except with respect to the kind and number or other amount of Subject Shares to be purchased and the aggregate purchase price payable in the event that the Purchased Shares constitute fewer than all the Subject Shares. The Sale Agreement shall provide for the closing of the purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares to be held at the offices of the Selling Stockholder at 11:00
a.m. local time on the 60th day after the Offer Notice was given (subject to extension in accordance with Sections 3.1(i) and 5.1) or at such other place or on such earlier date as the parties to the Sale Agreement may agree. At such closing, the Purchaser shall (subject to subsections (e), (g) and (h) of this
Section 3.1) purchase the Purchased Shares for cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds in an account at a bank designated by the Selling Stockholder, such designation to be made no less than three days prior to closing. At the closing, the Selling Stockholder shall deliver the certificates and other evidences of the Purchased Shares to the Purchaser, against payment in full for the Purchased Shares, free and clear of any pledge, claim, lien, option, restriction, charge, shareholders' agreement, voting trust or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever to which the Purchased Shares are subject in the hands of the Selling Stockholder other than restrictions on transfer arising under federal and state securities laws and claims, restrictions, options and encumbrances arising under this Agreement (an "Encumbrance"). Without limiting the generality of the immediately preceding sentence, if such Purchased Shares are Other Stockholder Elected Shares and if the Other Stockholder is TCITP, such Purchased Shares shall be free and clear of all Encumbrances existing or arising under any Holdco Stockholders Agreement, and Holdco shall release all such Encumbrances upon the closing of the purchase and sale of such Purchased Shares pursuant hereto. The certificates evidencing the Purchased Shares will be in proper


28

form for transfer, with appropriate stock powers executed in blank attached and documentary or transfer tax stamps affixed. The Selling Stockholder shall execute such other documents as shall be necessary to effectuate the sale of the Purchased Shares and such additional documents as may be contemplated by the Bona Fide Offer or as may reasonably be requested by any purchaser. The Other Stockholder may assign any or all of its rights, and delegate any or all of its obligations, under any Sale Agreement to which it is a party with respect to the purchase and sale of any or all of the Other Stockholder Elected Shares to any Controlled Affiliate of the Other Stockholder, provided that no such assignment or delegation shall release the Other Stockholder from its obligations thereunder without the written consent of the Selling Stockholder. Holdco may assign any or all of its rights, and delegate any or all of its obligations, under any Sale Agreement to which it is a party or otherwise with respect to the purchase and sale of any or all of the Holdco Elected Shares to any Controlled Affiliate of Holdco, provided that no such assignment or delegation shall release Holdco from its obligations thereunder without the written consent of the Selling Stockholder.

(g) Subject to Section 3.1(h), if the Bona Fide Offer contemplated that the Purchase Price for the Subject Shares proposed to be Disposed of by the Selling Stockholder would be paid, in whole or in part, other than in cash, then the Purchaser shall pay for its Purchased Shares in cash in lieu of such other consideration in an amount equal to the fair market value of such other consideration as agreed by the Selling Stockholder and the Other Stockholder. In the event of any disagreement between the Other Stockholder and the Selling Stockholder as to the fair market value of any noncash consideration payable to the Selling Stockholder, then at the request of either such party given within 5 business days following the delivery of the Offer Notice


29

such determination shall be conclusively made by a panel of appraisers, one of whom shall be selected by the Other Stockholder, the second of whom shall be selected by the Selling Stockholder and the third of whom shall be selected by the first two appraisers. The Other Stockholder and the Selling Stockholder shall each designate their appraiser within 3 business days after receipt of any request for appraisal, and such appraisers shall designate the third appraiser within 3 business days thereafter. Each appraiser shall submit its determination of the fair market value of such noncash consideration to the Other Stockholder, Holdco and the Selling Stockholder within 5 business days after the panel is empaneled and such fair market value shall be the average of the two closest valuations (or the middle valuation, if the highest and lowest valuation differ from the middle valuation by an equal amount). Each appraiser appointed shall be a nationally recognized investment banking, appraisal or accounting firm which is not directly or indirectly a Related Party of any party to this Agreement or any Prospective Purchaser and which has no interest (other than the receipt of customary fees) in the event giving rise to the need for the appraisal. Each of the Other Stockholder and the Selling Stockholder shall be responsible for the payment of one-half of the costs of such appraisal.

(h) If the Bona Fide Offer contemplated that any part of the Purchase Price for any Subject Shares would be paid in debt securities, each purchaser of any of such Subject Shares may, in its discretion, elect to pay the equivalent portion of its allocable share of the Purchase Price for the Purchased Shares through the issuance of debt securities with substantially similar terms in an amount the fair market value of which is equal to the fair market value of the equivalent portion of the debt securities specified in the Bona Fide Offer, in each case as agreed by such purchaser and the Selling Stockholder or, failing


30

such agreement, as determined in accordance with the appraisal procedures specified in Section 3.1(g), taking into consideration relevant credit factors relating to the Prospective Purchaser and such purchaser and the marketability and liquidity of such debt securities.

(i) All time periods specified in subsection (e) or (f) of this Section 3.1 shall be extended for a number of days equal to the number of days in the period from the date the request for appraisal is made pursuant to subsection (g) or (h) of this Section 3.1 or Section 4 (as the case may be) through and including the date of submission of the last to be submitted of the required appraisals. Each of the Other Stockholder, the Selling Stockholder and Holdco shall be responsible for the payment of one-third of the costs of each appraisal pursuant to subsection (h) of this Section 3.1 (including the fees of all appraisers appointed in accordance with subsection
(h) of this Section 3.1), except that, if, at the time such appraisal is requested, Holdco waives its right to purchase any Subject Shares covered by the current Offer Notice, Holdco shall not be responsible for any such fees and disbursements, which shall in such case be borne equally by the Selling Stockholder and the Other Stockholder.

(j) The Selling Stockholder shall have the right to sell Subject Shares to the Prospective Purchaser only in the following circumstances:

(i) If neither an Other Stockholder Exercise Notice nor a Holdco Exercise Notice is given in accordance with Section 3.1(e) within the applicable time period specified therein (as such period may be extended pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section 3.1), the Selling Stockholder shall have the right (within the period specified below in


31

this subsection) to sell all but not less than all of the Subject Shares to the Prospective Purchaser, and in such case the "Free to Sell Date" shall be the business day following the expiration of the last to expire of all time periods provided for in Section 3.1(e).

(ii) If an Other Stockholder Exercise Notice is given but the number of Other Stockholder Elected Shares is less than the number of Covered Securities that are subject to the relevant Offer Notice, and if no Holdco Exercise Notice is given in accordance with Section 3.1(e) within the applicable time period specified therein (as such period may be extended pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section 3.1), then the Selling Stockholder shall have the right (within the period specified below in this subsection) to sell all, but not less than all of the Subject Shares which are not Other Stockholder Elected Shares to the Prospective Purchaser, and in such case the "Free to Sell Date" shall be the earlier of the fifth business day following the date the Other Stockholder Exercise Notice was given and the date that Holdco notifies the Selling Stockholder that it has determined not to purchase any such Subject Shares.

(iii) If an Other Stockholder Exercise Notice is given but a Sale Agreement for the Other Stockholder Elected Shares is not executed by the Purchaser and tendered to the Selling Stockholder for execution within the 5 business day period specified in the first sentence of
Section 3.1(f) (as such period may be extended pursuant to subsection
(i) of this Section 3.1), then the Selling Stockholder shall have the right (within the period specified below in this subsection) to sell all, but not less than all of the Subject Shares to the Prospective Purchaser, and in such case the "Free to


32

Sell Date" shall be the business day after expiration of such 5 business day period.

(iv) If a Holdco Exercise Notice is given but a Sale Agreement for the Holdco Elected Shares is not executed by the Purchaser and tendered to the Selling Stockholder for execution within the 5 business day period specified in the first sentence of Section 3.1(f) (as such period may be extended pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section 3.1), then the Selling Stockholder shall have the right (within the period specified below in this subsection) to sell all, but not less than all of the Holdco Elected Shares to the Prospective Purchaser, and in such case the "Free to Sell Date" shall be the business day after the expiration of such 5 business day period.

(v) If a Sale Agreement for either Other Stockholder Elected Shares or Holdco Elected Shares is executed by the Purchaser and the Selling Stockholder, but the closing of the purchase and sale thereunder shall not occur by the latest date for such closing determined in accordance with Sections 3.1(f), 3.1(i) and 5.1 for any reason other than a breach or violation by the Selling Stockholder of any of such Selling Stockholder's representations, warranties, covenants or agreements that are a condition to such closing, then the Selling Stockholder shall have the right (within the period specified below in this subsection) to sell all, but not less than all of such Other Stockholder Elected Shares or the Holdco Elected Shares covered by such Sale Agreement to the Prospective Purchaser, and in such case the "Free to Sell Date" shall be the business day after such latest date for such closing as so determined.


33

(vi) If between the date an Other Stockholder Election Notice is given with respect to any Other Stockholder Elected Shares and the closing of the purchase and sale of such Other Stockholder Elected Shares, there shall be any amendment or modification adverse to the Other Stockholder of any Defensive Provision in effect on the date the Other Stockholder Election Notice was given, adoption of any other Defensive Provision adverse to the Other Stockholder, waiver adverse to the Other Stockholder of any term or provision of or exercise adverse to the Other Stockholder of any other discretionary right or power under any Defensive Provision (whether then or thereafter in effect), any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, share exchange, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other action or event which in the opinion of the Other Stockholder would, if such purchase and sale were consummated, have a Disadvantageous Result, then notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any provision of any Sale Agreement to which any member of the Other Stockholder Group may be a party and without any liability or obligation to the Selling Stockholder, Holdco, any other party to this Agreement or any Prospective Purchaser, the Other Stockholder may, by written notice given to the Selling Stockholder and Holdco within five business days after the Other Stockholder acquires actual knowledge of such action or event, rescind the Other Stockholder Election Notice and any Sale Agreement to which any member of the Other Stockholder Group may be a party and abandon the purchase and sale of the Other Stockholder Elected Shares pursuant thereto. In such event, the Selling Stockholder shall have the right to sell all or any portion of the Subject Shares to the Prospective Purchaser and the "Free to Sell Date" shall be the business day following receipt by the Selling Stockholder of such written notice of abandonment.


34

Any sale of Subject Shares to the Prospective Purchaser permitted by this
Section shall be for the Purchase Price (or a greater price), payable in the manner specified in the Bona Fide Offer, and otherwise on terms and conditions no more favorable to the Prospective Purchaser than those contained in the Bona Fide Offer; provided, however, that if such Subject Shares constitute fewer than all the Subject Shares, the purchase price therefor shall be equal to or greater than the portion of the Purchase Price allocable to such Subject Shares (determined by multiplying each share or other appropriate unit of such Subject Shares of each class, series or other type by the Per-Share Offer Consideration for the Subject Shares of that class, series or other type). In the event that
(i) the Prospective Purchaser has not entered into a binding agreement with the Selling Stockholder for the purchase of such Subject Shares within the 30-day period following the Free to Sell Date or (ii) the Prospective Purchaser has not purchased such Subject Shares within the time period which would be applicable to a purchase thereof by a Purchaser under the second sentence of Section 3.1(f) as if calculated from the Free to Sell Date (except that the 60-day period referred to therein shall be construed as a 120-day period for this purpose), then, in either such case, the Selling Stockholder's right to sell Subject Shares to the Prospective Purchaser pursuant to this Section 3.1(j) shall expire and the provisions of this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated with respect to any and all proposed future Dispositions of the same or any other Subject Shares pursuant to any subsequent Bona Fide Offer by the same or any other Prospective Purchaser.

3.2 Public Sales.

(a) If any Stockholder at any time intends to effect a Public Sale of Covered Securities (other than a Fast-Track Sale), such Stockholder may deliver to the Other


35

Stockholder an Offer Notice pursuant to Section 3.1 offering to sell such Covered Securities to the Other Stockholder at a price equal to the aggregate Current Market Price thereof on the date on which such Offer Notice is given. A copy of such Offer Notice shall be sent to Holdco at the same time it is given to the Other Stockholder. If any such Offer Notice with respect to any Covered Securities is given, the Stockholder giving the Offer Notice shall have all rights and obligations of a "Selling Stockholder" under Section 3.1 and each of the Other Stockholder and Holdco shall have all of their respective rights and obligations provided for in Section 3.1, in each case with the same effect as if such Covered Securities were "Subject Shares" proposed to be sold by the Selling Stockholder to a Prospective Purchaser for "Per-Share Offer Consideration" consisting of cash in an amount equal to the Current Market Price of the Covered Securities on the date such Offer Notice is given and for a "Purchase Price" equal to the total Current Market Price on such date of all such Subject Shares, and as if the other terms of the Public Sale were the terms of the "Bona Fide Offer" made by such assumed Prospective Purchaser, except that subsections (g),
(h) and (i) of Section 3.1 shall not apply and the provisions of subsection (j) of Section 3.1 shall apply only as modified by subsection (b) of this Section 3.2.

(b) Subject Shares covered by any Offer Notice given pursuant to this Section 3.2 may be sold (after full compliance with this
Section 3.2 and the applicable provisions of Section 3.1) by the Selling Stockholder at any available price in a Public Sale of the type described in such Offer Notice, provided that such sale or sales are completed within the period of 120 days after the applicable Free to Sell Date; provided, however, that if the issuer of any Covered Securities exercises any right to delay the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement relating to such Covered Securities or to suspend sales


36

under such registration statement, then the period shall be extended by the number of days in any such delay or suspension period. If any Subject Shares covered by such Offer Notice which such Selling Stockholder becomes obligated under this Section 3.2 to sell to one or more purchasers or their permitted assignees are not, for any reason, sold to such Persons within any applicable period determined pursuant to Section 3.1, or if any such Subject Shares which such Selling Stockholder is entitled, pursuant to the first sentence of this
Section 3.2(b), to sell in the Public Sale are not so sold within the period provided in such sentence, then in each case the right of such Selling Stockholder to sell such unsold Subject Shares shall terminate and such Subject Shares shall thereafter continue to be subject to the restriction on Dispositions of Covered Securities contained in Section 2.

3.3 Fast-Track Sales.

(a) Any Stockholder who proposes to make a Fast-Track Sale may deliver to each of the Other Stockholder and Holdco a written notice (the "Fast-Track Offer Notice") to such effect which states the number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be sold (the "Fast-Track Shares"). The delivery of any such notice shall constitute the offer by such Stockholder to sell to the Other Stockholder, Holdco or both all or such portion of the Fast-Track Shares as it or they may have the right to purchase in accordance with this Section 3.3 at a price payable in cash equal to the aggregate Current Market Price thereof on the date on which such Fast-Track Offer Notice is given.

(b) The Other Stockholder shall have the right to elect to purchase (or to designate any one or more of the members of the Other Stockholder Group as purchasers of) all or any number of the Fast-Track Shares. The Other Stockholder and


37

Holdco shall consult with each other in an effort to resolve any questions as to the Initial Trigger and the Rights Plan Trigger; provided, that if the Other Stockholder and Holdco cannot resolve such issue, then the Other Stockholder shall have the right to purchase only the number of Fast-Track Shares that Holdco shall specify. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no determination relating to the Initial Trigger or the Rights Plan Trigger pursuant to this Section 3.3(b) shall be binding upon Holdco in the absence of a written instrument signed by Holdco agreeing to such determination (it being understood that Holdco has no obligation to provide the Other Stockholder with any such written instrument). If the Other Stockholder desires to exercise its purchase right under this Section 3.3, it shall do so by a written notice specifying the number of the Fast-Track Shares to be purchased and identifying the purchasers thereof, given to the Stockholder who gave the Fast-Track Offer Notice prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the third business day following the receipt by the Other Stockholder of the Fast-Track Offer Notice (provided that any Fast-Track Offer Notice received on a day that is not a business day or after 12 noon, New York City time, on a business day, shall be deemed to have been received on the next following business day). Holdco shall have the right to elect to purchase any or all of the Fast-Track Shares that the Other Stockholder does not elect to purchase or have one or more other members of the Other Stockholder Group purchase in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, which right shall be exercisable by a written notice specifying the number of such Fast-Track Shares to be purchased, which notice shall be given by Holdco to the Stockholder proposing to sell such Fast-Track Shares and the Other Stockholder prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the fifth business day following the receipt by the Other Stockholder and Holdco of the Fast-Track Offer Notice. If any such notice is given by either the Other Stockholder or Holdco, the closing of


38

the purchase and sale of the Fast-Track Shares covered thereby shall be held at the offices in the continental United States of the Other Stockholder or Holdco (as the case may be) specified in such notice, 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the fourth business day after such notice was given or at such other place or date as the Stockholder selling the Fast-Track Shares and the purchasers thereof may agree, and such closing date shall not be subject to extension pursuant to
Section 5.1 or otherwise unless such selling Stockholder and such purchasers agree to such extension. At such closing, the purchasers shall purchase such Fast-Track Shares for cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds in an account at a bank designated by the selling Stockholder, such designation to be made no less than three business days prior to closing, against delivery at the closing by the selling Stockholder of the certificates evidencing the Fast-Track Shares to be sold to such purchasers, in proper form for transfer, with appropriate stock powers executed in blank attached and documentary or transfer tax stamps affixed. Such delivery of such certificates shall constitute the representation and warranty of such selling Stockholder that upon such delivery, such selling Stockholder duly transferred good and marketable title to the shares evidenced thereby, clear of any Encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the immediately preceding sentence, if the Other Stockholder is TCITP, such purchased Fast-Track Shares shall be free and clear of all Encumbrances existing or arising under any Holdco Stockholders Agreement, and Holdco shall release all such Encumbrances upon the closing of the purchase and sale thereof. The purchase price payable for each Fast-Track Share purchased pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall be the Current Market Price determined as of the date the Fast-Track Offer Notice was given.

(c) Any Fast-Track Shares not purchased pursuant to Section 3.3(b) may be sold by the selling Stockholder at any


39

available price in one or more Fast-Track Sales within the 90-day period following the twelfth business day after the receipt by both Holdco and the Other Stockholder of the Fast-Track Offer Notice, and if all Fast-Track Shares for any reason are not sold within such period either pursuant to Section 3.3(b) or in one or more Fast-Track Sales, then the right to sell such Fast-Track Shares shall terminate and such Fast-Track Shares shall thereafter continue to be subject to the restrictions on Dispositions of Covered Securities contained in Section 2.

3.4 Tender or Exchange Offer Sales.

(a) If any Person shall make a tender or exchange offer to acquire any Covered Securities, and if any Stockholder (a "Tendering Stockholder") intends to tender any Covered Securities, such Tendering Stockholder shall give the Other Stockholder written notice (the "Tender Notice") of such intention not later than ten calendar days prior to the latest time by which securities must be tendered in order to be accepted pursuant to such offer as such date may from time to time be extended (the "Tender Date"), specifying the Covered Securities proposed to be tendered (the "Tender Shares"), together with copies of all written materials by which such offer is being made. A copy of such Tender Notice shall be sent to Holdco at the same time it is given to the Other Stockholder.

(b) Any Tender Notice given by any Tendering Stockholder shall constitute an offer by such Tendering Stockholder to sell to the Other Stockholder the Tender Shares. The Other Stockholder shall have the right to elect to purchase (or to designate any one or more of the members of the Other Stockholder Group as purchasers of) all or any number of the Tender Shares in accordance with this Section 3.4. The Other Stockholder and Holdco shall consult with each other in an effort


40

to resolve any questions as to the Initial Trigger and the Rights Plan Trigger, but the rights of the Other Stockholder under this Section 3.4 shall not be affected by the failure of Holdco to concur in any conclusion of the Other Stockholder with respect to any such matter. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no determination relating to the Initial Trigger or the Rights Plan Trigger pursuant to this Section 3.4(b) shall be binding upon Holdco in the absence of a written instrument signed by Holdco agreeing to such determination (it being understood that Holdco has no obligation to provide the Other Stockholder with any such written instrument). If the Other Stockholder desires to exercise its purchase right under this Section 3.4, it shall do so by a written notice specifying the number of the Tender Shares to be purchased and identifying the purchasers thereof, given to the Tendering Stockholder at least three business days prior to the Tender Date. If any such notice is given by the Other Stockholder, the closing of the purchase and sale of the Tender Shares covered thereby shall be held at the offices of the Other Stockholder within the continental United States specified in such notice at 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on a date specified in such notice that is not later than two business days prior to the Tender Date, or at such other place or date as the Tendering Stockholder and the Other Stockholder may agree, and such closing date shall not be subject to extension pursuant to Section 5.1 or otherwise unless the Tendering Stockholder and the Other Stockholder agree to such extension. At such closing, the purchasers identified by the Other Stockholder shall purchase such Tender Shares for cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account at a bank designated by the Tendering Stockholder in the Tender Notice, against delivery at the closing by the Tendering Stockholder of the certificates or other instruments evidencing the Tender Shares to be sold to such purchasers, in proper form for transfer, with appropriate stock powers executed in blank


41

attached and documentary or transfer tax stamps affixed. Such delivery of such certificates shall constitute the representation and warranty of such Tendering Stockholder that upon such delivery, such Tendering Stockholder duly transferred good and marketable title to the shares evidenced thereby, free and clear of any Encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the immediately preceding sentence, such purchased Tender Shares shall be free and clear of all Encumbrances existing or arising under any Holdco Stockholders Agreement, and Holdco shall release all such Encumbrances upon the closing of the purchase and sale thereof. The total purchase price to be paid by such purchasers for such Tender Shares shall be (i) if such tender or exchange offer is consummated, the purchase price that the Tendering Stockholder would have received if it had tendered such Tender Shares and all such Tender Shares had been purchased in such tender or exchange offer, including any increases in the price paid by the offeror after exercise by the Other Stockholder of its right of first refusal under this Section 3.4 or after the closing of the purchase of Tender Shares pursuant to such exercise, (ii) if such tender or exchange offer is not consummated, the highest price offered pursuant thereto, or (iii) if any other tender or exchange offer is commenced prior to the expiration or termination of such tender or exchange offer, the highest price offered in either such tender or exchange offers in each case with any offered securities or other property except cash to be valued as provided in Section 3.4(c).

(c) If the consideration offered in such tender or exchange offer consists, in whole or in part, of securities or other property except cash, then the purchasers identified by the Other Stockholder shall pay for the Tender Shares cash in lieu of such other consideration in an amount equal to the fair market value of such other consideration as agreed by the Tendering Stockholder and the Other Stockholder. In the event the


42

Tendering Stockholder and the Other Stockholder do not agree as to the fair market value of any such noncash consideration by the beginning of the second business day after the Offer Notice is given, then such determination shall be conclusively made by a panel of appraisers, one of whom shall be selected by the Other Stockholder, the second of whom shall be selected by the Tendering Stockholder and the third of whom shall be selected by the first two appraisers. The Other Stockholder and the Tendering Stockholder shall each designate their appraiser within three business days after such Offer Notice is given, and such appraisers shall designate the third appraiser within three business days thereafter. Each appraiser shall submit its determination of the fair market value of such noncash consideration within three business days after the panel is empaneled and such fair market value shall be the average of the two closest valuations (or the middle valuation, if the highest and lowest valuation differ from the middle valuation by an equal amount). Each appraiser appointed shall be a nationally recognized investment banking, appraisal or accounting firm which is not directly or indirectly a Related Party of any party to this Agreement or the Person making the tender or exchange offer and which has no interest (other than the receipt of customary fees) in the event giving rise to the need for the appraisal. Each of the Other Stockholder and the Tendering Stockholder shall be responsible for the payment of one-half of the costs of such appraisal.

(d) If the Other Stockholder does not exercise its right of first refusal under this Section 3.4 by giving a notice of exercise in accordance with Section 3.4(b) or, having given such notice, fails to purchase and pay for (or have one or more of its designees purchase and pay for) such Tender Shares on or prior to the business day prior to the Tender Date, then the Tendering Stockholder shall be free to accept the tender or


43

exchange offer with respect to which the Tender Notice was given or any other tender or exchange offer commenced during the pendency of the tender or exchange offer with respect to which the Tender Notice was given.

3.5 Holdco to Provide Certain Information. If requested at any time or from time to time by any Stockholder, Holdco shall promptly provide to such Stockholder in writing
(i) all information which such Stockholder reasonably may request for the purpose of determining whether, based on the facts set forth by such Stockholder in such request, any acquisition of beneficial ownership by such Stockholder or the Other Stockholder would result in the occurrence of a Disadvantageous Result under or in respect of any Defensive Provision and (ii) such other non-confidential information known to Holdco as such Stockholder may reasonably request regarding (A) the number of Covered Securities issued and outstanding at any time, (B) the number of Covered Securities owned of record by any person at any time, or
(C) the terms and conditions of any Defensive Provision.

3.6 Certain Actions by Holdco. In the event that Holdco shall
(i) amend or modify any Defensive Provision in effect on the date hereof, or
(ii) adopt any Defensive Provision after the date hereof, or (iii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any outstanding Covered Securities, directly or indirectly through any Controlled Affiliate of Holdco, and the result of any such action is to reduce the Initial Trigger or the Rights Plan Trigger with respect to any Stockholder Group, then, in the case of any Offer Notice or Tender Notice delivered after such action, if such action shall have had the effect of reducing the number of Subject Shares covered by such Offer Notice that may then be purchased by the Other Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, Holdco shall have no right under this Agreement to purchase any Subject Shares covered by such Offer Notice.


44

4. Involuntary Event; Death or Incapacity.

4.1 In the event that (i) any Stockholder shall be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent or file a voluntary petition for bankruptcy (or an involuntary petition for bankruptcy shall have been filed against any Stockholder and the same shall not have been dismissed within 60 days after the date of filing), or file a pleading in any court of record admitting his inability to pay his debts as they become due, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (ii) a receiver, administrator, guardian, legal committee or other legal custodian of any Stockholder's property shall be appointed (other than in connection with his death or incapacity) and not discharged within 60 days, or (iii) a writ of attachment or levy or other similar court order shall prevent any Stockholder from exercising his or its right to vote or Dispose of any of his or its Covered Securities and such writ or levy is not dismissed (or such court order is not reversed) within 60 days, then such Stockholder shall promptly notify the Other Stockholder of the occurrence of any such event (the "Involuntary Event"). Simultaneously with the delivery of any such notice required by this Section 4.1, such Stockholder shall deliver an Offer Notice to such Other Stockholder pursuant to Section 3.1, offering to sell all Covered Securities beneficially owned by such Stockholder to such Other Stockholder at the Appraised Value. Each Stockholder giving such an Offer Notice shall have, in respect of such Offer Notice, all rights and obligations under Section 3.1 of a Selling Stockholder, except that if such Stockholder is a Turner Stockholder, for so long as such Turner Stockholder is subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in the Holdco Stockholders' Agreement, it shall not be entitled to sell any Covered Securities to any Person other than the Purchasers, if any; each Other Stockholder and Holdco shall have, in respect of such Offer Notice, all rights and obligations under Section 3.1


45

which are provided for therein in the case of any Offer Notice given pursuant thereto. For the purpose hereof, the term "Appraised Value" means the fair market value of the Covered Securities to be sold as determined by appraisal in the same manner as provided in Section 3.1(h) with respect to appraisals of noncash consideration. Each of such Stockholder, the Other Stockholder and Holdco shall be responsible for the payment of one-third of the costs of such appraisal, except that, if, at the time such appraisal is requested, Holdco waives its right to purchase any Subject Shares covered by the current Offer Notice, Holdco shall not be responsible for any such fees and disbursements, which shall in such case be borne equally by such Stockholder and the Other Stockholder. All time periods specified in subsection (e) or (f) of Section 3.1 shall be extended for a number of days equal to the number of days in the period from the delivery of the Offer Notice pursuant to this Section 4.1 through and including the date of submission of the last to be submitted of the required appraisals.

4.2 Any Sale Agreement entered into by any Stockholder and the Purchaser pursuant to an Offer Notice required by Section 4.1 shall provide that the closing of the sale of the Covered Securities to be sold and purchased thereunder may be postponed for such period as may be necessary to effect the purchase of such Covered Securities free from any claims of a trustee in bankruptcy, any garnishee or any court order. In the event that any Covered Securities subject to such Offer Notice are not purchased for any reason, such Covered Securities shall continue to be subject to this Agreement.

4.3 In the event of Turner's incapacity or death, his legal representative or the executor or administrator of his estate, as the case may be, shall be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement as fully as if such representative,


46

executor or administrator were a party hereto and his or its name were substituted for Turner's name herein and shall be entitled to exercise Turner's rights and required to perform his obligations hereunder.

5. Regulatory Approvals; Certain Representations, Warranties and Covenants.

5.1 Regulatory Approvals. If any sale of Covered Securities to any Stockholder, Holdco or any permitted assignee of any Stockholder or Holdco in accordance with Section 3.1, 3.2 or 4 requires, as a condition to the legal and valid transfer thereof to such Purchaser, any consent, approval, waiver, or authorization of, notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or the expiration of any waiting period imposed by applicable law and if Section 3.1, 3.2 or 4 (as the case may be) provides for the closing of such sale to be held before some fixed or ascertainable date, then such date shall be extended for the period of time during which efforts to obtain each such consent, approval, waiver, or authorization, to give such notice or make such filing and to obtain the termination of each such waiting period at the earliest reasonably practicable time are diligently being made; provided, however, that in no event shall the extension of any such closing date pursuant to this Section 5.1 exceed 90 days. Each party shall (and shall cause such party's Controlled Affiliates to) reasonably cooperate with the other parties in obtaining any such consent, approval, waiver, or authorization, to give any such notice or make any such filing and in obtaining the termination of any such waiting period at the earliest practicable time.

5.2 Representation and Warranty of Holdco. Holdco represents and warrants to each of TCITP and Turner that, other than the Old TW Rights Plan, the provisions of TW's Restated


47

Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and the Delaware Statute, there were no Defensive Provisions in effect on September 22, 1995; provided, however, that no representation is made as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than Delaware.

6. Legend on Stock Certificates; No Recordation of Transfer.

6.1 Each certificate or instrument representing Covered Securities directly or indirectly beneficially owned by any Stockholder shall bear the following legend until such time as the shares represented thereby are no longer subject to this Agreement:

"THE SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE OR ENCUMBRANCE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT DATED AS OF OCTOBER 10, 1996, AMONG R.E. TURNER, III, TCI TURNER PREFERRED, INC., TURNER PARTNERS, L.P., TIME WARNER INC. AND CERTAIN OTHER PERSONS. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE OFFICES OF TIME WARNER INC.

Holdco shall not be responsible for placing the above legend on any certificate representing Covered Securities, except to the extent that it has actual knowledge that such certificate has been issued in the name of any Stockholder.

6.2 Holdco agrees not to knowingly effect a transfer of any Covered Securities which to Holdco's actual knowledge are directly or indirectly beneficially owned by any Stockholder on its books except as permitted by the terms of this Agreement. A copy of this Agreement shall be filed with the Secretary of Holdco.


48

7. Representations and Warranties; Certain Additional Covenants.

7.1 Certain Representations and Covenants of the TCITP Stockholders. Each of the TCITP Stockholders represent and warrant to the Turner Stockholders and Holdco as follows:

(a) Neither such TCITP Stockholder nor any of its Controlled Affiliates that hold Holdco Shares is a party to or bound by, any Contract, Requirement of Law or Judgment, other than Requirements of Law referred to in Section 7.3(d), that does or may prevent, impede or delay the due and punctual performance by any such Person of its agreements, obligations and commitments contained in this Agreement, and such TCITP Stockholder will not enter into or permit any of its Controlled Affiliates to enter into any such Contract or take any other voluntary action or voluntarily omit to take any action that would have any such effect.

(b) Except for this Agreement and except for any Permitted Pledge in effect as of the date hereof, there is no option, warrant, right, call, proxy, or Contract that directly or indirectly provides for the sale, pledge or other Disposition of any of such TCITP Holdco Shares or any interest therein or any rights with respect thereto, relates to the voting, Disposition or control of any thereof or obligates or may obligate such TCITP Stockholder or any of its Controlled Affiliates to grant, offer or enter into any of the foregoing.

No breach or violation of any of the foregoing representations, warranties or covenants shall result or be deemed to result directly or indirectly from or by reason of any Contract between


49

TCITP and any of its Affiliates and Holdco and any of its Affiliates, directors or officers, whether now existing or hereafter entered into, nor from or by reason of the execution, delivery or performance of or action taken or omitted to be taken pursuant to the terms of any such Contract or the consummation of any transaction contemplated thereby, nor from or by reason of any option, warrant, right, call, proxy or other right granted, covenant made or obligation incurred under any such Contract that directly or indirectly provides for the sale, pledge or other Disposition of any of the TCITP Holdco Shares or any interest therein or any rights with respect thereto.

7.2 Certain Representations and Covenants of the Turner Stockholders. Each of the Turner Stockholders represents and warrants to the TCITP Stockholders and Holdco as follows:

(a) Neither such Turner Stockholder nor any of his or its Controlled Affiliates that hold Holdco Shares is a party to or bound by, any Contract, Requirement of Law or Judgment, other than any Requirements of Law referred to in Section 7.3(d), that does or may prevent, impede or delay the due and punctual performance by any such Person of his or its agreements, obligations and commitments contained in this Agreement, and such Turner Stockholder will not enter into or permit any of his or its Controlled Affiliates to enter into any such Contract or take any other voluntary action or voluntarily omit to take any action that would have any such effect.

(b) Except for this Agreement and any Holdco Stockholders Agreement and except for any Permitted Pledge in effect as of the date hereof, there is no option, warrant, right, call, proxy, or Contract that directly or indirectly provides for the sale, pledge or

other


50

Disposition of any of such Turner Holdco Shares or any interest therein or any rights with respect thereto, relates to the voting, Disposition or control of any thereof or obligates or may obligate such Turner Stockholder or any of his or its Controlled Affiliates to grant, offer or enter into any of the foregoing. Each of the Turner Stockholders has delivered to TCITP a true and complete copy of each Holdco Stockholders Agreement to which it is a party, if any, as amended through and in effect on the date of this Agreement.

No Turner Stockholder shall permit the amendment of any Holdco Stockholders Agreement to which it is a party in any manner that would have any effect referred to in Section 7.2(a).

7.3 Representations and Warranties of Each Party. Each party, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to each of the other parties as follows:

(a) If such party is a corporation or partnership, such party has all requisite corporate power and authority or partnership power and authority (as the case may be) to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance by such party of, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action or partnership action (as the case may be) on the part of such party.

(b) If such party is a natural person (whether acting individually or in a fiduciary capacity), such party has full legal capacity, right, power and authority to


51

execute, deliver and perform his or her obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party enforceable in accordance with its terms, except that (i) such enforceability may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights and (ii) such enforceability may be subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(d) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such party do not, either with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, (i) assuming compliance with the requirements referred to in clause (ii) of this sentence, violate or conflict with any Requirement of Law or Judgment applicable to such party, (ii) except for (A) requirements, if any, arising out of any required pre-merger notification and related filings with the FTC and the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice pursuant to the Hart-Scott- Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, (B) requirements, if any, arising out of the rules and regulations adopted by the Federal Communications Commission, and (C) requirements, if any, arising out of the FTC Consent Decree, require the consent or authorization of or waiver by or filing with any Governmental Authority or (iii) conflict with, result in the breach of any provision of, result in the modification or termination of, require the consent or authorization of or


52

waiver by or filing with any other parties to, or result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance pursuant to, or constitute a default under, any material agreement, permit, indenture, note, lease, license or franchise or any other material instrument to which such party is a party or by which such party's properties or assets are bound or from which such party derives benefit. For purposes of this
Section 7.3(d), the word "party" includes (i) in the case of Holdco, Holdco and its Affiliates, and (ii) in the case of any Turner Stockholder, such Turner Stockholder and his or its Related Parties.

8. No Assignment.

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and, in the event of the incapacity or death of any Turner Stockholder who is a natural person, his legal representatives, the executor or administrator of his estate, and his heirs and beneficiaries, as provided in
Section 4 hereof. Except as specifically provided herein, this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder may not be assigned or delegated, in whole or in part. Without prejudice to the rights of Holdco under any other provision of this Agreement, none of the provisions of Section 2 (other than the third sentence of Section 2) of this Agreement are intended to be for the benefit of or enforceable by Holdco, and Holdco shall not have any right, remedy or claim against any Stockholder by reason of any breach or violation thereof.

9. Specific Performance. The parties hereto acknowledge that the benefits to them under this Agreement are unique, that they are willing to enter into this Agreement only upon performance by each other of all of their obligations


53

hereunder and that monetary damage would not afford adequate remedy for failure to perform any such obligations hereunder. Accordingly, the parties hereby consent to specific performance of their obligations hereunder and waive any requirement for securing or posting of any bond in connection with the obtaining of any injunctive or other equitable relief to enforce their rights hereunder.

10. Termination, Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement shall terminate as to all parties on the first to occur of (i) the date on which no TCITP Stockholder beneficially owns any Covered Securities (otherwise than by reason of any Disposition made in violation of this Agreement), (ii) the date on which no Turner Stockholder beneficially owns any Covered Securities (otherwise than by reason of any Disposition made in violation of this Agreement) and (iii) any date of termination agreed to by TCITP and Turner. If, by reason of one or more Dispositions, the number of Holdco Shares directly or indirectly beneficially owned by the TCITP Stockholders, as a group, or the Turner Stockholders, as a group, is less than one-third of the number of the shares beneficially owned by such Group immediately after the Effective Time (which number, in the case of the TCITP Stockholders, shall be calculated after giving effect to the exchange required by Section 4.1 of the LMC Agreement and, as to each Group, shall be appropriately adjusted to take into account any stock split, reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization, conversion, reorganization, merger or other change in such Holdco Shares) then such group shall no longer have any right of first refusal under Section 3 or Section 4, but shall continue to be subject to all obligations and restrictions arising under this Agreement with respect to all Covered Securities which the members of that group continue to beneficially own. This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto only by an instrument in writing signed by each party;


54

provided, however, that execution of any such amendment by or on behalf of Holdco shall not be required unless such amendment adversely affects the rights or obligations of Holdco hereunder. Any term or provisions of this Agreement may be waived in writing at any time by the party which is entitled to the benefits thereof.

11. General Provisions

11.1 All periods of time referred to in this Agreement (other than references to business days ) shall include all Saturdays, Sundays or State of New York holidays provided that if the date or last date to perform the act or give any notice with respect to this Agreement shall fall on a Saturday, Sunday or State of New York holiday, such act or notice may be timely performed or given if performed or given on the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or State of New York holiday.

11.2 All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given or delivered upon confirmed facsimile transmission, personal delivery or the day following delivery to a courier service which guarantees overnight delivery of such notice or five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Post Office, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and, in the case of courier or mail delivery, addressed to the intended recipient at his or its address as shown on Schedule I attached hereto or such other address as a party may specify in writing.

11.3 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements, whether oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof (it being


55

understood that this Section 11.3 is not intended to obviate the respective rights and obligations of Turner, Holdco and the other parties thereto under the Investors Agreement (No. 1) dated as of the same date as this Agreement among Holdco, Turner, TOI and TP).

11.4 Any provision hereof which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or thereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.5 The headings of the articles and sections contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the parties and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The definitions in Section 1 and elsewhere in this Agreement shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words "include", "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation". The words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder" and words of similar import refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any part hereof unless the context shall otherwise require. All references herein to Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context shall otherwise require, any references as of any time to the "Certificate of Incorporation", "Restated Certification of Incorporation", "Articles of Incorporation", "charter",


56

"organizational or governing documents" or "By-laws" of any Entity, to any agreement (including this Agreement) or other Contract, instrument or document or to any statute or regulation or any specific section or other provision thereof are to it as amended and supplemented through such time (and, in the case of a statute or regulation or specific section or other provision thereof, to any successor of such statute, regulation, section or other provision). Unless otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context shall otherwise require, any provision of this Agreement using a defined term (by way of example and without limitation, such as "Controlled Affiliate") which is based on a specified characteristic, qualification, feature, relationship or status shall, as of any time, refer only to such Persons who have the specified characteristic, qualification, feature, relationship or status as of that particular time.

11.6 This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

11.7 This Agreement and the validity, interpretation and performance of the terms and provisions hereof shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the provisions thereof relating to choice or conflict of laws, except to the extent that the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of Holdco shall be mandatorily applicable.

11.8 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY (I) SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE OR FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY (AND OF ANY APPELLATE COURT TO WHICH AN APPEAL OF ANY JUDGMENT, ORDER, DECREE OR DECISION OF ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE


57

TAKEN) IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, (II) WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, INCLUDING ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM AND (III) WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING.


58

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Stockholders' Agreement in two or more counterparts as of the day and year first above written.

TCI TURNER PREFERRED, INC.

By: /s/ Robert R. Bennett
   ---------------------------------
   Name:  Robert R. Bennett
   Title: Executive Vice President

LIBERTY BROADCASTING, INC.

By: /s/ Robert R. Bennett
   ---------------------------------
   Name:   Robert R. Bennett
   Title:  Executive Vice President

COMMUNICATION CAPITAL CORP.

By: /s/ Robert R. Bennett
   ---------------------------------
   Name:  Robert R. Bennett
   Title: Executive Vice President

             /s/ R. E. Turner
   ---------------------------------
             R.E. TURNER, III

TURNER OUTDOOR, INC.

By: /s/ R.E. Turner
   ---------------------------------
   Name:
   Title:

TURNER PARTNERS, L.P.

By: /s/ R. E. Turner
    ---------------------------------
    Name:  R.E. Turner, III
    Title: General Partner


59

TW INC. (which promptly following
the date hereof is changing its name
to Time Warner Inc.)

By: /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
   ---------------------------------
   Name: Thomas W. McEnerney
  Title: Vice President


EXECUTION COPY

INVESTORS' AGREEMENT (NO. 1) dated as of
October 10, 1996, among TW INC. (to be
renamed TIME WARNER INC.), a Delaware
corporation ("Holdco"), and the other parties
signatory hereto (each an "Investor").

This Agreement is entered into pursuant to Section 6.02(f) of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 22, 1995 (the "Amended and Restated Merger Agreement"), among Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), Holdco, Time Warner Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Delaware Sub") and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco, TW Acquisition Corp., a Georgia corporation ("Georgia Sub") and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco, and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., a Georgia corporation (the "Company"). In connection with the TBS Merger (as defined in the Amended and Restated Merger Agreement), subject to certain exceptions, (a) each share of Class A Common Stock, par value $.0625 per share, of the Company and each share of Class B Common Stock, par value $.0625 per share, of the Company will be converted into the right to receive 0.75 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdco ("Holdco Common Stock") and
(b) each share of Class C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.125 per share, of the Company will be converted into the right to receive 4.80 shares of Holdco Common Stock. As a condition to the obligations of Parent, Holdco, Delaware Sub and Georgia Sub to effect the Mergers (as defined in the Amended and Restated Merger Agreement), Parent, Holdco, Delaware Sub and Georgia Sub have required that each initial Investor enter into this Agreement.


2

Accordingly, it is hereby agreed as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Amended and Restated Merger Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Affiliate" and "Associate", when used with reference to any person, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Agreement. Neither Holdco nor any of its subsidiaries or controlled Affiliates, on the one hand, nor the Principal Investor, on the other hand, shall be an "Affiliate" or an "Associate" of the other. The Turner Foundation, Inc. and the Robert E. Turner Charitable Foundation Unitrust No. 2 shall be deemed not to be Affiliate or Associates of any Investor.

A person shall be deemed the "beneficial owner" of, and shall be deemed to "beneficially own", and shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of:

(i) any securities that such person or any of such person's Affiliates or Associates is deemed to "beneficially own" within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Agreement; and

(ii) any securities (the "underlying securities") that such person or any of such person's Affiliates or Associates has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (written or oral), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise (it being understood that such


3

person shall also be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for the underlying securities).

"Board" shall mean the board of directors of Holdco.

"Charitable Transferee" shall mean any charitable organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on the date in question, unless otherwise specifically provided.

"Investor" shall mean each person that executes this Agreement in such capacity and each successor, assign and other person that pursuant to the terms hereof is required to become a party hereto as an Investor.

"Investors' Agreement (No. 2)" shall mean an Investors' Agreement (No. 2), substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 to the Amended and Restated Merger Agreement.

"permitted transferee" of any natural person shall mean (i) in the case of the death of such person, such person's executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, heirs, devisees and legatees and (ii) such person's current or future spouse, parents, siblings or descendants or such parents', siblings' or descendants' spouses (the "Family Members").

"person" shall have the meaning given such term in the Amended and Restated Merger Agreement.

"Principal Investor" shall mean R.E. Turner.

"Qualified Stockholder" shall mean any Charitable Transferee or Qualified Trust from time to time bound as an "Investor" under an Investors' Agreement (No. 2).


4

"Qualified Trust" shall mean any trust described in Section 664 of the Code of which the Principal Investor or members of his family are income beneficiaries.

"Voting Power", when used with reference to any class or series of securities of Holdco, or any classes or series of securities of Holdco entitled to vote together as a single class or series, shall mean the power of such class or series (or such classes or series) to vote for the election of directors. For purposes of determining the percentage of Voting Power of any class or series (or classes or series) beneficially owned by any person, any securities not outstanding which are subject to conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants, options or similar securities held by such person shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of outstanding securities of the class or series (or classes or series) beneficially owned by such person, but shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the class or series (or classes or series) beneficially owned by any other person.

"Voting Securities", when used with reference to any person, shall mean any securities of such person having Voting Power or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any securities having Voting Power.

ARTICLE II

Securities Act; Legend

SECTION 2.01. Transfers of Holdco Common Stock. None of the Investors may offer for sale or sell any shares of Holdco Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Amended and Restated Merger Agreement, or any interest therein, except (a) pursuant to a registration of such shares under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or (b) in a transaction as to which such Investor has delivered an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Holdco, to the effect that such transaction is exempt from, or not subject to, the registration


5

requirements of, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

SECTION 2.02. Legends on Certificates. Each Investor shall hold in certificate form all shares of Holdco Common Stock owned by such Investor. Each certificate for shares of Holdco Common Stock issued to or beneficially owned by a person that is subject to the provisions of this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN INVESTORS' AGREEMENT (NO. 1) DATED AS OF OCTOBER 10, 1996 (THE "INVESTORS' AGREEMENT"), AMONG THE CORPORATION, THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND CERTAIN OTHER STOCKHOLDERS OF THE CORPORATION. A COPY OF THE INVESTORS' AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE CORPORATION FREE OF CHARGE. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES TO COMPLY IN ALL RESPECTS WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE INVESTORS' AGREEMENT.

ARTICLE III

Covenants of the Parties

SECTION 3.01. Standstill. None of the Investors may (and each Investor shall cause its Affiliates and Associates that it controls, and use reasonable efforts to cause its other Affiliates and Associates, not to), without the prior written consent of the Board:

(a) publicly propose that any Investor or Qualified Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Investor or Qualified Stockholder enter into, directly or indirectly, any merger or other business combination involving Holdco or propose to purchase, directly or indirectly, a material portion of the assets of Holdco or any material subsidiary of Holdco, or make any such proposal privately if it would


6

reasonably be expected to require Holdco to make a public announcement regarding such proposal;

(b) make, or in any way participate in, directly or indirectly, any "solicitation" of "proxies" (as such terms are used in Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) to vote or consent with respect to any Voting Securities of Holdco or become a "participant" in any "election contest" (as such terms are defined or used in Rule 14a-11 under the Exchange Act) with respect to Holdco;

(c) form, join or participate in or encourage the formation of a "group" (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) with respect to any Voting Securities of Holdco, other than a group consisting solely of Investors and Qualified Stockholders;

(d) deposit any Voting Securities of Holdco into a voting trust or subject any such Voting Securities to any arrangement or agreement with respect to the voting thereof, other than any such trust, arrangement or agreement (i) the only parties to, or beneficiaries of, which are Investors and Qualified Stockholders and
(ii) the terms of which do not require or expressly permit any party thereto to act in a manner inconsistent with this Agreement;

(e) initiate, propose or otherwise solicit stockholders of Holdco for the approval of one or more stockholder proposals with respect to Holdco as described in Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, or induce or attempt to induce any other person to initiate any stockholder proposal with respect to Holdco;

(f) except in accordance with Section 3.04, seek election to or seek to place a representative on the Board or seek the removal of any member of the Board;


7

(g) call or seek to have called any meeting of the stockholders of Holdco;

(h)(A) solicit, seek to effect, negotiate with or provide non-public information to any other person with respect to, (B) make any statement or proposal, whether written or oral, to the Board or any director or officer of Holdco with respect to, or (C) otherwise make any public announcement or proposal whatsoever with respect to any form of business combination transaction (with any person) involving a change of control of Holdco or the acquisition of a substantial portion of the equity securities or assets of Holdco or any material subsidiary of Holdco, including a merger, consolidation, tender offer, exchange offer or liquidation of Holdco's assets, or any restructuring, recapitalization or similar transaction with respect to Holdco or any material subsidiary of Holdco; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not (x) apply to any discussion between or among the Investors and the Qualified Stockholders or any of their respective officers, employees, agents or representatives or (y) in the case of clause (B) above, be interpreted to limit the ability of any Investor or Qualified Stockholder, or any designee of any Investor or Qualified Stockholder, on the Board to make any such statement or proposal or to discuss any such proposal with any officer or director of or advisor to Holdco or advisor to the Board unless, in either case, it would reasonably be expected to require Holdco to make a public announcement regarding such discussion, statement or proposal;

(i) otherwise act, alone or in concert with others, to seek to control or influence the management or policies of Holdco (except for (A) voting as a holder of Voting Securities in accordance with the terms of such Voting Securities and (B) actions taken as a director or officer of Holdco);

(j) publicly disclose any intention, plan or arrangement inconsistent with the foregoing, or make


8

any such disclosure privately if it would reasonably be expected to require Holdco to make a public announcement regarding such intention, plan or arrangement; or

(k) advise, assist (including by knowingly providing or arranging financing for that purpose) or knowingly encourage any other person in connection with any of the foregoing.

SECTION 3.02. Transfer Restrictions. None of the Investors may, without the prior written consent of Holdco, sell, transfer, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of, or agree to sell, transfer, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of, any Voting Securities of Holdco, or any rights or options to acquire such Voting Securities, except in a transaction complying with any of the following clauses:

(a) to the underwriters in connection with an underwritten public offering of shares of such securities on a firm commitment basis registered under the Securities Act, pursuant to which the sale of such securities is in a manner that is intended to effect a broad distribution;

(b) to any wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor or any partnership of which such Investor is the sole general partner; provided, however, that such transferee becomes a party to this Agreement as an Investor;

(c) to any person in a transaction that complies with the volume and manner of sale provisions contained in Rule 144(e) and Rule 144(f) as in effect on the date hereof under the Securities Act (whether or not Rule 144 is in effect on the date of such transaction); provided, however, that dispositions pursuant to this clause (c) may not be made during any period that a person has made and not withdrawn or terminated a tender or exchange offer for Voting Securities of Holdco or announced its intention to make such an offer;


9

(d) to any person (including any pledgee of shares of Voting Securities), other than a person that such Investor, or any of its Affiliates or Associates, knows or, after commercially reasonable inquiry should have known, beneficially owns or, after giving effect to such sale, will beneficially own more than 5% of the aggregate Voting Power of the Voting Securities of Holdco;

(e) in the case of a natural person, to any permitted transferee of such person; provided, however, that such transferee becomes a party to this Agreement as an Investor;

(f) in a bona fide pledge of shares of Voting Securities of Holdco to a financial institution to secure borrowings as permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations; provided, however, that (i) such financial institution agrees to be bound by this Section 3.02 and
(ii) the borrowings so secured are full recourse obligations of the pledgor and are entered into substantially simultaneously with such pledge;

(g) upon five Business Days' prior notice to Holdco, pursuant to the terms of any tender or exchange offer for Voting Securities of Holdco made pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Exchange Act or pursuant to any merger or consolidation of Holdco (but in the case of any tender or exchange offer, only so long as each Investor and Qualified Stockholder is at the time in substantial compliance with the provisions of Sections 3.01 and 3.05(c), whether or not bound by such provisions, and such tender or exchange offer is not materially related to any past noncompliance with such provisions by any Investor or Qualified Stockholder (whether or not bound by such provisions));

(h) a gift to a Charitable Transferee or Qualified Trust; provided, however, that (i) at the time of such gift, the Principal Investor and his Family Members constitute a sufficient number of the directors or


10

trustees, as appropriate, of such Charitable Transferee or Qualified Trust to permit approval of matters by such Charitable Transferee or Qualified Trust without the approval of any other director or trustee of such Charitable Transferee or Qualified Trust and (ii) such Charitable Transferee or Qualified Trust is or simultaneously becomes a Qualified Stockholder (and Holdco agrees upon request to enter into an Investors' Agreement (No. 2) with such Charitable Transferee or Qualified Trust);

(i) to TCI Turner Preferred, Inc. ("TCITP") or its designee in accordance with the Stockholders' Agreement dated as of the same date as this Agreement among TCITP, Holdco and certain stockholders of Holdco; or

(j) to Holdco.

SECTION 3.03. Additional Agreements. None of the Investors may (and each Investor shall cause its Affiliates and Associates that it controls, and use reasonable efforts to cause its other Affiliates and Associates, not to)
(a) publicly request Holdco or any of its agents, directly or indirectly, to amend or waive any provision of this Agreement or (b) knowingly take any action that would reasonably be expected to require Holdco to make a public announcement regarding the possibility of a transaction with such Investor.

SECTION 3.04. Board Representation. (a) Upon execution of this Agreement, Holdco shall use reasonable efforts to cause to be elected to the Board two persons designated by the Principal Investor who are Eligible Persons. "Eligible Person" means (i) the Principal Investor and (ii) any other individual (A) who is reasonably acceptable to the Board, (B) whose election to the Board would not, in the opinion of counsel for Holdco, violate or be in conflict with, or result in any material limitation on the ownership or operation of any business or assets of Holdco or any of its subsidiaries under, any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, judgment, decree or order of any Governmental Entity and (C) who has agreed in writing


11

with Holdco to comply with Section 3.01 and to resign as a director of Holdco if requested to do so pursuant to this Section 3.04. With respect to each meeting of stockholders of Holdco at which any designee of the Principal Investor on the Board comes up for reelection, Holdco shall use reasonable efforts to cause such designee (or another Eligible Person designated by the Principal Investor) to be included in the list of candidates recommended by the Board for election to the Board. Upon the death, resignation or removal of any designee of the Principal Investor on the Board, Holdco shall use reasonable efforts to have the vacancy thereby created filled with an Eligible Person designated by the Principal Investor.

(b) Upon the Investors and (subject to Section 3.06) the Qualified Stockholders, taken together, ceasing to own of record and beneficially at least 50% of the Voting Securities of Holdco owned by the Investors and the Qualified Stockholders, taken together, immediately following the Mergers (appropriately adjusted for stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits and similar transactions), the number of persons that the Principal Investor shall be entitled to designate for election to the Board shall be reduced to one. If at such time there are two designees of the Principal Investor on the Board, the Principal Investor shall specify which of such designees shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.04(a), and the other designee shall thereafter cease to constitute a designee of the Principal Investor for the purposes of Section 3.04(a) (and, if requested by Holdco, such other designee shall resign from the Board).

(c) Upon (i) (A) the Investors and (subject to Section 3.06) the Qualified Stockholders, taken together, ceasing to own of record and beneficially at least one-third of the Voting Securities of Holdco owned by the Investors and the Qualified Stockholders, taken together, immediately following the Mergers (appropriately adjusted for stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits and similar transactions) and (B) the Principal Investor ceasing to be an employee of Holdco or any subsidiary of Holdco, (ii) the death or incapacity of the Principal Investor, (iii) the


12

wilful violation in any material respect of this Article by any Investor or (iv) five business days' prior written notice of termination from the Principal Investor, the number of persons that the Principal Investor shall be entitled to designate for election to the Board shall be reduced to zero. At such time, if requested by Holdco, each designee of the Principal Investor shall resign from the Board.

(d) The right of the Principal Investor to membership on the Board, as set forth in his employment agreement with Holdco to be entered into at the Effective Time of the Mergers, is not in addition to his rights under this Section 3.04.

(e) For the purposes of the calculations required by the first sentence of Section 3.04(b) and by Section 3.04(c)(i)(A), any Exempt Stock (as defined below) shall be excluded from the calculation of each of (i) the Voting Securities of Holdco owned of record and beneficially by the Qualified Stockholders on the date of such calculation and (ii) the Voting Securities of Holdco owned by the Qualified Stockholders immediately following the Mergers. "Exempt Stock" shall mean (A) any Holdco Common Stock acquired by any Qualified Stockholder pursuant to the TBS Merger in exchange for Company Capital Stock owned by such Qualified Stockholder on September 22, 1995, and (B) any Holdco Common Stock acquired after the Effective Time of the Mergers by any Qualified Stockholder other than pursuant to Section 3.02(h).

SECTION 3.05. Additional Covenants. (a) None of the Investors shall permit any other Investor that is at any time after the date hereof a wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor to cease to be a wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor for so long as such other Investor owns any Voting Securities of Holdco.

(b) None of the Investors shall permit any of its subsidiaries, other than any such subsidiaries that are Investors, to hold, directly or indirectly, any shares of Voting Securities of Holdco.


13

(c) Each Investor shall use reasonable efforts to cause each of its officers, employees, agents and representatives not to take any action that would be prohibited under Section 3.01 if taken by such Investor.

SECTION 3.06. Certain Special Provisions. If at any time the Principal Investor and his Family Members cease to constitute a sufficient number of the directors or trustees, as applicable, of any Qualified Stockholder to permit approval of matters by such Qualified Stockholder without the approval of any other director or trustee of such Qualified Stockholder, the Voting Securities of Holdco held by such Qualified Stockholder shall thereafter be deemed not to be owned of record and beneficially by such Qualified Stockholder (or any Investor) for the purposes of Sections 3.04(b) and 3.04(c). The Principal Investor shall be liable to Holdco under this Agreement for any actions taken by any Qualified Stockholder that would have been violations of
Section 3.01, 3.03 or 3.05(c) had such Qualified Stockholder been bound by such Sections.

ARTICLE IV

Miscellaneous

SECTION 4.01. Termination. (a) The covenants and agreements of the Investors in Sections 3.01, 3.03 and 3.05(c) shall terminate, except with respect to liability for prior breaches thereof, upon the last to occur of (i) the Principal Investor ceasing to be an employee of Holdco or any subsidiary of Holdco, (ii) the Principal Investor ceasing to be a member of the Board, and
(iii) the Principal Investor ceasing pursuant to Section 3.04(c) to be entitled to designate any Eligible Persons for election to the Board.

(b) The covenants and agreements of the Investors in Section 3.02 shall terminate, except with respect to liability for prior breaches thereof, on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Time of the Mergers.


14

(c) The covenants and agreements of Holdco in Section 3.04 shall terminate, except with respect to liability for prior breaches thereof, upon the Principal Investor ceasing pursuant to Section 3.04(c) to be entitled to designate any Eligible Persons for election to the Board.

(d) Without limiting Sections 4.01(a) and 4.01(b), the covenants and agreements of the Investors in Article III shall terminate, except with respect to liability for prior breaches thereof, if the Board does not (i) on the date of execution of this Agreement, elect to the Board the two Eligible Persons designated by the Principal Investor, (ii) recommend for election by the stockholders of Holdco to the Board any Eligible Person designated by the Principal Investor in accordance with Section 3.04 or (iii) reasonably promptly after request from the Principal Investor, fill any vacancy created on the Board upon the death, resignation or removal of any designee of the Principal Investor on the Board with another Eligible Person designated by the Principal Investor, in each case if the effect of such failure is that the Principal Investor does not have the representation on the Board to which he is entitled under Section 3.04.

(e) The other covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement shall terminate, except with respect to liability for prior breaches thereof, upon the later of (i) the termination of Section 3.01 pursuant to
Section 4.01(a) or 4.01(d) and (ii) the termination of Section 3.02 pursuant to
Section 4.01(b) or 4.01(d).

SECTION 4.02. Entire Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement (i) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (ii) except as provided in Section 3.02, shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise without the prior written consent of the other parties. Any person who agrees pursuant to Section 3.02 to become a party to this Agreement as an Investor shall thereupon become, and have all the rights and obligations


15

of, an Investor hereunder. Any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this Section 4.02 shall be void and of no effect. Subject to the foregoing, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective estates, heirs, successors and assigns.

SECTION 4.03. Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented, except upon the execution and delivery of a written agreement executed by the parties hereto. The waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate, or be construed, as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.

SECTION 4.04. Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given
(i) on the first Business Day following the date received, if delivered personally or by telecopy (with telephonic confirmation of receipt by the addressee), (ii) on the Business Day following timely deposit with an overnight courier service, if sent by overnight courier specifying next day delivery and
(iii) on the first Business Day that is at least five days following deposit in the mails, if sent by first class mail, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

If to any Investor, to:

R.E. Turner
In care of Turner Broadcasting System,
Inc.
One CNN Center
Box 105366
Atlanta, GA 30348-5366
Facsimile: (404) 827-3000


16

For Courier delivery:
One CNN Center
Atlanta, GA 30303

Attention: General Counsel

If to Holdco, to:

Time Warner Inc.
75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, NY 10019
Facsimile: (212) 956-7281

Attention: General Counsel

with a copy (which shall not constitute
notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore
Worldwide Plaza
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Facsimile: (212) 474-3700

Attention: Peter S. Wilson, Esq.

SECTION 4.05. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 4.06. Specific Performance. Each party recognizes and acknowledges that a breach by it of Article III would cause the other parties to sustain damages for which they would not have an adequate remedy at law for money damages, and therefore each party agrees that in the event of any such breach any of the other parties shall be entitled to seek the remedy of specific performance of such Article III and injunctive and other equitable relief in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled, at law or in equity.

SECTION 4.07. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and


17

shall become effective when two or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties.

SECTION 4.08. Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings used herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 4.09. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective but if any provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or portion of any provision, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion of any provision had never been contained herein. The parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision with a valid provision the effects of which come as close as possible to those of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.


18

SECTION 4.10. Attorneys' Fees. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and necessary disbursements, in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdco and each Investor have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

TW INC.,

by /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
   ------------------------------
   Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
   Title: Vice President

  /s/ R. E. Turner
  --------------------------------
  R. E. Turner

TURNER OUTDOOR, INC.,

by /s/ R. E. Turner
   ------------------------------
   Name:  R. E. Turner
   Title: President

TURNER PARTNERS, L.P.,

by /s/ R. E. Turner
   ------------------------------
   Name:  R. E. Turner
   Title: General Partner


EXECUTION COPY

INVESTORS' AGREEMENT (NO. 2) dated as of
October 10, 1996, among TW INC. (to be
renamed TIME WARNER INC.), a Delaware
corporation ("Holdco"), and the other parties
signatory hereto (each an "Investor").

This Agreement is entered into pursuant to Section 6.02(f) of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Amended and Restated Merger A Agreement"), among Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), Holdco, Time Warner Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco, TW Acquisition Corp., a Georgia corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco, and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., a Georgia corporation (the "Company"). In connection with the TBS Merger (as defined in the Amended and Restated Merger Agreement), subject to certain exceptions, (a) each share of Class A Common Stock, par value $.0625 per share, of the Company and each share of Class B Common Stock, par value $.0625 per share, of the Company will be converted into the right to receive 0.75 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdco ("Holdco Common Stock") and
(b) each share of Class C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.125 per share, of the Company will be converted into the right to receive 4.80 shares of Holdco Common Stock.


2

Accordingly, it is hereby agreed as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Amended and Restated Merger Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Affiliate" and "Associate", when used with reference to any person, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

A person shall be deemed the "beneficial owner" of, and shall be deemed to "beneficially own", and shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of:

(i) any securities that such person or any of such person's Affiliates or Associates is deemed to "beneficially own" within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Agreement; and

(ii) any securities (the "underlying securities") that such person or any of such person's Affiliates or Associates has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (written or oral), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise (it being understood that such person shall also be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for the underlying securities).

"Covered Holdco Common Stock" shall mean (i) any shares of Holdco Common Stock transferred to an Investor


3

pursuant to Section 3.02(h) of the Investors' Agreement (No. 1) dated as of October 10, 1996, among Holdco and certain stockholders of Holdco and (ii) any shares of Holdco Common Stock acquired by any Investor pursuant to the TBS Merger otherwise than in exchange for Company Common Stock owned by such Investor on September 22, 1995.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on the date in question, unless otherwise specifically provided.

"Investor" shall mean each person that executes this Agreement in such capacity.

"person" shall have the meaning given such term in the Amended and Restated Merger Agreement.

"Voting Power", when used with reference to any class or series of securities of Holdco, or any classes or series of securities of Holdco entitled to vote together as a single class or series, shall mean the power of such class or series (or such classes or series) to vote for the election of directors. For purposes of determining the percentage of Voting Power of any class or series (or classes or series) beneficially owned by any person, any securities not outstanding which are subject to conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants, options or similar securities held by such person shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of outstanding securities of the class or series (or classes or series) beneficially owned by such person, but shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the class or series (or classes or series) beneficially owned by any other person.

"Voting Securities", when used with reference to any person, shall mean any securities of such person having Voting Power or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any securities having Voting Power.


4

ARTICLE II

Securities Act; Legend

SECTION 2.01. Transfers of Holdco Common Stock. None of the Investors may offer for sale or sell any shares of Holdco Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Amended and Restated Merger Agreement, or any interest therein, except (a) pursuant to a registration of such shares under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or (b) in a transaction as to which such Investor has delivered an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Holdco, to the effect that such transaction is exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

SECTION 2.02. Legends on Certificates. Each Investor shall hold in certificate form all shares of Covered Holdco Common Stock owned by such Investor. Each certificate for shares of Covered Holdco Common Stock issued to or beneficially owned by a person that is subject to the provisions of this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN INVESTORS' AGREEMENT (NO. 2) DATED AS OF OCTOBER 10, 1996 (THE "INVESTORS' AGREEMENT"), BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE. A COPY OF THE INVESTORS' AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE CORPORATION FREE OF CHARGE. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES TO COMPLY IN ALL RESPECTS WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE INVESTORS' AGREEMENT.

ARTICLE III

Covenants of the Investors


5

SECTION 3.01. Transfer Restrictions. None of the Investors may, without the prior written consent of Holdco, sell, transfer, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of, or agree to sell, transfer, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of, any Covered Holdco Common Stock, or any rights or options to acquire Covered Holdco Common Stock, except in a transaction complying with any of the following clauses:

(a) to the underwriters in connection with an underwritten public offering of shares of such securities on a firm commitment basis registered under the Securities Act, pursuant to which the sale of such securities is in a manner that is intended to effect a broad distribution;

(b) to any person in a transaction that complies with the volume and manner of sale provisions contained in Rule 144(e) and Rule 144(f) as in effect on the date hereof under the Securities Act (whether or not Rule 144 is in effect on the date of such transaction); provided, however, that dispositions pursuant to this clause (b) may not be made during any period that a person has made and not withdrawn or terminated a tender or exchange offer for Voting Securities of Holdco or announced its intention to make such an offer;

(c) to any person (including any pledgee of Covered Holdco Common Stock), other than a person that such Investor, or any of its Affiliates, Associates, directors or trustees, knows or, after commercially reasonable inquiry should have known, beneficially owns or, after giving effect to such sale, will beneficially own more than 5% of the aggregate Voting Power of the Voting Securities of Holdco;

(d) in a bona fide pledge of shares of Covered Holdco Common Stock to a financial institution to secure borrowings as permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations; provided, however, that (i) such financial institution agrees to be bound by this Section 3.01 and
(ii) the borrowings so secured are


6

full recourse obligations of the pledgor and are entered into substantially simultaneously with such pledge;

(e) upon five Business Days' prior notice to Holdco, pursuant to the terms of any tender or exchange offer for Covered Holdco Common Stock made pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Exchange Act or pursuant to any merger or consolidation of Holdco;

(f) to TCI Turner Preferred, Inc. ("TCITP") or its designee in accordance with the Stockholders' Agreement dated as of October 10, 1996, among TCITP, Holdco and certain stockholders of Holdco; or

(g) to Holdco.

ARTICLE IV

Miscellaneous

SECTION 4.01. Termination. The covenants and agreements of the Investors in Section 3.01 shall terminate, except with respect to liability for prior breaches thereof, on the earlier of (a) the fifth anniversary of the Effective Time of the Mergers and (b) the date on which the covenants and agreements contained in Section 3.02 of the Investors' Agreement (No. 1) dated as of October 10, 1996, among Holdco and certain of its other stockholders, have been terminated.

SECTION 4.02. Entire Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement (i) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (ii) shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise without the prior written consent of the other parties. Any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this Section 4.02 shall be void and of no effect. Subject to the foregoing, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the


7

benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 4.03. Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented, except upon the execution and delivery of a written agreement executed by the parties hereto. The waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate, or be construed, as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.

SECTION 4.04. Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given
(i) on the first Business Day following the date received, if delivered personally or by telecopy (with telephonic confirmation of receipt by the addressee), (ii) on the Business Day following timely deposit with an overnight courier service, if sent by overnight courier specifying next day delivery and
(iii) on the first Business Day that is at least five days following deposit in the mails, if sent by first class mail, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

If to any Investor, to:

R.E. Turner
In care of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.
One CNN Center
Box 105366
Atlanta, GA 30348-5366
Facsimile: (404) 827-3000

For Courier delivery:
One CNN Center
Atlanta, GA 30303

Attention: General Counsel


8

If to Holdco, to:

Time Warner Inc.
75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, NY 10019
Facsimile: (212) 956-7281

Attention: General Counsel

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore Worldwide Plaza 825 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10019 Facsimile: (212) 474-3700

Attention: Peter S. Wilson, Esq.

SECTION 4.05. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 4.06. Specific Performance. Each party recognizes and acknowledges that a breach by it of Article III would cause the other parties to sustain damages for which they would not have an adequate remedy at law for money damages, and therefore each party agrees that in the event of any such breach any of the other parties shall be entitled to seek the remedy of specific performance of such Article III and injunctive and other equitable relief in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled, at law or in equity.

SECTION 4.07. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when two or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties.


9

SECTION 4.08. Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings used herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 4.09. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective but if any provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or portion of any provision, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion of any provision had never been contained herein. The parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision with a valid provision the effects of which come as close as possible to those of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

SECTION 4.10. Attorneys' Fees. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and necessary disbursements, in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdco and each Investor have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

TW INC.,

by /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
   ------------------------------
   Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
   Title: Vice President


10

INITIAL INVESTORS:

TURNER FOUNDATION, INC.,

by /s/ R. E. Turner
   --------------------------
   Name:  R. E. Turner
   Title: President

ROBERT E. TURNER CHARITABLE
REMAINDER UNITRUST NO. 2,

by /s/ R. E. Turner
   --------------------------
   Name:  R. E. Turner
   Title: Trustee


EXECUTION COPY

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of October 10, 1996, among TW INC. (to be renamed TIME WARNER INC.), a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the Holders (as defined below).

WHEREAS, in connection with the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 22, 1995 (the "Amended and Restated Merger Agreement"), among Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), the Company, Time Warner Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, TW Acquisition Corp., a Georgia corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., a Georgia corporation, each initial Holder will receive shares of Common Stock (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, in order to induce the initial Holders to execute and deliver to the Company the letters contemplated by Section 5.11 of the Amended and Restated Merger Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide each Holder with the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Advice" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.


2

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified person, any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified person means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"Amended and Restated Merger Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory clauses hereof.

"Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday on which banking institutions in the State of New York are not required to be open.

"Capital Stock" means, with respect to any person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock issued by such person, including each class of common stock and preferred stock of such person.

"Common Stock" means the Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company issued to any Holder named on the signature pages hereof or any other shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company into which such shares of Common Stock shall be reclassified or changed, including, by reason of a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization. If the Common Stock has been so reclassified or changed, or if the Company pays a dividend or makes a distribution on the Common Stock in shares of capital stock, or subdivides (or combines) its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater (or smaller) number of shares of Common Stock, a share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be such number of shares of stock and amount of other securities to which a holder of a share


3

of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such change, reclassification, exchange, dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination would be entitled.

"Company" shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory clauses hereof.

"Delay Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.

"Demand Notice" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

"Demand Registration" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2(b) hereof.

"Effectiveness Period" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2(d) hereof.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

"Hold Back Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4 hereof.

"Holder" means a person who owns Registrable Shares and is either (i) named on the signature pages hereof as a Holder, or (ii) a person who has agreed to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as if such person were a Holder and is (A) a person to whom a Holder has transferred Registrable Shares pursuant to Rule "4(1-1/2)" (or any similar private transfer exemption), (B) upon the death of any Holder, the executor of the estate of such Holder or any of such Holder's heirs, devisees, legatees or assigns or (C) upon the disability of any Holder, any guardian or conservator of such Holder.


4

"Interruption Period" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5 hereof.

"person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Piggyback Registration" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3 hereof.

"Prospectus" means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement and all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

"Registrable Shares" means shares of Common Stock unless (i) they have been effectively registered under Section 5 of the Securities Act and disposed of pursuant to an effective Registration Statement, (ii) such securities can be freely sold and transferred without restriction under Rule 145 or any other restrictions under the Securities Act or (iii) such securities have been transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successor rule such that, after any such transfer referred to in this clause (iii), such securities may be freely transferred without restriction under the Securities Act.

"Registration" means registration under the Securities Act of an offering of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Demand Registration or a Piggyback Registration.


5

"Registration Period" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2(a) hereof.

"Registration Statement" means any registration statement under the Securities Act of the Company that covers any of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the related Prospectus, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

"Shelf Registration" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2(b) hereof.

"underwritten registration or underwritten offering" means a registration under the Securities Act in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

SECTION 2. Demand Registration. (a) The Holders shall have the right, during the period (the "Registration Period") commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement, by written notice (the "Demand Notice") given to the Company, to request the Company to register under and in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act all or any portion of the Registrable Shares designated by such Holders; provided, however, that the aggregate number of Registrable Shares requested to be registered pursuant to any Demand Notice and pursuant to any


6

related Demand Notices received pursuant to the following sentence shall be at least 5,000,000. Upon receipt of any such Demand Notice, the Company shall promptly notify all other Holders of the receipt of such Demand Notice and allow them the opportunity to include Registrable Shares held by them in the proposed registration by submitting their own Demand Notice. In connection with any Demand Registration in which more than one Holder participates, in the event that such Demand Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter or underwriters participating in such offering advise in writing the Holders of Registrable Shares to be included in such offering that the total number of Registrable Shares to be included in such offering exceeds the amount that can be sold in (or during the time of) such offering without delaying or jeopardizing the success of such offering (including the price per share of the Registrable Shares to be sold), then the amount of Registrable Shares to be offered for the account of such Holders shall be reduced pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Shares to be registered by each such Holder. The Holders as a group shall be entitled to three Demand Registrations pursuant to this Section 2 unless any Demand Registration does not become effective or is not maintained for a period (whether or not continuous) of at least 120 days (or such shorter period as shall terminate when all the Registrable Shares covered by such Demand Registration have been sold pursuant thereto), in which case the Holders will be entitled to an additional Demand Registration pursuant hereto.

(b) The Company, within 45 days of the date on which the Company receives a Demand Notice given by Holders in accordance with Section 2(a) hereof, shall file with the SEC, and the Company shall thereafter use its best efforts to cause to be declared effective, a Registration Statement on the appropriate form for the registration and sale, in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution, of the total number of Registrable Shares specified by the Holders in such Demand Notice, which may


7

include a "shelf" registration (a "Shelf Registration") pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a "Demand Registration").

(c) The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep each Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2 continuously effective and usable for the resale of the Registrable Shares covered thereby
(i) in the case of a Registration that is not a Shelf Registration, for a period of 120 days from the date on which the SEC declares such Registration Statement effective and (ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, for a period of 180 days from the date on which the SEC declares such Registration Statement effective, in either case (x) until all the Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Registration Statement), and (y) as such period may be extended pursuant to this Section 2.

(d) The Company shall be entitled to postpone the filing of any Registration Statement otherwise required to be prepared and filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, or suspend the use of any effective Registration Statement under this Section 2, for a reasonable period of time, but not in excess of 90 days (a "Delay Period"), if any executive officer of the Company determines that in such executive officer's reasonable judgment and good faith the registration and distribution of the Registrable Shares covered or to be covered by such Registration Statement would materially interfere with any pending material financing, acquisition or corporate reorganization or other material corporate development involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or would require premature disclosure thereof and promptly gives the Holders written notice of such determination, containing a general statement of the reasons for such postponement and an approximation of the period of the anticipated delay; provided, however, that (i) the aggregate number of days included in all Delay Periods during any consecutive 12 months shall not exceed the aggregate of (x) 180 days minus (y) the number of days


8

occurring during all Hold Back Periods and Interruption Periods during such consecutive 12 months and (ii) a period of at least 60 days shall elapse between the termination of any Delay Period, Hold Back Period or Interruption Period and the commencement of the immediately succeeding Delay Period. If the Company shall so postpone the filing of a Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Shares to be registered shall have the right to withdraw the request for registration by giving written notice from the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares that were to be registered to the Company within 45 days after receipt of the notice of postponement or, if earlier, the termination of such Delay Period (and, in the event of such withdrawal, such request shall not be counted for purposes of determining the number of requests for registration to which the Holders of Registrable Shares are entitled pursuant to this Section
2). The time period for which the Company is required to maintain the effectiveness of any Registration Statement shall be extended by the aggregate number of days of all Delay Periods, all Hold Back Periods and all Interruption Periods occurring during such Registration and such period and any extension thereof is hereinafter referred to as the "Effectiveness Period". The Company shall not be entitled to initiate a Delay Period unless it shall (A) to the extent permitted by agreements with other security holders of the Company, concurrently prohibit sales by such other security holders under registration statements covering securities held by such other security holders and (B) in accordance with the Company's policies from time to time in effect, forbid purchases and sales in the open market by senior executives of the Company.

(e) Except to the extent required by agreements with other security holders of the Company or Parent entered into prior to September 22, 1995, the Company shall not include any securities that are not Registrable Shares in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2 without the prior written consent of the Holders of a


9

majority in number of the Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement.

(f) Holders of a majority in number of the Registrable Shares to be included in a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2 may, at any time prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to such Registration, revoke such request by providing a written notice to the Company revoking such request. The Holders of Registrable Shares who revoke such request shall reimburse the Company for all its out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the preparation, filing and processing of the Registration Statement; provided, however, that, if such revocation was based on the Company's failure to comply in any material respect with its obligations hereunder, such reimbursement shall not be required.

SECTION 3. Piggyback Registration. (a) Right To Piggyback. If at any time during the Registration Period the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to a public offering of securities of the same type as the Registrable Shares pursuant to a firm commitment underwritten offering solely for cash for its own account (other than a registration statement (i) on Form S-8 or any successor forms thereto, or
(ii) filed solely in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan or employee benefit plan covering officers or directors of the Company or its Affiliates) or for the account of any holder of securities of the same type as the Registrable Shares (to the extent that the Company has the right to include Registrable Shares in any registration statement to be filed by the Company on behalf of such holder), then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders at least 15 days before the anticipated filing date. Such notice shall offer the Holders the opportunity to register such amount of Registrable Shares as they may request (a "Piggyback Registration"). Subject to Section 3(b) hereof, the Company shall include in each such Piggyback Registration all Registrable Shares with respect


10

to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 10 days after notice has been given to the Holders. Each Holder shall be permitted to withdraw all or any portion of the Registrable Shares of such Holder from a Piggyback Registration at any time prior to the effective date of such Piggyback Registration; provided, however, that if such withdrawal occurs after the filing of the Registration Statement with respect to such Piggyback Registration, the withdrawing Holders shall reimburse the Company for the portion of the registration expenses payable with respect to the Registrable Shares so withdrawn.

(b) Priority on Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall permit the Holders to include all such Registrable Shares on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities, if any, of the Company included therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company or the managing underwriter or underwriters participating in such offering advise the Holders in writing that the total amount of securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Registration exceeds the amount which can be sold in (or during the time of) such offering without delaying or jeopardizing the success of the offering (including the price per share of the securities to be sold), then the amount of securities to be offered for the account of the Holders and other holders of securities who have piggyback registration rights with respect thereto shall be reduced (to zero if necessary) pro rata on the basis of the number of common stock equivalents requested to be registered by each such Holder or holder participating in such offering.

(c) Right To Abandon. Nothing in this Section 3 shall create any liability on the part of the Company to the Holders if the Company in its sole discretion should decide not to file a registration statement proposed to be filed pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof or to withdraw such registration statement subsequent to its filing, regardless of any action whatsoever that a Holder may have taken,


11

whether as a result of the issuance by the Company of any notice hereunder or otherwise.

SECTION 4. Holdback Agreement. If (i) during the Effectiveness Period, the Company shall file a registration statement (other than in connection with the registration of securities issuable pursuant to an employee stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or pursuant to a merger, exchange offer or a transaction of the type specified in Rule 145(a) under the Securities Act) with respect to the Common Stock or similar securities or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, such securities and (ii) with reasonable prior notice, the Company (in the case of a nonunderwritten public offering by the Company pursuant to such registration statement) advises the Holders in writing that a public sale or distribution of such Registrable Shares would materially adversely affect such offering or the managing underwriter or underwriters (in the case of an underwritten public offering by the Company pursuant to such registration statement) advises the Company in writing (in which case the Company shall notify the Holders) that a public sale or distribution of Registrable Shares would materially adversely impact such offering, then each Holder shall, to the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, refrain from effecting any public sale or distribution of Registrable Shares during the 10 days prior to the effective date of such registration statement and until the earliest of (A) the abandonment of such offering, (B) 90 days from the effective date of such registration statement and (C) if such offering is an underwritten offering, the termination in whole or in part of any "hold back" period obtained by the underwriter or underwriters in such offering from the Company in connection therewith (each such period, a "Hold Back Period").

SECTION 5. Registration Procedures. In connection with the registration obligations of the Company pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 2 and 3 hereof (and subject to Sections 2 and 3 hereof), the Company shall


12

use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Shares in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible (but subject to Sections 2 and 3 hereof):

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement for the sale of the Registrable Shares on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate in accordance with such Holders' intended method or methods of distribution thereof, subject to Section 2(b) hereof, and, subject to the Company's right to terminate or abandon a registration pursuant to
Section 3(c) hereof, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided herein;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments (including post-effective amendments) to such Registration Statement, and such supplements to the related Prospectus, as may be required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the Securities Act during the applicable period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition specified by the Holders of the Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement, make generally available earnings statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (provided that the Company shall be deemed to have complied with this clause if it has complied with Rule 158 under the Securities Act), and cause the related Prospectus as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; provided, however, that before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto (other than reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act), the Company shall furnish to the Holders of Registrable Shares


13

covered by such Registration Statement and their counsel for review and comment, copies of all documents required to be filed;

(c) notify the Holders of any Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement promptly and (if requested) confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or for additional information regarding such Holders, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (v) of the happening of any event that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference so that they will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading:

(d) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any Registrable Shares for sale in any jurisdiction in the United States;


14

(e) furnish to the Holder of any Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement, each counsel for such Holders and each managing underwriter, if any, without charge, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement, as declared effective by the SEC, and of each post-effective amendment thereto, in each case including financial statements and schedules and all exhibits and reports incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference; and deliver, without charge, such number of copies of the preliminary prospectus, any amended preliminary prospectus, each final Prospectus and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, as such Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Shares of such Holder covered by such Registration Statement in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act;

(f) prior to any public offering of Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement, use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Holders of such Registrable Shares shall reasonably request in writing; provided, however, that the Company shall in no event be required to qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in any jurisdiction where it is not at the time so qualified or to execute or file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction where it has not theretofore done so or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then subject;

(g) upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraph 5(c)(v) above, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated


15

or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Shares being sold thereunder (including upon the termination of any Delay Period), such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(h) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, if any, on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or quoted;

(i) on or before the effective date of such Registration Statement, provide the transfer agent of the Company for the Registrable Shares with printed certificates for the Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement, which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

(j) if such offering is an underwritten offering, make available for inspection by any Holder of Registrable Shares included in such Registration Statement, any underwriter participating in any offering pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such Holder or underwriter (collectively, the "Inspectors"), all financial and other records and other information, pertinent corporate documents and properties of any of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, the "Records"), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibilities; provided, however, that the Records that the Company determines,


16

in good faith, to be confidential and which it notifies the Inspectors in writing are confidential shall not be disclosed to any Inspector unless such Inspector signs a confidentiality agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which shall permit the disclosure of such Records in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus if necessary to avoid or correct a material misstatement in or material omission from such Registration Statement or Prospectus) or either (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement or (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction; provided further, however, that (A) any decision regarding the disclosure of information pursuant to subclause (i) shall be made only after consultation with counsel for the applicable Inspectors and the Company and (B) with respect to any release of Records pursuant to subclause (ii), each Holder of Registrable Shares agrees that it shall, promptly after learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court having jurisdiction, give notice to the Company so that the Company, at the Company's expense, may undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of such Records; and

(k) if such offering is an underwritten offering, enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement in form, scope and substance as is customary in underwritten offerings) and take all such other appropriate and reasonable actions requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares being sold in connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by the managing underwriters) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Shares, and in such connection, (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance)


17

shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters and counsel to the Holders of the Registrable Shares being sold), addressed to each selling Holder of Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement and each of the underwriters as to the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such counsel and underwriters, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain "cold comfort" letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling holder of Registrable Shares covered by the Registration Statement (unless such accountants shall be prohibited from so addressing such letters by applicable standards of the accounting profession) and each of the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters in connection with underwritten offerings, (iii) if requested and if an underwriting agreement is entered into, provide indemnification provisions and procedures substantially to the effect set forth in Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section. The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting or similar agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder.

The Company may require each Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement to furnish such information regarding such Holder and such Holder's intended method of disposition of such Registrable Shares as it may from time to time reasonably request in writing. If any such information is not furnished within a reasonable period


18

of time after receipt of such request, the Company may exclude such Holder's Registrable Shares from such Registration Statement.

Each Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iii), 5(c)(iv) or 5(c)(v) hereof, that such Holder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of any Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus until receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(g) hereof, or until such Holder is advised in writing (the "Advice") by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amended or supplemented Prospectus or any additional or supplemental filings which are incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, by reference in such Prospectus (such period during which disposition is discontinued being an "Interruption Period") and, if requested by the Company, the Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies then in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such holder's possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Shares at the time of receipt of such request.

Each Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement further agrees not to utilize any material other than the applicable current preliminary prospectus or Prospectus in connection with the offering of such Registrable Shares.

SECTION 6. Registration Expenses. Whether or not any Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective, the Company shall pay all costs, fees and expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including (i) all registration and filing fees, including NASD filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses of


19

compliance with securities or Blue Sky laws, including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection therewith, (iii) printing expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Shares and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the Holders or the managing underwriter, if any), (iv) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (v) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (vi) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants of the Company (including expenses of any "cold comfort" letters required in connection with this Agreement) and all other persons retained by the Company in connection with such Registration Statement, (vii) fees and disbursements of one counsel, other than the Company's counsel, selected by Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares being registered, to represent all such Holders, (viii) fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by the issuers or sellers of securities and (ix) all other costs, fees and expenses incident to the Company's performance or compliance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the fees and expenses of any persons retained by any Holder, other than one counsel for all such Holders, and any discounts, commissions or brokers' fees or fees of similar securities industry professionals and any transfer taxes relating to the disposition of the Registrable Shares by a Holder, will be payable by such Holder and the Company will have no obligation to pay any such amounts.

SECTION 7. Underwriting Requirements. (a) Subject to Section 7(b) hereof, any Holder shall have the right, by written notice, to request that any Demand Registration provide for an underwritten offering.

(b) In the case of any underwritten offering pursuant to a Demand Registration, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares to be disposed of in connection therewith shall select the institution or institutions that shall manage or lead such offering, which institution or


20

institutions shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company. In the case of any underwritten offering pursuant to a Piggyback Registration, the Company shall select the institution or institutions that shall manage or lead such offering. No Holder shall be entitled to participate in an underwritten offering unless and until such Holder has entered into an underwriting or other agreement with such institution or institutions for such offering in such form as the Company and such institution or institutions shall determine.

SECTION 8. Indemnification. (a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company shall, without limitation as to time, indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Shares whose Registrable Shares are covered by a Registration Statement or Prospectus, the officers, directors and agents and employees of each of them, each Person who controls each such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and the officers, directors, agents and employees of each such controlling person, to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgment, costs (including, without limitation, costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys' fees) and expenses (collectively, "Losses"), as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are based upon information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any such Holder to the extent that any such Losses arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any


21

preliminary prospectus if (i) having previously been furnished by or on behalf of the Company with copies of the Prospectus, such Holder failed to send or deliver a copy of the Prospectus with or prior to the delivery of written confirmation of the sale of Registrable Shares by such Holder to the person asserting the claim from which such Losses arise and (ii) the Prospectus would have corrected in all material respects such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or such omission or alleged omission; and provided further, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission in the Prospectus, if (x) such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission is corrected in all material respects in an amendment or supplement to the Prospectus and (y) having previously been furnished by or on behalf of the Company with copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented, such Holder thereafter fails to deliver such Prospectus as so amended or supplemented, prior to or concurrently with the sale of Registrable Shares.

(b) Indemnification by Holder of Registrable Shares. In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder is participating, such Holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus and agrees to indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors, officers, agents or employees, each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and the directors, officers, agents or employees of such controlling Persons, from and against all Losses arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or based upon any omission or


22

alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission is based upon any information so furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Holder to the Company expressly for use in such Registration Statement or Prospectus.

(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. If any Person shall be entitled to indemnity hereunder (an "indemnified party"), such indemnified party shall give prompt notice to the party from which such indemnity is sought (the "indemnifying party") of any claim or of the commencement of any proceeding with respect to which such indemnified party seeks indemnification or contribution pursuant hereto; provided, however, that the delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any obligation or liability except to the extent that the indemnifying party has been prejudiced by such delay or failure. The indemnifying party shall have the right, exercisable by giving written notice to an indemnified party promptly after the receipt of written notice from such indemnified party of such claim or proceeding, to assume, at the indemnifying party's expense, the defense of any such claim or proceeding, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however, that (i) an indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such claim or proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless: (1) the indemnifying party agrees to pay such fees and expenses; (2) the indemnifying party fails promptly to assume the defense of such claim or proceeding or fails to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; or (3) the named parties to any proceeding (including impleaded parties) include both such indemnified party and the indemnifying party, and such indemnified party shall


23

have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it that are inconsistent with those available to the indemnifying party or that a conflict of interest is likely to exist among such indemnified party and any other indemnified parties (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party); and (ii) subject to clause (3) above, the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such claim or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related claims or proceedings in the same jurisdiction, arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one firm of attorneys (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for all of the indemnified parties, or for fees and expenses that are not reasonable. Whether or not such defense is assumed by the indemnifying party, such indemnified party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent. The indemnifying party shall not consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation for which such indemnified party would be entitled to indemnification hereunder.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this
Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any Losses (other than in accordance with its terms), then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such


24

Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and indemnified party, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been taken by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent any such action, statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of any Losses shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the provision of this Section 8(d), an indemnifying party that is a Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount which is in excess of the amount by which the total proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of the Registrable Shares sold by such Holder (net of all underwriting discounts and commissions) exceeds the amount of any damages that such indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

SECTION 9. Miscellaneous. (a) Termination. This Agreement and the obligations of the Company and the Holders hereunder (other than Section 8 hereof) shall terminate on the first date on which no Registrable Shares remain outstanding.


25

(b) Notices. All notices or communications hereunder shall be in writing (including telecopy or similar writing), addressed as follows:

To the Company:

Time Warner Inc.
75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, NY 10019

Telecopier: (212) 765-0899

Attention: General Counsel

With a copy to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore Worldwide Plaza
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Telecopier: (212) 474-3700

Attention: Peter S. Wilson, Esq.

To the Holders:

R.E. Turner

In care of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. One CNN Center
Box 105366
Atlanta, GA 30348-5366 Telecopier: (404) 827-3000

For Courier delivery
One CNN Center
Atlanta, GA 30303

Attention: General Counsel


26

With a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
300 South Grand Avenue, Suite 3400
Los Angeles, CA 90071

Telecopier: (213) 687-5600

Attention: Thomas C. Janson, Jr., Esq.

Any such notice or communication shall be deemed given (i) when made, if made by hand delivery, (ii) upon transmission, if sent by confirmed telecopier, (iii) one business day after being deposited with a next-day courier, postage prepaid, or (iv) three business days after being sent certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case addressed as above (or to such other address or to such other telecopier number as such party may designate in writing from time to time).

(c) Separability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof which shall remain in full force and effect.

(d) Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, devisees, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

(e) Entire Agreement. This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties and shall supersede any and all previous contracts, arrangements or understandings between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents


27

to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in number of the Registrable Shares then outstanding.

(g) Publicity. No public release or announcement concerning the transactions contemplated hereby shall be issued by any party without the prior consent of the other parties, except to the extent that such party is advised by counsel that such release or announcement is necessary or advisable under applicable law or the rules or regulations of any securities exchange, in which case the party required to make the release or announcement shall to the extent practicable provide the other party with an opportunity to review and comment on such release or announcement in advance of its issuance.

(h) Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, except as otherwise provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the execution of this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such costs or expenses, except as otherwise set forth herein.

(i) Interpretation. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to each other party.

(k) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and governed in accordance with the internal laws of New York.


28

(l) Calculation of Time Periods. Except as otherwise indicated, all periods of time referred to herein shall include all Saturdays, Sundays and holidays; provided, however, that if the date to perform the act or give any notice with respect to this Agreement shall fall on a day other than a Business Day, such act or notice may be timely performed or given if performed or given on the next succeeding Business Day.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

TW INC.,

by /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
   ------------------------------
     Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
     Title: Vice President

 /s/ R. E. Turner
 ---------------------------------
 R. E. Turner

TURNER OUTDOOR, INC.,

by   /s/ R. E. Turner
   ------------------------------
     Name:  R. E. Turner
     Title: President

TURNER FOUNDATION, INC.,

by   /s/ R. E. Turner
   ------------------------------
     Name:  R. E. Turner
     Title: President


29

ROBERT E. TURNER CHARITABLE
REMAINDER UNITRUST NO. 2,

by   /s/ R. E. Turner
   ------------------------------
     Name:  R. E. Turner
     Title: Trustee

TURNER PARTNERS, L.P.,

by /s/ R. E. Turner
   ------------------------------
     Name:  R. E. Turner
     Title: General Partner


AMENDMENT NO. 1

AMENDMENT NO. 1 ("Amendment"), dated as of October 30, 1995, to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1995, among TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P., TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE
PARTNERSHIP and TWI CABLE INC., as Borrowers, CHEMICAL BANK, as Administrative
Agent, BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, THE BANK OF NEW
YORK and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Documentation and Syndication Agents, and the lenders party thereto (the "Credit Agreement"). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to those terms in the Credit Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Lenders wish to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed:

SECTION 1. Amendments. The Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

1.01. Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

(a) The definition of "Cash Balance" shall be amended by inserting the following language after the word "Borrower" in clause (i) thereof: "(and, in the case of TWI Cable, CVI)".

(b) The definition of "Consolidated Net Income" shall be amended by adding, after the words "the provisions of Section 6.06(a)" in clause (iii) thereof, ", and, in the case of CVI during the Applicable Period, any agreement or instrument governing the CVI Assumed Indebtedness".

(c) The definition of "Credit Documents" shall be amended by replacing the first "and" with "," and adding "and the CVI Guarantees" after the word "Guarantees".


-2-

(d) The definition of "CVI" shall be amended by deleting the words "and its Subsidiaries" and adding in its place "(including any successor thereto by merger)".

(e) The definition of "CVI Acquisition" shall be amended by adding the words "and its Subsidiaries" after the words "acquisition of CVI".

(f) The definition of "Gerry Acquisition" shall be amended by adding ", CVI" immediately following the word "TWEAN".

(g) The definition of "Restricted Payment" shall be amended by replacing the word "and" immediately before clause (d) thereof with "," and adding the following before the period thereof:

", (e) during the Applicable Period, loans by TWI Cable to CVI (the 'CVI Loans', the proceeds of which are to be used by CVI solely (x) to repay indebtedness assumed in connection with the CVI Acquisition and the Gerry Acquisition and to pay related fees and expenses and
(y) for general corporate purposes (as defined in Section 4.05(e)); and (f) any payments of principal and/or interest by CVI to TWI Cable with respect to the CVI Loans".

(h) The definition of "TWI Cable" shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

"TWI Cable" shall mean (i) before the Stock Contribution, the Person defined as such in the first paragraph hereof and (ii) from and after the Stock Contribution, the Person currently known as CVI, which shall assume, simultaneously with such contribution, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, all of the rights, obligations and liabilities of the Person described in clause (i) under the Credit Documents.

(i) The following definitions shall be added:

"Applicable Period" shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.15(d).


-3-

"CVI Guarantee" shall mean a guarantee, pursuant to Section 3.02(e), by CVI and certain of its Subsidiaries of all of TWI Cable's obligations under the Credit Documents, which guarantee is substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G-6.

"CVI Loans" shall have the meaning provided in the definition of "Restricted Payments".

"Stock Contribution" shall mean the contribution by TWI of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of TWI Cable to CVI, which shall assume, simultaneously with such contribution, all of TWI Cable's rights, obligations and liabilities under the Credit Documents.

1.02. Section 3.02(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding, after the words "each Acquiring Borrower" in clause (2) thereof, "(or in the case of the CVI Acquisition, CVI)."

1.03. Section 3.02(e) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

"(e) Guarantees. CVI and each Person that will become a Subsidiary of CVI upon consummation of the CVI Acquisition and the Gerry Acquisition shall have executed and delivered a CVI Guarantee; provided, however, that no such Person (other than CVI) having, directly or indirectly, less than 20,000 subscribers shall be required to deliver a CVI Guarantee if Subsidiaries of CVI that deliver a CVI Subsidiary Guarantee collectively shall own more than 85% of all of the subscribers of CVI. Each CVI Guarantee shall be in full force and effect."

1.04. Section 3.02 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

"(g) CVI Acquisition. In the case of the CVI Acquisition, (i) after giving effect thereto, CVI shall be a wholly owned direct or indirect Subsidiary of TWI and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence of compliance with the indentures relating to CVI's 9 1/4% Senior Debentures due 2008 and 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2002."


-4-

1.05. Section 4.05(c) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by (a) replacing the word "and" at the end of clause (ii) thereof with "," and (b) adding at the end of clause (iii) thereof the following language: "and (iv) to make loans to CVI, the proceeds of which loans shall be used by CVI for the purposes described in clauses (i)-(iii) of this Section 4.05(c)".

1.06. Section 4.21(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting, from the second sentence thereof, "On and after the closing of the CVI Acquisition," and adding the following in its place:

"During the Applicable Period, the Subsidiaries of CVI that have not delivered a CVI Guarantee have less than 15% of the subscribers of CVI in the aggregate; after the Applicable Period,".

1.07. Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by (a) replacing the word "or" at the end of clause (ii) of the proviso of the first sentence thereof with ","; (b) adding at the end of clause (iii) of the proviso of the first sentence thereof the following language: "or (iv) CVI and, prior to the consummation of the Stock Contribution, any Subsidiary of CVI"; and (c) adding the following before the last sentence thereof:

"Simultaneously with or promptly after the consummation of the Stock Contribution, each Subsidiary of CVI shall execute and deliver to the Lenders a Subsidiary Guarantee to the extent necessary to make the representation and warranty in Section 4.21(a) true and correct; upon such execution and delivery, each CVI Guarantee shall be automatically released."

1.08. Section 6.04(a)(v) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting "and (2)" and adding in its place "(2) the CVI Loans and (3)".

1.09. Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by replacing the word "and" at the end of clause (v) thereof with "," and adding, at the end of clause (vi) thereof, "and (vii) the CVI Loans and the CVI Guarantees".

1.10. Section 7.03 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding, after the words "contained in this


-5-

Agreement" in clause (b) thereof, "or in Section 1(b) or (c) of any CVI Guarantee".

1.11. Section 7.08 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the following at the end thereof: "at any time during the Applicable Period, CVI shall cease to be a direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary of TWI; or".

1.12. Section 7.12 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding "(i)" before the first sentence thereof and adding the following after the semicolon thereof:

" or (ii) At any time during the Applicable Period, any CVI Guarantee shall cease to be in full force and effect, or CVI or any of its Subsidiaries shall disavow its obligations under its CVI Guarantee; or".

1.13. Article VII of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the following after the end of Section 7.12:

"SECTION 7.13. Stock Contribution. The Stock Contribution shall not have been effected within five (5) Business Days (or such later date as shall be reasonably consented to by the Administrative Agent but in any event not later than 30 days) after TWI shall become aware that all legal impediments to the Stock Contribution have been removed or lifted;".

1.14. Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

"(d) From and after the closing of the CVI Acquisition and until the Stock Contribution and the assumption by CVI of all of TWI Cable's rights, obligations and liabilities under the Credit Documents as contemplated by the definition of "TWI Cable" (the "Applicable Period"), CVI and its Subsidiaries shall be treated as Restricted Subsidiaries of TWI Cable for all purposes under this Agreement unless the context specifically requires otherwise."

1.15. Annex I hereto shall be attached to the Credit Agreement as Exhibit G-6.

SECTION 2. Representations and Warranties and Agreements. In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this


-6-

Amendment, each of the Borrowers makes the following representations, warranties and agreements to each of the Lenders:

2.01. No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

2.02. Representations and Warranties. All of the representations and warranties in the Credit Documents, after giving effect to this Amendment, are true, correct and accurate in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.

2.03. Agreement. Each of the Borrowers agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to have all legal impediments to the Stock Contribution removed or lifted as soon as practicable.

SECTION 3. Conditions. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

3.01. Execution. The Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed counterparts hereof from (i) each of the Borrowers and (ii) the Lenders constituting the Required Lenders.

3.02. Representations and Warranties. All of the representations and warranties of the Borrowers in Sections 2.01 and 2.02 hereof shall be true and correct.

3.03. Officers' Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received an Officers' Certificate to the effect that all of the conditions in this Section 3 are satisfied.

SECTION 4. Miscellaneous.

4.01. Amendment Limited. All terms, provisions, covenants, representations, warranties, agreements and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect except as expressly contemplated herein and shall not otherwise be deemed waived, modified or amended hereby.

4.02. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties


-7-

hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

4.03. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to its principles of conflicts of law.

4.04. Headings. Headings have been inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Amendment.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT
COMPANY, L.P.

By: /s/ Richard J. Bressler
    ________________________________________
    Name:
    Title: Senior Vice President & Chief
           Financial Officer

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-
ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP

By: TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT
COMPANY, L.P.,
Managing Partner

By: /s/ Richard J. Bressler
    ________________________________________
    Name:
    Title: Senior Vice President & Chief
           Financial Officer

TWI CABLE INC.

By: /s/ Richard J. Bressler
    ________________________________________
    Name:
    Title: Vice President


Signature pages for the Banks that are Parties to Amendment No. 1 to the TWE Credit Agreement have been omitted.


WAIVER NO. 1

WAIVER NO. 1 ("Waiver"), dated as of December 1, 1995, to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1995, as amended, among TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P., TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE
PARTNERSHIP and TWI CABLE INC., as Borrowers, CHEMICAL BANK, as Administrative
Agent, BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, THE BANK OF NEW
YORK and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Documentation and Syndication Agents, and the lenders party thereto (the "Credit Agreement"). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to those terms in the Credit Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Lenders wish to waive certain provisions of the Credit Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions provided herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed:

SECTION 1. Waivers. Subject to Section 2 below:

1.01. Notwithstanding Section 6.04(a)(v) of the Credit Agreement, $66,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.86% Senior Notes due May 15, 2001 of Cablevision Industries, Inc. ("CII") and $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.36% Senior Notes due July 15, 1999 of CII (together, the "CII Notes") need not be repaid on the Acquisition Funding Date for the CVI Acquisition (the "CVI Acquisition Funding Date") but shall be repaid on a date (the "Repayment Date") not later than the 21st day after such date (or the business day immediately following such 21st day if such 21st day is not a business day).

1.02. Notwithstanding clause (iii) of the proviso in the definition of Consolidated Net Income in the Credit Agreement, prior to the Repayment Date, the income of CII and its Subsidiaries need not be excluded from TWI Cable's Consolidated Net Income by virtue of the existence of restricted payments covenants in Section 10.5 of each of the agreements governing the CII Notes.

1.03. Notwithstanding Section 2.01(b)(i) of the Credit Agreement, up to $200,000,000 of the Total Commitment


-2-

need not be used on the CVI Acquisition Funding Date, but shall be used only to repay the CII Notes (plus any make-whole and other premiums relating thereto) on the Repayment Date and to pay related fees and expenses.

1.04. To the extent that CII or any of its Subsidiaries is required under Section 3.02(e) of the Credit Agreement to execute and deliver a CVI Guarantee on the CVI Acquisition Funding Date, such CVI Guarantee need not be executed and delivered on such date but shall be executed and delivered to the Lenders not later than the Repayment Date.

1.05. During the period from the CVI Acquisition Funding Date to the Repayment Date, the Borrowers shall not be deemed to have breached the representation set forth in the second sentence of Section 4.21(a) of the Credit Agreement by virtue of CII and its Subsidiaries not delivering a CVI Guarantee on the CVI Acquisition Funding Date.

SECTION 2. Covenant. The Borrowers covenant and agree, prior to or immediately upon consummation of the CVI Acquisition, to cause a notice to be delivered to the holders of the CII Notes for the optional prepayment thereof in accordance with the terms of the agreements governing the CII Notes.

SECTION 3. Miscellaneous. All terms, provisions, covenants, representations, warranties, agreements and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect except as expressly contemplated herein and shall not otherwise be deemed waived, modified or amended hereby. This Waiver may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Waiver shall become effective upon the execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of a counterpart hereof by (i) each of the Borrowers and (ii) the Lenders constituting the Required Lenders. This Waiver shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of law.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Waiver to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COM-
PANY, L.P.

By: /s/ Richard J. Bressler
    ________________________________________
    Name:
    Title: Senior Vice President and Chief
           Financial Officer

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-
ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP

By: TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT
COMPANY, L.P.,
Managing Partner

By: /s/ Richard J. Bressler
    ________________________________________
    Name:
    Title: Senior Vice President and Chief
           Financial Officer

TWI CABLE INC.

By: /s/ Richard J. Bressler
    ________________________________________
    Name:
    Title: Vice President


Signature pages for the Banks that are Parties to Waiver No. 1 to the TWE Credit Agreement have been omitted.


AMENDMENT AND WAIVER NO. 2

AMENDMENT AND WAIVER NO. 2 ("Amendment"), dated as of August 26, 1996, to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1995, among TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P., TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP and TWI CABLE INC., as Borrowers, THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as Administrative Agent, BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, THE BANK OF NEW YORK and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Documentation and Syndication Agents, and the lenders party thereto, as amended to the date hereof (the "Credit Agreement"). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to those terms in the Credit Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Lenders wish to amend and waive certain provisions of the Credit Agreement as set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed:

SECTION 1. Amendments. The Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

1.01. Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

(a) The following definitions shall be added:

"Applicable Amount" shall mean (i) $300,000,000 or (ii) in the event that any of the TWI Convertible Intercompany Debt shall have been converted into common equity of TWI Cable, an amount (not less than $0) equal to $300,000,000 less the amount of the TWI Convertible Intercompany Debt so converted.

"Free Cash Flow" shall mean, with respect to any New Beneficial Asset for any period, the net income (or loss) of, or otherwise derived from, such New Beneficial Asset, as determined in accordance with or otherwise consistent with GAAP, plus (to the extent deducted in calculating such net income), the sum of amortization and depreciation and other non-cash


-2-

charges to net income, and, without duplication, the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of, or any distributions or proceeds of financings with respect to, such New Beneficial Asset (but only to the extent that (i) such proceeds are not invested in or otherwise used in connection with the ownership and operation of such assets and (ii) the indebtedness relating to such financings will be assumed by TWEAN), minus the sum of capital expenditures attributable to such asset and non-cash credits to net income, plus or minus changes in working capital.

"New Beneficial Assets" shall have the meaning provided in the definition of "Transfer."

"New Holder Guarantee" shall mean a guarantee of the Obligations of TWEAN, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-8.

"New Holder Guarantor" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 3.03(h).

"Transaction Summary" shall mean Annex A of Amendment and Waiver No. 2 to this Agreement, with such changes thereto as are not materially less favorable to the Lenders and as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

"Transfer Date" shall have the meaning provided in the definition of "Transfer."

"TW Holding" shall mean (i) TW Holding Co., a New York general partnership, whose partners shall include TWI Cable and certain of its Subsidiaries; Paragon; and CVI and certain of its Subsidiaries or (ii) Paragon.

"TW Holding Guarantee" shall mean a guarantee of all of the Obligations of TWEAN, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-7.

"TW Holding Partner Guarantee" shall mean a pro rata guarantee of TW Holding's obligations under the TW Holding Guarantee, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-9.


-3-

"TW Holding Partner Guarantor" shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.03(h).

"TWI Convertible Intercompany Debt" shall mean Convertible Intercompany Debt of TWI Cable to TWI in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,500,000,000 (excluding accrued interest thereon added to principal from time to time in lieu of cash payment of interest, in accordance with the terms of such Convertible Intercompany Debt); provided, however, that (x) all of the proceeds of such Convertible Intercompany Debt shall be used by TWI Cable upon receipt thereof to repay its outstanding Loans and (y) the rate of interest on such Convertible Intercompany Debt shall not at any time exceed the highest rate of interest on the Loans to TWI Cable hereunder (it being understood, without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, that the amount of the TWI Convertible Intercompany Debt in excess of the Applicable Amount shall be included in the calculation of the Leverage Ratio of TWI Cable for all purposes under this Agreement).

(b) The definition of "Convertible Intercompany Debt" shall be amended by replacing it in its entirety with the following:

"Convertible Intercompany Debt" shall mean any Indebtedness for money borrowed of (a) any Borrower owing to TWI or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) any Foreign Subsidiary owing to TWI that, in each case, (i) is issued on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) if owed to a Person other than a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower, is convertible into equity of the borrower of such Indebtedness or is extinguishable, in each case, upon (x) the liquidation or dissolution of the borrower of such Indebtedness, (y) failure to repay any Loans at final maturity or (z) acceleration of the maturity of any Loans hereunder, and
(iii) provides that principal thereof and interest thereon may not be paid except to the extent permitted under Section 6.06; provided, however, that any Convertible Intercompany Debt of a Borrower shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.


-4-

(c) The definition of "Applicable Fee Percentage" shall be amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

"Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, so long as any TWI Convertible Intercompany Debt is outstanding, the Applicable Fee Percentage for TWI Cable shall be determined by reference to its Leverage Ratio if such Applicable Fee Percentage would be higher than that determined by reference to TWI Cable's Debt Ratings."

(d) The definition of "Applicable Margin" shall be amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

"Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, so long as any TWI Convertible Intercompany Debt is outstanding, the Applicable Margin for TWI Cable shall be determined by reference to its Leverage Ratio if such Applicable Margin would be higher than that determined by reference to TWI Cable's Debt Ratings."

(e) The definition of "Beneficial Assets" shall be amended by adding ", the New Beneficial Assets" after "TWE Beneficial Assets".

(f) The definition of "Guarantee" shall be amended by adding "TW Holding Guarantee, New Holder Guarantee, TW Holding Partner Guarantee," before "TWE Guarantee".

(g) The definition of "Guarantor" shall be amended by adding "any New Holder Guarantor, any TW Holding Partner Guarantor, TW Holding in its capacity as a guarantor of the Obligations of TWEAN," after "any Subsidiary Guarantor".

(h) The definition of "Indebtedness" shall be amended by deleting "and" before clause (f) of the proviso thereof and adding before the period thereof "; (g) any Guarantee; and (h) any reimbursement obligation among Guarantors with respect to any Guarantees; provided, however, that any such obligation shall be subordinated to the obligations of the Guarantors under the Credit Documents".

(i) The definition of "Restricted Payment" shall be amended (I) by replacing the second parenthetical phrase in clause (iv) thereof with the following:

"(other than (x) any payment by any Subsidiary of a Borrower to any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such


-5-

Borrower or to such Borrower and (y) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, any payment of principal of or interest on such amount of the TWI Convertible Intercompany Debt that is in excess of the Applicable Amount)"

and (II) by replacing clause (v) thereof with the following:

"(v) Investments by any Company in any of its Affiliates, other than any direct or indirect Investment by any Company in (A) any Person that, after giving effect to such Investment, would be a Restricted Subsidiary of such Company, (B) any Person that is not an Affiliate of such Company immediately prior to such Investment or (C) any joint venture between such Company and one or more Persons who are not Affiliates of TWI or any Company".

(j) The definition of "Transfer" shall be amended by replacing it in its entirety with the following:

"Transfer" shall mean a transfer to TWEAN (in such capacity, the "Transferee Borrower") by TWI Cable or any of its Subsidiaries of one or more Acquired Cable Businesses (or one or more cable systems comprising parts thereof), together with the portion of the then outstanding Loans of TWI Cable (and if the Stock Contribution shall not have occurred, of the then outstanding CVI Loans) allocated to the Applicable Acquired Cable Business or applicable cable system, as the case may be, as described in the Transaction Summary (the "Allocated Loans"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if TWI Cable or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, has not obtained all of the governmental consents or approvals required for a transfer of an Acquired Cable Business or cable system prior to the proposed date of such transfer (the "Transfer Date"), TWI Cable or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, may, on the Transfer Date, transfer the Allocated Loans but hold the related assets for the use and benefit of TWEAN (such assets, collectively, the "New Beneficial Assets"); provided, however, that TWI Cable shall (i) use its reasonable best efforts to afford TWEAN the economic benefits intended to be conferred by the New Beneficial Assets, (ii) assign to TWEAN the right to


-6-

receive all Free Cash Flow derived from the New Beneficial Assets on and after the Transfer Date, which Free Cash Flow shall be paid to TWEAN as soon as reasonably practicable but in no event more than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, (iii) take all reasonable actions to obtain such governmental consents or approvals as soon as practicable after the Transfer Date and (iv) effectuate the transfers of New Beneficial Assets after all governmental consents or approvals required for the transfer of such New Beneficial Assets are obtained (it being understood that no cable television franchise comprising a New Beneficial Asset shall be required to be contributed to TWEAN until governmental consents or approvals have been obtained with respect to the contribution of all cable television franchises in the same cable television system).

(k) The definition of "TWE Partnership Agreement" shall be amended by adding ", as amended on the date hereof and as hereafter amended in accordance with the terms of this Agreement" before the period thereof.

(l) The definition of "TWEAN Contribution Agreement" shall be amended by adding ", as amended in accordance with the terms of this Agreement" before the period thereof.

(m) The definition of "TWEAN Partnership Agreement" shall be amended by adding ", as amended in accordance with the terms of this Agreement" before the period thereof.

1.02. Guarantees. Section 3.03(h) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

"TW Holding shall have executed and delivered the TW Holding Guarantee. Each holder of New Beneficial Assets (each, in such capacity, a "New Holder Guarantor") shall have executed and delivered a New Holder Guarantee. Each partner of TW Holding that assigns indebtedness to TW Holding (each, in such capacity, a "TW Holding Partner Guarantor") shall have executed and delivered a TW Holding Partner Guarantee. Each such Guarantee shall be in full force and effect."

1.03. Intercompany Indebtedness. Section 6.04 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting "and" at the


- -7-

end of clause (v) thereof and adding the following immediately after the end of clause (vi) thereof:

"(vii) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Borrower to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Borrower or to such Borrower (other than Indebtedness of TWEAN to TWE or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of TWE or Indebtedness of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of TWE to TWEAN) or Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary of such Borrower to another Foreign Subsidiary of such Borrower;".

1.04. Restricted Payments. Section 6.06(e) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by (I) deleting "assuming any Loans of TWI Cable" from clause
(x)(ii) thereof and replacing it with "assuming any Allocated Loans" and (II) by adding "or (z) any holder of New Beneficial Assets (other than any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) from distributing or otherwise transferring any assets other than such New Beneficial Assets" before the period thereof.

1.05. Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Section 6.14(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting the parenthetical phrase in clause (iii) thereof.

1.06. Release of Certain Guarantees. Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting the text before "(ii)" and replacing it with the following:

"TWE, TW Holding (other than in its capacity as a Subsidiary Guarantor) or any TWE Partner Guarantor, TW Holding Partner Guarantor, Holder Guarantor, holder of TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets or New Holder Guarantor may, without the consent of any Lender, be released from its Guarantee if (i) such Guarantor shall not hold any Material Beneficial Assets or any New Beneficial Assets (or in the case of any TWE Partner Guarantor, none of its Subsidiaries that issued a Holder Guarantee shall hold any Material Beneficial Assets),"

and by deleting from the third sentence thereof "TWE or TWEAN, as the case may be," and replacing it with "The Borrowers".

1.07. Calculations for Summit and New Beneficial Assets. (a) Section 9.15(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be


-8-

amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

"All Financial Statements to be furnished to the Lenders hereunder shall be prepared, and all calculations determining compliance with Article VI (including the definitions used therein) shall be made, in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto; provided, however, that except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all such calculations shall utilize accounting principles and policies in effect at the time of the preparation of, and in conformity with those used to prepare, the audited Financial Statements of TWE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(i) the assets and liabilities and results of operations of TWE shall include, without duplication, (x) the TWE Beneficial Assets and any related liabilities of the holders thereof and (y) the cash flow received by TWE with respect to TWE Beneficial Assets;

(ii) the assets and liabilities and results of operations of TWEAN shall include, without duplication, (x) the TWEAN Beneficial Assets and any related liabilities of the holders thereof, (y) the New Beneficial Assets and any related liabilities of the holders thereof and (z) the cash flow received by TWEAN with respect to TWEAN Beneficial Assets and New Beneficial Assets; and

(iii) to the extent that Beneficial Assets or New Beneficial Assets and any related liabilities of the holders thereof and the related cash flows are included in the calculations for TWE or TWEAN, as the case may be, they shall be excluded from the calculations for any other Borrower."

(b) Section 9.15(b) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting "Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Section 9.15, nothing" and replacing it with the following:

"The covenants contained in Article V and Article VI (other than
Section 6.11) shall apply as if holders of TWE Material Beneficial Assets were Restricted


-9-

Subsidiaries of TWE and holders of TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets (other than any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) were Restricted Subsidiaries of TWEAN during any period and on any date on which such holders (each, a "Beneficial Subsidiary") own such Beneficial Assets (but with respect to the Specified Holders, only to the extent of the assets and liabilities related to Material Beneficial Assets). Nothing".

(c) Section 9.15(c) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended (I) by deleting "Sections 6.04(b), 6.06 and 6.11" and replacing it with "Article VI" and (II) by deleting "and" at the end of clause (ii) thereof and adding the following immediately after the end of clause (iii) and before the period thereof:

"; and

(iv) Summit, so long as it is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, shall be excluded from all such calculations, except as otherwise expressly provided in the definitions relating thereto."

1.08. Annex I, Annex II and Annex III hereto shall be attached to the Credit Agreement as Exhibit G-7, Exhibit G-8 and Exhibit G-9, respectively.

SECTION 2. Waivers and Consent.

2.01. Consideration in Transfers. With respect to Section 3.03(d) of the Credit Agreement, the Lenders agree that the consideration to be received by TWI Cable in the Transfers to occur on the Transfer Date, as set forth in the Transaction Summary, is satisfactory to the Lenders.

2.02. Restricted Payment. Notwithstanding Section 6.06 of the Credit Agreement: (a) Paragon may redeem TWE's partnership interest in Paragon (anticipated to be approximately 49.8%) by distributing to TWE an undivided interest of approximately 95.2% in the cable television systems described in Schedule 1 to the Transaction Summary without any reduction to the Consolidated Cash Flow of TWI Cable pursuant to Section 9.15(c)(iii); (b) TWE may contribute to Paragon cable television systems serving approximately 6,500 subscribers in exchange for an increase in TWE's interest in Paragon; and (c) TWEAN may distribute to TWE Primestar operations serving


-10-

approximately 6,700 subscribers in connection with TWE's contribution to TWEAN of Primestar operations serving approximately 15,500 subscribers.

2.03. Amendment or Waiver of Organizational Documents. Notwithstanding Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement, provisions of the Partnership Agreements may be amended, modified or waived in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Summary; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of each agreement or instrument evidencing any such amendment, modification or waiver, and shall be reasonably satisfied with respect thereto.

SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties. In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each of the Borrowers makes the following representations, warranties and agreements to each of the Lenders:

3.01. No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

3.02. Representations and Warranties. All of the representations and warranties in the Credit Documents, after giving effect to this Amendment, are true, correct and accurate in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.

SECTION 4. Conditions. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

4.01. Execution. The Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed counterparts hereof from (i) each of the Borrowers and (ii) the Lenders constituting the Required Lenders.

4.02. Representations and Warranties. All of the representations and warranties of the Borrowers in Sections 3.01 and 3.02 hereof shall be true and correct.

4.03. Officers' Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received an Officers' Certificate to the effect that all of the conditions in this Section 4 are satisfied.


-11-

SECTION 5. Miscellaneous.

5.01. Amendment Limited. All terms, provisions, covenants, representations, warranties, agreements and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect except as expressly contemplated herein and shall not otherwise be deemed waived, modified or amended hereby.

5.02. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.03. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to its principles of conflicts of law.

5.04. Headings. Headings have been inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Amendment.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT
COMPANY, L.P.

By: /s/ Richard J. Bressler
    ________________________________________
    Name:
    Title: Senior Vice President and Chief
           Financial Officer

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-
ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP

By: TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT
COMPANY, L.P.,
Managing Partner

By: /s/ Richard J. Bressler
    ________________________________________
    Name:
    Title: Senior Vice President and Chief
           Financial Officer

TWI CABLE INC.

By: /s/ Richard J. Bressler
    ________________________________________
    Name:
    Title:

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as
Administrative Agent and Lender

By: /s/ B.J. Lillis
    ________________________________________
    Name:
    Title: Attorney-in-Fact


Signature pages for the Banks that are Parties to Amendment and Waiver No. 2 to the TWE Credit Agreement have been omitted.


Execution Counterpart

AMENDMENT NO. 5

AMENDMENT NO. 5 dated as of April 25, 1996 between TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC., a Georgia corporation (the "Company"), the Banks (as such term is defined below) party hereto and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (NATIONAL ASSOCIATION) ("Chase"), as agent (the "Agent").

The Company, certain lenders (the "Banks") and the Agent are party to a Credit Agreement dated as of July 1, 1993 (as amended, supplemented and otherwise modified and in effect to but excluding the date hereof, the "Credit Agreement"). The Company has requested that the Banks agree, and the Banks party hereto are willing, to amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, all on the terms and conditions of this Amendment. Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. Terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Section 2. Amendments. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions to effectiveness specified in Section 4 hereof, but with effect on and after the date hereof, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

A. Certain New Defined Terms. Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the following new definitions and inserting the same in the appropriate alphabetical locations:

"Atlanta Hawks' shall mean Atlanta Hawks, Ltd., a Georgia limited partnership."

"'Acquisition Date' shall mean the date that the Company becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of either Time

Amendment No. 5

-2-

Warner or a Person of which Time Warner is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary."

"'Time Warner" shall mean Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation."

B. Definition of Cash Flow. Clause (i) of the first sentence of the definition of "Cash Flow" in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

"(i) Atlanta Hawks shall be deemed to be a Consolidated Subsidiary during such period unless, on the last day of such period, there shall exist a Lien on any of the revenues of Atlanta Hawks and"

C. Definition of Subsidiary. The definition of "Subsidiary" in
Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding a new sentence at the end thereof reading as follows:

"Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein (but subject to clause (i) of the first sentence of the definition of "Cash Flow" in
Section 1.01 hereof), Atlanta Hawks shall not be deemed to be a Subsidiary or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company."

D. Funded Debt Ratio. Section 8.13 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

"8.13 Funded Debt Ratio. The Company shall not permit the Funded Debt Ratio to exceed the following respective ratios at any time during the following respective periods:

Period                                     Ratio
------                                     -----





                 Amendment No. 5
                 ---------------


-3-

From and including
  the first Delivery Date
  after March 31, 1995
  through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  September 30, 1996                              6.00 to 1.00

From and including
  the first Delivery Date
  after September 30, 1996
  through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  December 31, 1996                               6.50 to 1.00

From and including
  the first Delivery Date
  after December 31, 1996
  through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  March 31, 1997                                  6.00 to 1.00


From and including
  the first Delivery Date
  after March 31, 1997
  through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  September 30, 1997                              5.50 to 1.00

From and including
  the first Delivery Date
  after September 30, 1997
  through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  March 31, 1998                                  5.00 to 1.00

From and including
  the first Delivery Date
  after March 31, 1998
  and at all times thereafter                     4.50 to 1.00"

Amendment No. 5

-4-

E. Events of Default. Section 9(e) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

"(e) Before the Acquisition Date, there shall occur any amendment in the provisions requiring supermajority vote pursuant to Article 12,
Section 3 of the by-laws of the Company as amended on and through July 21, 1988 or any amendment in the provisions which are subject to special class vote pursuant to Article 5, Section C.4 of the articles of incorporation of the Company as amended on and through August 25, 1987; or"

Section 3. Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to the Banks and the Agent that:

(a) this Amendment has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the Company's legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms; and

(b) after giving effect to this Amendment, (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).

Section 4. Conditions To Effectiveness. The amendments to the Credit Agreement set forth in Section hereof shall become effective, as of the date hereof, upon the receipt by the Agent of this Amendment, duly executed and delivered by the Company, the Majority Banks and the Agent.

Section 5. Documents Otherwise Unchanged. Except as herein provided, the Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect, and each reference to the Credit Agreement and words of similar import in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and the Notes shall be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby and as the same may be further

Amendment No. 5

-5-

amended, supplemented and otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

Section 6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be identical and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart.

Section 7. Binding Effect. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 8. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.

By /s/ Christian L. Becken
  ____________________________
  Title: VP & Treasurer

Amendment No. 5

Signature pages for the Banks that are Parties to Amendment No. 5 to the 1993 TBS Credit Agreement have been omitted.


[Execution Copy]

AMENDMENT NO. 6

AMENDMENT NO. 6 dated as of September 30, 1996 between TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC., a Georgia corporation (the "Company"), the Banks (as such term is defined below) party hereto and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, successor by merger to The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. ("Chase"), as agent (the "Agent").

The Company, certain lenders (the "Banks") and the Agent are party to a Credit Agreement dated as of July 1, 1993 (as amended, supplemented and otherwise modified and in effect to but excluding the date hereof, the "Credit Agreement"). The Company has requested that the Banks agree, and the Banks party hereto are willing, to amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, all on the terms and conditions of this Amendment. Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. Terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Section 2. Amendments. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions to effectiveness specified in Section 4 hereof, but with effect on and after the date hereof, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

A. Definition of Cash Flow. The last sentence of the definition of "Cash Flow" in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

"Solely for the purposes of computations under Sections 8.11, 8.12 and 8.13 hereof, the calculation of "Cash Flow" for any period that includes any of the fiscal quarters of the Company ending December 31, 1995, and March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, 1996, shall exclude the adjustments described in the letter dated November 4, 1996 of the Company to the Banks titled "TBS Credit Facilities Post Time Warner Merger" to the extent that the aggregate of

Amendment No. 6

- 2 -

such adjustments for all such fiscal quarters does not exceed 105% of the aggregate of the "Ultimate Adjustments" and "Merger Adjustments" for all such fiscal quarters set forth in Annex 1 to Amendment No. 6 hereto (it being understood that, to the extent the aggregate of such adjustments shall exceed 105% of the aggregate of such "Ultimate Adjustments" and "Merger Adjustments", such excess shall be treated as expense items in the manner otherwise required by this definition in calculating net income under clause (a) of this definition)."

B. Funded Debt Ratio. Section 8.13 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

"8.13 Funded Debt Ratio. The Company shall not permit the Funded Debt Ratio to exceed the following respective ratios at any time during the following respective periods:

       Period                                     Ratio
       ------                                     -----

From and including
  the first Delivery Date
  after September 30, 1996
  through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  December 31, 1996                               6.50 to 1

From and including
  the first Delivery Date
  after December 31, 1996
  through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  March 31, 1997                                  6.50 to 1

From and including
  the first Delivery Date
  after March 31, 1997
  through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  September 30, 1997                              5.50 to 1

Amendment No. 6

- 3 -

From and including
  the first Delivery Date
  after September 30, 1997
  through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  March 31, 1998                                  5.00 to 1

From and including
  the first Delivery Date
  after March 31, 1998
  and at all times thereafter                     4.50 to 1"

Section 3. Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to the Banks and the Agent that:

(a) this Amendment has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the Company's legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms; and

(b) after giving effect to this Amendment, (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).

Section 4. Conditions To Effectiveness. The amendments to the Credit Agreement set forth in Section hereof shall become effective, as of the date hereof, upon the receipt by the Agent of this Amendment, duly executed and delivered by the Company, the Majority Banks and the Agent.

Section 5. Documents Otherwise Unchanged. Except as herein provided, the Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect, and each reference to the Credit Agreement and words of similar import in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and the Notes shall be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby and as the same may be further

Amendment No. 6

- 4 -

amended, supplemented and otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

Section 6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be identical and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart.

Section 7. Binding Effect. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 8. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

Amendment No. 6

- 5 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.

By  /s/ William P. Eddy
  ____________________________
Title: Assistant Treasurer

Amendment No. 6

Signature pages for the Banks that are Parties to Amendment No. 6 to the 1993 TBS Credit Agreement have been omitted.


TBS Inc.
Debt Covenant Projections
Post Merger 1996 Forecast

                                       Quarter           Quarter          Quarter          Quarter        Quarter         Full Year
                                       12/31/95          3/31/96          6/30/96          9/30/96        12/31/96        12/31/96
                                       --------          -------          -------          -------        --------        --------
Cash Flow As Adjusted                                   75,391           118,072          142,000          179,000         514,463
Adjustments:
CRE ultimate adjustments                                                                  (42,000)a        (30,000)a       (72,000)
NLC ultimate adjustments                                                                  (50,000)a        (49,000)a       (99,000)
TPS contract                                                                                                (4,000)b        (4,000)
Merger costs                           (9,749) b          (951)b          (5,762)b         (2,089)b        (43,000)b       (51,802)
Severance costs                                                                                            (37,000)b       (37,000)
Affiliation agreements                                                                                      (2,000)b        (2,000)
Development costs:
   Castle Rock Entertainment                                                                               (25,000)b       (25,000)
   New Line Cinema                                                                                         (45,000)b       (45,000)
   TBS                                                                                                     (48,000)b       (48,000)
Licensed and Produced Prog:
   TNT                                                                                                     (10,000)b       (10,000)
   WTBS                                                                                                    (73,000)b       (73,000)
                                      ----------       ----------        ----------       ----------       ----------    ----------

Reported OCF                                            74,440           112,310           47,911        (187,000)          47,661

Ultimate Adjustments sum of a                                                            (92,000)         (79,000)       (171,000)
Merger Adjustments sum of b           (9,749)            (951)           (5,762)          (2,089)        (287,000)       (295,802)

NOTE: The above adjustments are estimates based on facts existing as of October 31, 1996. Due to the subjective nature of the estimation process, the adjustments may change.


Execution Counterpart

AMENDMENT NO. 2

AMENDMENT NO. 2 dated as of April 26, 1996 between TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC., a Georgia corporation (the "Company"), the Banks (as such term is defined below) party hereto and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (NATIONAL ASSOCIATION) ("Chase"), as agent (the "Agent").

The Company, certain lenders (the "Banks") and the Agent are party to a Credit Agreement dated as of September 7, 1994 (as amended, supplemented and otherwise modified and in effect to but excluding the date hereof, the "Credit Agreement"). The Company has requested that the Banks agree, and the Banks party hereto are willing, to amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, all on the terms and conditions of this Amendment. Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. Terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Section 2. Amendments. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions to effectiveness specified in Section 4 hereof, but with effect on and after the date hereof, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

A. Certain New Defined Terms. Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the following new definitions and inserting the same in the appropriate

alphabetical locations:

"Atlanta Hawks' shall mean Atlanta Hawks, Ltd., a Georgia limited partnership."

"'Acquisition Date' shall mean the date that the Company becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of either Time

Amendment No. 2


- 2 -

Warner or a Person of which Time Warner is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary."

"'Time Warner" shall mean Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation."

B. Definition of Cash Flow. Clause (i) of the first sentence of the definition of "Cash Flow" in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

"(i) Atlanta Hawks shall be deemed to be a Consolidated Subsidiary during such period unless, on the last day of such period, there shall exist a Lien on any of the revenues of Atlanta Hawks and"

C. Definition of Subsidiary. The definition of "Subsidiary" in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding a new sentence at the end thereof reading as follows:

"Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein (but subject to clause (i) of the first sentence of the definition of "Cash Flow" in
Section 1.01 hereof), Atlanta Hawks shall not be deemed to be a Subsidiary or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company."

D. Funded Debt Ratio. Section 8.13 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

"8.13 Funded Debt Ratio. The Company shall not permit the Funded Debt Ratio to exceed the following respective ratios at any time during the following respective periods:

Period Ratio

Amendment No. 2


- 3 -

From and including the first
  Delivery Date after March 31,
  1995 through but excluding the
  first Delivery Date after
  September 30, 1996                          6.00 to 1.00

From and including the first
  Delivery Date after September
  30, 1996 through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  December 31, 1996                           6.50 to 1.00

From and including the first
  Delivery Date after December
  31, 1996 through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  March 31, 1997                              6.00 to 1.00


From and including the first
  Delivery Date after March 31,
  1997 through but excluding the
  first Delivery Date after
  September 30, 1997                          5.50 to 1.00

From and including the first
  Delivery Date after September
  30, 1997 through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  March 31, 1998                              5.00 to 1.00

From and including the first
  Delivery Date after March 31,
  1998 and at all times
  thereafter                                  4.50 to 1.00"

                         Amendment No. 2


- 4 -

E. Events of Default. Section 9(e) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

"(e) Before the Acquisition Date, there shall occur any amendment in the provisions requiring supermajority vote pursuant to Article 12,
Section 3 of the by-laws of the Company as amended on and through July 21, 1988 or any amendment in the provisions which are subject to special class vote pursuant to Article 5, Section C.4 of the articles of incorporation of the Company as amended on and through August 25, 1987; or"

Section 3. Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to the Banks and the Agent that:

(a) this Amendment has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the Company's legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms; and

(b) after giving effect to this Amendment, (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).

Section 4. Conditions To Effectiveness. The amendments to the Credit Agreement set forth in Section hereof shall become effective, as of the date hereof, upon the receipt by the Agent of this Amendment, duly executed and delivered by the Company, the Majority Banks and the Agent.

Section 5. Documents Otherwise Unchanged. Except as herein provided, the Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect, and each reference to the Credit Agreement and words of similar import in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and the Notes shall be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby and as the same may be further

Amendment No. 2


- 5 -

amended, supplemented and otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

Section 6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be identical and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart.

Section 7. Binding Effect. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 8. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.

By /s/ Christian L. Becken
  ____________________________
  Title: VP & Treasurer

Amendment No. 2


Signature pages for the Banks that are Parties to Amendment No. 2 to the 1994 TBS Credit Agreement have been omitted.


[Execution Copy]

AMENDMENT NO. 3

AMENDMENT NO. 3 dated as of September 30, 1996 between TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC., a Georgia corporation (the "Company"), the Banks (as such term is defined below) party hereto and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, successor by merger to The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. ("Chase"), as agent (the "Agent").

The Company, certain lenders (the "Banks") and the Agent are party to a Credit Agreement dated as of September 7, 1994 (as amended, supplemented and otherwise modified and in effect to but excluding the date hereof, the "Credit Agreement"). The Company has requested that the Banks agree, and the Banks party hereto are willing, to amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, all on the terms and conditions of this Amendment. Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. Terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Section 2. Amendments. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions to effectiveness specified in Section 4 hereof, but with effect on and after the date hereof, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

A. Definition of Cash Flow. The last sentence of the definition of "Cash Flow" in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

"Solely for the purposes of computations under Sections 8.11, 8.12 and 8.13 hereof, the calculation of "Cash Flow" for any period that includes any of the fiscal quarters of the Company ending December 31, 1995, and March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, 1996, shall exclude the adjustments described in the letter dated November 4, 1996 of the Company to the Banks titled "TBS Credit Facilities Post Time Warner Merger" to the extent that the aggregate of such adjustments for all such fiscal quarters does not exceed 105% of the aggregate of the "Ultimate Adjustments" and "Merger Adjustments" for all such fiscal quarters set forth in Annex 1 to Amendment No. 3 hereto (it being understood that, to the extent the aggregate of

Amendment No. 3


- 2 -

such adjustments shall exceed 105% of the aggregate of such "Ultimate Adjustments" and "Merger Adjustments", such excess shall be treated as expense items in the manner otherwise required by this definition in calculating net income under clause (a) of this definition)."

B. Funded Debt Ratio. Section 8.13 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

"8.13 Funded Debt Ratio. The Company shall not permit the Funded Debt Ratio to exceed the following respective ratios at any time during the following respective periods:

       Period                                     Ratio

From and including the first
  Delivery Date after September
  30, 1996 through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  December 31, 1996                              6.50 to 1

From and including the first
  Delivery Date after December
  31, 1996 through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  March 31, 1997                                 6.50 to 1

From and including the first
  Delivery Date after March 31,
  1997 through but excluding the
  first Delivery Date after
  September 30, 1997                             5.50 to 1

                        Amendment No. 3


- 3 -

From and including the first
  Delivery Date after September
  30, 1997 through but excluding
  the first Delivery Date after
  March 31, 1998                                 5.00 to 1

From and including the first
  Delivery Date after March 31,
  1998 and at all times
  thereafter                                     4.50 to 1"

Section 3. Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to the Banks and the Agent that:

(a) this Amendment has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the Company's legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms; and

(b) after giving effect to this Amendment, (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).

Section 4. Conditions To Effectiveness. The amendments to the Credit Agreement set forth in Section hereof shall become effective, as of the date hereof, upon the receipt by the Agent of this Amendment, duly executed and delivered by the Company, the Majority Banks and the Agent.

Section 5. Documents Otherwise Unchanged. Except as herein provided, the Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect, and each reference to the Credit Agreement and words of similar import in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and the Notes shall be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby and as the same may be further

Amendment No. 3


- 4 -

amended, supplemented and otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

Section 6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be identical and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart.

Section 7. Binding Effect. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 8. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

Amendment No. 3


- 5 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.

By  /s/ William P. Eddy
  ______________________________
  Title: Assistant Treasurer

Amendment No. 3


Signature pages for the Banks that are Parties to Amendment No. 3 to the 1994 TBS Credit Agreement have been omitted.


TBS Inc.
Debt Covenant Projections
Post Merger 1996 Forecast

                                       Quarter         Quarter          Quarter          Quarter          Quarter         Full Year
                                       12/31/95        3/31/96          6/30/96          9/30/96          12/31/96        12/31/96
                                       --------        -------          -------          -------          --------        ---------
Cash Flow As Adjusted                                   75,391          118,072          142,000            179,000         514,463
Adjustments:
CRE ultimate adjustments                                                                 (42,000)a          (30,000)a       (72,000)
NLC ultimate adjustments                                                                 (50,000)a          (49,000)a       (99,000)
TPS contract                                                                                                 (4,000)b        (4,000)
Merger costs                           (9,749)b           (951)b         (5,762)b         (2,089)b          (43,000)b       (51,802)
Severance costs                                                                                             (37,000)b       (37,000)
Affiliation agreements                                                                                       (2,000)b        (2,000)
Development costs:
   Castle Rock Entertainment                                                                                (25,000)b       (25,000)
   New Line Cinema                                                                                          (45,000)b       (45,000)
   TBS                                                                                                      (48,000)b       (48,000)
Licensed and Produced Prog:
   TNT                                                                                                      (10,000)b       (10,000)
   WTBS                                                                                                     (73,000)b       (73,000)
                                   ----------       ----------        ---------       ----------         ----------     ----------

Reported OCF                                            74,440          112,310           47,911          (187,000)          47,661


Ultimate Adjustments sum of a                                                           (92,000)           (79,000)        (171,000)
Merger Adjustments sum of b           (9,749)            (951)          (5,762)          (2,089)          (287,000)        (295,802)

NOTE: The above adjustments are estimates based on facts existing as of October 31, 1996. Due to the subjective nature of the estimation process, the adjustments may change.


EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF TIME WARNER INC.

Set forth below are the names of certain subsidiaries, at least 50% owned, directly or indirectly, of Time Warner and TWE as of December 31, 1996, unless otherwise indicated. Certain subsidiaries which when considered in the aggregate would not constitute a significant subsidiary are omitted from the list below. Indented subsidiaries are direct subsidiaries of the company under which they are indented.

                                                                                   PERCENTAGE      STATE OR OTHER
                                                                                    OWNED BY       JURISDICTION OF
                                                                                   IMMEDIATE      INCORPORATION OR
                                      NAME                                           PARENT         ORGANIZATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------   ---------------------
TIME WARNER INC. (Registrant):                                                                  Delaware
  Turner Broadcasting System, Inc...............................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Arena Productions and Sales, Inc....................................       100      Georgia
       Atlanta Coliseum, Inc....................................................       100      Georgia
       The Omni Promotions Management Company...................................       100      Georgia
       Seats, Inc...............................................................       100      Georgia
     Atlanta National League Baseball Club, Inc.................................       100      Georgia
     Hawks Basketball, Inc......................................................       100      Georgia
       Atlanta Hawks, L.P.......................................................       100      Georgia
     Cable News Network, Inc....................................................       100      Georgia
       Cable News International, Inc............................................       100      Delaware
       CNN America, Inc.........................................................       100      Delaware
       CNN Germany, Inc.........................................................       100      Georgia
     CNN Newsource Sales, Inc...................................................       100      Georgia
     Castle Rock Entertainment Inc..............................................       100      Georgia
       Castle Rock Entertainment................................................       100(1)   California
     Goodwill Games, Inc........................................................       100      Georgia
     HB Holding Co..............................................................       100      Delaware
       Hanna-Barbera Entertainment Co., Inc.....................................       100      California
     New Line Cinema Corporation................................................       100      Delaware
     Turner Entertainment Group, Inc............................................       100      Georgia
       Turner Entertainment Networks, Inc.......................................       100      Georgia
          Turner Entertainment Networks Asia, Inc...............................       100      Georgia
          Turner Network Television, Inc........................................       100      Georgia
            Superstation, Inc...................................................       100      Georgia
               Turner Original Productions, Inc.................................       100      Georgia
            The Cartoon Network, Inc............................................       100      Georgia
            Turner Classic Movies, Inc..........................................       100      Georgia
          Turner Home Entertainment, Inc........................................       100      Georgia
            Turner Learning, Inc................................................       100      Georgia
            Turner Publishing, Inc..............................................       100      Georgia
            Turner Retail Company...............................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Pictures Group, Inc.................................................       100      Georgia
            Turner Entertainment Co.............................................       100      Georgia
               H-B Distribution Co..............................................       100      Georgia
     TBS Funding Corp...........................................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Broadcasting Sales, Inc.............................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Broadcasting System Asia Pacific, Inc...............................       100      Georgia
     Turner Home Satellite, Inc.................................................       100      Georgia

1

                                                                                   PERCENTAGE      STATE OR OTHER
                                                                                    OWNED BY       JURISDICTION OF
                                                                                   IMMEDIATE      INCORPORATION OR
                                      NAME                                           PARENT         ORGANIZATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------   ---------------------
     Turner Broadcasting System Limited.........................................       100      U.K.
       Turner International Advertising Sales Limited...........................       100      U.K.
       Turner International Network Sales Limited...............................       100      U.K.
     Turner International, Inc..................................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Network Sales, Inc..................................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Omni Venture, Inc...................................................       100      Georgia
     ICC Ventures, Inc..........................................................       100      Georgia
       CNN Center Ventures......................................................       100(2)
     Turner Private Networks, Inc...............................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Properties, Inc.....................................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Sports, Inc.........................................................       100      Georgia
       Turner Sports International Enterprises, Inc.............................       100      Georgia
     World Championship Wrestling, Inc..........................................       100      Georgia
  Time Warner Companies, Inc....................................................       100      Delaware
     Asiaweek Limited...........................................................        80      Hong Kong
     Sunset Publishing Corporation..............................................       100      Delaware
     Time International Inc.....................................................       100      Delaware
     Time Inc.(3)...............................................................       100      Delaware
       American Family Enterprises (partnership)................................        50      New York
       Book-of-the-Month Club, Inc..............................................       100      New York
       Entertainment Weekly, Inc................................................       100      Delaware
       Little, Brown and Company (Inc.).........................................       100      Massachusetts
       Time Distribution Services, Inc..........................................       100      Delaware
       Time Customer Serivce, Inc...............................................       100      Delaware
       Time Publishing Ventures, Inc............................................       100      Delaware
          Southern Progress Corporation(4)......................................       100      Delaware
       Time Inc. Ventures.......................................................       100      Delaware
          Health Publications, Inc..............................................       100      Delaware
            Hippocrates Partners (partnership)..................................        50      California
       TWC Ventures.............................................................       100      Delaware
       Time Life Inc............................................................       100      Delaware
          Time-Life Customer Service, Inc.......................................       100      Delaware
       Warner Books, Inc........................................................       100      New York
       Warner Publisher Services Inc............................................       100      New York
     Time TBS Holdings, Inc.....................................................       100      Delaware
     TW Service Holding I, L.P. (partnership)...................................       (5)      Delaware
     TW Service Holding II, L.P. (partnership)..................................       (5)      Delaware
       TW Programming Co. (partnership).........................................       (6)      New York
       TW Cable Service Co. (partnership).......................................       (7)      New York
       Time Warner Connect (partnership)........................................       (7)      New York
     WCI Record Club Inc........................................................       100(8)   Delaware
       The Columbia House Company (partnership).................................        50      New York
     Warner Communications Inc..................................................       100      Delaware
       DC Comics (partnership)..................................................        50(9)   New York
       Warner Bros. Music International Inc.....................................       100      Delaware
       Warner-Tamerlane Publishing Corp.........................................       100      California
       WB Music Corp............................................................       100      California

2

                                                                                   PERCENTAGE      STATE OR OTHER
                                                                                    OWNED BY       JURISDICTION OF
                                                                                   IMMEDIATE      INCORPORATION OR
                                      NAME                                           PARENT         ORGANIZATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------   ---------------------
       W Cinemas Holding Inc....................................................       100      Delaware
          W Cinemas Inc.........................................................       100      Delaware
          Alpha Theatres Inc....................................................       100      Delaware
       NPP Music Corp...........................................................       100      Delaware
       Warner/Chappell Music, Inc...............................................       100      Delaware
          New Chappell Music, Inc(10)...........................................       100      Delaware
          Super Hype Publishing, Inc............................................       100      New York
          Cotillion Music, Inc..................................................       100      Delaware
          Walden Music, Inc.....................................................       100      New York
          Summy-Birchard, Inc...................................................       100      Wyoming
          Warner Bros. Publications U.S. Inc....................................       100      New York
          CPP/Belwin, Inc.......................................................       100      Delaware
       Lorimar Motion Picture Management, Inc...................................       100      California
       E.C. Publications, Inc...................................................       100      New York
       WCI/Am Law Inc...........................................................       100      Delaware
          American Lawyer Media, L.P............................................        83.25   Delaware
       Warner Music Group Inc...................................................       100      Delaware
       Warner Bros. Records Inc.................................................       100      Delaware
          Atlantic Recording Corporation........................................       100      Delaware
          Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation...................................       100      New York
       WEA International Inc.(11)...............................................       100      Delaware
          Warner Music Canada Ltd...............................................       100      Canada
            The Columbia House Company (Canada) (partnership)...................        50      Canada
       Warner Special Products Inc..............................................       100      Delaware
          Warner Custom Music Corp..............................................       100      California
       WEA Manufacturing Inc....................................................       100      Delaware
          Allied Record Company.................................................       100      California
       Time Warner Limited......................................................       100      U.K.
          Warner Music International Services Ltd...............................       100      U.K.
            Time Warner UK Limited..............................................       100      U.K.
            Warner Chappell Music Group (UK) Ltd................................       100      U.K.
               Warner Chappell Music Limited....................................       100      U.K.
                 Magnet Music Ltd...............................................       100      U.K.
            Warner Music (U.K.) Limited.........................................       100      U.K.
       Ivy Hill Corporation.....................................................       100      Delaware
       Warner Cable Communications Inc..........................................       100      Delaware
       TWI Ventures Ltd.........................................................       100      Delaware
     American Television and Communications Corporation.........................       100(12)  Delaware
       American Communications Corporation......................................       100      Indiana
       American Digital Communications, Inc.....................................       100      Delaware
       ATC Holdings II, Inc.....................................................       100      Delaware
          ARP 113, Inc..........................................................       100      Delaware
          Paragon Communications (partnership)..................................        50(13)  Colorado
       ATC/PPV, Inc.............................................................       100      Delaware
       Carolina Network Corporation.............................................       100      Delaware
       Philadelphia Community Antenna Television Company........................       100      Pennsylvania
          Lower Bucks Cablevision, Inc..........................................       100      Pennsylvania
          Tri-County Cable Television Company...................................       100      New Jersey

3

                                                                                   PERCENTAGE      STATE OR OTHER
                                                                                    OWNED BY       JURISDICTION OF
                                                                                   IMMEDIATE      INCORPORATION OR
                                      NAME                                           PARENT         ORGANIZATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------   ---------------------
       Public Cable Company.....................................................       100      Maine
          Public Cable Company (partnership)....................................        77      Maine
     TWI Cable Inc.(14).........................................................       100      Delaware
       TW/Kblcom Inc.(15).......................................................       100      Delaware
          KBL Communications, Inc...............................................       100      Delaware
            Paragon Communications (partnership)................................        50(13)  Colorado
       Summit Communications Group, Inc.........................................       100      Delaware
          Summit Cable Inc......................................................       100      Delaware
            Summit Cable Services of Georgia, Inc...............................       100      Delaware
            Summit Cable Services of Forsyth County, Inc........................       100      Delaware
            Summit Cable Services of Thom-A-Lex, Inc............................       100      Delaware
     Time Warner Operations Inc.................................................       100(16)  Delaware
       HBO Film Management, Inc.................................................       100      Delaware
     TW/TAE Holding, Inc........................................................       100      Delaware
       TW/TAE, Inc..............................................................       100      Delaware

SUBSIDIARIES OF TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.

Time Warner Entertainment-Advance/Newhouse Partnership..........................        66.67   New York
  CV of Viera Joint Venture (partnership).......................................        50      Florida
Time Warner Communications Holdings Inc.(17)....................................       100      Delaware
Century Venture Corporation.....................................................        50      Delaware
Erie Telecommunications, Inc....................................................        54.19   Pennsylvania
Kansas City Cable Partners......................................................        50      Colorado
Time Warner Cable New Zealand Holdings Ltd......................................       100(18)  New Zealand
Queens Inner Unity Cable System.................................................        56.21   New York
Comedy Partners, L.P. (partnership).............................................        50      New York
Warner Cable of Vermont Inc.....................................................       100      Delaware
HBO Direct, Inc.................................................................       100      Delaware
  TWE Asia, Inc.................................................................       100      Delaware
  TW Buffer Inc.................................................................       100      Delaware
     Warner Bros. (F.E.) Inc....................................................       100      Delaware
     Warner Bros. (Japan) Inc...................................................       100      Delaware
     Warner Bros. (South) Inc...................................................       100      Delaware
     Warner Bros. (Transatlantic) Inc...........................................       100      Delaware
       Bethel Productions Inc...................................................       100      Delaware
     Warner Films Consolidated Inc..............................................       100      Delaware
       Exeter Distributing Inc..................................................       100      Delaware
       Riverside Avenue Distributing Inc........................................       100      Delaware
HBO Asia Holdings, L.P. (partnership)...........................................       100(19)  Delaware
  HBO Pacific Partners, C.V.....................................................        83.33   Neth. Antiles
     Home Box Office (Singapore) Pty. Ltd.......................................       100      Singapore
Turner/HBO Ltd. Purpose Joint Venture (partnership).............................        50      New York
Acapulco 37 S.A. de C.V.........................................................       100      Mexico
Warner Bros. Gesellschaft mbH...................................................       100      Austria
Time Warner Entertainment Limited...............................................       100      U.K.
  The Bountiful Company Limited.................................................        50      U.K.
  Warner Bros. Studio Stores Ltd................................................       100      U.K.
  Warner Bros. Consumer Products (UK) Ltd.......................................       100      U.K.

4

                                                                                   PERCENTAGE      STATE OR OTHER
                                                                                    OWNED BY       JURISDICTION OF
                                                                                   IMMEDIATE      INCORPORATION OR
                                      NAME                                           PARENT         ORGANIZATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------   ---------------------
  TWE Finance Limited...........................................................       100      U.K.
  Warner Bros. Theatres Ltd.....................................................       100      U.K.
  Warner Bros. Distributors Ltd.................................................       100      U.K.
     Lorimar Telepictures International Ltd.....................................       100      U.K.
       Warner Bros. International Television Distribution Italia S.p.A..........       100      Italy
  Warner Bros. Theatres (U.K.) Limited..........................................       100      U.K.
     Warner Bros. Theatres Advertising Agency Limited...........................       100      U.K.
  Warner Bros. Productions Limited..............................................       100      U.K.
  Warner Home Video (U.K.) Limited..............................................       100      U.K.
Metro Color Laboratories (U.K.) Ltd.............................................       100      U.K.
  Kay Holdings Ltd..............................................................       100      U.K.
     Metrocolor (London) Limited................................................       100      U.K.
Lorimar Distribution International (Canada) Corp................................       100      Canada
Lorimar Canada Inc..............................................................       100      Canada
Productions et Editions Cinematographiques Francaises SARL (PECF)...............       100      France
  Warner Home Video France S.A..................................................       100      France
Time Warner Entertainment Australia Pty. Ltd....................................       100      Australia
  Lorimar Telepictures Pty. Limited.............................................       100      Australia
  Warner Bros. (Australia) Pty. Ltd.............................................       100      Australia
  Warner Holdings Australia Pty. Limited........................................       100      Australia
     Warner Bros. Properties (Australia) Pty. Ltd...............................       100      Australia
     Warner Bros. Theatres (Australia) Pty. Limited.............................       100      Australia
     Warner World Australia Pty. Limited........................................       100      Australia
       Movie World Enterprises Partnership (partnership)........................        50      Australia
     Warner Home Video Pty. Limited.............................................       100      Australia
       Warner Bros. Video Pty. Ltd..............................................       100      Australia
     Warner Sea World Aviation Pty. Ltd.........................................       100      Australia
       Sea World Aviation Partnership (partnership).............................        50      Australia
     Warner Sea World Investments Pty. Limited..................................       100      Australia
       Sari Lodge Pty. Limited..................................................        50      Australia
          Sea World Management Pty. Ltd.........................................       100      Australia
     Warner Sea World Operations Pty. Ltd.......................................       100      Australia
       Sea World Enterprises Partnership (partnership)..........................        50      Australia
     Warner Sea World Units Pty. Ltd............................................       100      Australia
Time Warner Germany Holding GmbH................................................       100(20)  Germany
  Time Warner Entertainment Germany GmbH........................................       100      Germany
     Time Warner Entertainment Germany GmbH and Co. OHG.........................       100(21)  Germany
       Warner Bros. Movie World GmbH & Co. KG...................................        60      Germany
     Warner Bros. Deutschland Pay TV GmbH.......................................       100      Germany
     Warner Home Video GmbH.....................................................       100      Germany
       Warner Home Video Spol SRO...............................................       100      Czech Republic
     GWHS Grundstrucks Verwaltungs GmbH.........................................       100      Germany
     Warner Bros. Film GmbH.....................................................       100      Germany
       Warner Bros. Film GmbH Kinobetriebe......................................       100      Germany
       Warner Bros. Film GmbH Multiplex Cinemas Mulheim.........................       100      Germany
Time Warner Merchandising Canada Inc............................................       100      Canada
Warner Bros. Canada Inc.........................................................       100      Canada
Warner Bros. Distributing (Canada) Limited......................................       100      Canada

5

                                                                                   PERCENTAGE      STATE OR OTHER
                                                                                    OWNED BY       JURISDICTION OF
                                                                                   IMMEDIATE      INCORPORATION OR
                                      NAME                                           PARENT         ORGANIZATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------   ---------------------
Warner Home Video (Canada) Ltd..................................................       100      Canada
Warner Bros. (Africa) (Pty) Ltd.................................................       100      So. Africa
Warner Bros. Belgium SA/NV......................................................       100      Belgium
Warner Bros. (D) A/S............................................................       100      Denmark
  Warner & Metronome Films A/S..................................................        50      Denmark
  Warner Bros. Theatres Denmark A/S.............................................       100      Denmark
     Scala Biografome I/S (partnership).........................................        50      Denmark
     Dagmar Teatret I/S (partnership)...........................................        50      Denmark
Warner Bros. Film Ve Video Sanayi Ve Ticaret A.S................................       100      Turkey
Warner Bros. Finland OY.........................................................       100      Finland
Warner Bros. (Holland) B.V......................................................       100      Netherlands
  Warner Home Video (Nederland) B.V.............................................       100      Netherlands
  Warner Bros. Theatres (Holland) B.V...........................................       100      Netherlands
Warner Bros. Holdings Sweden AB.................................................       100      Sweden
  Warner Bros. (Sweden) AB......................................................       100      Sweden
  Warner Home Video (Sweden) AB.................................................       100      Sweden
Warner Bros. Italia S.p.A.......................................................       100      Italy
  Warner Entertainment Italia S.r.L.............................................       100      Italy
Warner Bros. (Korea) Inc........................................................       100      Korea
Warner Bros. (Mexico) S.A.......................................................       100      Mexico
Warner Bros. (N.Z.) Limited.....................................................       100      New Zealand
  Warner Home Video (N.Z.) Limited..............................................       100      New Zealand
Warner Bros. Norway A/S.........................................................       100      Norway
Warner Bros. Singapore Pte. Ltd.................................................       100      Singapore
Warner Home Video (Ireland) Ltd.................................................       100      Ireland
Warner Home Video Portugal Lda..................................................       100      Portugal
Warner-Lusomundo Sociedade Iberica de Cinemas Lda...............................        50      Portugal
Warner Home Video Espanola S.A..................................................       100      Spain
  Warner Bros. Consumer Products S.A............................................       100      Spain
Warner Mycal Corporation........................................................        50      Japan
Kabelkom Management Co. (partnership)(22).......................................        50      Delaware
Hungary Holding Co..............................................................       100(20)  New York
  Kabelkom Holding Co. (partnership)(22)........................................        50      Delaware
Quincy Jones Entertainment Company L.P. (partnership)...........................        50      Delaware
DC Comics (partnership).........................................................        50(9)   New York
HBO Ceska Republika, S.R.O......................................................       100      Czech Republic


(1) TBS owns 58.75% and Castle Rock Entertainment, Inc. owns 41.25%.

(2) Turner Omni Venture, Inc. owns 75% and ICC Ventures, Inc. owns 25%.

(3) The names of five subsidiaries of Time Inc. carrying on the magazine publishing business are omitted.

(4) The names of nine subsidiaries of Southern Progress Corporation carrying on the magazine or book publishing business are omitted.

(5) The General Partners of TWE own 87.5% and TW/TAE, Inc. and Time Warner Companies, Inc. each own 6.25% as limited partners.

(6) TWE owns 99% and TW Service Holding II, L.P. owns 1%.

(footnotes continued on next page)

6

(footnotes continued from previous page)

(7) TW Service Holding I, L.P. owns 99% and TW Service Holding II, L.P. owns 1%.

(8) Time Warner Companies, Inc. owns 80% and Warner Communications Inc. owns 20%.

(9) Warner Communications Inc. owns 50% and TWE owns 50%.

(10) The names of 16 subsidiaries of New Chappell Inc. carrying on substantially the same music publishing operations in foreign countries are omitted.

(11) The names of 34 subsidiaries of WEA International Inc. carrying on substantially the same record, tape and video cassette distribution operations in foreign countries are omitted.

(12) Time Warner Companies, Inc. owns 86.34%, Warner Communications Inc. owns 7.8% and Time TBS Holdings, Inc. owns 5.86%.

(13) American Television and Communications Corporation indirectly owns 50% of Paragon Communications and the remaining 50% is owned indirectly by TWI Cable Inc.

(14) The names of 42 subsidiaries of TWI Cable Inc. carrying on the cable television business are omitted.

(15) The names of 21 subsidiaries of TW/Kblcom Inc. carrying on the cable television business are omitted.

(16) Time Warner Companies, Inc. owns 87.21% and Warner Communications Inc. owns 12.79%.

(17) The names of 21 subsidiaries of Time Warner Communications Holdings Inc. carrying on the same alternate access operations are omitted.

(18) TWE owns 99% and Time Warner Companies, Inc. owns 1%.

(19) TWE owns 99% and TWE Asia Inc. owns 1%.

(20) TWE owns 99% and HBO Direct, Inc. owns 1%.

(21) Time Warner Entertainment Germany GmbH owns 85% and Time Warner Germany Holding GmbH owns 15%.

(22) The names of 13 subsidiaries of Kabelkom Management Co. and Kabelkom Holding Co. carrying on substantially the same cable television operations in Hungary are omitted.

7

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the incorporation by reference of (i) our reports dated February 11, 1997, with respect to the (a) consolidated financial statements, schedules and supplementary information of Time Warner Inc. ('Time Warner') and
(b) consolidated financial statements and schedule of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE') included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, and (ii) our report dated March 3, 1995, with respect to the combined financial statements of the Time Warner Service Partnerships included in TWE's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, in each of the following:

1. Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4;

2. Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8;

3. Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8;

4. Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8;

5. Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8;

6. Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8;

7. Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-14053 on Form S-8;

8. Registration Statement No. 333-14611 on Form S-3;

9. Registration Statement No. 333-17171 on Form S-3 (and Registration Statement No. 333-17171-01 of Time Warner Companies, Inc. as to which the prospectus also relates to post-effective amendment to Registration Statement No. 33-50237 of Time Warner Companies, Inc.);

10. Registration Statement No. 33-61497 on Form S-8 of Time Warner Companies, Inc.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
March 21, 1997


EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated January 19, 1995, except as to Note 6, which is as of January 27, 1995, with respect to the financial statements and schedule of Paragon Communications which are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, in each of the following:

1. Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4;

2. Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8;

3. Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8;

4. Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8;

5. Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8;

6. Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8;

7. Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-14053 on Form S-8;

8. Registration Statement No. 333-14611 on Form S-3;

9. Registration Statement No. 333-17171 on Form S-3 (and Registration Statement No. 333-17171-01 of Time Warner Companies, Inc. as to which the prospectus also relates to post-effective amendment to Registration Statement No. 33-50237 of Time Warner Companies, Inc.); and

10. Registration Statement No. 33-61497 on Form S-8 of Time Warner Companies, Inc.

PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

Denver, Colorado
March 21, 1997


ARTICLE 5
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the financial statements of Time Warner Inc. for the twelve months ended December 31, 1996 and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements.
MULTIPLIER: 1,000,000


PERIOD TYPE 12 MOS
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1996
PERIOD START JAN 01 1996
PERIOD END DEC 31 1996
CASH 514
SECURITIES 0
RECEIVABLES 3,397
ALLOWANCES 976
INVENTORY 941
CURRENT ASSETS 4,821
PP&E 3,028
DEPRECIATION 1,042
TOTAL ASSETS 35,064
CURRENT LIABILITIES 4,012
BONDS 12,713
COMMON 6
PREFERRED MANDATORY 1,672
PREFERRED 4
OTHER SE 9,492
TOTAL LIABILITY AND EQUITY 35,064
SALES 10,064
TOTAL REVENUES 10,064
CGS 5,922
TOTAL COSTS 5,922
OTHER EXPENSES 0
LOSS PROVISION 0
INTEREST EXPENSE 968
INCOME PRETAX 4
INCOME TAX 160
INCOME CONTINUING (156)
DISCONTINUED 0
EXTRAORDINARY (35)
CHANGES 0
NET INCOME (191)
EPS PRIMARY (1.04)
EPS DILUTED (1.04)